« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
to rise above or lie below
smol bell in urtho's tower
Permalink Mark Unread

Ranara and her little daughter Azabel move to Urtho's Tower when the latter can say six words ("up", "mama", "milk", "no", "now", and "please") and hasn't started to walk yet. Ranara sets up to teach little children to read, ones who don't have evident Gifts yet - Ranara herself has Mindspeech, is all, with about a classroom's worth of range. Azabel sits in on classes, worn on her mother's back or later plopped in a corner with toys or, when she's only four, plopped in a corner with a book, younger than the other kids in the class. When Azabel has in fact sat through her mother's curriculum she is turned somewhat loose, to walk very carefully up and down and around the Tower, exploring.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Tower is really big! And kind of a maze! There are lots of hallways and doors, most of them locked! Some of the doors which aren't locked lead to stairs which go up or down a very very very long way!

Permalink Mark Unread

There are hertasi! The little lizardfolk adore children and they talk to little Azabel, ask her who her mother is and if she's all right and where she's trying to go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My mother is Ranara and she is fine! I am looking around to know where things are."

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww she's a cute child and also a curious one! Their favourite! Several more hertasi converge on her location.

"Do you want to come look at the kitchens?" one of them suggests.  

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! Don't go fast."

Permalink Mark Unread

A friendly old hertasi grandmother wearing an apron offers her a hand. 

They lead her down the stairs and courteously show her around the kitchen. It's a truly enormous kitchen. They have to feed a LOT of mage students. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza wants to see MAGIC APPLIANCES. And eat sweets.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can show her so many magic appliances! And lots of sweets. So many sweets. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they have a very happy sugared child on their hands. Where else is there to go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, wow, she's the most adventurous child they've met all this decade! 

Does she want to meet the gryphons? She can totally meet the gryphons if she wants! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! Can I pet them???"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I am sure you can! We can take you to visit the babies in particular..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skandranon is a little baby gryphon in the gryphon eyrie! He's very fierce! He gives the newly-arrived stranger a challenging glare, fully of bravado. 

(He is about half her current size.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi baby gryphon! ...Are you gonna bite me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Arre you going to bite me ffirst?" the tiny baby gryphon says to her in a piping sibilant voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! I only bite food. Also I'm full."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." 

 

 

 

 

"...Wanna play? I have a ball, sssee?" 

The baby gryphon picks up in his beak and tosses a brightly coloured ball, made of some stretchy cloth-like substance inflated with air. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't run around, I fall down. I could throw it and you could get it though?" She holds out her hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

The little baby gryphon has SO much energy and does not question her assertion that she'll fall down if she runs. He's delighted to have a playmate and can absolutely try to catch the ball when she throws it and they bring it back to her in his beak. 

He also falls on his face a lot while he's attempting this, but he doesn't seem to mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will throw the ball! And pet him in between throws.

Permalink Mark Unread

He loves being petted! After the first couple of times, once he's willing to relax enough, he goes all limp and melty when she does it, and rolls over to expose his belly, which is all soft fluffy downy black feathers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is GREAT. Petpetpetpetpet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww the hertasi are so delighted that their favourite baby gryphon has a new friend! 

They escort Azabel back to her mother's apartment at the end of the day - they know everyone's work hours, and they don't want her to worry - but they'll be waiting outside in the morning, if Azabel wants to go back and play with Skan some more? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She DOES want that! But she also wants to explore more places. Maybe Skan can come with her more places?

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan has barely been outside the nest and would love to explore with his new friend! Maybe they'll even find enemies to fight! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why would there be enemies to fight around here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno, just, that's what gryphons do. Fight enemies." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Caussse we got big beakss and wingss and clawss. Look." Skan shows her his claws. He's very proud of them. They're already quite sharp, even though he's little. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What if there aren't any?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan looks like someone who has never particularly asked himself this question before. 

"...I dunno. What'd you thhink I sshould do then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you read books? Or is it hard to turn pages."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dunno how to read. I'm too little." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can read! I could read you a book."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh!" Bounce bounce bounce. "What ssort of book?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My favorites are all at my house but I BET that the Tower has a LIBRARY." Where is the nearest hertasi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right nearby and very eager to help! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they will go to the library! Aza will read titles to him till something catches his interest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ohhohhh there's a book about historical BATTLES, he wants to hear THAT one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if that's what he wants! She will take it down off the shelf and find somewhere nice to sit and scritch him while she reads it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Happy snuggly gryphon is delighted to get scritches and hear all about the battles!

...It's not as exciting as he imagined, really, a lot of it is kind of repetitive, there are a lot of descriptions of where rivers and hills are and how many soldiers and mages each side had, and not nearly as many dramatic aerial duels as he'd been picturing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he wants another book there are lots here.

Permalink Mark Unread

He will bounce around and look for which books have interesting pictures inside! He finds a book which turns out to be about building bridges! It's actually a lot more interesting than the one about battles! This is sort of baffling to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe it's a better author? Or bridges are just very interesting, or battles are in fact dull in practice. She will read him the bridges book.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually a polite hertasi suggests that she had better go home before her mother gets too worried, but they would be delighted to bring both of them to the library again tomorrow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel's mother knows that she is very responsible and not getting into trouble but she doesn't argue with the hertasi.

She is back the next day!

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan has decided that bridges are the most interesting thing in the WORLD and he wants her to help him find more books about them, and also maybe teach him to read??? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My mama can teach you to read! This way," she says, and she attempts to lead him into her mama's classroom.

Permalink Mark Unread

He obediently follows his new friend. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mama, mama!" says Azabel, interrupting.

"- Aza?" says her mama, in the middle of explaining the different ways people sometimes spell "morning".

"Mama, this is Skan and he can't read."

"Oh, I see. How about you start him on the alphabet for now," says Ranara, with acceptable grace, "and he can see about enrolling next time I circle back to the beginning? I'm not at the alphabet just now."

"Oh, all right," says Aza. She swipes a spare alphabet book.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan puzzles over it very seriously! He finds it hard to wrap his head around but he's trying so hard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza has known the alphabet for years and tries to be patient but that is hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan gets some of his letters down, sort of, but it's hard going. Eventually he slumps down on the library floor. 

"Look, I know I am sstupid, I can ssee you are ssmarter, I am not blind. I am trying!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe that's as many letters as you can learn in a day. We can try again tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan flops on the floor in despair about being so stupid! 

It's short-lived despair, though, in keeping with his attention span. Soon he hops up again and suggests they go look for enemies in the gardens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want to find enemies! If we found any they'd attack us and if we didn't find any it would mean there weren't any there so why were we looking."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because I want to fight enemies!" Bounce bounce bounce. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well I don't! I can't even run."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awww." Skan is thinking that fine, it's probably rude to keep insisting when poor Azabel can't even run. "What do you wanna do then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wanna read more books! And explore more of the Tower, it's very big."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oooh we should explore - I heard the Tower is the tallest building EVER, we could try to go to the very very top!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oooh okay! Can you fly yet -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little!" He demonstrates for her, flapflapflap he can flutter up to the ceiling and make it halfway down the hall and then he glides awkwardly down and lands in a heap. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm but you sure can't carry me. Do you have parents who could carry me all the way to the top -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't we jusst go up the elevator?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess the first time we can go up the elevator but do you think they could carry me, it looks fun." She heads for the elevator.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe, but they are very bussy. Being grownup sssounds very bad. Bussssy all the time." 

He follows her to the elevator. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like being busy! What do your parents do?" Into the elevator they go. How does this thing work.

Permalink Mark Unread

You have to say a word and then the magic activates and the platform starts going up!

"My parentss work with Urtho. I am not ssure what they do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe he gets them to fly him around. That's what I'd do probably. I guess he can Gate but that doesn't look the same sort of fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I'm bigger I could fly and carry you!"

They ride up and up and up. The elevator-platform passes by windows, sometimes, which show the ground further and further away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be so great!"

Up and up and up. "Ooooooh."

Permalink Mark Unread

The elevator won't take them all the way to the very top of the spire, which Skan is disappointed about, but it does bring them to a sort of glassed-in observation deck that runs in a circle all the way around the spire, three-quarters of the way to its peak. 

Skan skips and bounces around it, claws skittering on the marble floor. "Look! Itss sso high!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, you can see for miles!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could try to ssee if there are enemiess! Can you ssee any?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't see any, wouldn't there be alarms or something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guesss." Skan makes a humphh sound and sits down, resting his foreclaws on the railing and staring out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what your parents do, do they fight enemies? Who even are the enemies?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They do not tell me about work. They play fighting gamess with uss. Teach uss how to fight. Gryphonss are good at fighting becausse we have natural weaponss." He proudly shows her his claws again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that'd help! Are claws better than having a sword? Or magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Magic iss alsso good! Some gryphonss have it. A ssword can be taken away by your enemiess, sso I think it iss not ass good." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes my mama has to cut my nails. If somebody's your enemy maybe they would cut your claws. Just like taking away your sword."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan hisses and recoils! "I had not thought of that!" He looks horrified. "Would they?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, the point of enemies is that they want to do bad things, right, and not have you get in the way? And that would do both things, so probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan spends a while bouncing around in agitation. 

"That would not be fun at all," he concludes finally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't sound it!" she agrees.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan stares morosely out the window, fidgeting, like he's suddenly unsure what to do with his claws. 

"- Do you ssee any bridgess?" he says finally, hopeful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- yes! See, over there, a little one over that stream. My house is near there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan cheers up. He's very excited when he manages to spot her house, and he tries to find bridges he can point to as well, and then other sorts of buildings. 

Eventually the sun sets. Skan admits he should go home too, but eagerly suggests they could play outside in the courtyard tomorrow? Maybe after he tries to learn a few more letters. Learning letters is really hard but being able to read books on his own is an appealing prospect. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure! Tomorrow you can learn some more and some more the next day till you have them all."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan plays with Azabel most days after that. And diligently tries to learn his letters, and then puzzle through sounding out sentences, and eventually makes enough progress to join her mother's class, though he often can't make it through the whole class session because he's incredibly hyperactive and terrible at sitting still, which distracts the other students. 

He likes his new friend a lot! He reads books about bridges and dams, and tries to get her to build sandcastles with him in the gardens. And sometimes to coax her into roughhousing, but eventually it sinks in that she's never ever interested. 

Gryphons grow fast, and by the end of that year he's able to fly all the way to the top of the Tower spire and do aerial acrobatics. Within a couple of years he'll be strong enough to carry Azabel too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She likes building sandcastles! She imagines people to live in sand cities and rules over them as their benevolent Queen. She does not want to roughhouse but she'll throw balls for him, or invent tasks for him - can he burrow, can he fly from there to there before the sun dips behind the Tower, can he catch the light that bounces off this shiny pail while she tilts it all over the courtyard? Can he carry heavy things in the air so that he'll be strong enough sooner?

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan loves all her challenges! He's very competitive. He will ABSOLUTELY try to show off how good he is at carrying heavy things in the air! 

This only leads to a couple of incidents of tiring himself out and tumbling down into the gardens in a semi-controlled landing, and only one of these ends up a broken bone and a lecture from an exasperated Healer. Skan is slightly cowed by this, and more nervous about the challenges for a few weeks even once his leg is healed, but after that he's back to his old self. 

He grows more. He can pick Azabel up and fly short distances now, although only if she holds onto his forelegs, he can't manage with her riding on his back yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will get some rope and loop it around him and her and also hold on, to be extra sure, but then: WHEEEEEEE!

Permalink Mark Unread

WHEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!! This is AMAAAAAZING!!! He's so proud of himself! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Flying is VERY GOOD. The first time they land after he flies her around she hugs him around the neck and faceplants in his feathers with delight.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is how Azabel discovers that very happy gryphons purr like cats! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwww. Scritch scritch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan likes scritches a lot! 

By the time another year has passed, he's big enough to carry her properly; he's nearly full-sized, now, though he still has the general maturity level of a kid Azabel's age. He's big enough to join the other young gryphons in flying lessons, now, and is bursting with pride about this, especially because he seems to already be ahead of the others, maybe all his aerial challenges with Azabel are helping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She certainly thinks she helped.

She learns to do arithmetic and reads longer and more complicated books and tutors the kids in her mother's class if they fall behind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan continues to sometimes sigh and complain that he's stupid, since he's quite far behind Azabel on academics, and isn't learning fast enough to close the difference. He haaaaates mathematics but is convinced by his father to study diligently anyway, when informed that it can be important for fighting wars. 

He stills talks a lot about learning to fight enemies, possibly because this seems to be most of what gryphon children like talking about amongst themselves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You aren't stupid, I think, it's just I'm very smart. I'm smarter than most everybody."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are very ssmart!"

Skan is somewhat reassured by this, and spends a while bragging to his gryphon friends about how his friend is the SMARTEST. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is very gratifying. She studies very hard to maintain her title.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan wins prizes in gryphon races and obstacle-courses and aerial acrobatics. He is incredibly fierce when he roughhouses with other gryphons, but with Azabel he nearly always remembers to be gentle and not run fast when she can't keep up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good because she doesn't grow out of not being able to run at all. She walks slowly, even when startled, because if she doesn't she'll go sprawling and bloody her nose.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan feels very badly for his friend, he would be so upset if he couldn't go fast! He will solicitously walk close to her so if she trips he can dart ahead and catch her on his soft feathers, and he's always willing to fly her somewhere if she doesn't want to walk. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Having a gryphon friend is very convenient. Sometimes she just likes to lean on him and read, sometimes aloud, glancing over now and then to see if he's paying attention or if he's imagining fancily tactical battles in the air with imaginary enemies instead. It's almost funny how his mind keeps winding its way back to the subject, like a -

- like a gear, turning, always rotating back into the same position, like -

- huh -

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is right there, the breeze ruffling his feathers, his beak hanging very slightly open the way it always does when he's daydreaming, and he looks exactly like he always has...

- And yet there's more, somehow, more to be seen than there was before, it's as though her eyes are sliding in and out of focus on it, the way you can look out a window or look at the window and suddenly see the reflections of the room behind you. It's not a room, though, it's...intricate interlocking parts, wheels within wheels, gears, laid out so clearly and straightforwardly, Skan isn't at all the sort of person who's ever pretended to be anything other than what he is. Which she already knew, of course, but she can see it, now, in a way that isn't metaphorical or at least not entirely, it's right there... 

Skan is oblivious. He's imagining a battle where he does that cool diving move where you pull up at the last second right before you'd hit the ground and break every bone in your body, and the other gryphons are losing to mysterious enemies (as usual in his fantasies, they're dark and hazy and not entirely filled out, as though made of black smoke) except he's there, heroically intervening to save the day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaah how does she stop. She is pretty sure she is being HEINOUSLY RUDE.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really not clear! Closing her eyes doesn't help, then all she can see is the turning gears. Trying to unfocus on it mostly makes it swim in and out of focus even faster. 

Skan notices that she's distracted and seems upset, tears himself free of the daydream; gears spin, wheels suddenly switch direction, the whole pattern shifting direction. "Aza? Are you all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there a Gift that makes you see clockwork because I think I have it only the clockwork is you and I'm scared I'm going to poke the clockwork that is you but I don't know how to stop looking I'm sorry -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm clockwork? What doess it look like?" Skan bounces a bit; now that he's so big, he's learned to do it gently so as not to knock Azabel, who's way smaller than him now, right over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, like a lot of gears and springs and things, only they mean things - I don't know how to stop -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what Gift that iss! Maybe we sshould find a grownup." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah I think so." She holds onto his feathers for balance, not accustomed to walking with double vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's tempted to fly, but maybe that's a bad idea if she might poke his clockwork by accident, whatever his clockwork is, he never heard of mages seeing clockwork inside people.

He spots an adult with a group of mage-students practicing shields in the courtyard, and jumps up and down to get his attention. "Hello! We have a quesstion!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The man comes over, looking puzzled and a bit annoyed to be interrupted. "What is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have a new Gift and I don't know what it is and I don't know how to stop!" she says shrilly. Oh wow this guy is also clockwork.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is clockwork which is running smoothly, with more layers and folded-away inner parts than Skan, and he seems unconcerned and kind of bored. 

"Well," he says a bit impatiently, "are you seeing or hearing things that you couldn't before? Is it just people or can you see energy all around us?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just people - people being gears and springs and things that I can see -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He stops, blinks, looks more concerned than before. "Gears, and springs? That - are they emotions, can you tell what feeling I am having, or can you tell what people are thinking -?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not exactly? Um, I don't think this is thoughts or feelings it's - the thing that makes those. I could guess if that one there started spinning really fast it would be because you were scared but it could be something else, it would depend..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Huh. I have never heard of a Gift feeling like that! I think perhaps I had better take you to Urtho, he knows how to test for Gifts, and he has seen even the very rare ones. One moment." He calls out to his class, informing them that they're dismissed, and then jerks his chin at Azabel, gesturing for her to follow him, and starts walking. Fast. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey!" Skan calls after him. "Misster! You have to ssslow down! Azabel can't run." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I really want to figure out how to stop soon though," she says, hauling herself onto Skan's back, "can you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you are strong enough to fly with a passenger? Meet me at the top, then, do you see that balcony?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan has very good eyesight. "The white one? With gargoyless under it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan takes off and pumps his wings hard, trying to gain altitude. With such a short runway, he has to work hard, but he's very strong.

They reach the balcony, presumably well before the mage-teacher can possibly have caught up.  

Permalink Mark Unread

There are nearly always hertasi around, though, and this is no exception. One of them pops out. "Can I help you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a new Gift and don't know how to stop using it and the first grownup we found said to go to Urtho?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, goodness! Congratulations! Urtho is working, but he never minds being interrupted for that, so I will take you right there!" 

This hertasi also has to be told to slow down by Skan, but after that they make their way down the hallway without incident. The hertasi knocks on a heavy oak door and waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi's gears are different and it's interesting but she's trying not to stare.

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall, thin man with silver hair falling to his shoulders and piercing blue eyes over a beak-like nose opens the door. Looks a bit confused, then turns his gaze downward and sees Azabel. He beams at her. "Why, hello there! What brings you here, child?" 

His mind is incredible. The gears are in such an incredibly vastly complex pattern, so perfectly shaped, fitting together into such an elegant whole. Some of the movement is refocused on her, but most of it is still spinning and whirling away, absorbed in something else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooooooh - wait no this is still HEINOUSLY RUDE - "I have a new Gift and I don't know what it is or how to stop."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh!" He's so excited! More of the gears switch directions, it's pretty self-evident that this represents his attention shifting to her. "Well, do come in and have a seat - tea? ...Where did I put the teapot, oh, thank you, Gesten... May I have a look?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I imagine you are here because it was not obvious what the new Gift is, usually the youngsters are not brought to me right away if it is that obvious, and so the simplest way for me to check is to just go and look in your head. Only for a moment, and I will not be reading your thoughts or feelings at all, merely having a peek at the place where Gifts go. It does not hurt but it does feel funny, I am told." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts his hand gently on the top of her head. It takes about three seconds, and as promised it doesn't hurt, but it does feel a bit like someone is tickling the inside of her head, vaguely near where the feeling-of-seeing-gears started from. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeep!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am so sorry for startling you, dear. All done." He's grinning, though, his gears whizzing. "You are going to be a Mindhealer! A very rare and important Gift, I am so pleased for you. And potential for others, too! I expect you will be a Mindspeaker, and you have the potential for mage-gift, though I am not sure if it will awaken." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- can you make it awaken - also how do I stop looking at everybody's gears, they're very pretty but I can't stop and I can't ask!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I had better teach you to shield then - new Gifts can be so distracting, but no one will be upset with you for it, we understand how difficult it is. I am afraid we do not know the secret of why some Gifts awaken while others stay dormant, nor how to awaken them on purpose. You seem young for it, too - how old are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Almost ten. I would be mad if somebody was looking at all my gears!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough, I suppose. It will be good when you do learn to shield reliably, just, do not beat yourself up about it if it takes time to learn. I must teach you to centre and ground, first. You need to focus on your breathing and - try to feel the point inside you that feels the most stable and still, that does not move even when the breath does - does that make sense?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...my feet don't move when I breathe?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose not! Most people find a spot that is sort of inside their chest or stomach or throat, but perhaps feet will work for you. Now, I want you to try to clear your mind and focus all of your attention on that point, and when you have done that, try to feel the place where you and the floor beneath you connect. It might help to imagine the walls all the way down the Tower and how that connects to the earth and the bedrock. And feel how it is much bigger than you, and very stable, and you can use it to steady yourself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Like how it helps to hold on to things when she's balancing, maybe. Feet seem like the easiest option if you're trying to connect to the ground, don't they? She tries.

Permalink Mark Unread

For a couple of minutes it doesn't really feel like it's doing anything, and then - it's like something settles into place, and suddenly the gears-sense is less unbalanced, staying in focus rather than shifting in and out at random. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That did something..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good! When you are properly centered and grounded, it ought be less the case that any change in your own state or emotions causes your Gift to fluctuate at random, and so you will have the base to build control on. I want you to try a motion like leaning into it, try to bring it more into focus, and once you can do that, try leaning back and sort of folding it away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, she - stares real hard at the pretty gears - and then sticks herself back to the Tower which is stuck to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can stare hard at the gears and they get clearer and sharper and she can see way more detail! It takes a couple of tries before she can get the hang of the pulling-back, rather than just having the not-sight oscillate wildly in and out, but then she's done it, it feels a bit like changing the focus all the way on a telescope so that the sky is totally blurred and then unscrewing the eyepiece and putting it away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - okay, I think I got it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wonderful! That was quick. You must be very clever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan has been trying so valiantly to sit still, and he's practically vibrating with the effort of it. "She is!" he bursts out. "She's the SMARTEST. Probably in the whole world!" He bounces. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles and scritches him. "What do Mindhealers do? I can kind of guess from the name but I don't think people have real gears that can get - bent teeth or sand in them or anything -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not literally, no. Your Sight is a metaphor, just like how some Empaths see emotions as colours, except that mind-structure is more complicated. You ought to have lessons with an actual Mindhealer, I do not know much about it myself, but - well, sometimes people's minds do not work the way they want, and they need help setting it right. They might be uncontrollably sad all the time, or be troubled by memories of a very bad thing that happened to them, or be paralyzingly afraid of going outside or of small spaces or heights or snakes, or have trouble stopping themselves from losing their temper or drinking too much wine even though they regret it afterward. Things like that. And a Mindhealer can help a person understand what is going wrong, and work with them to put their mind into a shape they are happier and healthier with." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." She considers this very solemnly for a while. "Is there one here who can teach me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is smiling fondly at her. She looks so serious and he bets she'll be a diligent student. "Yes, there is. His name is Lionwind k'Leshya, he is of the Kaled'a'in people. He does tours of the surrounding area, since he is one of very few Mindhealers in Ka'venusho, but he will be back in the Tower tomorrow. I can arrange for him to meet you for a lesson." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, child, it was a pleasure to meet you. I wish you the very best of luck with your lessons. Having Gifts is a wonderful and precious thing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan follows her when the hertasi escorts them out, and manages to wait until they're out in the hallway before BOUNCEBOUNCEBOUNCE. 

"Aza that'ss sso amazing you can fix people'ss headss! I have to tell all my friendss! - Do you think you can make me read better? Is that a stuck gear? It feels like it ssometimess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know! I didn't see any stuck gears but I was kind of trying not to look because I think it is RUDE to look at people's gears without permission probably. I can ask tomorrow but I should probably at least have one lesson so that if it is very easy I can just have the teacher tell me 'actually it's very easy' instead of guessing and if it's very hard I will need lots of lessons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guesss it'ss rude, and - I wouldn't like it if ssomeone looked at mine and then ssaid I was sstupid and made fun of me. But you already know you're ssmarter than me and you don't ever teasse me about it. So I don't mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think maybe you should think about it more before you say I can look! I wouldn't want anybody to look at my gears even though I bet they are very beautiful and nobody would make fun... I wonder if I can actually..." Can she see her own gears.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a slightly different mental motion from looking at other people, sort of like she has to screw the imaginary-telescope-eyepiece on backwards, but with a few tries she can do it! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I can! Oh, I am very interesting to look at and I don't have to feel rude about it at all since I'm me. I have a really big gear that hooks up to everything else - I don't think you could actually build this, I think some of the gears are going through each other? But it works for imaginary gears..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! I wonder if that'ss how being ssmart workss. I heard Urtho iss ssupossed to be brilliant, did he have that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"His gears were also really cool, I looked at them harder than at yours or the hertasi's since he seemed to think it was okay. I don't know if some of the differences are from me and him being humans or if it means something else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dunno." Bounce bounce. "You sshould go tell your mother! I bet sshe'll be sso proud." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will, once she's done teaching! I can't go interrupt."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan would absolutely interrupt his parents at work if he'd just gotten Gifts, but Aza is the smartest so probably she's right. "We could go to the library?" he suggests. "Maybe there are bookss about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good idea, I bet there are!" Off to the library to see what it has to say about Mindhealing.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a while to find anything! There are whole library sections for every other Gift, but not that, and they end up having to go find and ask the librarian. 

Once that's done, though, there are a handful of treatises on it, tucked away in the depths of the very large section on ordinary physical Healing. The foreword in the first one warns that Mindhealing is an especially tricky discipline to learn from books, as different Mindhealers end up with different Sight-metaphors, and since they're so rare they often work mostly alone and don't have the same chance to standardize a curriculum that Healers do. This treatise is by three traveling Mindhealers who exchanged regular correspondence for decades and met up once a year to share case studies and get each other's advice. They want to disclaim that the things they're writing about is what worked for them; in cases where they disagreed with each other on what ought to be the theory or the best practice, this will be explained in the footnotes.

The three Mindhealers in question had the following Sight metaphors: city-maps, coral reefs (that Mindhealer grew up in a fishing-village on the far southern coast and used to go swim and dive around the coral reefs as a child), and kitchens. If they use descriptions reminiscent of these things, that's why. 

To start! A lot of people think Mindhealing is like Empathy, but it really isn't! It's not that much like Thoughtsensing either! It's common for Mindhealers to have one or both of those Gifts too, but Mindhealing in isolation is its own thing, and pure Mindhealing-Sight doesn't show the content of thoughts at all. 

What is does show is the structure, and also the - movement, or use-patterns, or shapes-of-thoughts, they never agreed on a good word for it. The rapid changes over seconds and minutes, is what that means, whereas changes to the deeper structure can happen but generally over weeks to years. Here is a page of tips for how to think about focusing your Sight in order to see one versus the other better. They're very poetic and flowery. 

Permalink Mark Unread

City maps sound like a decent metaphor but the others sound worse! Aza is glad she has gears.

She reads this entire book straight through raptly and takes a lot of notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The different metaphors lean to different strengths; the kitchen one, for example, gives the Mindhealer in question much stronger guesses about the function of various mind-bits, what they mean to the patient, but it's harder to see fine detail by going in deeper. The coral-reef Mindhealer can very easily swap between focusing on the realtime patterns-of-thought (schools of fish or other sea life interacting with the reef) and more permanent structure (the coral itself), but needs to do a lot more back and forth with the patient to understand what it means in their particular context. The city-map Mindhealer can very easily see large-scale structure at a glance or zoom in closer and see fine-scale patterns, but finds it a bit overwhelming to focus on realtime thought-shapes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. She thinks gears seem very all purpose but maybe there is something they are worse at. Does the book mostly just talk about Sight or does it also talk about messing around with stuff and how to make that safe?

Permalink Mark Unread

The second half is mostly about that! It also opens with an opinionated preface!

The Mindhealer with the map metaphor is firmly of the opinion that seeing what's going on is the most important part, and changing things with the direct use of Mindhealing Gift should be done sparingly (there are many footnoted disagreements on what 'sparingly' means in practice.) In his opinion, patients will benefit the most from a Mindhealer helping them figure out what's already happening in their mind, so they can relate to it better and learn self-acceptance. 

The Mindhealer with the kitchen metaphor thinks that helping patients 'clean up' and 'organize' their minds, with Mindhealing Gift, is often very helpful; sometimes certain skills, like calming themselves down by taking deep breaths, will be hard to use in, say, an angry argument, because that tool isn't very accessible from that 'corner' of the 'kitchen'. 

The coral-reef Mindhealer thinks that you should find which parts of patients' minds are 'hidden' and can have emotions or habits build up in a way the patient isn't consciously aware of, and help them 'open' this so there are fewer obstacles to their feelings. 

...

The textbook is not a replacement for an apprenticeship with an adult Mindhealer! You should if at all possible have that! It's much safer for an untrained Mindhealer to practice Gift-control on an adult, trained Mindhealer who can set their own mind right easily. That being said, they fully understand that sometimes this is impossible, given the rarity of the Gift. In which case you should practice on fairly mentally healthy patients (who've agreed to this!!) before you try to treat people who are very badly off and fragile. 

'Detours' are a way of pinning down a particular reflexive thought-pattern, and changing it so it instead ends somewhere different and more helpful. For example, a child struggling in school might have a habitual train of thought of "it's hopeless, I'm just stupid" every time they find something difficult, or a man who sometimes loses his temper and hits his girlfriends might have the thought "that bitch isn't treating me the way I deserve" whenever she does something minorly inconsiderate, which most people wouldn't explode into anger over. These could be shifted to "I don't know how to do this yet but I can ask the teacher for help" for the child, or "but I remember when she did something very kind for me" for the man with a temper. 

Fences are a more substantial and invasive technique, generally used when a patient is suffering because their thoughts keep going back to the same painful subject. For example, a mother who survived a fire while her child died might feel incredibly guilty and like she doesn't deserve life as much and wishes she could trade herself for her child, and this can easily become a sort of pit or downhill slope (in the kitchen metaphor, a hole shattered in the counter, or a place where it's cracked and everything slides downhill into the crack). In the long run these feelings need to be fully processed, in a safe context, but in the short run, the patient is only with the Mindhealer a candlemark or two a week, and the rest of the time they may not have the emotional skills yet to avoid making the problem even worse by ruminating. A fence is like putting up a guard-rail around the entire region of their mind, so they fall into it less. There is disagreement between the Mindhealers on how freely one ought to use fences; the kitchen Mindhealer thinks they're a very useful therapeutic technique, the city-map one is technically very good at them but thinks they ought be used sparingly and with a lot of forethought and planning, keeping an eye on not disturbing the overall structure of the patient's mind. The coral-reef Mindhealer haaaaaates them with a fiery passion and this is apparently an ongoing dispute between the book's authors. 

Sometimes a Mindhealer will want to do the opposite of a fence! The patient's mind will have partitioned off an area, so they mostly never think about it, and when they do it may be overwhelming and distressing. For example, a man with unprocessed anger toward his neglectful father might believe that he's an adult and entirely over this petty childhood pain, but occasionally explode into rage at his wife when she nags him about not doing something in a way that reminds him of his own mother nagging her husband, and makes him feel as though he's being compared to his own father, who he can't bear the idea of resembling. The man might be baffled at his own behaviour after the fact, and regret it, but it's going to be hard to stop if he cannot even understand where this response is coming from, and getting to the root of the emotions often involves taking down the fences. The Mindhealer should make sure the patient is ready for this, and set aside extra time in case they need a longer session to process it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a really good book! Aza doesn't think she wants any fences or detours in her own personal clockwork but she can try to figure out what they'd look like - maybe she could put a hinge on a gear, swing it out of the way of another that locks into it sometimes, put it either in empty space or meshed up to a different gear depending. Maybe she needs a book on actual literal clockwork?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can find lots and lots of those in the section on engineering, subsection mechanical devices. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan wants to know things about clockwork! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she can leave the pages open a bit longer and take notes while he catches up.

Permalink Mark Unread

He runs out of attention span well before she does, and bounces around the library pretending to fight imaginary enemies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is very Skan.

She is by this time pretty sure she will not accidentally knock somebody's gears out of alignment. "Skan?" she says, when she has extracted the vocabulary she wants out of the clockwork book.

Permalink Mark Unread

He bounces over. "Did you learn things?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Uh - is it okay, if I look at your gears - you don't have to let me even though I saw them before or because we're friends or anything - just to practice looking, I can wait till I have a teacher tomorrow -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't mind! I thought about it a lot and I still don't." (By 'a lot' he means about five minutes, but that really is a long time to sit down and think about something, for Skan.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can tell me if you want me to stop, okay? And I'll stop." Scritch scritch.

Peek.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan flops and purrs under her scritches. 

His gears still look different from her own or Urtho's! There are fewer layers to his, nearly all of it is right there on the surface. He doesn't have a big central gear connected to everything else, like Azabel does, but he does have a couple of different...long gearshafts or something, which link up distant areas so that movement in a handful of specific gears can very rapidly grab and shift all of his mind toward it. This is clearly not something he can do for just anything, though, especially reading. The attentional-patterns in his gears are very distributed and a lot of them seem very deeply linked into the physical; it looks like it would be easier for him to keep his attention on something the more it involved all of his senses and using his whole body. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! - do you want me to tell you what it looks like -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess!" He vibrates with excitement. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So she can fumble through an explanation, and try to find pictures in the clockwork book to use as visual aids. "That's probably why you don't like reading for a long time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That makess ssensse. I wissh I could read better but I like being able to fly and dodge fasst. - Ooh, can you ssee in your gearss why you can't run?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a really good question - let's see -" Where does her physically-doing-things hook up, hm?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really interesting! Compared to the way Skan's mind is very distributed so it's hard to keep his attention on one thing instead of everything else, but he has the gearshafts that let him instantly engage nearly all of his mind for a physical response, Azabel's mind is the opposite! Her big central gear doesn't connect to the gears that are physically-doing-things, and those gears don't connect very well to each other either or to the gears that do seeing and hearing things and recognizing them. At a glance it looks like setup can sort of manage, but it's slow to react and clearly not doing as much fast complicated recognition of things like, say, a crack in the path ahead of her, let alone a ball flying at her face (which Skan can leap up and catch while not even pausing in their conversation.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I can see the problem, which might mean I can fix it! I shouldn't try by myself though. Even if it looks like just oiling all those gears would be fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably not! It would be bad if you made it worsse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, or if I did something totally different by accident!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno what elsse you could do by accident but it'ss probably bad!" Skan runs out of patience for sitting still, and flap-runs around a bit. "Okay want me to fly you home now?" It's nearly sunset. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Zoooooom!!! Flyyyyyyyy!!!! Skan loves flying so much, and loves showing off, and especially both at once! He also knows exactly how much he can get away with things like sudden steep dives or doing flips without scaring Aza. He gets her home pretty fast, but finds time to have lots of fun along the way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She whoops very appreciatively when he does tricks! And hugs him around the neck when she's dismounted, and goes in to tell her mama.

She shows up right on time for her lesson the next day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her teacher introduces himself as Lionwind k'Leshya. "So. You have a new Mindhealing Gift, yes? Tell me what you have learned so far." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has notes! About the Mindhealing book, about clockwork, and about people's gears (hers, Skan's, and her mama's, mostly, so she hasn't drawn firm conclusions about what differences if any are species-based). "What's your metaphor?" she asks as she skims these for reportable insight.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is very impressed with her diligence and intelligence, and tells her so! 

"My metaphor is rivers. Occasionally some people are ponds or lakes instead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who's a pond or a lake instead?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot tell you specifically who for reasons of patient confidentiality, unless I asked their permission for you to sit in with us as a student assistant - which you are not ready for, yet, that will come. In general, it tends to be people with calm, stable temperaments; people who are reliable and trustworthy while - perhaps not being the brightest or most ambitious. There is a range, rivers can be both fast and slow, and slow rivers begin to resemble lakes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah sorry I didn't mean who specifically, just what makes somebody pondy. I was trying to figure out what about Skan is from being a gryphon and what's just him but I haven't looked at any other gryphons - and I saw a hertasi before I knew how to stop but I was trying not to look so I don't remember much and haven't looked at other ones -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, clever girl! Yes, there are species differences, though - in general it is a matter of the average difference, there is always a range. Gryphons tend to be faster rivers with more rocks to my Sight, for example, but there are gryphons who are are more lake-like than some humans. And of course we will need to figure out how that corresponds to your Sight-metaphor. Often we Mindhealers learn very early on to - focus on, or emphasize, different aspects of the mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, the book said about that! I can do it, the gears are all still there but they go through each other in funny directions and I can change which ones are more in front to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, very good! For our first lesson, then, I think we ought start with a Sight-refining exercise. You can do it on yourself, if that is easiest; you have my permission to look at my mind as well if you prefer that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can try both, maybe? What do I do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like you to select a particular area to focus on, that contains one to several gears at the scale where you are viewing the mind as a whole. I want you to tell me what you think it represents, and then we will try to go in closer on it and see more detail."

Permalink Mark Unread

She peers at her own gears, and picks out one of the problem sections that has to do with her balance problem, and she reports this. "I want to fix it but didn't think I had better try anything without asking you," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, hmm." He looks thoughtful. "I think that sort of thing involves problems that need fixing at a very fine scale, and I have not personally had much luck with it, but it is often easier to do fine-scale work on ourselves and it is possible your metaphor is more conducive to it than mine. What do you see if you go in closer, so you are looking only at that part and not the rest of your mind?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The teeth don't fit right. Sometimes there's a jam and a lot of force has to build up before it'll tick over. And other times they slide out of alignment till a counterweight sort of thing shoves them back together, I tried spinning around a little bit on my bed till I fell over last night at home so I could see what went wrong and that's what happened. I think if I could just make all the pieces be different shapes I would know how to make them fit, but I don't know if I can do it that way or not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very good! Excellent control on the level of detail. We will need to discover if your Gift can change the shapes of gears in your metaphor; it may be that you are not strong enough yet but will be once you are older and have more practice, we will see. It would be better to test your strength on an area less critical than balance, though. Hmm. Have you discovered yet how to find a particular area by thinking of it, or having a patient think of it, and then seeing that area move or light up?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have any patients! I haven't tried having the people I was looking at steer me around, though. I don't think gears light up..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you try thinking of a particular memory, or habit you have, that is not of incredible importance to you? I am going to have you try to nudge it, and almost certainly you or I can put it back, but nonetheless I do not want you to try it for the first time on something very critical." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think all of my memories are of incredible importance to me!" she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- You know, fair enough. I do not mind if you try on one of mine, though, I am very good at putting them back. I am going to think of one - tell me if you notice where it is?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay..." Stare stare.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard to see at first, but after a moment she can notice a flicker of movement, it feels almost like it's in her peripheral vision rather than right in front of her, somewhere in his gears but deeper. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She cocks her head and "squints" at whatever just ticked.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a dizzying moment of falling, gears going half-transparent as she slips through them - 

- and then she's looking at something much deeper in, a collection of wheels and wires and springs, which are in motion but subtly, twisting and rippling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, it has - little tiny gears in the big ones -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! Now, I want you to look - there should be some place where it is linked to the larger pattern, the rest of my mind - for me it is channels or grooves in the riverbed, I am not sure how it would appear for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see it, there's a bit where if it comes around far enough it'll push a funny-shaped gear into a different section and then it'll feed into the rest of the mechanism."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I want you to have a look around, and see if there is anywhere you could move it so that gear would be moved somewhere else. Here, I will think about it from a few angles so you can see how it moves." 

He does that. Wiggle spin twist flip spin go the gears. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whoa - it's going by really fast - I guess if I pushed on this bit it'd turn and I could get it onto this gearshaft's end?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry, I would try to slow it for you but thoughts are fast - it will be easier to catch it anyway with more practice. Watch it a little more, and then try that? You will want to start gentle, which will probably not move it at all, but better to ramp up carefully than hit it too hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," she agrees, watching intently.

When it seems like a good time, she gives the surface of the gear a tap, willing it to spin as though twirling across a table on its bottom tooth, till it comes loose and is caught by the incoming shaft she chose.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she taps it from the right angle, where there's little resistance to push against, it takes almost no effort! It settles neatly into place. 

"- Ah, good work. One moment." Lionwind closes his eyes, stands there for a moment, and then suddenly bursts into a deep belly laugh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? What'd I do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, oh, that is just too funny!" He slaps his knee. "I am almost tempted to leave it like that, it is so... The memory was of a time I went river-rafting with my friends, we were being quite reckless, and we - might have caught our raft on a rock and made a hole in the bottom. And usually it links to the - broader concept, I suppose, more than a specific incident, of being scolded severely by my poor mother. Except now it is linked to - the first time I kissed my wife, in particular, and also the broader concept of first kisses - that is so hilarious, I am going to have to write to my colleague about this one..." He is almost crying with laughter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, that is a little funny. "Who's your colleague?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Her name is Tayata, she is a Mindhealer from Acabarrin who came to train at the Tower, and returns sometimes to teach for a time. She taught me when I was a child." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's her metaphor?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Beehives! I know, it is an odd one. Her parents were beekeepers." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"With - bees in them and everything? Wow. I don't know why I'm clockwork, I don't actually know how to build a clock..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bees, and bee larvae, and honey, and a queen... I learned so many facts about bees from her explaining her metaphor to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do like my metaphor. But I don't know why it would be that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think anyone understands why our metaphors end up being what they are! I had hardly had much to do with rivers when my Gift awakened. Though I did then find it valuable to learn more of their geography and features, and the detail in my Sight became more usefully interpretable as a result." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I thought maybe you went river-rafting more than once. Or was that after your Gift came in?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"After. I became far more interested in rivers generally! And also reached the age at which boys most like to do reckless things, I was twelve when my Gift awakened and not quite so adventurous yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Should I try to put the gear back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you think you can see how, then yes, by all means!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nudge nudge nudge?

Permalink Mark Unread

It clicks back into place, neatly! 

"Excellent work! That was very tidy. You have good control already." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! It would be scary if I didn't..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, solemnly. "I am glad you understand that already. Perhaps because of how they are named, many people fail to understand that Healing and Mindhealing can be at least as dangerous, if not more so, than those Gifts traditionally considered useful for combat." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how I'd fight with it but doing something stupid and random would be really bad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. And harder to set right than when the mage-students squabble and burn each other with fireballs. I am glad I do not need to scare you with tales of what can go wrong, for you to take that as seriously as it deserves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...can you tell me them anyway though?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." 

Lionwind spends a while doing that, relating the stories of times he was called in - or stories his teacher told him of times she was called in, often from another city, to fix something some student had done to a patient or more often to their friend or classmate, while goofing around or just entirely by accident. A common beginner's mistake for students with strong Gifts, especially if they're strong Empaths too, is to be startled by someone's fear or sadness and fling a lot of poorly-aimed Mindhealing at them, which usually just makes people hallucinate; more subtly, it can make them see sounds, or taste colours. You can accidentally make someone unable to remember a category of words, like the names of colours or seasons; you can make people unable to recognize faces; you can scramble someone's ability to read or sing a tune; he once had a student Mindheal someone in some bizarre way where they could only sing, not speak. You can give people random phobias to things like stairs or cups. 

In some of these cases he has theories of what was going on; often, he or whoever was there just did their best to set it right without ever understanding how exactly it went wrong in that way. Minds are complicated, even for experienced Mindhealers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza takes extremely careful notes on all these things. "I don't think I knew that all those things would be - things the way a rock is a thing instead of the way a bucket of different rocks is a thing," she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will be honest, we do not even understand which things in the mind are - objects that way, that can be modified as a single move, versus not. For example, it is very hard to block access to a specific memory and no others, though many Kings and spies have wanted this done. But you can quite easily make someone unable to recognize or recall the name of an object they are holding, even though they can describe its appearance and shape exactly! I do not know why!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What! That's so weird! Why!!! I know you said you don't know but WHY!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles broadly. "So curious! Perhaps someday you will be the one who discovers the answer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe I will! That will teach brains to be so mysterious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you are going to be an excellent Mindhealer! Well, that is perhaps enough for a first lesson. Do you have any more questions on today?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can we make people need less sleep?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Assuming you mean in the long run, I am actually not sure. There is a trick for making yourself more alert for a short period - Healers can do it too, coming from a different 'angle', our scholars think that this means the two Gifts are looking at the same underlying structure but it could be entirely distinct mechanisms. Anyway. I had never thought to even try whether making someone need fewer candlemarks of sleep per night on a permanent basis can be done. What an intriguing idea - you are so creative!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would be so useful!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had not really thought about it, since I like sleeping, but - yes, I suppose it would." He seems surprised and a bit nonplussed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like sleeping too but I don't need to do it all night. Once in a while would be fine. Or just a few hours every night is probably more doable. If this is doable at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I have heard of people needing more or less sleep innately, so one assumes that if you can find the ones who need less sleep and obtain permission to look at their minds, you could at least check if the difference is one that Mindhealing can affect." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to do that! How can I find people who need different amounts of sleep?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind thinks for a moment. "- Hmm, I am not aware of any treatises written recently such that you could still find the patients studied. You may have to just ask your acquaintances. I suppose you could write to Mindhealers across the region - I could give you a list - but they will mostly only see very sick patients, who I think on average tend to sleep more - or else very erratically and poorly - because of their mental illnesses." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why do those make people sleep more or worse?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that is another case where our scholars do not yet understand everything! The theories are that some mental conditions, such as depression, involve having less life-energy to drive a mind, which thus spends more time in sleep, whereas conditions like wild-madness involve an out-of-balance excess of these energies - where the patients sleep less and yet this compounds their imbalance and their madness and wildness." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why do energies need to balance? My metaphor has some weights that could tip stuff over if they were wrong but beehives don't, what's going on in the actual mind?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure. I...suspect that there are large-scale loops of some kind that need to balance, where - as you say, it can tip over into one whirlpool or another that is hard to escape - but to be honest, our scholarship on this is not very advanced." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, okay. I guess I'll fix that and then we'll know."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Awww she is adorably enthusiastic and excited.) 

"Of course. Any other questions?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will think of more for next time. When is next time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought we could meet three times a week, to start, at this same time? And I will give you homework exercises, this time it will just be to practice refining your Sight on your own mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He pats her shoulder. "See you in a couple of days. You are making very quick progress so far." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see you then!"

And she comes back two days later with a great big list of questions. What makes people have mental problems in the first place? Why do people have to sleep at all? Why was the first kiss thing near the rafting memory? Why is anything near anything? What kinds of things can't Mindhealers do that it might seem they would be able to? Her mama wants her to ask if this will help her defend herself when she goes on the long trip to visit her papa, it's usually not very dangerous but it would be good to know. Can she make her other potential Gifts awaken? Is there a standard best practice for making very sure someone is REALLY okay with letting her look besides just what she's been doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So many questions! You are such a wonderfully curious student." And Lionwind sets himself to answering them methodically, one at a time. 

It's not entirely understood why people have mental problems! Some of it seems to be an inborn predisposition; the same way some people are physically frail and prone to sickliness, or born with heart problems, or end up falling ill with cancers, some people are prone to nerves and phobias and melancholy, or succumb to sudden madness. Sometimes it's caused by stressful or traumatic life events, but how damaged different people are by the same event also seems to vary. It's a known pattern that many women because depressed after giving birth, and some much smaller fraction have bouts of madness, and honestly no one has any idea why! 

There are theories about sleep but it's mostly Healers who've studied it, she could go look at books in the library on it. The current understanding is that memories end up near each other because of similarity, where the similarity can be on a number of aspects - place or time are one kind, but he suspects the rafting and the kiss were already near each other because they were both exciting, exhilarating experiences. 

He's not sure how to answer her question on kinds of things Mindhealers 'should' be able to do but can't, maybe because he's had such a long time to get accustomed to the reality of what's easy or hard or impossible; she has fewer preconceptions, maybe after this she could list out what she would expect and he can correct her? 

...There are ways a Mindhealer can incapacitate people but he wouldn't recommend she try that in self-defence this early in her training, unless she's literally about to die, it's a lot harder to undo than it is to do in the first place. Depending on when the trip is planned, though, she can ask him about it again later. He doesn't know whether one can awaken potential Gifts much less how. 

In terms of best practices for consent, the other thing to keep an eye on is whether people will feel like they have to say yes, either because they want to please her or think she'll be disappointed in them otherwise or are scared of the consequences if they aren't cooperative. Probably she doesn't have to worry about this yet, since she's a young trainee and he doubts her friends are worried about losing the friendship if they decline to let her practice on their brains, but it'll be something to keep in mind more once she's an adult and a trained Mindhealer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, like, you said you can't just make people forget only one thing, why not? It seems like we should be able to. Can you tell in advance who's going to have a problem? What is the self defense thing, I won't try it. Why do we have metaphors at all, nobody else does with other gifts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I will start with the last one first, because in a sense I think that many Gifts do have metaphors? Thoughtsensers often experience 'hearing' thoughts, but thoughts are not really sound, and some Thoughtsensers instead 'see' words written down. I have heard Empaths describe what emotions feel like to them as everything from a smell to a taste to the sense that they can half-feel the other person's body as well as their own. Mages see glowing lines of energy in the world, but a ley-line is not really a glowing river, and different mages see it differently! Some mages instead experience it as 'touching' magic, not visually at all. I also know of a Healer blind from birth who instead of Healing "Sight", has Healing-touch and Healing-smell. This becomes more obvious when Gifted people work together in larger numbers and learn concert-Sight and concert-work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's concert-work like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The most common kinds are mage-work and Healing-melds. I am not sure I have ever actually heard of Mindhealers doing it; there are not really enough of us, and there is the question of patient confidentiality, which does not apply at all to mage-work and which Healers have different protocols around. The key part is that people must be in mental rapport with each other, but of a different kind from what Thoughtsensers do to either establish a formal Mindspeech link or to share thoughts more directly. Healers will often merge only their lower-level shields, in order to make their reserves a common pool, and then one Healer will use that to take charge and direct the energies into Healing a critical patient. Done skillfully with the right training, this does not require exposing one's thoughts to one's colleagues, though I think many rural Healers without that training find it easiest to just merge everything. Mages will more often also share senses with each other, since large workings are very complex as well as power-requiring, and require tight coordination of who will do what; the communication can be done either via formal Mindspeech with a conductor, or by thought-sharing, this is mostly a matter of preference and local practice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do people share thoughts when they're first practicing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably it is not uncommon. I think I avoided it; I have done Healing-melds sometimes, since I see patients at the healing centre sometimes and the Healers can call on me as an extra body in an emergency, but I was already fully trained when I first started that, I suspect accidentally sharing thoughts is more common for Healing-trainees who need to learn melds in their first year." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind waits for a moment to see if he has more, then rubs his forehead. "...I do apologize, could you remind me of your other questions? I seem to have gone off on a tangent here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can go back and reread her previous questions to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. So the question of memory blocking comes down to the fact that any one memory is linked to a huge number of other things in the mind, and - our Sight does not quite work in a way where a 'memory' is a particular object, that can be plucked out without affecting the rest. What you saw in my mind, the other day - my memory was not a gear, it was somehow held in the pattern of how the gears fit together. Trying to erase it by removing a gear would probably both not have worked that well and caused more extensive damage to nearby memories."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Yeah, that makes sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In terms of predicting problems in advance - I think this was studied once, but it was by a Mindhealer who had...questionable ethics...and went around looking at everyone's mind at the academy where he worked, and then kept personal records on his predictions of who would have troubles later. And I have only heard of this secondhand, anyway, his work was never published in a treatise." He frowns, rubs his chin. "The risk for some problems does seem to run in families? Becoming addicted to drugs and sudden madness later in life, in particular, are more likely if someone's parent or sibling suffered the same problem." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Doesn't being addicted to drugs only happen if you actually take any ever?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, yes, but if you include alcohol, most people will have some at least once in their lives, though of course most never become addicted. ...Also there is likely a factor that children with parents who drink or take drugs will likely have those drugs around in their homes. I am not sure if it has been well-studied whether children by blood, but raised elsewhere, still have the higher risk." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be interesting..." She writes it down. "If I have money later is it okay to pay people to let me look or to answer my questions - like if they don't mind it, and it would just be annoying to sit there waiting for me to see whatever I was looking for, I mean -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm. I am not sure that is something where Mindhealers have a settled answer. Healers might, there are more of them and they sometimes want to study healthy patients for comparison and will pay them to sit still all afternoon for it. Many people feel more private about their thoughts than about their bodies, but Mindhealing Sight per se does not actually look at thoughts. I think it would be all right, but you would want to explain and get their opinion before telling them how much money, and be cautious of the fact that very poor people might think it worthwhile to make themselves very uncomfortable for twenty coppers." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks about that for a moment, then nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I continue to be very pleased with how carefully you think about this. Ah, and your last question was about defence. There is something that a Mindhealer can do called a set-command; it involves imposing a certain intent on a patient, usually expressed as an imperative word or phrase in Mindspeech, and pushing it into place with your Gift. You could, for example, force someone to 'stop moving', and they would stop attacking you. The single positive quality of set-commands is that they are fast, a second or two to place. They are very sloppy, will not wear off, and take much greater skill and time to undo afterward, which is why I do not recommend this unless you are in critical danger." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod nod. "Does it have to be something simple like that - or something negative like that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does generally have to be simple, because of the lack of finesse. I believe positive set-commands are possible, for example ordering someone to run away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits back. "Have you been practicing your Sight? Anything in particular you have noticed?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the gears don't actually go through each other, they just go in directions that don't exist."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fascinating! It is definitely remarked by many Mindhealers that our Sight can contain physically impossible things, and that this is useful for conveying the full detail of the mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure yet how many directions that don't exist there are.'

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect your mind is still trying to absorb all of the information involved, and find ways of working with it. I - admit that your concept of more than one imaginary direction makes my head spin a little, but that may work fine for you. For myself, I found as a teenager that I could imagine the water of rivers and lakes as coloured, and this gave my metaphor a way of conveying more. The metaphor seems to respond to visualizations in this way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's smart! I'm not sure it will work for me because of how gears have to touch other gears to work though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I think that it is not uncommon for Empaths to sense emotion as a colour, or smell, or equivalent to another sense, and emotional valence - or simpler valences - is a quality that can be attached to a gear or a cluster of gears but is not necessarily about the way they touch... I am not sure. This is something that is worth extensive consideration on your own, I think." His lips curve into a smile. "Which I am certain you will do. You are every teacher's ideal student." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He pats her shoulder. "Anyway. More questions, or are you ready to move on to the exercises I had prepared for today?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm ready, what are they?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, one of the most common actual uses of our Gift that we will be called on to do with patients, is when they are troubled by an association - emotional or otherwise - with a particular situation, and - at least in the short run - would find it easier to go on with their lives if they did not have this. So I am going to give you a situation that I associate with strong emotions, and I want you to try to do a detour or fence around this. - I will of course put it back afterward. However, do you have any questions, first, about this practice in general?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How come the detour or fence won't make it so you can't think about it to fix?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose if you did a fence thoroughly enough it would make it trickier, but I have quite a lot of practice with this, and it is almost impossible to make a fence thorough enough that no angles are approachable, especially if one has Mindhealing-Sight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay... how do I actually do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is an extension of what you did to move the memory-association, but in a more directed way - would you like me to demonstrate a simple one on myself?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that would help. Show me where first though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. You can watch now - tell me when you see it." 

Lionwind takes a deep breath, closes his eyes, and settles himself. 

After about a minute, something several-layers-deep in a different corner of his mind moves - and then suddenly the movement is radiating outward, being conveyed in a sort of ripple or wave to other areas, including quite distant ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- can you undo that and then do it again -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not actually do anything with my Gift yet; that is just what it looks like when something has a strong emotional association. I can do the redirect now and then undo it, if you are ready to watch." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, okay. I'm watching."

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes again, takes a few moments to focus, and then - something shifts, in the layer of his mind where the reaction spread outward. He nudges a gear a little to the side, so that the drive-chain stringing it to another gear that conveys that initial spread slips off and hangs loosely, no longer able to transmit the movement of the first gear. 

"Now watch." And he does the focusing-on-it motion again, whatever 'it' is in this case, and there's a little ripple but it almost instantly dies out rather than being echoed around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- ohhhhh, okay - and putting it back would be - can I try that actually -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course!" He smiles encouragingly at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Puuuut back?

Permalink Mark Unread

She has to get at the unhooked chain from exactly the right 'angle', but when she does it pops very easily back onto the right gear, and Lionwind grins at her. "Perfect! You have such fine control already." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She bounces in her chair a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel's next few weeks and months of lessons go well! Lionwind still has nothing but praise for her, though he says it'll be at least a year before she's ready to see patients partnered with him. He finds her some books of patient case studies (with names and other personal facts obfuscated), and gets permission from some of his own patients to share his notes with her. Mostly he has her practice refining and interpreting her Sight, knowing which questions to ask to clarify it when the Sight alone isn't enough information, and various basic Mindhealing techniques like the fences and detours. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan continues to be a willing and eager volunteer for having his mind looked at, though his attention-span difficulties with reading prove non-obvious to fix, at least at her current skill level. 

...And nine months later, shortly after her eleventh birthday, she's sitting out in the garden with Skan, who's reading a book, murmuring the words out loud to himself under his breath, which he hasn't needed to do to manage reading in years - 

- or, wait, maybe it's not quite reading out loud...

Permalink Mark Unread

...experimentally, she covers her ears.

Permalink Mark Unread

This does not make the murmuring-to-himself stop, or change at all! 

Permalink Mark Unread

She centers and grounds. She is right here on the ground, new Gift, see, go away.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's at this point very good at center-ground-shield. The new Gift obediently stops overhearing Skan's internal monologue as he reads. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think my Thoughtsensing woke up," she says. "All I got was the words in your book though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm? –Oh!" Skan drops the book. "That'ss sso exciting!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It means I'll be able to shield, which makes me feel better, I don't like having to expect everybody to be polite. Sometimes people are not polite about everything else, so I bet sometimes they aren't polite about that. And it'll be convenient!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Bounce bounce bounce. "It sseems sso usseful! For doing Mindhealing. If your patientss ssay you can usse it, I mean." He's quietly reflective for a moment. "I think I'd let a Mindhealer read my thoughtss. Ssometimes it'ss hard to ssay what your feelings are in wordss." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'm not ready to have patients yet, but I guess it could be useful for that if someone wants me to. Mostly I meant it'd be convenient for talking if somebody's far away - or when we're flying around and it's windy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That too! And we could have ssecret converssationss in front of people. Like sspiess." Skan looks delighted about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could! I should ask Lionwind if he knows how I can do that if the other person isn't a Mindspeaker - or if they are for that matter - or if I need to take separate lessons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You sshould! I have no idea. He iss a Mindsspeaker too, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's never Mindspoken me, so I don't remember for sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough!"

Skan looks down at his book, and decides he's had his fill of reading for now. "Going flying, you coming?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah!" Up she hops.

Permalink Mark Unread

At their next lesson, Lionwind is delighted to hear about her new Gift. "Wonderful! ...And, yes, I have a little bit of Mindspeech. Not enough to reach beyond a room, or Mindspeak someone without the Gift themselves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But you can teach me how it works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can teach you the basics, yes. You may want to seek another teacher if your Gift proves strong enough for long-distance Mindspeech, which is a valuable skill to have and not one I am equipped to teach you. We need not get ahead of ourselves, though, there are many basics. Have you been able to figure out shielding?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I centered and grounded like when Urtho told me how to stop with the Mindhealing-Sight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"May I have a look at your shields? Knowing you, I am guessing you will want them to be very thoroughly proof against other Thoughtsensers, as well as enough to prevent you from picking up the thoughts of others." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod nod. "Can you look without reading my thoughts or should I try to think of something boring?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I can avoid reading your thoughts for more than a fraction of a second, but in order to test your shields I do need to probe, so perhaps you should think of something boring anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ready," she says, reading the spines of the books in the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

At first she doesn't feel anything, and Lionwind makes a quietly approving noise. "Well, you are not leaking anything to a passive read, that is a good start." 

- then there's a firm, very weird sensation of pokepokepoke, and the third or fourth poke seems to slip through something, for only the briefest instant before the pressure vanishes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

AAAH she doesn't like that and it makes it VERY hard to concentrate on book titles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I apologize. That is a pretty good start for a shield, though. To make it stronger and more proof against probes, you will want to - usually I describe this to students as weaving it finer and tougher, rather than thicker. Some people find it useful to imagine literally weaving, as though shaping the energy around you into cloth, others use different visualizations such as shaping armour." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She collects herself. Finer and tougher rather than thicker. An - eggshell, that goes all the way around because it grew that way with no holes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind waits. 

"Good," he says after a couple of minutes. "Are you ready for me to test it again?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts doubling numbers in her head and nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Poke poke pokepokepoke. He does it with about the same firmness as before, and this time it doesn't seem to get through. "Very good! It might not stop someone with a strong Gift and sufficient determination, but you would notice the attempt and have an opportunity to react." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I could set-command them about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That might be seen as a disproportionate response, but I would certainly not blame you for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can't run away!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. All right - you will want to check your shield often, at first, and practice reinforcing it. It will not be instinctive at first. Once you are comfortable enough to find it easy, you can start practicing building multiple layers, which will make it less brittle to strong probes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do I check it without help?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. With attentiveness, and perhaps more practice, you should be able to feel yourself, from the inside, whether your shield is tightly-woven enough. If it is not obvious, it might make sense for you to take it down - I will not look - and rebuild it a few times, and then try to predict how strong I will find it when I test." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How would I take it down -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need not take it down fully, but to practice redoing the tougher and more watertight version, you would want to do the opposite of what you did to weave it, and then weave it back again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know how I can do the opposite without taking it all the way down."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. If you would prefer that I leave the room while you do that, I do not mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you were going to lie about not looking you could lie about only having a room's worth of range too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Maybe you can simply practice it at home, and try to get a feel for it on your own. You are quite perceptive, so I expect you can get the hang of it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't mind practicing while you're here but you really really have to not look, I have to concentrate so I can't just count or anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I promise I will not look," Lionwind says, seriously. "I will shield fully and not use any of my Gifts at all until you tell me you are ready." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," says Aza. And she peels apart the eggshell and puts it back together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind waits, revealing no sign of impatience on his face. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does this a few times, tapping on it from the inside as though to hatch, and finally has one she's satisfied with. "Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind tests her shield again; the poking is still quite noticeable, and disconcerting, but not too hard to hold off. He smiles at her. "Perfect. Keep doing it exactly like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe now we can go on with our usual lesson, and next time I will plan a lesson for you on formal Mindspeech protocols?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

And they go back to Mindhealing! 

Over the next few months, Lionwind teaches Azabel the basics of holding a Mindspeech link and communicating with other Mindspeakers without leaking accidental thoughts through in either direction, and he also has her practice Thoughtsensing on him - with his insistent consent - since he says that sometimes patients will actively request this. 

It turns out that she does have a much stronger Mindspeech Gift than his, so he sends her for some extra tutoring with a powerful Mindspeaker, his childhood friend Summerhawk k'Leshya, now also on and off an instructor at the Tower. Summerhawk is less patient as a teacher, and less thoughtful about what she seems to consider Azabel's unreasonable aversion to ever leaking thoughts by accident, but she's very well trained as a Mindspeaker and can explain it fairly clearly. 

When Azabel is twelve, Lionwind has her start sitting in on sessions with a handful of his patients who agreed to his student being present. At first he just has her observe, occasionally making comments to her in private Mindspeech, but after a while he starts inviting her to use her Sight and ask the patient questions to understand what's going on for them, and after six months of that, even to sometimes do basic Mindhealing techniques. Which he uses sparingly, only a couple of times per session and sometimes not at all. 

He continues to have mostly praise for her. She's a very diligent student, and smart, and she has a lot of original ideas which tend to be pretty good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan moves to the senior division of the gryphon flying classes. He does competitions nearly every week, and brings home prizes for most of them. He still struggles a lot more with academics than athletics, but nonetheless he's apparently doing better than nearly all of his gryphon classmates. He thinks this is because Azabel is the SMARTEST and the BEST. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel is very glad she could help!

She's curious about what gryphons who didn't happen to be introduced to her by hertasi when she was little are like. She is also curious about hertasi. And people from all different places. There are a lot of things people don't know about why minds are how they are! And some of it is probably by species but to make sure she has to check, and she may as well check lots of other things, ask lots of questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi are politely bemused by all her questions but are happy to answer them anyway! Gryphons are less inclined to constant helpfulness, but Skan recruits some of his friends and his parents to the project. Of the human population, the students at Healers' are the most inclined to participate; they're always trying to find people to study too, they get what it's like and don't find it weird, and some of them can recruit parents and acquaintances too. 

Hertasi almost universally have their attention very oriented to other people! Plenty of humans are set up that way, too, but nowhere near the majority. On average, hertasi get bored less easily when doing repetitive tasks like tidying or cooking than humans do, and tend to instead find them soothing and satisfying. They're novelty-seeking in their own way, though, most often showing up as a relentless curiosity for social information and gossip, but the hertasi with Gifts, or those who work as scholars, often end up at the top of their field, they tend very good at obsessive study. They also don't have a trait that many humans and gryphons do have, of feeling most at ease with their own species; they're basically never racist. They also almost entirely lack privacy intuitions, between each other, and find Azabel's meticulous insistence on explaining what she needs consent for and what she won't ever tell anyone else to be charming but odd, and why shouldn't they have three of their friends there to all answer questions about their brains at once? 

Skan is unusually straightforward for a gryphon, but on average their minds do seem more all-on-the-surface than humans. They're less often people oriented, and very likely to share Skan's traits of being very good at situational awareness and reacting quickly to new information, especially in physical combat. They tend more competitive and to some extent more aggressive than humans, and far more than hertasi, though it's a little unclear how much of this is culturally conveyed. They are not, in general, all that patient, which includes patience with Azabel's questions; Skan is an exception, but even he has a short attention span for how long he'll sit still for it, unlike the hertasi who will delightedly gossip about themselves and their feelings to her all day. 

Humans from different parts of the world don't seem to vary much on average in terms of how their gears look to Azabel's Sight, but there is a lot of variation in how they answer her questions; people from some cultures, especially north, tend not to talk much about their emotions, or even to have the same vocabulary for it that Azabel does. People from the far south, Acabarrin or something, often use metaphors to do with their bodies, saying 'my stomach felt heavy' instead of 'I was sad' and suchlike.  

Permalink Mark Unread

This is all terribly fascinating! Since individual variation is just as interesting as group variation she will not run out of material any time soon. She writes up a little something aping the style of formal papers about the emotion-vocabulary thing and turns it in to Lionwind to see what he thinks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind is so pleased with her! She could probably actually publish this as a short treatise, he thinks, if they do enough back-and-forth work on it, he can give her a round of suggestions? And then at some point she'll want to find a full-time scholar willing to review it for her, he hasn't published anything himself so he won't know all the expectations for style and footnotes and such. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, that sounds great!!

Permalink Mark Unread

They can work on that, then! Lionwind makes suggestions of cases where she may want to collect more data, add different questions, cover the question from several angles in the usual tradition of scholars. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After she gets her second draft back to Lionwind, she receives a short but courteous note from Urtho personally, congratulating her on her independent scholarship, it shows great promise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan thinks this is amazing and he wants to brag about it to all his friends and he's so jealous! 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is more than welcome to brag about her. Skan is very good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is of the opinion that actually Azabel is very good! (...Maybe someday if he wins enough of the flying competitions, Urtho will send him a personal note of congratulations... He's definitely never going to get one for academics.) 

...

Life goes on. Azabel has lessons and works on her interviews and her treatise write-up and goes flying with Skan. Her teachers, and the scholar who volunteered to review her treatise draft for her, have a lot of praise for her. 

She's acquired a bit of a reputation among the other students training Mindspeech, at this point, as the girl who HATES MINDREADING and is always very very careful when practicing Mindspeech links to shield so hard. Mostly they're respectful about this, though she gets occasional eyerolls. 

At some point Skan warns her that he overheard some gossip from other gryphons he flies with, who sometimes play betting card-games with the older mage-students, some of whom are BULLIES and think that her aversion to mindreading is hilarious and he thinks some of them are Thoughtsensers? Anyway he just wanted to make sure she knew, so she can keep an eye out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's good to know. She knows how to do set-commands and it'll serve them right if they have to stand there waiting for her to unpick them after, if anybody attacks her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan thinks she is totally right and they would DESERVE it and then no one would ever dare bother her again! (He is perhaps slightly wishing in the back of his mind that someone does try, just because it would be so cool if Azabel WON a FIGHT with Mindhealing, but he knows this isn't a very nice thing to think, and doesn't bring it up.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't know who any of the bullies are, which makes it hard to avoid them on purpose, but no older boys try to follow her over the next week. 

- at some point, though, she's walking along a perfectly innocent path in the gardens, with no one nearby, and suddenly there is a VERY HARD POKE at her shields, it doesn't quite penetrate on the first probe but it's enough to hurt and there's another poke right on its heels. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Don't: she returns, stumbling on the path when she tries to spin to see who's there.

Permalink Mark Unread

She still can't see anyone, but the poke stops and there's a very startled squawk and thump in the bushes. 

At the same moment as her shoe catches in the crack between two paving-stones and sends her toppling toward the ground - 

- and a different person bursts out of the rhododendron. "You bitch!" he shrieks at her, "what'd you do–" and he raises his hand; based on his uniform he's a mage-student, and based on his face he is terrified and angry, and one can assume that the thing he's about to do about these two faces is throw some magic at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaah :Stop!!: she flings at him, because she can't run, can't sh-

- shield?

Permalink Mark Unread

Something happens, and the half-finished, ineffective attempt at a fireball is even less effective than it should be and doesn't reach her, and the angry older bully sits down on the paving-stones with his mouth open in a blank, stupid-looking expression. 

Everything is suddenly very quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that everybody - by now she can use Thoughtsensing just to tell if somebody's there -

Permalink Mark Unread

That's everyone nearby. A couple of someones were lurking behind a statue to watch, past tense; they're now fleeing as fast as they can in the opposite direction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Skan, where are you, some people just attacked me and I stopped them and some spectators are running away THAT way -:

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is practicing in the aerial obstacle course, and a gryphon with slower reflexes than his might have plowed headfirst into the hanging wall of canvas in a frame, but he swerves instantly skyward, does a midair flip to turn himself around, beats his wings. Coming, he thinks loudly back at her, he can't actually project but he can shove the words right to the surface so she picks up on them without reading his actual surface thoughts. Are you hurt - should I pursue or help you–

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not hurt but I definitely want to know who was with them:

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be there in thirty seconds -

(His mental 'voice' in his thoughts is like his normal voice but without the sibilant gryphon accent, which Skan has in any case been practicing avoiding, it's considered uncouth for adult gryphons in mixed company.) 

He pumps his wings, gains speed an altitude, and then dives, Aza where are they now -

Permalink Mark Unread

Still within her Thoughtsensing range, and also earshot, they made the perhaps dubious decision to shortcut through a garden patch rather than take either of the paved paths at right angles to their original path of flight, and are now floundering through rosebushes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fetched up in the roses there:

She knocks on Lionwind's shields.

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't a strong enough Mindspeaker to hold a link across that distance himself, but can pick up Azabel's. :Is it an emergency. With a patient:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not a very urgent one, some people attacked me and I stopped them and I'm fine and a mage now:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- You are what: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm a mage now! Everybody's unhurt, just set-commanded, I just apparently did extra shields when the second guy came at me. Skan's chasing their friends:

Permalink Mark Unread

In the distance there's a gryphon battle-screech, some yelps, and a rustle and thud. :Got 'em: Skan sends, sounding incredibly pleased with himself. :Uh, what should I do with them now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Goodness! Should I, er, alert some guards -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Pin 'em: she tells Skan, and :if you can, yeah, and I'll need your help to free the ones with set-commands but it can wait till you're done:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Noted. I'll direct some guards over: 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are more frightened cries in the distance. 

:Got them pinned: Skan confirms. :Should I just, er, hold them here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Guards are coming. I'll come over and see who they are and then it won't matter much if they get away: She heads in the direction of the roses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is waiting for them there, one front limb - claws retracted - very carefully pinning each of the two boys he caught. They look about sixteen, and are shaking and whimpering in terror. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets a good look at both of their faces.

Then she says, "It'll probably look better to the guards if you don't make them chase you, too." To Skan, "You can let 'em up."

Permalink Mark Unread

They sit up, cautiously, seeming to expect Skan to change his mind and eat them at any second. (He does look very intimidating; at roughly his full adult size for a gryphon, he looms over them, and just his beak is the size of their heads.) 

Less than a minute later, there are running footsteps audible in the distance. "Report of someone needing help!" an adult voice shouts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm over here!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The running footsteps approach, and a few seconds later, a cluster of people in the uniform worn by Urtho's guard force reach her. "Miss - what's wrong - are you hurt–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They didn't hurt me. I set-commanded the two who tried and these ran away and Skan caught them. These two didn't actually attack me but I think they were with the other two."

Permalink Mark Unread

These two look so cowed! A little relieved, though, the angry gryphon is less likely to lose its temper and tear them to shreds if the Guards are here watching. 

"You - set-commanded them?" one of them says blankly to Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a Mindhealing thing, it's reversible but my teacher is busy and will be by later to help me."

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets her a very disconcerted look! 

"I - see," the woman among the Guards says, stepping forward. "Er, what sort of attack was this?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The first one was trying to get through my Thoughtsensing shields, and the second one tried a fireball, I think he singed some plants."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eep!" The second part gets a lot more alarm and a sympathetic look. "Er, good work defending yourself, very relieved you aren't hurt. And this is unacceptable behaviour, we'll haul them right along to the office for questioning."

      "Who's the gryphon?" one of the other guards says, addressed to Azabel rather than Skan per se. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's my friend Skan, I asked him for help chasing the ones who ran off because I can't run."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You - can't run?" This gets her another blank look, up and down her body, which of course looks perfectly normal and un-disabled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I try I fall down."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I see." The guard doesn't particularly as though he sees; he seems puzzled and doubtful, but not actually suspicious. "Well, we'll get these boys hauled in - uh, where are the others, can they walk...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The first one might be able to, I'm not sure - I've never actually done this before - the second one can't. But if you can carry them that'll work." She leads them over to where she left them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can get some more people here to help– uh, Carson, can you go do that -" 

     "I'll go with her to get her side of the report written up," the woman says. "I'm Lasi. What's your name?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Azabel."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." Lasi takes her arm, in a way that's half offering support and half making sure she doesn't decide to run off, and begins ushering her along the path. "So you're a Mindhealer - other Gifts?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mindspeech and also I think I'm a mage now, I made shields when the second boy did the fireball."

Permalink Mark Unread

Startled look. "You think you are a mage as of - right now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Like five minutes ago? I knew I had it in potential but it hadn't awakened. But I have control training for the other stuff, I don't think I'll do anything accidentally."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How long have you had the other Gifts?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"A few years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. It's unusual, no, for a potential new Gift to awaken that much later?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a usual age, but I am the usual age, the other Gifts were just early."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm."

Lasi falls silent, and doesn't speak again until they reach the Guard-building and she's led Azabel to her office and offered her a seat. 

"So. My...understanding, Azabel, is that the average age for a Gift awakening varies, but - when Gifts awaken late, whatever 'late' is for a given person, it's usually..." she clears her throat delicately, "because of something traumatic. So - I did want to ask, now that we're alone and in private. Did those boys do anything worse to you, or threaten it, than what you described to my colleagues?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, but they must've known I'm really scared of mindreading. - also the second one called me a bitch."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." Another very sympathetic look. Lasi gets out a pad of paper, dips her pen in the inkwell, and then props her chin on her free hand and looks at Azabel. "Why would they have known you're, um, scared of mindreading? Has this sort of thing come up before?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan heard from some people that some bullies thought it was funny how careful I am with shields, but we didn't know who or whether they'd do anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I see. I suppose I understand why you didn't report it, for something that vague, it's - not the kind of report we have much ability to act on. I'm very sorry this happened, though." She frowns. Clears her throat again. "Are you, um, feeling calm right now? ...I'm sorry, you look it, just, the usual protocol for taking a report from youngsters who've just had a Gift awaken in possibly-traumatic circumstances includes asking that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel pretty okay now. I caught them all. Well, Skan helped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He seems like a good friend." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's great!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Smile. Lasi ducks her head. "All right. This is just for the formal written report. Would you mind giving me your recounting of what happened, in chronological order?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan told me the rumors he heard a few days ago. Just now, I was walking - I was actually going to go to the bathroom so please don't keep me here too long - and I felt the first boy give me a hard shove in the Thoughtsensing shield, like he wanted to break it, and I tripped and I set commanded him 'don't', which might make him stop doing anything or might only make him not do Thoughtsensing, I'm not sure, and then the other one jumped out and called me a bitch and he was wearing mage student clothes and he went like this," she imitates his gesture, "and I set commanded him to stop which doesn't let him do much at all, and he did stop but not before a little fire happened, only it turned out I had shields, so I'm okay. And then the other two started running off from where they were hiding and I called Skan over to chase them and he pinned them down and I told them it'd look better for them to not make the guards chase them, and I called my teacher and he was with a patient but I explained and he called the guards over."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lasi nods and makes listening noises and scribbles shorthand notes on her pad of paper, and then gives Azabel another long moment of sympathetic look. 

"So your first accidental magic that you noticed was a shield?" she says finally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yes..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is very rare! And by 'rare' I mean I have never heard of it before! The usual first magic shown is fire or lightning, or perhaps shoving objects around with force." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that wouldn't have been helpful at all! Even if I attacked him back he'd still have gotten me!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lasi tilts her head at Azabel. "You know, I think most teenagers don't get to decide their first use of accidental magic ever based on what'd be helpful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess if they did probably it wouldn't be called accidental, but still."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose you did get several years training your other Gifts, which I'm guessing is helpful." Lasi reaches out to touch Azabel's hand. "I'm sorry. It must have been very frightening." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It was over fast but it was real scary for a minute."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it's quite impressive that you both kept yourself from any harm, and avoided any serious injuries to your assailants. Just a moment, I need to make sure I have everything down for your report..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza experiments with mage-sight while she waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lasi reaches the bottom of the page, stares at the paper for a moment while fiddling with her pen, and then glances up at Azabel. "I've noted down everything you said to me in the report. Do you have anything to add before I sign off on it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so."

Permalink Mark Unread

She signs it with a flourish. "All right. That's everything I needed from you." A pause. "...Are you sure that there isn't anything else you would...like to tell me about...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...can you tell me what to do with the set-commanded boys after me and Lionwind fix them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm - I'd better check in with the others, but hopefully they're already here, and you can just leave them here after for questioning." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. What's going to happen to them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure, exactly, but my guess would be some remedial ethics tutoring and a month straight of detention." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't even know there was such a thing as remedial ethics tutoring! I hope it helps."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so too! Any other questions? If not I'll go check where you and your teacher should come to, er, fix the set-commands." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have any more, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Lasi will escort her to the door, tell her to wait there a minute, and slip back into the Guard-office. She returns a couple of minutes later to give Azabel a room number and the name of the officer she should ask for, to find the set-commanded boys once her Mindhealing instructor is available. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

And she writes the room number and the name down, and (goes to the bathroom and) goes to wait outside Lionwind's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind is still with his last patient of the day, but he's done forty-five minutes later. He calmly ushers the patient to the door, waits for it to fall closed, and then rushes over to Azabel. "Are you all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm okay - I tripped when they startled me but it wasn't a very bad fall. We're supposed to go to 507 and fix the set-commanded boys."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, and pats her shoulder before heading off in the direction of the guard building, at a courteously Azabel-appropriate pace. "I hope they did not give you trouble about using a set-command in self defence?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. At least not yet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I hope they would have informed you by this point if you were in trouble.”

They reach the building and head to room 507.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd hope so too! So probably I'm not." She asks for the name she was given.

Permalink Mark Unread

They’re led to the appropriate room. The boys are sitting huddled against the backs of their chairs. The guard watching them gives Azabel a disconcerted look.

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of them got 'don't' - the one who tried to read me - and the other one got 'stop', the one who actually attacked me," she tells Lionwind, "is that importantly different -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure! It would depend on the intent you were holding when you did it. - Hmm. How about you look, first, and tell me what you observe with your Sight, and we will undo this together." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel nods and looks at first the one, then the other.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do look different, although maybe not as different as she would have expected. Set-commands show up to Mindhealing Sight as a sort of governer-switch imposed in placed and slammed down over a broad area of gears. The 'don't' set-command is somewhat narrower; the second, 'stop' set-command covers the area it did plus several on either side. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are a little different and the first one's narrower but it didn't just stop him from using Thoughtsensing. Ugh, this is going to take a while. We should maybe do the second one first because he's a bit more locked up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did warn you, set-commands take far longer to remove than to place! - All right, are you ready to watch me do this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know you warned me, it's just annoying. I'm watching."

Permalink Mark Unread

From Azabel's perspective, it really does look like the set-commands are very neat and self-contained and should be easy to remove as so, but in fact they appear to be shoved quite hard and deeply into the gear-structure, and she watches Lionwind needing to push with his Gift and soften all of the linkages in each section in order to pull out the bits and pieces of her set-commands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you went faster would it just not work or would it wreck stuff on the way out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind, distracted, answers in Mindspeech. :It would depend how quickly, and how much I was using my Gift to make it easier to manipulate - if his mind were not malleable enough then it would simply not work, if it were the right amount of malleable and I went too hastily, then I would cause damage in the process:

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and watches, making inscrutable little notes now and then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Lionwind finishes with the first boy. 

"- You ought be able to move now," he says, gently.

Permalink Mark Unread

The boy's eyes dart around. He shifts position, then slowly stands - 

- sees Azabel, makes a low-pitched whimper in the back of his throat, and flees the room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind is quiet for a moment, head bowed. 

:What do you think about, er, that: he says to Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think we should make sure he's not supposed to stick around to be assigned his remedial ethics lesson? And I hope he doesn't try to set anyone else on fire:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you think he is likely to? ...Hmm, also do you have the Mindspeech range to alert one of the Guards outside this room, I do not: Lionwind's eyes are still fixed on the other boy who they haven't gotten to yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Mindspeaks the guard. :One down, one to go. Is he free to leave? He ran off and I don't know if he was already lectured or whatever:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not sure how much the lecture now would've stuck: the Guard answers, :but it's not like the school'll lose track of him, we informed his teachers and there'll be followup:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay, thanks!: And she returns her attention to the remaining boy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionstar gets to work. The 'don't' set-command, in addition to being less broad, also seems a bit less deeply stuck in place, and the process goes faster. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She helps some, now that she's seen it done.

Permalink Mark Unread

This boy also seems less gripped by sheer terror, though he avoids Azabel's eyes and keeps his gaze fixed on the floor. Once told he can move, he tests this, picks himself up off the floor, and then asks Lionwind in a trembling voice if he's allowed to leave. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"One moment, I will call in the guard again." :Azabel, can you do that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Done with the other one, he wants to know if he can go.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Coming, I will escort him out:

The Guard reappears, nods to both her and Lionwind. "Thank you." And to the boy, gruffly: "Come with me."

They leave. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind sighs, stretches. "Well, that is that. Any other questions, or - do you need anything -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'm fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good, good." Lionwind pats her shoulder again. "I will see you for our lesson in two days, then. Excellent work just there - I would not normally have introduced set-command removal this early, but you picked it up fast. As usual for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza gives him a hug and heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan, it turns out, has been waiting for her nearby, practicing his aerial maneuvers. He swoops down and lands. "Are you all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm fine! Thank you for helping."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan bounces. "You were sso cool! You won a fight!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If that's how you want to put it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wing shrug. "think it wasss cool. Want a ride home?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please." And when they get to her house she hugs him and goes in to tell her mother about her day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her mother has an official letter from the school addressed to her! The envelope doesn't specify what it's about, but it's sure a fancy envelope. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranara opens the envelope as soon as she gets it!

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a personal note from Urtho! He congratulates Azabel on her new-awakened mage-gift, and says that he would like her to report to his office at her convenience so he can check her Gifts again and make sure she ends up placed into the right classes for her strength of potential. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Azabel turns up first thing the next morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the hertasi intercepts her in the hallway and leads her to Urtho's office. "Congratulations! I heard you are newly a mage?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, it happened yesterday!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What excellent news!" And he ushers her to Urtho's office, and knocks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are puttering footsteps, and then Urtho answers the door - and immediately lights up. "Azabel! Goodness, haven't you grown. Come on in. - Tea?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves his hand vaguely, and sits, gesturing at the armchair opposite. "So, it seems your mage-gift awakened after all. How are you feeling about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm excited! Mages can do neat things. Except I'm not so sure about concert-work, is that required?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He blinks at her, puzzled. "- Well, it is an upper-forms course, you would not be expected to take it until you were ready. Why, do you have concerns about it being difficult...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I just worry about leaking thoughts and stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." Urtho doesn't especially look as though he understands. "I see. Well, in any case the upper-level courses are not mandatory and it is up to you what you want to take, but you can consider it then at the appropriate time. ..."

(Long pause.)

"May I check your Gifts, now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead." Why is everybody so confused about this all the time? Surely if you want people to know what you are thinking the thing you do about that is you say it and under circumstances where you're not doing that it is obviously undesirable for thoughts to escape. Well, Lionwind is not confused, Lionwind thinks she's very responsible, so probably someone agrees with her and that's what being responsible is for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho rests his hand on top of her head, and is quiet for a long moment. 

"- It looks to me that you will have an Adept-strength mage-gift!" he says finally, leaning back and beaming. "Congratulations!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Adepts are the ones who can use nodes, right, in storybooks that's very important. Mostly for big pointless fights but that's just how stories are and probably she will also be able to build towers and elevators and do Gates, which are cool. "Awesome!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls back, looks into her eyes. "Have you had any difficulties with control, so far?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. The first thing I did was shields. And I've looked at stuff with the new Sight. Nothing else has happened."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good for you! I suppose it is known to help, having other Gifts and training with them already. I will send notice for you to be entered in one of the introductory mage-classes for those with Adept potential -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am taking care of that now, Master Urtho!" the hertasi in the corner chirps, making a note. "Miss Azabel, you should receive a note by first thing tomorrow with the class schedule."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great! When does it start?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho gives her a proud, fond look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi pores over the piece of paper for a moment. "You can join in with the ongoing session at the start of next week!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Conveniently, I think there will even be at least one other new student joining with you."

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi fusses with another folded booklet. "Yes, Master Urtho, that is right. I wish you all the best, Miss Azabel!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who's the other new one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho gives the hertasi a questioning look, receives an apologetic headshake. "Oh, goodness, it seems I am blanking on his name! A youngster from Predain. I think with much less education than you, Azabel - perhaps you could help him to catch up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, sure, if I can find him! It'll waste a lot of time I could spend on doing that if I don't even know his name to ask where he is. Does he speak Tantaran - or have Mindspeech -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, just a moment Master Urtho, I can look it up..." The hertasi bustles to open a drawer, then gives Urtho an asking-for-permission look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, thank you." Vague handwave. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Riffle riffle riffle. "Kiyamvir Ma'ar," the hertasi offers brightly. "Master Urtho noted that he speaks only a little Tantaran - he does have Mindspeech, but no formal training, only self taught." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! Thank you." She will go ask the hertasi who know where everybody lives where he's staying, after this, and poke him. "Is there anything else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you have any other questions about your new mage-gift?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...is there stuff I need to know that the classes won't cover?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, the class should cover everything you want to know eventually, since you can ask questions! You should just ask now if you have questions that you'd prefer not to put off until next week." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should really have a lot of questions but I think actually I don't! I know the cool things like Gates take years and years and you can't just tell me how they're done right now." She will spend the week looking at things with mage-sight and reading books and then she will accumulate more questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good, good." Urtho's voice is already absentminded again, as he stands up to usher her out. "I have no doubt you will make us proud." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods politely and shoos. And goes looking for a hertasi who will be able to find her the whereabouts of Kiyamvir Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

This hertasi doesn't know but is happy to take her over to the student-housing office, where another hertasi can look up some records and then offer for Azabel to follow her!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" Follow follow follow. She wonders what Predain is like, she hasn't met many people from Predain.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other hertasi beckons her down a hallway, pauses in front of a door, and knocks before opening it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are two bunk beds inside, one against each side, as well as a table and washstand against the far wall, beside the window. Several of the bunks appear to have been slept in, with clothes draped half over the chests of drawers next to them, but there's only one person currently in the room. 

The boy's head jerks up, his hands raising as though to defend himself against some unknown threat. He looks somewhere between twelve and fourteen, but very underfed; he's not even wearing a school uniform, yet, just a ragged off-white homespun tunic. 

If Azabel is looking with mage-sight, she'll be able to notice the very clumsy shielding and wards that the boy appears to have placed around the perimeter of his bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, she didn't think news of her terrifying set-command abilities spread THAT fast, is he just scared of random teenage girls? Where are his roommates, was he expecting a roommate and they're not friendly? :- hi - is this a bad time?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar blinks, startled, he wasn't expecting a Mindspeaker - but in a way it's easier. 

:No. What are you here for?: 

From the overtones it's clear that he expects her to have some sort of agenda; he seems both wary and curious about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We're going to start magic classes at the same time, Urtho mentioned, so I thought I'd come meet you. He said you didn't have as much educational background and might want to catch up?: This suggestion has one entire thought put into how to say it diplomatically, specifically "this might require any diplomacy". :My name's Azabel:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh: 

Half a dozen expressions flicker across his face, some very obvious - confusion, suspicion, hope - and others harder to interpret. 

:I have never studied at a school before: he adds, carefully. :Have you?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Some, but I have private tutoring for my really rare Gift and I don't know what mage classes are like:

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits up straighter. :What rare Gift do you have?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's called Mindhealing! It's not altogether a Wild Gift, but there's really really few. - I won't do anything to your mind unless you want me to for some reason though, even looking:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm, all right: He doesn't sound like he really believes her, though he also doesn't seem all that stressed or anxious about it. :Urtho asked you to help me with the school things?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:He mentioned it but he didn't assign me to or anything, if you want me to go away I will not be slacking off:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, a little doubtfully. He's still trying to parse her remark, Mindspeech conveys language-independent concepts, of course, but he suspects that the concepts themselves - and the motivations behind them - are the thing he's confused about here, not the language barrier, 

He takes a deep breath. :I need to practice speaking Tantaran, and reading and writing it, and doing figuring with pen and paper instead of just in my head. Can you help with that?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's nice and straightforward. :Sure!: She shuffles over to plop down next to him and has her notebook on her knees in a minute. "I'll just send you what I'm saying while I say it and if you want a word you can ask me and we can start with the alphabet. This part I've done before, I taught my friend Skan the alphabet." She writes it all out neatly.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stiffens slightly when she moves to sit near him, but doesn't object, just digs out his own school notebook and pen. He holds the pen awkwardly, like no one taught him how to do it, but he follows her explanation with far less difficulty than Skan did; he copies each letter with great care and then stares at it for ten or twenty seconds and from that point seems to have it memorized, though he also sketches what seem to be little mnemonic drawings for himself, of various objects or animals that start with the letter-sound. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's clever!" she says when she realizes what he's doing. "Do you want to keep doing letters or let those sit and do numbers next? - does it not work for you to hold the pen like this, it makes your hand less tired if you write a lot to hold it like this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." He peers intently at how her fingers are arranged, then tries to imitate it; his next attempt at copying a letter is a bit clumsier, probably because he's less used to writing this way, but he nods. "I'll see if it makes my hand less tired. We could do numbers next?" Hopeful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm-hm!" She writes out the numbers zero to ten, and says all their names, and starts in explaining how to form larger numbers by lining these up. Then she writes out simple arithmetic problems for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's clearly some additional conceptual insight here; Ma'ar stares at the numbers she's writing out in puzzlement, asks a couple of questions - and then his entire face lights up. "Oh. That is such a good idea!"

The simple addition and subtraction problems seem if anything too simple for him; he squints at the numbers, and then instantly solves them in his head, he seems impressively good at mental arithmetic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can get more complicated ones. She explains the order of operations convention for him and strings together great big numbers.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so excited! He picks it up with extraordinary speed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is fun, it's all the least repetitious parts of teaching! She knows a little slightly more advanced math where you solve for a variable...

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Whoa, you can do that?" He's astounded. "I wish I'd known that last year - I worked for a mage, for a bit, I helped him with his records, but the numbers they write with in the north are way worse for doing arithmetic and so I always did the figuring part in my head." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- aww he's adorable. "Yeah, you can do that! What's wrong with their numbers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Here, I can show you." He flips to a different page of his notebook and starts drawing them out. "Up to nine it's just line-strokes, like a tally," he shows her, "and exactly ten is a long rectangle like this - it's like, imagine you were looking at a tally of ten except from far away so it blurred together and just looked like a rectangle. Twenty is two rectangles stacked on top of each other, like so, thirty is three, forty is four... And then fifty is a triangle, for some reason, and a hundred is a square, like a shipping-box full of tens - or like two triangles glued together this way, maybe - and two hundred is two squares on top of each other, like boxes. And a thousand is a circle like this. But they don't have zero and there's no...place-marking...you just need to draw more and more of the symbols and long numbers take a whole line to write." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh wow. I guess that would be convenient if you very often wanted to write exactly 'a thousand'? Because it'd just be a circle. But hard to do math with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They use it for trade and shipping on the river, up north, because usually if you're shipping goods they're in boxes or crates that have about a hundred of whatever it is, but it doesn't matter if it's a bit more or less than a hundred as long as it's full - or I think a thousand is a circle because that's what a barrel looks like from the top, and I guess someone decided a big barrel was the right size to fit about a thousandweight of something-or-other. I'm not sure why a triangle for fifty. Maybe that's because just piling up a heap of fish or apples or something looks sort of like a triangle." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! I have no idea why Tantaran numbers are how they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like them, though!" And he wants to dive back into trying to do the problems where you solve for a variable, which is fun even if it's harder since he'll forget to write down what he's doing and instead attempt to do it all in his head like he usually has, and then get confused and need to start over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will demonstrate some of them - she needs to do them anyway to check his work, since she didn't get these out of a book. She writes down all her steps very neatly every time.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not nearly as patient, or as neat, about writing down his work, but gets more in the habit of it as he watches her. 

- at some point the door bangs open, and Ma'ar startles again and flings up a hand to shield himself. His other hand darts to his waist, gripping the hilt of what looks like a sheathed dagger. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The other teenager, probably about the same age as Ma'ar but much better-nourished and a full head taller than him, rolls his eyes and goes to flop on his bunk. "- Who's she - you got a girlfriend already, huh?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carefully blank look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is that a knife: "My name is Azabel. We're doing math."

Permalink Mark Unread

Another eyeroll. "Suit yourselves, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Uhhh, yes - do you not have one: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, I don't go around with a knife! Do you need it? Is he dangerous? We could go do math at my house:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's giving her such a baffled look. :Most places it's stupid not to have a weapon: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...you're a mage! Also a Mindspeaker! How about I introduce you to some guards so you can call for help if anything happens, and also I know how to do shields kind of and I don't know if they're very good but they're not nothing and I can show you?: Why has this kid her own age been getting into KNIFE FIGHTS.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess, all right. ...Lots of places you're even less safe if people know that you're a mage but not trained yet. Maybe that's not as true at a school where everyone's a mage though. Where's your house?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's about ten minutes' walk from the base of the tower. If you walk, usually I fly but I don't know if my gryphon friend can carry both of us: She neatly whisks away all the math and shuts her notebook and leads him out of the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar seems if anything more tense outside in the hall; he moves close to the wall, eyes wary, and jumps a bit every time someone comes around the corner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Poor guy. All her lists of things that can go wrong with people's minds when bad things happen to them (such as KNIFE FIGHTS) are spinning through her brain right now.

She takes him to the nearest guard office and tells him everybody's names, and buttonholes a passing hertasi to get him their name as well, and then continues out of the tower to bring him home with her.

Permalink Mark Unread

(This is an overwhelming number of people to be introduced to, Ma'ar's head is buzzing with it, and it's stressful that he can't read Azabel's mind to help figure out what she wants here. Her body language isn't hostile, though. And she's even newer to being a mage than he is, and clearly not used to being in fights, it seems likely he could win if she wanted to start one for some reason. ...Unless Mindhealing is useful in combat, he's never met another Mindhealer before and doesn't really know what the Gift does.) 

He relaxes a little out in the courtyard, where he can see his surroundings better, and follows Azabel without speaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me to ask Skan if he can maybe carry two people our size, or no, you look a little like I dumped a bucket of buttons on your lap and expect you to pick them all up."

Permalink Mark Unread

The metaphor gets a nonplussed look, but he nods. "I don't really want to go flying on a gryphon right now," he says - cautiously, like he expects something to go wrong somehow if he chooses the wrong words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, we'll walk. Ranara won't be home and all my old notes on math and everything are there too." Is he scared of heights or just of people, Skan is both things. Not important enough to ask about right now...

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's main experience with gryphons so far has been that they're four times his size and have beaks that could swallow his entire head and claws larger than his fingers, and also when he was approaching the Tower on foot some of them were flying around and seemed to think it was very funny to dive right at people on the path and get them to shriek in surprise about it. He would prefer it if they stayed well away from him, at least until he knows how to shield better and can do it all the time, right now maintaining a physical shield over himself is very tiring. 

He follows Azabel all the way out to her house. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sets them up with math on the kitchen table. He really doesn't look like he eats enough. "Do you want some bread and cheese?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, please, if that's all right." Ma'ar has been avoiding the dining hall for the last couple of days because there were some boys there who thought it was hilarious to mime being about to throw food at him and make him jump, and he hasn't figured out their schedule yet in order to avoid them. It's easier to ignore hunger than to ignore having stuff maybe thrown at him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes and slices bread and cheese and brings him a plate. "If you stab somebody and they didn't stab you first you will be in very big trouble, you know. So it only makes sense to have a knife if you're only going to threaten with it, not use it - only everybody else can figure that out if they're smart so they'll know it's probably a bluff - or if you really expect somebody to stab you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her an uneasy, dubious look. "Do people not try to stab you very often here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some older boys did attack me just the other day but not with a knife and I was fine. And that was the only time it's happened!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Ma'ar looks at his plate of food; it takes him visible effort not to immediately wolf it down and to instead eat at a polite speed. He switches to Mindspeech while his mouth is full. :How long have you lived here?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not eating, she's writing him math problems, so she continues to reply in Tantaran and translate in Mindspeech so he can practice. "In this house? Since I was a baby. Ranara moved here when I was still tiny."

Permalink Mark Unread

:And you only had people attack you once?: Ma'ar looks SO doubtful of this claim. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, just the once. I guess it could help that I'm a girl, I think boys are fightier, and it could help that I'm friends with Skan, since he's a gryphon. But I don't think people get attacked a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is pretty sure that in most places being a girl would do the OPPOSITE of help. "Mmm. Why did the boys attack you this time?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They thought it was funny I don't like mindreading and snuck up on me and one tried to bust through my shield," because they SUCK as PEOPLE, "and when I did a Mindhealing thing to him his friend tried magic but then my mage-gift woke up and I did shields, even though apparently that's weird for first magic to do, and also I did the same thing to him. And then their other friends ran away and I got Skan to catch them and called the guards. And my teacher to help me undo the Mindhealing thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shivers. "It seems really unfair when people think something is funny just because you hate it. There were some boys at the dining hall who thought it was funny to mime throwing food at me because it'd make me jump," he adds, sympathetically. "Why don't you like mindreading?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't think right if somebody might be watching me do it." It's like having to be diplomatic with her brain. Diplomatic, not thinking of pink elephants, graded on her performance like it's one of Skan's flying competitions except for thoughts, she can't do all that at once and also get any useful thinking done especially if she might need to do any of it about pink elephants.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Can you also not, uh, write, or - I dunno, do math problems on paper, if someone's watching?" Ma'ar hasn't ever considered that being a reason to disprefer mindreading. He would prefer people who want to harm him not find out his weaknesses, but that seems different. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do math problems but it depends what I'm writing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. There is probably no helpful rather than unhelpful way to say he won't read her mind even though this is scary, and besides, he can't anyway, her shields are too good. 

He finishes chewing the last bite of bread and cheese. "I could do more math problems now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She writes out more math problems for him, chattering in Tantaran about how she was taught to do this-and-that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really helpful having her translate in Mindspeech as she talks; Ma'ar has been trying to listen in and pick up Tantaran since he arrived in the country, and already understood significantly more than he could speak, but he's starting to find it much easier to remember words and use them himself. He's getting faster and more fluent with the math problems too, and is so pleased with himself about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good! Since they're at her house rather than in the Tower, when it's actually lunchtime she makes eggs and greens and gives him most of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He thanks her and goes at his plate with gusto, though he has to slow down halfway through it, he's still getting used to getting even two meals a day consistently and he's so full. 

:Maybe you can teach me how you do a shield?: he says after. :I figured out how to do shields a bit but it's exhausting so I think I must be doing something wrong: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never tried keeping them up very long so I don't actually know how tiring mine are, but sure, say when you have your Sight up -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nearly always has his Sight up, Sight by itself is only a little tiring. "Ready." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She recreates her shield, eggshell-tight.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh! Yours does look different, it's - very tidy? Or...smooth, I am not sure. Like linen cloth instead of a basket woven of rushes?: Ma'ar starts trying to imitate it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think of it like an eggshell!" she says. "I learned to do it like that for Thoughtsensing and it turns out to be kind of the same."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. You do have good shields for that. I don't know if mine are good. Hard to look at them myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want me to I can check but you mustn't stab me if it turns out they are not very good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I promise I won't." Ma'ar fidgets. Switches back to Mindspeech, it's still exhausting trying to keep up in spoken Tantaran. :If it helps you feel safer I can put my knife on the other side of the room: This is clearly an offer he finds nervewracking to make, but his expression is very sincere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You look like that would be scary?" she says. She's not very intimidating, or at least she doesn't think she is.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think you probably aren't going to try to hurt me and if I want to ask you for favours then I shouldn't do things that scare you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not gonna hurt you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, well, anyone who feels like it can just say that, Ma'ar thinks but doesn't add out loud. It does seem like Azabel is upset about the knife; maybe she never learned to fight with knives so they just seem pointlessly scary to her? 

He unhooks it from his tunic belt, still sheathed, and leaves it on the counter opposite, before sitting down and closing his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, say when - I like to try to think something boring for this but I don't know if you care -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Ready." 

He doesn't shield as tightly as she does; plenty to avoid leaking any surface thoughts to a passive read, but he habitually keeps his Othersenses open enough to feel nearby people before they're in sight or earshot, and at his current skill level this involves shielding less effectively; his shield feels springier and a bit more porous, or translucent, than hers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pooooke. "Yours isn't as thorough as mine, but I think I could puncture it if I were trying harder. Are you just using Thoughtsensing to tell whether there's people around always?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Yes: He tenses a little. :I don't like not knowing who's nearby. I - I wasn't reading your mind at all, I promise, I - usually only try to read people if they're bigger and stronger than me and I think they might want to hurt me: 

He's scared that she's going to be very angry and shout at him, or that this will turn out to be some other school rule he had no idea of, but he doesn't want to lie to her, and besides she could get through his shields if she wanted and read it straight from his mind, so it's safer not to lie too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's okay, I don't think you'd be getting through my shield without me noticing. I use just a little to see if people are around sometimes too, whether somebody is there is not what they're thinking."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, relaxing a little. :Thank you for checking, I'll try to practice that kind too: Aaaaah it's making him feel antsy that his knife is all the way over there, even though that's objectively very dumb. He sits on his hands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you okay?" What HAPPENED to this kid.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine." How can she tell, Ma'ar didn't think his face was showing any feelings. :- Can I get my knife back now. It's okay if you say no: he adds quickly, :this is your house: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it's fine. You could get the kind that people sometimes carry around for cutting meat and stuff, that would be less - alarming."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar retrieves the knife, but tucks it into his tunic pocket so it's at least out of her sight, he's less worried than usual about being able to get to it fast. He...has more of a read on Azabel now, though a very tentative one; he thinks he's met people like her before, usually being like her would be a way to get yourself hurt, but maybe someone in her family is important or something and so not as many people are willing to mess with her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She clears away the lunch dishes and goes and gets one of her novels for him to practice reading, since they've been doing math all morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has never read a novel before! It's slow going, he still needs to sound out most of the words under his breath and semi-frequently runs into Tantaran words he doesn't recognize and has to ask Azabel about it, but he goes at it with impressive determination. 

Several pages in he lifts his head and gives her a puzzled look. "Did this - really happen...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- no, sorry, I should have specified. It's a story." Has he never heard a story - well, he at least thought of the possibility that it didn't happen and asked -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." :Where I come from, stories are usually in rhymes, like songs, so they're easier to remember: He supposes he's heard more non-rhyming stories since he started travelling through Tantara, but he can't recall seeing someone read one right out of a book, though the concept makes sense and it's neat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have those too but I like reading them better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." It's frustratingly slow right now but he can see that it'd get a lot faster with practice. He keeps reading, very focused and frowning to himself slightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She helps him when he's stuck or when a word is pronounced oddly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still kind of on edge, twitching whenever there's a random house noise, but reading is satisfying and Azabel is mostly not being alarming at all, and he gradually starts smiling more.

Eventually he notices that the sun is sinking in the sky. "- Should I go? Before your mother gets back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could stay for dinner if you want but if you don't want then this would be the time to go get dinner in the Tower." Ranara will probably fuss over him and honestly she has no idea if that will go over well or not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar goes very still for a moment, thinking. He has no idea how to explain - or whether it's even safe to try to explain - that he doesn't much want to eat at the dining hall and might just...not...but also a randomly selected adult is way more likely to be threatening than a kid his age who's also a girl.

(That makes a surprising difference, actually, he's never had a girl his age try to stab him and only once had one try to pickpocket him, and Azabel seems rich so she probably wouldn't do that - also he's noticed she often moves clumsily, when she's walking around, so probably she couldn't sneak up on him anyway... She would probably be very offended if he said that was part of why he likes her, so he isn't going to.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranara won't mind, I'm allowed to have people over." She doesn't often use this ability because gryphon diets and sizes do not lend themselves to sitting at a dinner table noshing on bread and beans but still. "I could walk you back to the Tower if you're nervous about that..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a deep breath. It's - probably not going to be worse than the dining hall, he feels like Azabel would come across differently to him if her mother were often angry or mean, and if she turns out to be nice, then he'll know and can come back again later. "I'll stay." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! Ranara will be home any minute." They can keep reading until then.

Ranara is home soon enough. "Oh, you have a new friend!" she says.

"Mama, this is Kiyamvir Ma'ar."

"Hm - Predain? Last name first?"

"- I didn't actually ask, do I call you Kiyamvir or Ma'ar -" says Aza.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kiyamvir is my father name," he says woodenly, staring at his feet - he can't remember the Tantaran word for 'clan', and also now he's on edge again and trying very hard not to look like he wants to reach for his knife, since that seems like it'd make this situation more threatening rather than less, if he offends his hosts. "You can call me Ma'ar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's lovely to meet you, Ma'ar," says Ranara, "I'm Ranara. Are you in Aza's classes?"

"We're going to be in the same mage class, Urtho said," says Aza.

"How exciting!" Ranara starts bustling around the kitchen and assigns Aza to chop vegetables, which she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Should I help?: Ma'ar asks Azabel. He's confused; in Predain usually people rich enough to go to a fancy mage-school are also rich enough to have servants to cook for them, they're letting him into the school but he figures he'll be expected to work in the kitchens here or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, if you want to!: She passes him an onion. Maybe he will be immune to onion tears and she can just do the cabbage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is competent at chopping onions (he sometimes did kitchen work at various inns in exchange for a meal, though more often just washing dishes or carrying out slops) and doesn't complain about it stinging his eyes. He's quiet, though, his shoulders tensed again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aza, did you put our guest to work?"

"He asked!"

"I didn't hear him ask!"

"He's a Mindspeaker too."

"Did he ask just to be polite?"

"I don't know how to tell!"

"Ma'ar, you don't have to chop the onion if you don't want to," Ranara says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't mind." He's just about done chopping it anyway; he finishes up and stands there uncertainly, wishing he felt less conspicuously out-of-place here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, thank you very much," says Ranara, and she collects the onion and the cabbage and dumps them in her pot, alongside beans that have been slowly simmering over the fire since lunchtime. When that and a bundle of herbs are simmering away she sits down at the table with her daughter and Ma'ar. "Did your whole family move to Tantara, or did you come all by yourself for school?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't have any family." Ma'ar hopes this isn't somehow the wrong answer. It's not quite true, his grandmother and even some of his siblings could still be alive, but it's true enough to be the easiest explanation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you poor thing," says Ranara, eyebrows knitting together. "You don't look any older than Aza -"

"I'm thirteen," volunteers Aza.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm fourteen." He remembers Tantaran numbers especially well right now, he did so much with them today. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You poor thing," Ranara repeats. "But things are set up all right in the Tower, right? I hear the hertasi fuss over everybody from Urtho on down, they'll make sure you have what you need..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't sure what to say so he just nods, his expression carefully neutral. (The hertasi are one of the biggest reasons he keeps his Thoughtsensing open all the time, they're so quiet and he hates having anyone sneak up on him, even a lizard smaller than he is.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What sorts of things are you going to study besides magic? Any other Gifts? Academics?" asks Ranara, leaning over to stir the stew.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mage-gift and Mindspeech," Ma'ar says, a bit haltingly. "I need to do reading and math better. Azabel helped today." He has to pause a lot to retrieve words, but he's a lot more confident in his vocabulary than he was before he had a chance to check all of it with someone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's really good at math, and faster at reading than most anybody," Aza mentions. "Not as fast as me but I wasn't trying to learn it in a new language."

"Congratulations, that's high praise," says Ranara.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't know what the correct response is to that either! He bobs his head shyly and gives Azabel an uncertain look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You can say 'thank you'? - if that's what you were wondering about?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't really sure if that's what he was wondering about, but he nods. "Thank you." He's feeling kind of overwhelmed, but if he wants to study at a huge school constantly full of people, he needs to practice being less jumpy around strangers. Or at least showing it less. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, don't mention it," says Ranara. And then she asks Aza about how she's doing and what she's been reading and Aza replies chattily till they all have stew.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar feels like it would probably be polite to join the conversation more, but he's hungry and also increasingly exhausted. He eats in silence and listens, asking Aza in Mindspeech when he doesn't catch a word they're using. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will translate helpfully and when dinner is over she will offer to walk him back to the tower. "Since you probably don't know the way that well yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar thinks he could figure it out, he has a decent sense of direction, but it's dark out and he's exhausted and appreciates the offer, so he agrees and follows Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leads him back to the Tower. It's fairly well lit, but she steps carefully anyway. She's kind of wondering if she should have sent him off sooner and he only stayed to be polite, or, contrariwise, if the rude person he has for a roommate is so unpleasant that she should have tried to get him permission to stay overnight, but - she doesn't want to overthink it. She does ask, "Are your other roommates nicer?"

Permalink Mark Unread

This is yet another question that Ma'ar has no idea how to answer, so he just shrugs. "I've had worse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can probably change rooms if you want to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do people do that? I - dunno if it'd be better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never lived in the tower but I bet people do that! You could ask the hertasi." She cannot imagine a hertasi hearing "I would rather live in a different room" and not immediately responding "ah, I see, I have just the place".

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm," Ma'ar says, noncommittally. The trouble is that all the questions he wants to ask, to figure out what's safe, are in themselves things he's not sure it feels safe to ask about, and also it seems very hard to communicate it to Azabel, it keeps feeling like she's answering a slightly different question from the one he expected or meant. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could ask for you if you want?" She has no idea how to guess what he is and isn't going to be timid about.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want to." Azabel's lived here her whole life, probably she knows how to ask for things in a way that doesn't offend someone or make them mad, and if not then maybe they won't be mad at him. Aza's position here is a lot less tenuous than his, maybe it makes sense that she's less worried about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will then." In the tower she walks him all the way back to his room. She hands him all the math he's been working on in case he wants to go over it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." He does want to look at it again, although maybe not here, he could look for somewhere to hide out of sight of anyone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The boy from earlier is home still, along with another roommate; they're sprawled on the opposite bottom bunk, playing a game, but turn to look speculatively at Ma'ar and Azabel, and then the first boy starts up a singsong rhyme about boys and girls kissing, except he replaces kissing with 'figuring', making his friend burst into gales of laughter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not like this is actually all that threatening, but Ma'ar still sorts of curls up. He has no idea how to interact with it, except that he can tell it's not friendly laughter, not toward him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a derisive noise - further acknowledgment than that seems unwise - and bids Ma'ar good night and lets herself out, looking for hertasi as she heads for the elevator.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi are, as usual, omnipresent in the Tower as they scurry along on various errands, and most of them recognize Azabel at this point and wave cheerfully to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! Do you know how people who live in the dormitories can change rooms if they want to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They can go to the housing office! Or just ask any of us, really - why, is there a problem?" The hertasi know that Azabel doesn't actually live in the Tower housing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure! Ma'ar's roommates were teasing him but it could be it'll settle down or that there's nobody else with a spare bunk he'd get along with better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ma'ar, hmm... Oh, you mean Kiyamvir Ma'ar, the youngster from Predain. Is he unhappy there? There wasn't really a perfect place to put him, there are only a dozen boys his age starting this year and none from Predain, we assigned him with some others from rural northern Tantara but they might still not have a lot in common." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He didn't say he was unhappy but they didn't seem friendly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm - that does sound very unfortunate! I'll see what we can do. ...There are lots of private rooms available but he's a scholarship student, but if he says he's unhappy there, or if the teasing distracts him from his studies, possibly we could make an exception." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that might help!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'm not sure we can make an exception just on you asking, there's paperwork, but you can tell him he can come down to the housing office." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll do that next time I see him," nods Aza, and she makes a note. "Thank you very much." Hertasi are very good.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome!" And the hertasi goes off on her way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza goes back home and goes to bed. In the morning she goes looking for Skan first because she didn't see him all day yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is easy to find! He is, as usual, practicing on the aerial obstacle course before his morning classes, and he sees Azabel coming and swoops down eagerly. "Where were you yessterday? Ssomething exciting?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kinda! There's a boy who's going to be starting mage classes at the same time as me and didn't have a lot of education before so I met him and helped him catch up. He's real smart. But he seems scared of everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know!" It was frustrating. Especially since she could quite possibly SEE it but she had to not look and nobody is congratulating her about that. Except herself. Congratulations, self.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could assk him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess? I'm not sure he'd tell me. I'm not sure he knows! He seemed to think it was common sense and everybody should - carry a knife around everywhere - I realize you always have something sharp but it's attached, that's different."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan, remembers a certain conversation with Azabel years ago about the removability of nails, shivers and hisses slightly under his breath. "Yess, I ssupposse it iss different. ...Doess he come from ssomewhere with more enemiess?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe? Does Predain have a lot?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. We could go ssee if the library hass bookss about it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good idea." Skan is very good. She pats him and they can go find Predain books.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'ss very good of you to be friendss with him," Skan says cheerfully as they hunt through the history section for the 'Ps'. "If he'ss sscared of everything it'd be hard to make friendss." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem to be a disadvantage! I'm not really sure if we'll be friends, he might just have wanted to catch up on reading and math and not actually like me much, it's hard to tell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. - Oh, here, I think thiss iss it. There is a whole row - what do you think...?" 

There are four different books on medicine as practiced in Predain, for some reason, and a couple of Predain language primers, a couple on geography of the region with maps and one on Predain's agriculture. And then tomes of varying thickness mostly on the history - this one on military history in particular, this one on the initial period when the kingdom was founded, this one on civil wars and conflicts within Predain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That last one sounds maybe most relevant; she pulls it. "Do you want one, I can turn pages -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll take that one." It's a shorter primer on Predain's history in general, less intimidating for Skan's current reading level, which is...fine, but he still isn't a fan of books that are mostly pages full of very small dense text and don't have ANY architectural diagrams in them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She pulls that too and opens it for him and begins to read her own.

Permalink Mark Unread

Predain has had a lot of civil wars and smaller-scale conflicts! Way more than the history textbook about Tantara mention. There have been several bloody succession crises in its four-hundred-year history as a kingdom, and it also sounds like there are semi-constant family feuds between nearby landholders, or conflicts between different ethnic groups. In particular there are some arid steppe areas that, while ostensibly part of the country, don't really have much rule of law at all; they're inhabited by several different clans of nomadic herding peoples, who spend a lot of time raiding and killing each other and are likely to respond with violence to any outsiders entering their land. Predain also has a long history of being less able than Tantara at maintaining the security of its roads and river trade routes; merchants consider it advisable to always hire mercenary guards, including a mage, when passing through. 

The local-scale conflicts have varied over time depending on how strong the central government was at the time, and in particular were at a lull from about a hundred and twenty until fifty years ago, but since then (at least according to the book, last updated twenty years ago), there have been less popular kings, local revolts, a mild succession crisis, and several multi-year droughts, all together leading to a resurgence in banditry. Some criminal rings from the east are suspected to have taken advantage of this to snatch or buy kidnapped locals for the slave trade further south, especially Gifted but untrained children, but this is unconfirmed since the actual government of Predain is apparently uninterested in confirming it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that does sound very scary. What's in Skan's book?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a less detailed skim of the entire history, starting from the founding - which happened initially as an alliance between several major landholdings, followed by an expansionist period of conquering nearby territories, mixed with several coups between the original families angling for the position of greatest power - and covering up until about fifty years ago. Predain has had one border war with Tantara, two hundred and fifty years ago, during which they conquered some territory, which was later given back under a different administration as part of a formal treaty with the then-King of Tantara fifty years later. (This was during a major drought and famine, during which Tantara provided aid to starving people in Predain.) They've had several more wars with Utanz, a small mountainous kingdom to the west. They have a larger standing army than Tantara, but one that's mostly been wielded in internal civil conflicts. They've also been invaded on a couple of occasions from the north, by several different tribes of nomadic horse-riding peoples, though the last of those was a hundred and fifty years ago, ending in some sort of bizarre ritual exchange of hostages and a marriage; at this point they've built a wall to secure their northern border and have it thoroughly guarded.

There's a chapter on the Predain College of Chirurgeons, one of the best-known academies of medicine in the world and the only one that focuses mainly on training un-Gifted doctors. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That explains all the medicine books! But this has been a lot of reading and now it is lunchtime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan bounces along beside her. "What do you think?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it does sound like it might be scary to grow up there, so maybe he'll calm down when he's been here longer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makess ssensse -" Skan stops, tries again, this time with more attention to minimizing the gryphon-accent. "That makes sensse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Scritch scritch. "I'm not sure everyone's been very welcoming to him though. Apparently some gryphons swooped at him to scare him when he first showed up! And people pretend they're going to throw stuff at him, and his roommates tease."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan hisses. "There are gryphonss who think it'ss very funny! To mock touristss and visitorss that way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's so mean though! What if they never saw a gryphon before, they'd think gryphons were all mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They musst think that'ss funny too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They need better senses of humor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sso do hiss roommatess!" Skan seems a little defensive. "Gryphonss are not the only oness who have bad sensses of humour sometimess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know that but how will he find out, if the first gryphons he met were mean and he himself happens to be a human?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I could be friendss with him?" Skan scuffs his claws at the marble floor. "I guess he might be too sscared of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I asked him yesterday if he wanted me to call you over and ask if you could carry both of us - we wound up walking to my house. He said no, but I don't know if it was that or something else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." And now Skan is out of attention span for conversation and instead starts trying to leap at the ceiling lights (they're mage-light crystals half enclosed in the ceiling and fairly indestructible, fortunately.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cute.

She collects her lunch at the dining hall. Looks around to see if Ma'ar is there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't seem to be there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe he'll have lunch later. Or already had it, even. Omnomnom. Maybe she should teach him Mindspeech protocol so he can poke her if he wants words or something, and then she can back off after that. She heads for his room.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not there. One of the roommates answers the door and gives her an odd look. "Looking for your boyfriend?" Snicker. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eyeroll. "Can you tell me where Ma'ar is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Ask the hertasi. We told them to make him room with someone else - poor them, he's a horrible roommate, but that's not our problem." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh-huh." Hertasi, hertasi, where are you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Here's one! "Yes, Azabel?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, did Ma'ar move? Where can I find him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Yes, this way - poor thing, roommates tried to rat him out for noise violations because he has nightmares or something, but it'd seemed like he might prefer a single to himself anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what I said! I'd been going to tell him to ask." Follow follow. It's not really surprising that given everything else he has nightmares.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi leads her all the way down to the end of the hall and knocks on the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who is it," says a muffled, suspicious voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's Aza!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine, you can come in." There are footsteps to the door and the rattle of a lock, and as soon as the door is open a crack, Ma'ar immediately heads back to his single bed in the corner and curls up again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi... is being in a new room helping? I asked about it yesterday but apparently it happened without me." He's even scrunchier than yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a flat look and doesn’t answer.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I was thinking that I could teach you Mindspeech protocols so you could call me if you wanted anything and otherwise I wouldn't have to bother you, if you don't want company." He sure looks like he doesn't want company but that's what the point of the mindspeech protocols are and they aren't that complicated and he's smart so it'll be fast.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will I get in trouble," Ma'ar says, fidgeting with his blanket and not looking at her. "I keep getting in trouble." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...for learning the protocol? Or for... using it?" Isn't the entire point of a protocol that if you use it you don't get in trouble. Why would she be offering if learning it would get him in trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably Azabel isn't trying to get him in trouble, Ma'ar thinks, she wouldn't gain much from it, and she's been here a long time and has lots of nice things and probably lots of friends, she's not going to be worried about trying to impress the other students. 

"The other boys were trying to get me in trouble," he says dully. "They lied to me about the rules," he sounds very offended, "and - got me kicked out of the room - and they - told a teacher about my knife and the teacher took it."

Ma'ar's expression is particularly devastated about this part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh... the hertasi said you had nightmares and they'd said it was a noise violation, which isn't very polite but since it got you your own room and that seemed like a good idea to me anyway I hadn't thought it was a big deal. Did you want to stay in that room?" She isn't sure what to say about the knife, he really shouldn't have been carrying a knife around though she didn't know there was a specific no-knife rule. "What rules did they lie about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They said I had to go to the dining hall for breakfast or I'd be in trouble. ...And then a lot of them laughed about me - having nightmares. I asked the hertasi and they said that wasn't the rule, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe they didn't want you to eat in your room?" she says dubiously, though it's more charity than these people have really earned to assume they were only concerned about crumbs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they thought it was funny because I didn't want to." (He does more than think; he miiight have read some people's minds about it, after, he was trying to do that less but now he sort of regrets it, it just let them try to hurt him. Azabel will be angry if he says that, though, so he doesn't.) 

He looks doubtfully at her. "Why - do you want to help me. No one else does." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess I'm nicer than them? But also have you tried asking the hertasi, they're very helpful."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar fidgets. "They - kind of scare me. I don't understand what things they want or why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hertasi are really neat, I've studied some of them. They're all different like humans are but not as much since somebody invented them to be how they are, so you can make more generalizations. They're really interested in people, and they like gossiping and moving things around so the people around them are comfortable, and they can sort of understand but don't really have privacy intuitions or being speciesist. And they don't get bored the same way, they can do chores all day long and they think it's fun. I think they think of the Tower as sort of like a weird giant dollhouse they're trying to set up to be pretty and well-organized, and it's sort of like a puzzle to them, only a puzzle that keeps moving around. So if you tell them a bit of puzzle has moved they'll want to fix it up for you!" She really likes hertasi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar listens, nods along. "Huh. Why did someone invent them to be that way?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think maybe they wanted servants? I don't know a lot about inventing species, it seems like kind of a weird thing to do, but I guess it's kind of like having kids and people do that all the time. Anyway if you want a servant species hertasi are a good way for them to be, I think, since they like it, and if they want to do other stuff they can." She's not sure of this but will think on it in more detail if she's ever considering making a species. Or having kids.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "....Anyway you could teach me Mindspeech protocol. If you still want to."

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that, like, a prolonged dismissal, or just a desire to get back on topic - eh, same response either way. "Sure, so if you're not right in a room with somebody and you don't know if they might be busy or asleep what you do is -" She has it all neatly written up but reads it to him with Mindspeech translation for Efficiency.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar listens intently, and asks a few clarifying questions, and then: "...Can I try it? I - might do it wrong..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead."

Permalink Mark Unread

He focuses intently, and taps at her shields, a bit clumsily.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's basically good enough, you'll get neater with practice."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Mmm. Thank you for showing me.” He falls silent, fidgeting.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'll get out of your way, I guess, and you can do that if you want more tutoring or anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar nods. (He’s not sure that he wants her to go, but he’s also not thinking of anything else to ask her about, and probably she would prefer to go see her other friends, who aren’t constantly getting in trouble.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Not everybody has to want to hang out with her, she guesses! Sucks to be them! Off she goes, shutting the door behind her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar sits on his bed, looking at the math problems from before, and wishes that anything made sense. And that he knew how to put proper wards on his door. It helps, having a room with no one else and a door that locks, but even then he doesn’t really feel safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that Ma'ar is armed with the ability to contact her she does not seek him out. She hangs out with Skan and attends her normal Mindhealing classes and does preliminary reading on magecraft and looks at things with mage-Sight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar does reach out to her two days later, the day before their first mage-class together. Tap tap on her shields. :Azabel?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hi! What's up?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Can I come eat at your house again. I...don’t want to go to the dining hall: He has, in fact, been avoiding it, it’s tempting to never leave his room, but skipping meals is starting to affect his magic reserves and they have classes soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, you can come over for dinner... what's wrong with the dining hall?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:People there - aren’t friendly. Yesterday someone spilled their milk all over my food and pretended it was an accident so they didn’t get in trouble:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, that sucks. - how do you know it was on purpose?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Long pause. :....I - might’ve read his mind. For a second. It scared me:

Permalink Mark Unread

 

:Over spilled milk: It's not like he couldn't have gotten another plate!

Permalink Mark Unread

:I didn’t see it was milk until after! I thought - I don’t know - I felt someone move suddenly behind me and I - panicked and thought he was attacking me, or something:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Have you tried asking the hertasi if they'd ferry plates to your room for a while?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. No. You think they would?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think they'd keep doing it forever but if people are picking on you because you're new, or something, I bet they would, same as if you were sick:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I dunno if they’ll stop it when I’m not new anymore:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, you can come over for dinner. And when classes start maybe you should ask a teacher about what you're supposed to do about bullies?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think if I was allowed to fight back they’d stop. But fighting’s against the rules and I’d get kicked out of the school:

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I thought you'd be able to guess I wouldn't suggest asking: she says reasonably. But it can't actually be in line with the rules to hassle people all the time either, right. :If I were you I'd write down all their names:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar isn’t sure why that would help, but goes along with it. :All right:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll see you at dinner:

Permalink Mark Unread

At dinnertime Ma’ar drags himself out of his room, with some reluctance, and hurries down to the courtyard, then looks for Azabel with Mindspeech to check if she’s already home.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is in the SKY.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, that looks terrifying but also amazing, and he’s - jealous? Not if the flying with her gryphon friend itself, he would be so scared, but...maybe of the fact that she isn’t scared?

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs Skan goodbye and waves as he takes off again and goes in to help with dinner and tells Ranara to expect company.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still walking over, he's taking an inefficient route because he keeps dodging down other paths to avoid passing too close to people. He arrives a few minutes later and greets Ranara politely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello there, dear!" says Ranara. "It's fish and fried rice tonight."

"Hi," says Aza.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very good! Ma'ar is ravenously hungry and has to make a deliberate effort not to cram food into his mouth as fast as possible. He does get up the courage to ask for a second helping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranara spoons him more rice; the fish has already been divided up. "Are you excited for classes?" Ranara inquires.

Permalink Mark Unread

"MmmIguess," Ma'ar mumbles into his plate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to learn to work the permanent Gates, that's supposed to be pretty easy and then I could see who comes and from where," Aza volunteers. Also she'll be able to look at the magic but she isn't sure how similar that is to a normal Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that hard to learn, do you know? Are students even allowed to work them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know but it's the first thing on my list of stuff to ask!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have a list?" That's a good idea, Ma'ar is thinking, maybe he should make one too. Well, for whenever he figures out which questions are safe to ask versus will mysteriously get him in trouble. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like to have lists of things so I don't forget." She doesn't know why more people don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some people only recently learned to read and write at all and are still getting used to the implications of it. It's a very good idea though. He could have lists of all sorts of things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel serves herself a little more rice too, and eats it and clears her dish.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is quiet. He's feeling tense and out of place, like there's something expected of him and he has no way of knowing it, or knowing what the implicit rules are and what will make them angry with him, because he can't read their minds. Also being places without his knife is surprisingly stressful even if Azabel is right that he's incredibly unlikely to need it here. 

He sits very still and tries not to take up space or be very noticeable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you had enough to eat, dear?" Ranara asks him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He startles a bit, even though it shouldn't be odd or surprising for her to talk to him when he's sitting at her dinner table eating her food. "Mmhmm thank you," he says tightly, and he wants to run away and be where no one can see him and he wants to ever know what's going to happen next - 

Also it's objectively stupid to be scared here, there's no indication of a threat, but then again he keeps not seeing the danger coming, over and over. 

:Azabel this is really scary right now: he sends to her in Mindspeech, he doesn't know what else to do and this seems better than running away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- well, do you want to leave? You can say 'excuse me please' and go if you want: She would be so bewildered if it weren't for her Mindhealing lessons but under the circumstances she tries not to be offended that he thinks this of all things is scary, it's just he overused his scary-meter and it broke.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know. I want to - be able to like it here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you want to go sit in the garden?:

Permalink Mark Unread

He considers it for a moment. It does seem better, to have open sky around him, he thinks he would feel less trapped even if there's almost no real difference. :Yes:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mama we're going to go sit in the garden excuse us," says Aza, and she clears Ma'ar's dish too and goes out back, gesturing him after her.

The garden has some flat-topped rocks to sit on and vegetables and a pear tree and flowers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sits down on a rock and hugs his knees to his chest. Looks around. "It's pretty," he says, in a mostly normal voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, Mama likes flowers." She should probably not speculate about him like a patient, he isn't her patient.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What else does she like?" Maybe understanding more things about Ranara will help her feel more predictable to him even when he can't read her mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She likes teaching little kids - like half our age, or smaller - how to read and count and stuff. And she likes meeting people from far away but you're very jumpy so she hasn't been asking you all about Predain.

I read some books about Predain from the library the other day." She isn't sure that's wise to mention but oh well.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." Of course there are books about Predain, he reminds himself, this shouldn't actually be surprising; there are books about all sorts of things and lots of people in Predain know how to read and write. "Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know much about it and you act like you have been very scary places and I wanted to know if Predain was very scary. It did sound kind of scary."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Fidgets. "...How do I stop acting like I've been in scary places? I think maybe that's why the bullies think it's funny to scare me, but - I don't really know what I'm doing that other people don't do, I can't see it from the outside." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, the carrying a knife, and the - looking around at everything all the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a blank look. "Doesn't everyone look around at things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but you look like you expect everything you see to attack you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't expect everything to attack me all the time, that'd be -" he spends a moment lost for words, "- that'd be too much work for anyone to bother. But..." He shivers, shoulders tensing. "Lots of times I wasn't careful enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is the sort of thing my teacher Lionwind talks to people about for his Mindhealing job actually but I'm not supposed to see patients yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Ma'ar isn't really sure what to do with that. "Aza, you're - pretty sure it's not as dangerous here, right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not as dangerous as Predain! And you can go to people for help if anything happens, which is important."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go to who? And what would they do?" He sounds dubious of the entire concept. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"To the hertasi, or the guards, or a teacher, depending on the problem? You could have gone and gotten another plate in the dining hall when someone milked yours, and could have asked for a room on your own when your roommates weren't friendly before they forced the issue..." What does he think those people are all there for, they aren't furniture.

Permalink Mark Unread

The look he gives her clearly indicates that this concept isn't really coming together for him. "I guess," he says, sounding dubious. "The hertasi are- I'm getting used to them. The guards..." 

(Are terrifying, especially since many of them have magic to shield them against Thoughtsensing and so he has no idea what they might be thinking about doing to him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. "So you're scared of everything because you're scared of everything so it's too scary to - have options besides being scared of everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Trying to follow that makes Ma'ar's head hurt. He shrugs. "I'll - try to be less scared. If you think that...wouldn't be stupid, here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you are getting picked on a lot. But I don't think anyone will stab you!" As Ma'ar has surely noticed it's not even customary to carry stabbing implements!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He...pretty much believes her, at this point. If only because it matches his impression from minds he read. This doesn't really help him feel more relaxed, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe you'll feel better after we've done enough classes that you can be sure of your shields."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, looking more hopeful. "I think I will."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"If you want me to just bring you some food sometimes, if the hertasi won't, I can do that, you don't have to come over if you just don't want to be in the dining hall." She awards herself fifteen points.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. But - I think I like coming here sometimes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Then you can do that, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles, more convincingly than before. "Mmm. I think I want to go back to my room now, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should I walk you back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't mind."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do it." If she keeps doing this she will trip and bump something but then Skan'll just tote her to the healers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar walks with her. He stays close to steady her if she stumbles, since he's noticed that she's clumsy - it makes him sad, she would have died probably if instead of here she'd been born with Clan Kiyam. Maybe not, she's a girl and they don't send girls on raids, but sometimes you still have to run away from them and she's already way too big for an adult to carry, and there are other ways to die on the Plains. And certainly he can't imagine her making it from there to the Tower, unless Mindhealing is even better in a fight than he realized. 

He thanks her and locks the door to his room and sits down on his bed, to think very hard about how not to look as scared. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning they have their first mage-lesson! It's outside in the courtyard. Their teacher introduces himself as Adept Snowstar k'Chona; he's the same mage who Azabel ran over to with Skan when she first got Mindhealing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic classes! Very exciting! She waves at Snowstar.

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves back, smiling. "Azabel, right? I heard you were a mage now, how exciting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Other children are arriving now; Azabel was a little early. Ma'ar leaves it to the very last second, appears with the bell. (He's been up for a while, actually, he decided to get up very early for breakfast so the dining hall would be less crowded, in addition to not wanting to run into bullies he just really really hates crowded rooms. He's been hiding in the gardens, watching.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's me!" Aza chirps back. "What are we going to start with?" Presumably she will find out in like five minutes but why not ask now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"For the very first lesson we will be practicing Sight, and trying to move objects a bit with mage-force. I will assess everyone's starting point and plan the next lessons and number of teaching assistants accordingly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is relieved, and relaxes a little. He had been worried that he would somehow be starting very behind, but he can do both of those things very easily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza has never tried to move things with magic before. Maybe she can move herself? "Can mages learn to fly? I never heard of it but we're things that could be moved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is very difficult - the strength and control required would be massive. It is much easier to support oneself in the air by, for example, forming a mage-barrier that contacts the ground, so you are not needing to continuously generate large amounts of force." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But mages can move around a lot of rock and stuff and that's heavier than a person. Is it just that they're always doing that next to the ground?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Generally yes - also, as a mage, you yourself must be centered and grounded in order to channel that much power. I...suppose it is not necessarily the case that you need to be literally on the ground, physically, to do that? But for most mages it is much easier to lift a large object and remain in control if they are themselves in a stable position on the ground." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza writes down: todo: practice center&ground on Skan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snowstar turns to address the class, introducing himself and getting all of their names, and then starts leading them through an exercise to center and ground and then open mage-sight and look around them; he goes around the class in a circle, asks them to describe various features they see around them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar uses mage-sight approximately all of the time, and has no trouble with that part; producing the Tantaran words to describe it, on the spot while a scary grownup looks at him, is harder, but he manages to do it without stammering noticeably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza has some practice with mage-sight too, though less than Ma'ar. And previous notes to consult on what things have looked like in the past.

Permalink Mark Unread

They both get nods and pleased looks from Snowstar; many of the other students struggle more with the exercise, and need coaching just to focus their mage-sight on particular features like the ley-line nearby. 

After making his way through all the students, Snowstar hands out little stuffed leather balls; he wants them to practice, for now, just trying to push them on the ground so they roll, and then hitting them harder as though kicking them. He circulates through the group, giving commentary and suggestions for how to think about shaping the mage-energies into force. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't particularly need advice on this one; he can get a reasonably good whack in without touching the ball, and with successive tries can refine his control to get a variety of speeds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza does not as a rule kick things, since that involves standing on one foot, but she attempts to bat the little ball around like she's a water current, or like she's changing the slope of the ground under it...

Permalink Mark Unread

This works reasonably well! Both of them get praise from Snowstar and are clearly ahead of the rest of the class; one other boy gets the hang of it almost as quickly, but many of the others struggle, their balls either barely moving or going off in random directions at random speeds. 

Snowstar gives Ma'ar and Azabel and the other boy a harder exercise, to try to lift the ball a few inches in the air and drop it again while staying in control the whole time, and then spends the rest of the class moving amongst the others giving suggestions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will try both of her visualizations for that - envisioning the ground heaving up a bit under the ball, keeping it cupped in a little valley; or the garden flooding, locally to her particular ball, and floating it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Both kind of work; the flooding is easier, in a way, she can lift the ball with less concentration and maybe less power, but it also has less control and the ball tends to roll or float around in midair, whereas the imaginary valley is better at holding it steady. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar mostly just imagines using his hands except it's not his real hands it's his magic, like how he imagined slapping the cows when he used to use teeny levinbolts instead of running and prodding them with a stick. It definitely takes focus, and he feels the fatigue of it sooner than Azabel - he's still not as well fed and he slept badly last night because of nerves - but it works well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Snowstar dismisses the class for lunch, with more words of praise for Azabel and Ma'ar in particular. He pats Ma'ar on the shoulder, which makes Ma'ar jump and then forcibly try to relax and not look scared. 

"Next class is in two days," he says. "You can take your balls home, if you wish, these exercises are safe to practice on your own time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza pockets her ball. She will at minimum have to show Ranara.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar hovers close to her. He pushed himself harder than he realized, trying to get the ball as high as possible (he managed almost waist-height) and then shift it around in midair, and now his head hurts and he's a bit lightheaded. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...hi?" He looks like he wants something but she declines to read his mind about it unless he wants her to for some reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar was trying to decide whether to ask about coming over for lunch, because he really doesn't want to be in the dining hall when he's too tired to fight back with magic if anyone tries to hurt him but skipping lunch seems like a bad idea when he's used up so much energy. He's not actually hungry right now but he feels weak and dizzy the same way he does after days without food. Stupid of him. He should've been less stupid and not tired himself out so much... Anyway he's not sure he feels up for walking that far to her house, either. 

:- Just did too much magic, I think: he sends. :Don't feel good: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- well, sit down, silly, I'll ask a hertasi for some water and a snack for you: That was what she wanted after unpicking all the set-commands, water and a snack.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods gratefully and sits down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She casts about for nearby hertasi-minds and nudges one to ask for something for him to pep him up.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the hertasi weeding a flowerbed nearby is happy to help! He darts inside and comes back with a glass of cool water and a little basket of some bread and cheese plus berries. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sitting down and eating and drinking all help; Ma'ar has to force the food down at first, but halfway through his stomach wakes up and remembers to be ravenous. 

"You don't seem as tired?" he says to Azabel, thoughtful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe having practiced with my other Gifts longer helps? Or I was more efficient or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He's so tired now, he feels like he could fall asleep right here on the bench. "I should go up to -" yawn, "- to my room. I didn't sleep enough last night." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- well, that will do it too, you have to sleep, and eat enough, or you'll wear yourself out trying to do magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know, I wasn't trying to not sleep enough." He drags himself to his feet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nightmare?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mumblesomething. (Ma'ar doesn't particularly want to think about it right now.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She could suggest asking Lionwind but she's not sure that would go over well, he flinched when Snowstar just patted his shoulder. She sits and waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shuffles his feet. "Anyway I guess I'll see you at lessons next time," he mutters, and nods to her before trudging off toward the Tower entrance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you," she says. And she goes to find Skan and show him and get a ride so she can show Ranara too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is so excited! He bounces around in a circle and asks her to show him again and it takes him a couple of minutes to calm down enough that he can fly her home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww, Skan is so good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't contact her with Mindspeech before their next class. He turns up on time - in fact, earlier, not waiting until the final second this time - and looking better rested. He nods to her and smiles a little. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She waves. Maybe if they keep incidentally talking whenever he needs stuff for a while he will eventually actually like her as a person and they can be friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

This lesson they're doing shields! Well, mage-barriers to be exact, Snowstar instructs them to start with a disk of force about an arm-length across and a few feet in front of them, and once he's given instructions and then he and the new teaching assistants have made the rounds to poke their barriers and give feedback, they're paired off. Snowstar lets them choose partners rather than assigning them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar edges over to Azabel; he's pretty sure she at least won't throw their soft leather balls too hard on purpose, or throw rocks at him instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure that works. She does ask Snowstar if she should specifically do the disk instead of her usual omnidirectional eggshell.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Huh. You figured out close personal shields on your own? It is worth knowing this kind of mage-barrier as well, since sometimes you want to cover something other than yourself, but generally this is also considered easiest. Show me the kind you usually do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She demonstrates.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stares intently at her for thirty seconds. "Interesting! That is rather good, I am impressed, and you will have a head start when we reach that lesson. For now I think you had better practice the barrier, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay." And she makes a barrier, like a shield - a thin, wooden shield - only one that grew that way, not boards with cracks between - hm, not wood, it doesn't have to be thick. A leaf.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar watches her intently. "...Are you ready?" He holds up the little leather ball. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He tosses it. Gently, the first time, barely enough to strain her shield at all. It bounces off and rolls. "Was that all right?" he asks, anxious. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that was fine - you can probably throw harder if you have decent aim, so we can see if it's good if something hits it real good -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have good aim." He tries throwing it substantially harder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She keeps a close eye on her shield to see what it does - does it flex or shudder in place or hold perfectly still -

Permalink Mark Unread

It flexes a bit and also the whole thing shudders a tiny bit closer to her, and she can feel the strain on it, it's not quite like how pressure against her hands would feel but it's similar in some metaphorical way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Can she - plant the leaf on a stem in the ground, so it'll sway back into place - she nudges the ball back to him. "Try again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He throws it again, bam right at the middle of the shield (he has very good aim). The shield flexes again but this time sways back, and Ma'ar smiles at her. "That was better!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles - but she wants to fly, and to be able to do all her stuff up there, what if the stem doesn't actually touch the ground and she just insists to it that it can still do its job -

Permalink Mark Unread

If she just leaves it hanging, this does not work. She can - anchor the stem to herself, sort of, focus in particular on the power flowing from her to the shield, let the shield share in her sense of being grounded in something solid - which, in fact, is only metaphorically about what her feet are resting on... 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hang on a sec." Can she make a shield parallel to the ground just ohhh an inch up or so and STAND ON IT.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's definitely a lot weirder to try that; the thing that happens by default is that she stops being grounded properly and then wobbles a lot and expends a lot of energy. If she focuses in just the right way, though, she can center and ground and then stay 'grounded' even as she steps onto the barrier. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eeeeeheehee!" she cackles. Who needs to be physically on the ground, there is air between her and the ground, that's good enough - who needs the actual ground, even, what she's doing is organizing her thoughts, making those gears click that way, that has nothing to do with the ground at all and she can do it in the air!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar smiles too, the most natural and real smile she's seen from him so far; mostly he's just delighted to see her so excited. "- Are you trying to fly?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't actually fly like this, I'm still standing on something and I'll fall if I zoom it around much, but I'm putting together the bits I'll need!" She steps off the shield. "D'you want a turn?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure! Uh, I should try the normal shield first before I see if I can stand on it too." He rolls the ball back to her, rather than throwing it for her to catch - it seems very likely it'd just hit her - and then whips together a shield. He does it very fast, in well under a second, and it's more powerful and springy than hers, but also sloppier and seems to use at least three times as much mage-energy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh," she says, and she gives the ball a toss. Her aim is fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

His shield blocks it without difficulty; it seems to do a mix of flexing a little and also sort of absorbing the force, like soft clay or putty, the shield moves but not in a way that reaches Ma'ar, and the ball falls limply to the ground rather than bouncing off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, cool... again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." He rolls the ball back to her. Puts a tiny bit more power into his shield. "You can do it harder." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thwacks the ball into the shield as hard as she can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar concentrates and bends his knees, bracing himself against it a little as though catching the blow with his physical body; he isn't doing that, it seems like purely a concentration-aid, the way having her feet on the ground helped her stay the other kind of grounded. 

His shield flexes more against it and doesn't quite dampen all of the momentum, when the ball fall it rolls back a little ways toward her, and Ma'ar breathes out in a little oof, but his shield is still intact. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very good power on that!" Snowstar calls from across the room. "Azabel, in a moment I want to see what you were doing before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, whenever you like! - you look like you're putting a lot of power in those, how come? Is that making it faster?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "It's - how I do it? I guess maybe I do it that way because if someone's throwing a dagger at you or shooting with a bow and arrow then you really don't want it to get through." 

Permalink Mark Unread

This earns him some very odd looks from the couple of students practicing nearest them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar thinks this is very unfair! He's pretty sure he wasn't looking scared at all just then! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess not! I think with most things it's easier to start slow and get fast than to start fast and get neat. I don't know if this is one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll - try to do another one except slower and neater." It's suddenly a lot harder to concentrate, though, with the unwanted feeling that other people are now paying attention to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you think of it as?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um. Like I'm putting my hands out to block it? Except they're my magic hands, not my real hands, so I can stretch them bigger and make them any shape, and make them - flatter, or stretchier, or all that..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! I guess that makes sense. I do shields around my whole me like an eggshell but this kind I was doing like a leaf. And then when it wobbled too much I gave it a stem."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does not seem to find this mental image reassuring! "Leaves...aren't that strong," he says uncertainly. "I could try making mine - thinner and harder, though, like an eggshell. Maybe an eggshell with cloth glued on the backside, so if it breaks it'll bend or get floppy but not just fall into bits..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not a real leaf, I just like to imagine them as things that grew into place so they don't have holes - cloth has holes. I don't have to imagine it as something strong, just something tight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." He looks thoughtful. Gets to work on a very thin but tight and tidy-edged shield. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snowstar wanders over to watch halfway through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! You wanted to see my platform thing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In a moment! I want to see how Ma'ar does on this try, first. Much neater." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay - should I throw the ball at it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm ready." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Toss!

Permalink Mark Unread

His shield flexes less, this time, and he seems to have it well secured, it doesn't shudder or move noticeably either. The ball bounces off, more like it did with hers before. 

Ma'ar looks down at it. He's learned his lesson about speaking his mind out loud, here, but: :If someone's throwing a weapon you don't want it to do that, you'd want it to land by you so you can grab it before they can: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent!" Snowstar is saying. "Much less power expenditure, results just about as effective - good work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess ideally you'd want to have the shield fling it right back where it came from but that sounds hard: she muses.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Hmm. You could make it ricochet but it'd be hard to aim... Maybe if you were fast you could make the shield catch it, and then throw it, like with imaginary magic hands...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Azabel?" Snowstar said. "I would like to see yours now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!" Leaf parallel to the ground, stemmed to nothing because that's all imaginary anyway - are the gears all right yes they are, are the energies all right they are too - step!

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks so impressed. "Very good! Most people find it challenging to stay grounded properly even at that height - how did you figure it out?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not doing anything to the ground, the ground is just helping me imagine it right, so if I figure out how to imagine it right anyway, it doesn't matter where I am. I checked that all my gears were in the right places with Mindhealing-Sight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ha. What a clever trick to have! You may end up finding that very helpful, for mastering more unusual mage-techniques. Anyway, congratulations. Both of you. You are making excellent progress. Hmm - I think I will send over one of the assistants to give you some more complicated exercises for your day off." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

A young Journeyman mage in his early twenties comes over and explains some harder exercises with barriers - making one move away from you or toward you, changing the angle, changing the shape to be flat or bowl-shaped, shaping the surface so objects bounce at different angles. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, the angles one sounds fun! She starts sketching out a design for a paper target to aim at.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has managed to either pace himself better or just be better fed and rested going into this class, and isn't as exhausted, but he's not going to try his luck any more. He writes down some notes in his own notebook; he saw some students had them instead of just sheets of paper, and got up the courage to ask a hertasi, and they very helpfully found him one. 

:- Do you maybe want to practice tomorrow?: he asks Azabel, shyly. :I mean, both of us together. I could throw the ball for you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, if you want! When? Here?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:We could do in the morning, when class would normally be? We might have to go walk somewhere else if there's a different class that practices here that day: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds good to me! I want to learn how to tap ley-lines and nodes so I can practice longer...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would be so good! I don't know how hard it is but maybe we can ask Adept Snowstar next class: He's starting to feel a lot braver about asking questions, now that he's seen more of other people's and how they went over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I'm gonna: She writes this down. And then she writes down a bunch of experiments she wants to do. Can shields hold water, be umbrellas... can Skan wreck one, and does it make a difference if he claws it or just swats it... can she squish stuff in shields, if she gets the hang of moving and reshaping them...

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is also thinking of things he wants to try, though they're much more, well, fighting-focused. He can make a shield to block a knife; can he make one to block fire, or levinbolts? Can he make a shield 'thin' and 'light' enough that he could wear it all the time on his body, without it being in the way? He might have to eat more if he's burning mage-energy on it constantly, but it's not like the dining hall has a shortage of food, and he would feel much better about going there if he knew how to shield properly.

When class is dismissed, he says goodbye to Azabel and that he'll see her tomorrow, rather than asking to come over; his mind feels tired in some way even though his body and Gifts don't, and also he wants to test if the dining hall feels less scary, and if he can correspondingly look less scared and maybe not get his plate milked. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you!" And she goes to find Skan for Skan-requiring experiments.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh ooh ooh experiments???

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make shields now! I don't know how many I can do before I get too tired, though, so maybe you should fly me home and we can try stuff in the garden."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right!" He holds still for her to climb on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aboard she goes. She practices grounding while she is not on the ground but not actively expending magical energy to stay up.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's definitely harder the higher she rises in the air, in the sense of taking more concentration and effort, and for some reason gusts of wind also make it harder to maintain, but it's doable up to fifty feet in the air, and it seems likely she could increase that height with practice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. It seems weird that it should be harder. The first inch should be difficult, sure, but after that why... She writes this down when they land, and then she makes shields for Skan to pounce on. She has to tell him where they are so he can aim at them instead of having to pretend to attack her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe you could put a - ball on a sstick or ssomething sso I could pretend it wass an enemy to attack? And sshield that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure how to attach a ball to a stick! Hmm..." She picks a flower, and shields the flower end.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pounce! Pouncepouncepounce! Best game EVER!!!

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles and makes refinements to her shield till she's too tired and needs to have a nap and dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan will with great reluctance peel off. He thinks that Azabel is the BEST and her being a mage is so cool and she's going to invent so much amazing magic and maybe they could go to the library to see if there are books there on other kinds of shield? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yawn. "Tomorrow maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmkay." He flies off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Byyyye."

She has a nap in the garden, 'cause why not, and then has dinner, and then goes to bed early.

In the morning she shows up to practice!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is early, waiting for her. He's made a shield a yard away from himself so he can practice tossing his ball at it; he waves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He carefully takes down his shield so he can pull back the energy from it. "Did you practice more yesterday?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, lots! Skan came over and tried to break through my shields and I figured out how I want them different for if he's using his claws or just pouncing or what."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like good practice." Ma'ar is both kind of jealous and tempted to ask if he can join next time, and also very nervous about the idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was but I was tired after. I can't wait to learn how to tap nodes. I'll look great with white hair."

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't help smiling a little. "Probably! All right, did you want to do yours first and I can throw -?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!" Here is the version that held up best against blunt force, stemmed and seamless.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar waits until she's done and then tosses the ball with medium force, retrieves it and checks if harder is all right, winds up to throw it as hard as he can -

Permalink Mark Unread

A shadow passes over them, then again, much closer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar drops the ball and goes perfectly still, instinctively shielding his head and torso with the version he practiced yesterday afternoon until he could barely stand up. He doesn't make a sound. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi Skan!" calls Aza.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan lands. "Oh, ssorry, were you bussy?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still not moving. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were practicing - Ma'ar, this is Skan, Skan this is Ma'ar, he's in my class - Ma'ar are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does not look especially okay. He doesn't answer right away because he's barely processing the fact that she's talking to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan, I think he's, uh, scared, can you give us some space?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww." But Skan obediently backs off, moving on the ground rather than taking off again in case flying is itself scary. Gryphons are not optimized for either bipedal or quadrupedal walking on the ground; he can move effectively enough but looks ungainly and kind of silly doing it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar tries to unfreeze himself, keeps the shield up but takes a few deep breaths and focuses on Azabel. "- Sorry, what was that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I tried to introduce you but it did not seem you were ready to be introduced."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - oh - sorry..." Is this another situation where it's stupid and inconvenient to be scared. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not like a huge deal... do you want me to ask my Mindhealing teacher about un-scaring you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't tell if she means literally right now or later and either way the idea is the opposite of reassuring. "No thank you. We can - I can meet your friend if he. Comes up slowly." This isn't going to be pleasant but Ma'ar is fairly sure that if he keeps the shield up, he'll be able to keep himself from either running away or freezing so much he can't introduce himself back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you sure? I could tell him to come back later..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't want to be rude to your friend." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan, you can come back over, just do it real slow please?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He will be soooooooo sloooooooooow and careful and keep his claws tucked under even though it's uncomfortable to walk like that. He can't do anything about the beak, it's not his fault his beak is bigger than Ma'ar's entire head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi Skan," Ma'ar says, in a voice that's only slightly higher-pitched than usual. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan's very big now but when I met him he was this tall," she gestures a foot off the ground, "and fuzzy."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so hard to picture but Ma'ar nods politely anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssh--" Skan stops and clears his throat and tries to talk with as little sibilance as possible in case that's scarily gryphonish. "She was so impatient for me to grow enough that she could ride me."  

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's fun, you can see so much from up there - his eyes are better than mine though." Is this helping, she can't tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar still seems kind of tense, but only as tense as he did the entire first time she walked with him to her house - his baseline level of tense has lessened a bit. 

"We can practice now?" he suggests. "Skan could watch." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Sure." If he is going to learn how to do magic at all he will probably need to learn how to do it scared since he is scared ALL the time. They can resume their planned agenda.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is quieter, but doesn't seem to have a notably harder time doing magic at this level of scared. (Most of his magic use in the past has been when he was very scared.) He does keep tending faster and sloppier on his own shields, but notices and corrects himself. Over fifteen minutes of practice, he seems to get used to Skan's nearby presence more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is holding so still to watch and he cannot wait to tell Azabel about this after so she can be proud of him for it because it's SO HARD. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want to try having Skan claw your shield - like not over you, I was doing over a flower -"

Permalink Mark Unread

That still feels incredibly scary, but also, clearly, the scariness is the opposite of helpful. "I - er - can he do it with you first." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay." She finds a pickable-looking flower, picks it, places it, shields it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He will pounce in slow motion first to demonstrate! (This is actually a very hard skill, he knows this because he's now senior enough among the gryphon students that he teaches flying to the little ones, so he feels like he is still kind of showing off.) Then normal speed but still delicately, then a regular pounce, and he looks at Azabel questioningly in case she can tell whether this is too scary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is twitching a bit with each of Skan's jumps, but his expression is fairly level and he's not panic-shielding himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think this is okay but I'm not really sure:

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan does it a few more times, not at top speed and trying to look as un-ferocious as possible, which isn't something he's ever tried to do on purpose before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Ma'ar squares his shoulders and takes a half-step forward. "I - could go now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!" She dismisses her shield and steps back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shields his own flower. He does the thin efficient eggshell-cloth-leaf-hands kind, but then adds another layer, and then another just in case. "Okay ready." He doesn't feel ready, or especially look it, but he's holding his ground. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan glances at Azabel again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "How come layers?" she asks Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stronger. Tested it last night." He turns to Skan, almost but not quite makes eye contact. "Ready," he repeats. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gentle pounce?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar holds the shield firm; it doesn't budge. If anything he seems calmer, now, very focused. 

(It's simpler, in a way, when he's actually fighting off a threat instead of looking for one, it makes everything feel clear and sharp, and this isn't a real fight but it still has some of the same feeling.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza claps.

Permalink Mark Unread

This actually makes Ma'ar jump more than the pouncing did, but then he settles himself and smiles, tentatively. "- You could go again?" he says to Skan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pounce! 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is DOING IT! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pounce! Pouncepouncepounce! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwww they're getting along.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's exhilarating and also leaves him kind of shaking after the fourth or fifth go. He manages to hold up a hand. "That's - enough..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww Skan was just starting to have fun. He backs off politely, though. "That wass good!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll take another turn, I want to try the layers thing." What grows in layers - onions! Thin strong onionskin shield.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pounce! 

It takes a couple of tries to get it solid and neatly-layered enough to help, but after that the onionskin shield does seem to do a bit better, holding off the blow and flexing less while not being any more tiring to hold. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool! "Thanks for the idea!" she tells Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome." Ma'ar still having a very hard time not visibly shaking. "I - think maybe I'm tired now. And should go. See you at class tomorrow. Skan it was nice to meet you." 

Probably that's all the polite things he should say? He flees. At a calm walking pace, he's been practicing doing that in the hallway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bye!" And she flops on Skan. She's tired too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar makes it back to his room, locks the door, curls up on the bed, and spends the next while hugging himself and shaking. And also smiling. His body still seems to think that was extremely dangerous and scary, but he did it ANYWAY and it was FINE and Skan and Azabel were impressed and this means that it doesn't make sense at all to keep being this scared. 

He goes to (a very late) lunch, and dinner, and breakfast the next morning, and is early for their next mage-lesson. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel shows up right on time! "Good morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at her. "Good morning!"

They spend that class covering more variants of shield; Ma'ar and Azabel are even further ahead of the others at this point, including the one other boy who continues to pull ahead and under normal conditions, if not for the presence of two significant outliers, would probably be top of the class. Snowstar assigns one of the teaching assistants to work with them on moving mage-barriers. 

The next lesson everyone else is still working on the basics; Snowstar brings up the layering technique but says that many people take six months of practicing control to get it down. Ma'ar and Azabel, of course, both have preexisting practice with Gift-control; Azabel's with different Gifts but a lot of it seems to transfer. The teaching assistant jumps ahead to the body-hugging personal shielding that Azabel had already figured out, which Ma'ar has also mostly gotten on his own by now (he feels a lot calmer in the dining hall when he can shield himself.)

Classes continue to meet three times a week and Ma'ar continues to be interested in practicing with Azabel on the days between classes, and gets more and more comfortable with Skan, eventually to the point of asking if he can fly on him. (He then escapes and spends the next several candlemarks in his room calming down, but it's still so worth it.) He discovers the library, finally, and that it has BOOKS on MAGIC and he can start figuring out all the kinds that even exist. He's gotten fast at reading and writing by now, and takes almost as many notes as Azabel does. 

The rest of the class is still only halfway through the usual defensive-shielding curriculum by the time Azabel and Ma'ar have jumped through all of it, so the teaching assistant tries to show them how to make stabilized mage-barriers that they can leave in place. They won't be able to do very powerful or long-lasting ones, yet, their Gifts are still developing and not at full strength, but both of them will eventually be Adepts with the ability to touch nodes. 

(Snowstar doesn't agree to teach using ley-lines yet; he says he wants students their age to have three to six months of regular training under their belt before he's confident they can do it without injuring themselves.) 

Five weeks in, Snowstar throws up his hands and graduates them early to the next level of mage-classes. They'll be starting out behind the rest of the cohort, so he assigns them a week of one-on-one tutoring first, covering the very basics of offensive magic - fireballs, levinbolts, whacking things with aimed force. 

Ma'ar, unsurprisingly, is VERY GOOD at this from the start. The tutor assigned to them is impressed and perhaps a tiny bit alarmed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel doesn't like this part nearly as much. For one thing, the standard way of teaching it involves Literally Any Footwork, and for another, when is she going to have to get into a fight - given her lack of Literally Any Footwork making it kind of dumb for her to risk it? She makes up other theoretical uses - she might ever need to hunt or start a campfire if she goes wandering in the wilderness for no reason, say, and thwacking things could, uh, break up rocks if she wanted to... tunnel through a mountain... why is there so much fighting in this curriculum, whose idea was this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar helpfully tries to find ways to practice it with her that don't involve the footwork part, since that does seem very stupid. Also he suspects that the very basic techniques are going to be useful for things that aren't fights? Based on the book he's been reading about magic theory, heat-spells and mage-lights are both subtler, more precisely-targeted uses of similar kinds of energy to fireballs and levinbolts respectively, and he thinks the throwing force around is going to be related to some of the techniques mages can use in construction and artificing work, though he doesn't know if she would end up wanting to do that.

They both pass their week of tutoring, though the tutor hmms and aahs more about Azabel and warns her that she may be starting out still a little behind and should feel free to ask for extra help. They join the next session, made up of students who've been studying much longer, three to six months. 

They're also getting some classroom work, now, on the other two days of the week, where they'll talk about the theory behind magic and its practical uses in Tantara, and various other topics. The first session of that involves a discussion of magic use in metallurgy. Ma'ar sits very quietly and, by great effort of will, doesn't read anyone's mind and instead writes down everything that confuses him, more of it about what questions and sorts of answers are acceptable than about the content, and asks Azabel later. 

In the regular mage-lessons: they're learning how to shield against mage-energy! This requires trickier shaping of the energies in the shield than just blocking physical force, but quickly graspable for both of them. The rest of the class has already been drilling it for a few lessons and they spend another week on it. 

The first class the next week, they're led to a set of practice Work Rooms and paired off to spar, with a teaching assistant supervising each pair! Ma'ar makes sure he's right next to Azabel so they end up partnered. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very good of him. She's good at shields and can mostly stand still and send little zaps and swats his way to make him move around while she revolves slowly on the spot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is at some point going to be good enough at shields that this strategy doesn't work, but for now he's still worse than her, and he's also very careful with her, gauging the strength of whatever he throws at her to be within what her shields can take. He would - feel bad, he thinks, doing this for someone who actually needed to learn to fight, but Azabel explicitly doesn't want to do that, and he can see that it's just not smart for her to learn it the usual style anyway, it wouldn't work for her.

So he'll play along and get her through the class; it's not like any of the other students are good at practicing real fighting with each other, either, occasionally the teacher shuffles their pairings and he ends up with someone else, this was terrifying the first time but they're so bad at fighting and barely even manage to startle him. He's a little worried that if he does ever get spooked he might react instinctively enough to actually hurt someone, but the teacher seems to be taking this kind of thing into account, making sure everyone is very solid on shields before sparring and that they're supervised. 

In general Ma'ar is much less visibly scared all the time, these days. (This doesn't mean he's not scared a high percentage of the time, but he's gaining skill in doing it invisibly to everyone except Azabel, and sometimes including Azabel.) He still has a lot of nightmares but most days he makes it to class having slept enough, and he eats in the dining hall for most meals and gives the bullies a blank-eyed stare when they hassle him and they do, after a few weeks, mostly stop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If she ever gets in a real fight she will probably rely on set-commands. Why is this whole class about fighting! When does she get to learn to tap nodes and make GATES and ILLUSIONS and TOWERS and ARTIFACTS?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar asks about when they'll learn nodes, at one point, and the teaching assistant actually makes a pretty good point about why their current class is useful. Drilling simple offensive magic is one of the best ways to toughen up young mage-channels, get the students used to channeling raw energy fast, which will leave them much readier to learn to tap ley-lines and eventually nodes. There's a test for it, actually, throw as much lightning as you can at a shielded target over thirty seconds, and an Adept with the right training can use that to judge who's ready for those lessons. It'd be very early, for them, but they're both making such rapid progress, given previous experience, if they want he can schedule them to do the test early and then maybe get tutoring? 

Permalink Mark Unread

A target sounds much easier than a person who keeps moving and attacking her and should not actually be injured, if the actual point here is "maximum zap"! She would like to practice with the target.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that! The school does hold that all mages should know basic self-defence with magic, which includes subduing attackers as well as shielding yourself, since you might up menaced by bandits out on the road with some non-mage friends and other innocent people in danger. But there will be lots of more complicated techniques for that later that don't involve zapping or dodging, she may just do better with that. In the meantime: target! He takes them over to a different room to try it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

ZAPZAPZAPZAPZAP

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a smile and some light applause from the teaching assistant. "Not bad! I'm not trained to assess if that passes the threshold, we'll need to get someone else in here for that next time they're available, but - I wouldn't be surprised if that's enough. Ma'ar?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar always drops into a balanced fighting stance when doing offensive magic, it seems instinctive, and his face looks kind of scary, but this time he's also looking excited. 

LIIIIIIGHTNING! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent! All right, both of you, take a breather and you can practice it some more until you're tired - do stop right away if you have a headache, please." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, thank you!" She rests a bit, stretching. She has taken to stretching when taking magic breaks because it feels like less of a waste of time than just lying there but if you do it right stretching is a lot like lying there except your leg is uncomfortable.

Permalink Mark Unread

They rest and then practice it some more until they're both out of breath and sweaty - it turns out that doing magic with the goal of maximum zap ends up tiring the same way running is, not that Azabel would presumably know - and then the teaching assistant dismisses them early, with the promise of booking the Adept who does the assessments for next week. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is tired enough that there's no room left to be scared even a little bit, and he's so pleased with himself! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They should have told us what the point was to begin with," she opines.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. It's not like he minded learning more fighting. "- I feel a lot less scared about going places," he admits. "Even though - probably no one would start a fight and we'd both get in trouble if they did - if I could fight back..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess maybe I would feel like that if I didn't already have set-commands. And could... walk. I'm glad you're feeling better though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, that makes sense. I guess set-commands are just really good for that since - there's not risk you'll hurt them badly by accident just defending yourself, you can put it right after..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Well, it takes a long time, I guess in a very emergent emergency I might have trouble with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I guess if you...thought it was likely you'd ever end up in an emergency that bad, like if there was a war, you'd want to - get good at doing them really exact? So it'd stop people from hurting anyone but not from, I don't know, eating or going to the bathroom, and then it'd - be kind of bad but not a disaster if you couldn't fix it until later." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that would be a good idea except I can't practice things like that, really - there's no targets, just people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do you normally practice Mindhealing things - before you're good enough to definitely do it right, with patients, there must be some way..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I watch Lionwind do stuff, and I reason it out before I touch anything, and I can do stuff to myself if I'm sure of it, and sometimes he has me practice on him, but he'd be a particularly bad person to practice set-commands on!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That does sound like a bad idea!" 

(Ma'ar is noticing that he is a person she could practice on safely and plausibly this is very very important but also, aaaaaaaaah. Well, it probably isn't urgent, there isn't a war right now and he has the sense that Urtho's Tower is the sort of place where a thirteen-year-old girl would absolutely not be dragged into a war even if there was one, and the Tower...does seem, if not entirely safe, at least not the kind of dangerous where Azabel might not have time to fix a set-command right away.) 

"Anyway I'm going to go rest. See you in class tomorrow?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Classes continue. The Adept who tests people is very busy, so their exam is tentatively scheduled for two weeks from now, but the teaching assistant lets them mostly practice blasting the target, and when they also have to practice shielding he lets them stand still against the walls for it, why not, it's not like the thing they were doing before was particularly effective training for a real fight anyway. 

A few sessions later, in their classroom theory section, the teacher brings up the topic of blood magic. The explanation of it isn't very detailed - you can kill people and get magic from it, SOMEHOW, also it corrupts people and makes them evil - and the teacher explains with an expression of deep distaste. The students make various horrified sounds and gasps. 

Ma'ar thinks about raising his hand, and then thinks better of it and doesn't. :Azabel?: he sends. :Does that - also not make sense to you?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:What, it corrupting people and making them evil? I mean, there's mind problems that soooort of do that - some people don't have the thing where they care if other people are okay and that looks kind of like them being evil - I don't know exactly how getting energy from a dead person would make that happen but I don't know for sure that it can't? I've never heard of anybody having a patient with that problem from blood magic instead of being born that way though... and I've read all the Mindhealing books in the library:

Permalink Mark Unread

He used it once. It was an accident. A boy from another clan was trying to kill him, on a raid, and Ma'ar killed him first, and then there was MAGIC - not like the scant flows of ambient energy sometimes near the watering-hole, this was a lot of magic - and he grabbed up some of it and then he got through the rest of the fight. He...doesn't feel evil? He remembers it feeling weird and disconcerting - at the time he likened it to how drinking someone's blood might feel, it's in some sense just another liquid like milk but the taste and smell would feel so wrong for drinking - and he remembers feeling odd afterward. And noting that this was maybe useful, but he's never actually used it since, not once on his long journey. It'd slow down running away, and usually he wasn't being attacked by enough people that the smartest idea wasn't just to run away. 

It's a little alarming, but mostly he's just confused. And kind of dubious, since the whole thing feels like a fake explanation. 

He raises his hand. "Could you - explain what sort of corrupted and evil, and how that works?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets him uneasy looks. 

"...Well, it's addictive," the teacher says after a bemused pause, clearly not having expected this question. "Mages will end up driven to use more and more - mad with power, I've heard. It damages them and damages the land and natural magic around them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Because it's evil?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - don't get what that would mean. For a kind of energy to be evil. It's - not something that makes decisions?" He glances helplessly at Azabel; it doesn't feel like he knows any of the right words to voice the real question he has, here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've read all the Mindhealing books in the library," she says out loud, "and don't remember anything about somebody having a patient who got evil because of blood magic. Also evil isn't a diagnosis? 'Addicted' is kind of but most addictions don't make people evil, even if they sometimes help... Do you know more specifically what happens?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher seems to feel just as unprepared to deal with this question! "It's not like I have any friends who've done this, miss! Uh, so 'bloodpath' mages refers to mages - usually bandits and criminals - who use blood-magic as their main source of power, and they're nearly always - the sort of people who do a lot of evil things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar raises his hand again. "I mean, killing people is bad?" he says, earnestly. "Because people dying is really really bad. And if a mage is using it for all their power, instead of nodes, they must be killing people a lot, even when they - wouldn't be otherwise..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes - there's accounts of bloodpath mages pillaging villages just to take hostages for blood-power -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But you'd have to be..." Ma'ar kind of hates the word 'evil', he's decided, also it's been said enough times that it doesn't sound like a real word anymore, "- you have to be - the sort of person who doesn't care or think it's bad to hurt and kill people, already, to do that? So maybe it doesn't make them like that, they already were, and - uh, do you know what happens if someone only uses blood-magic when someone was dying anyway? Does it even have to be someone they killed, or could it be, I don't know, soldiers in a war are fighting and the mage with their unit gets blood-power whenever someone dies so they can fight better? Because I don't see how that could turn them into a different person who thought murdering people was fine, if they weren't already..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher is speechless and looks so horrified and upset. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaah what did he say wrong this time. 

:Azabel help???:

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Can I draw on the blackboard, ma'am?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink blink. "- Er, yes, of course." 

The rest of the class is very quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza gets up and draws an oval and writes BEING EVIL in it and then an arrow from that to another oval reading KILLING PEOPLE and from there to one reading BLOOD MAGIC and then she draws a separate chain of ovals where it goes BLOOD MAGIC to BEING EVIL and then both of the chains lead to the same rectangle which says EVIL BLOOD MAGES. "You'd see the same thing whichever of these it was, right?" she says, tapping her rectangle and looking quizzically at the teacher. "And you're saying it's this one where it goes blood magic then being evil but it could be the other one and it would look the same?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"....Uh, I - guess that's the case, it's - no one's...tried to order mages who aren't evil to use blood-magic to see what happens, because that would be an evil thing to do too..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Would it?" Ma'ar leans forward in his chair. "I mean, sometimes you have to do experiments, right, to know how things actually work - I read a book about how Healers do that, and they sometimes kill animals on purpose to understand how different injuries kill humans - they won't kill people who weren't going to die anyway but if someone's dying of a rare disease I bet they'd have students come watch for their lessons... And I read that Healers've watched executions before to understand how being hanged kills people, because it helps with saving people who're trying to kill themselves by hanging. Uh, you could do that to study blood-magic too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Nnnno, that would be evil?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is so frustrated and wants to fling up his hands and yell something but he's learned enough, by now, to be aware that this wouldn't help with anything at all. Maybe Azabel will know what to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are Healers doing specially to make it not evil?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher is also so frustrated. "Healing isn't evil! It's - well, distasteful and unpleasant, to study executions, but - Ma'ar does have a point, it helps them save more patients later. Blood-magic is completely different, it's never going to be about saving people, only about killing people, so I'm not sure what it would accomplish to run that test!"  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it could be, though. Like if there were a war, or - what if the Guards were fighting bandits who were trying to kill students, and the bandits were mages and they killed one anyway, sometimes the Guards do kill bandits, then - what if getting blood-magic from that meant they could save the students when they couldn't otherwise because the mage was too tired?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher's face is going red. She takes a deep breath. "I'm - not sure we should be discussing ways to - try to prove that it'd be okay if you wanted to use blood-magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want to! Killing people is horrible!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you sure aren't sounding like someone who thinks that!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is so angry and scared and upset and he wants to cry and he wants to run away and never come back and he has no idea what to actually do except, probably, stop talking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What if there was a famine and you needed a Gate to get food from far away and people were already dying of hunger - or a wildfire and people were dying of the smoke and you could scoop water out of a lake to put it out - or an earthquake and you could unbury people if you could use the people who were already crushed to death - me and Ma'ar are Adept-potential and can just use nodes but not everybody can -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shoots her an incredibly grateful look and then focuses on calming himself down, which fortunately he has a lot of practice at doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher is also attempting this. Classroom debates don't normally go this out of control. "I - hmm. I...suppose that isn't evil the way bloodpath bandit mages are, but... I don't know, I'd feel uncomfortable about living somewhere where that was something everyone thought it was okay to do? It'd - weaken the line against it. And then it could be tempting for mages to justify doing it even in circumstances where it wasn't as clear-cut." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I don't think so? Because people dying is still bad, I don't see how - that being allowed - would make anyone change their mind about that. It's just math. Whether it helps save more people or not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I...feel like there's something here you're not getting, but I reckon it could be I'm not explaining it very well." Hopeful glance at Azabel, who is also frustrating but maybe she has another clever diagram. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it's just math - like, if you're in a terrible hurry to go save some people and somebody is... uh... asleep on the very narrow stairs between you and them... you don't fling them down the stairs even if that would be faster than waking them up, because you can't just attack random people for being asleep on the stairs. And it might be that it's better to spend the same amount of classroom time on learning to be more efficient in the first place than on learning to do emergency blood-magic, the math might work out that way, and maybe people would be scared if they heard that people learned blood-magic in school even if we were very careful about it because it's impossible to make everybody include all the details every time they repeat something they heard once, and maybe it actually is addictive and if people took it up me and Lionwind would be buried in addicts who constantly wanna kill people and need help with that..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is thinking that this is why he likes Azabel so much more than this teacher (or most of the teachers), she has points that actually make sense! The example about the stairs isn't a very good one - waking them up is almost as fast and you could accidentally kill someone by kicking them down stairs if they landed wrong and besides you could maybe just jump over them, but because she's Azabel he trusts her to know that and she did just have to come up with an example on the spot and probably could do ten better ones if she had ten minutes.

"I don't think you should teach it in school, probably," he agrees. "Just, it seems important to do the test on whether it's addictive or bad for people in other ways? Like, what if a mage in the Guard breaks it and does it to save all their friends from bandits and then they get addicted, you'd want to be able to help them, because they - did a brave thing and hurt themselves... And if it's not addictive then maybe it'd be all right to - I don't know, have some special rules that only count during war, I read about that too - there are lots of different laws in war, like, it's illegal for Thoughtsensers to just read people's minds but it's sometimes allowed if you really urgently need to interrogate a captured soldier to find out the battle plans so fewer people die." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think," the teacher says wearily, "that we've probably spent long enough on this digression, and I want to get us back to the rest of today's lesson, all right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza goes and sits back down agreeably, writing down a sketch of the points covered.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the class goes normally and Ma'ar doesn't raise his hand to say anything else. By the end of it he's only fuming internally a tiny bit. It helps him calm down to instead focus on how Azabel is smart and has good arguments for things. 

(The teacher looks a bit like she's considering calling Ma'ar over to stay after class, and she shoots a few uncertain looks in Azabel's direction as well, but shakes her head tiredly and seems to decide against. The other students are less restrained about their disturbed looks, mostly at Ma'ar but Azabel gets some as well. And a few impressed looks too. Talking back to the teacher like that is pretty brave.) 

Ma'ar follows Azabel after class, head down. He's suddenly very tired and doesn't want to go to the dining hall at all. :...Can I come over for lunch: he asks her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I was actually going to eat at the dining hall but you could go to your room and I could bring us both something there?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay sure, uh, unless you'd rather talk to your friends at the dining hall, that's fine too: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:But then who will bring you food?: And she heads for the dining hall and collects two plates and carries them very carefully to where he lives.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar unlocks the door to let her in and then goes to sit on his bed; she can join her there if she wants or take the chair at the desk. He looks exhausted and sad, more than scared, and spends a minute picking at his food in silence because he suddenly has no idea what to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She picks the chair so she can put her plate on the desk instead of her knees. "That was really something! I don't know why she gets to teach that class if she can't answer obvious questions about the subject."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think maybe we're not supposed to learn anything about blood-magic except that it's evil until later." Shrug. "I - want to go to the library and see if actually it has been studied more than that, I bet she wouldn't know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She probably wouldn't! It's a good idea. And I'm going to ask Lionwind if he's ever had a patient who used it and needed to be de-eviled or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar goes very quiet and still. 

:.....I used blood-magic once: he admits, finally, in Mindspeech because talking is suddenly too hard. :I don't - think - it made me...not care about killing people, I feel like I care...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh.

What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:It was when I still lived with Clan Kiyam on the Plains. They - sent me on a cattle raid once I was old enough, to fight one of the other clans. I think I was twelve. Someone tried to kill me, from the other clan, and then - there was all this magic suddenly - the Plains don't have a lot of magic, hardly even any ley-lines, it doesn't rain enough. I didn't know why but it was right there so I took it and then I didn't die in the rest of the fight: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. - was it, like, pleasant, or... soothing or distracting or anything, like if you did it a bunch you might want to keep doing it the way people do with alcohol -"

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Not really? It - felt like I imagined drinking someone's blood would, it'd be sort of like water but not the way that'd help if you were thirsty... And then I felt kind of weird after. I don't think it made me want to use it more? I...could've, later, I knifed a bandit once who tried to grab me on the road and I - killed a caravan guard by accident when I was traveling with them and they - attacked me at night when I was asleep - but it would've slowed me down and running away was smarter so I did that: He shrugs. :I don't know why people like alcohol either, it just makes you stupider: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I don't get it either, but people do it kind of a lot, so they probably like it. Huh: Ma'ar doesn't seem evil to her but if she had to rank all the people she knows from most to least evil he probably would not rate dead last, and he's only done it once, but also the teacher had no idea what she was talking about and she should wait for books.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar doesn't know what else to say so he goes back to halfheartedly eating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If there aren't books about it I'm not sure what to do next to find out..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems really important that someone study it? I mean, if it doesn't make people evil and addicted by itself then - a lot of people are wrong, that should matter even if there are other reasons it's a bad idea to use it. And...if it does then that's something I don't understand about how magic works? I've never heard of other kinds of magic being addictive or - making you care about different things," shudder, that's incredibly horrifying as a concept, "but if magic can do that at all, then maybe there are other kinds that do and it's just harder to tell because they don't make you want to murder people? And I'd want to know that because even if, I don't know, some kind of magic just makes you love flowers, I don't want it to accidentally change what I think is important!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I've never heard of anything else working like that either. If there's nothing to it at all then it's very weird that they want to teach us to fight so bad and then also there's this, that's so strange? Hitting somebody with a fireball will also kill them! So I wouldn't be surprised if they had some reason to believe blood magic was specifically a problem but I'd really like to know why they think that besides that somebody who already attacks people for a living doesn't stop doing that if they wake up a sneeze of magic and figure out how to combine their skills."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar closes his eyes. "It's - really upsetting - that she thought I didn't care about killing people and just - wanted excuses for it to be fine! I've - met people like that," (read their minds, he doesn't want to think about that at all right now), "and I'm not and it's not fair that she goes thinking that just because, because..." Yet again he's run out of words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, she didn't really handle that well, you'd think nobody had ever asked her a question in class before!" At least later she admitted that perhaps she hadn't explained well, which is the coward's "was being stupid".

Permalink Mark Unread

At least Azabel believes him that he cares. That helps a little. "...I guess if it turns out there aren't books, we - probably shouldn't say anything about studying it until we're older? Because they - don't take children seriously here, and they'd just think we were evil. But we should find out if there're books before we worry about that, probably." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm still going to ask Lionwind. He's a good teacher."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar goes back to eating his food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If he tells me yeah actually blood magic does this that and the other thing to the mind -

- what do you wanna do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Not use it?" Shrug. "I - don't think it made me addicted but I guess you could - look, with your Sight, to check." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You'd rather me than Lionwind?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know you. I don't know him." And he's an adult with authority over children and therefore it's a lot more dangerous if he decides that Ma'ar is evil.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true... I'm really not supposed to see patients on my own but just looking's not dangerous, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

That...isn't a no, but it's also not obviously a yes and he's suddenly so scared. "Aza please don't tell him I don't want any grownups to know when they - might decide I'm evil and kick me out of the school or - think it's okay to hurt me because I'm bad -" 

And now he's crying even though this is incredibly stupid and unhelpful. He curls up and puts his head down on his knees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I won't tell him if you don't want! I mean, assuming you don't go killing more people! But I don't know if I could actually get very far trying to help you on my own."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no is she also going to stop believing him about things he says. It's too hard to talk because he's crying. :I really really don't want to kill people! People dying is the worst thing and I want to make it stop! I - if I kill anyone else ever it'll be because they're trying to kill me or other people or doing worse things than that...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think you do, just, like, if something's actually gone wrong with all your gears they might do stuff that they wouldn't do now, and I can't promise I still wouldn't say anything if that stuff was killing people..." Should she hug him. He flinches when people touch him, so probably not?

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't want that to happen. That would be - so bad: Now he has yet another layer of things to be scared of. He doesn't really look like he wants to be hugged about it though. :Can you just go ask Lionwind. So we know: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not scheduled right now so I might have to wait if he's busy but I can go check:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay: And he should go to the library too, but he definitely can't do that when he's crying, so he'll just stay here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes to Lionwind's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Done in ten minutes unless it's urgent enough to cut the session short: he says in response to her Mindtouch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's not ten minutes urgent:

Permalink Mark Unread

She can wait then. 

Ten minutes later Lionwind ushers his patient out, without acknowledging her, and then turns to her. "What's wrong?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Today in class the teacher said people who do blood magic get addicted and turn evil and you would think that would be in any Mindhealing book but it isn't so I thought I'd ask you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! ...You know, I had heard that bit of folk wisdom before, when I was a child, and it had never occurred to me that if it were true I ought have been taught about it as a Mindhealer - you really are so clever sometimes! It - hmm. I think it is somewhat complicated, the claim is...not false on the surface but also not straightforward as that implies. And you are right, no Mindhealer has written about it. Have a seat and I can tell you what I know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

In she pops to sit down, notebook ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have never treated someone where their main issue was use of blood-magic and resulting addiction much less - losing the ability to care about human life, or however we might translate what your teacher meant by 'evil'. I have on a few occasions worked to rehabilitate mages - usually teenagers, sometimes younger than that - who were captured when the Tantaran Guard fought bandit groups. Since trying a child for crimes as though they were an adult is - obviously monstrous, especially when many of them were themselves kidnapped, practically slaves - this has been rather concerningly frequent on our border with Predain in recent decades - or in one case raised within the bandit camp from toddlerhood. I think most of my conclusion here is that being put in such a situation is horrifically bad for a child, and use of blood-magic is the least of it, but - that does not make it not a problem, of course." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So it is a problem?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is not physically addictive in the way that the most dangerous drugs are, or even to the extent that alcohol is. There are cravings, often, but - I think of a different kind. It looks more similar to the way that some patients crave - bullying weaker people so they can feel powerful and in control, or taking risks for the thrill, or cutting themselves because it gives them relief from emotional pain. It usually helps a great deal when they feel safe, and therefore do not need to be powerful to protect themselves - and in one case the child had an Adept-potential Gift and training her to use nodes made the cravings for blood-power vanish entirely. But often it is the case that these youngsters are not strongly Gifted, and the only way they can ever be powerful in a fight is to use blood-magic, which does not need an Adept-strength Gift to wield. And they crave it in the exact way they might long to keep an especially good weapon, because it makes them strong and they - were raised and shaped in a situation where that is the only thing that mattered." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...nod nod nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does that leave you with any further questions?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why does the teacher teach it wrong? You're right here and you know better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because if they ever learned further details, it was decades ago in a classroom and they have forgotten? Teachers have not learned everything, Aza, and we sometimes forget things we were taught. And - we bring our own prejudices into the classroom, sometimes even when we are trying very hard not to." His mouth quirks a little. "I suppose some of us try harder than others." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But she's trying to teach it and should be able to answer questions about it or she's not better than a book! You should come to the next one and tell everybody."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it would be rather overstepping my bounds to show up uninvited in a classroom for mage-students, but you could ask the teacher if she is interested in having me in as a guest lecturer?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do that!" Everyone will notice that Lionwind is much better and be jealous of her probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I look forward to it!" He pats her shoulder. "So many things I learn about or remember to consider again because of you, sometimes it feels as though you are the teacher and I am the student." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. And hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her back. "So, is that all for now? I have another patient in ten minutes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's all for now, thank you!" And off she goes to find Ma'ar. He might still be in his room or in the library, she's not sure...:Ma'ar?:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still in his room, but calmer now. :- Did you check? What did he say?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I did and he said it's not actually addictive like drugs are and it doesn't actually make people evil, but it's more complicated than that in practice - I have notes, where are you -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:In my room - can you come explain it so I know whether I should be worried or not -:

Permalink Mark Unread

She comes and knocks and then sits back down in his desk chair. "He says people get attached to it because they don't, uh. Feel safe without being able to sling around a lot of power, sometimes, and the bandit cases are sometimes basically slaves to their bandit group - you can just read this page if you want -" She passes him her notebook.

Permalink Mark Unread

He reads through it. 

"That - makes sense." He shudders. "Some bandits tried to do that to me, I think. That's probably what the one who I killed would've done. I - I don't feel like it's worth it to kill people just so I won't be scared! I mean I probably would if I'd literally die otherwise but it seems different if I kill someone who's literally trying to kill me and then also I get blood-magic for it instead of just wasting it." Shrug. "I would be - really really upset, though. I want people to not die. Even if they're bad people. They're still people." He closes his eyes. "Lights in the world." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I wonder if... people don't like the idea of not wasting it... because it seems maybe gross like eating them? Like, not eating dead people is also sort of wasting stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, if everyone is going to starve otherwise - if there's, I don't know, a war and a siege in your city or something - then I think you should eat people! And it'd be stupid to ban it just because it's gross! ...It doesn't feel wasteful not to use blood-magic if there's lots of mage-energy and everything important is getting done already. Maybe that's true at the Tower right now. I...don't think it's true in lots of places, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean I would rather eat a person than starve but I wouldn't just go around eating people and think a lot about policy for when to eat people and learn people recipes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I - knew there was going to be a war and a siege next year then maybe I'd want to try to persuade important people that they ought to be willing to make it not-illegal if that happened? Because otherwise I bet they wouldn't because grownups are stupid."

He shrugs again. "There's probably not going to be a war, though, so - in this actual world I'm not going to prioritizing thinking about either blood-magic policies or people-eating policies very much. Just, I wish more people felt like it was a thought they'd be allowed to have, if things started getting really bad - I don't think it is, did you see everyone else's faces. But if it was then it'd feel less like it has to be me - us - who think about it even though it's horrible and upsetting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can still check for books. I'm - kind of worried about how - you don't ever seem to feel safe and that's the thing Lionwind thought made it hard to not do blood-magic -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told you that I don't feel tempted to do it at all! I could've done it so many times when I was trying to make it here by myself, and been in less danger, because then I'd have gone to sleep with more magic instead of having none because I had nothing to eat. But I didn't because people dying is bad. And I didn't do it even when I'd just killed someone anyway - which was really horrible!!! - because I also don't like it and it didn't seem important enough!" Ma'ar is getting so. incredibly. tired of how it keeps feeling like people don't believe him when he's being very clear about what he thinks! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have to yell at me!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrinks on the bed.

 

"...Sorry..."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. "I'm really sorry all that bad stuff happened to you. But even if blood-magic doesn't do anything to your gears at all bad stuff happening to you can. It's not fair! It's horrible that if somebody has awful things happen to them they don't even just have those awful things to live with but also extra awful things that live in their head! And if you won't go see Lionwind and everybody else is totally crazy about everything to do with blood-magic then I am the only person here to worry about it besides you personally, and I'm not calling you names, I'm not saying it's your fault, I'm not saying you can't be okay or can't be a good person or anything, I'm just - noticing. And telling you since you didn't want me to tell Lionwind."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar listens her out, hugging himself but otherwise looking calmer. He nods. 

"I - thank you. For looking out for me. I...don't think there's anything wrong with my gears that would make me - want to hurt people - but if it looks like I'm going to do that then you should stop me. You - have my permission to do that and I wouldn't be mad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"... I mean, you might if we are already postulating that you have in this situation started hurting people, but noted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you think I'm hurting people right now I - have no idea how but you should tell me and I'll - figure out a way to stop." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think you are right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Thank you. - I guess if in the future I go all evil because my gears are broken then maybe me then would be mad, but - me now isn't mad about the idea of you doing it, if that makes sense? I don't know if it helps but I mean it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that makes sense." She kind of really wants to look at his gears now but she is not EVEN going to kind of allude to that a little bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

He fidgets. "Maybe we can go look at books now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, let's go do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

It turns out to be kind of hard to find books on blood-magic, it's not indexed in the appropriate alphabetic section, but Ma'ar isn't particularly in the mood to ask the librarian about it. 

:Maybe under 'dark magic'?: he suggests to Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe, you check there and I'll check the one on reserves and ley lines and nodes in case it mentions it as annotation somewhere?:

Permalink Mark Unread

There are SO MANY books on reserves and nodes and ley-lines; it's possible one of them has an annotation somewhere but if so it's not in the index or otherwise findable without skimming every page of every book. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar Mindspeaks her after about ten minutes, though. :I think I found something!:

Permalink Mark Unread

She puts back the one she was index-checking and goes over to him. :What's it say?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Just let me find the right chapter, it's about all the different kinds of magic that're illegal in Tantara: He sits down against the bookshelf and flips through. :All right, here - we can both read it?: He holds it at a convenient angle for this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Blood-magic is understood to work by releasing all of a person's life-energies at once, via a violent death, in a format such that a mage - even a mage with very poorly trained or minimal mage-sight, and there are rumours this includes people without mage-gift at all - can wield them. Bloodpath mages commonly torture their victims first, on the grounds that this releases more energy; the book doesn't know if this claim is true, obviously no scholars have tested it. There are a couple of quotes from anonymous sources about the 'rush' and 'high' of wielding blood-power. There's also a mention that it makes some people very ill after using it; the example given is a farmboy with an untrained and unrecognized mage-gift semi-accidentally used it when under attack by nomadic horsepeople, bloodpath mages don't tend to collapse after fights, the theory is that they become inured to the horror of it and so don't get sickened afterward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are you done this page?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Almost - yeah okay -: She's scribbling stuff down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Blood-magic, in addition to its addictive high, is suspected to damage the minds of people who use it regularly; the main source for this claim given is that bloodpath mages generally have very sloppy control and, for example, almost none of them can Gate even though taking in blood-magic provides more than enough power.

Blood-magic use is also damaging to the land, in the short run; it behaves differently than the naturally released mage-energies that emanate from living things and eventually trickle into ley-lines and finally to nodes. It's 'stickier' and tends to block up these flows, causing particular problems with the weather and making people with certain Gifts or sensitivities sick. 

There are almost no official schools of magic that train it, for the obvious reason. There are the usual unskilled criminal groups, who are assumed to be self-taught or maybe apprenticed with more experienced bandits, and there are rumours of very secretive mage-cults that teach it in more elaborate ways, but of course nothing much is known about the specifics of this. 

Blood-magic is illegal in Tantara because it involves murder which is almost never justified, it's harmful to mages who use it and to the land, and because obviously letting people just do that is a terrible terrible idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder why they can't Gate. Maybe it's too hard to learn if a normal school won't train you? I know Gates and stuff can mess with weather too, though, it doesn't explain enough about how this is different."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was thinking that. Gates are - I asked and they're not normally even covered until two years in, that's a lot of classes and tutoring they think you need first. Probably these mages out on their own don't even have books! And I thought that too, doesn't any really big use of magic mess with the weather? Even draining nodes for doing construction or something, if you do a lot of it fast in one day, it messes up the ley-line flows nearby, I read that somewhere." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. So it sounds like - there are a lot of problems that come with blood magic and you can mostly not have those problems if you don't have blood magic but it's a stretch to say that blood magic is in fact always bad, if you have a dying person on hand anyhow."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I - think that's my impression too. It doesn't seem urgent to figure it out all the way, I guess, I - think it's right, for it to just be illegal here, and I'm not going to do it, so... I don't know, maybe when we're older we'll have a teacher who knows more and thinks it's okay to tell us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Lionwind's really good about it, he didn't go all stupid when I asked him at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow! That's...so good, I didn't realize there were any grownups like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told him he should come to class and do a guest lecture since our regular teacher didn't know what she was talking about and he said not without permission so I have to ask her but he would do it if she invited him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good idea! Then maybe the other students will believe less stupid things- Uh, if the teacher agrees, do you think she will?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know but I think I'll ask in front of everybody so they'll all know if she says no."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She checks the book to see what other kinds of magic are illegal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Index

Ch 1: Summoning of Abyssal Demons

Ch 2: Deception with Illusions (Disguising Identity or Merchant Goods) 

Ch 3: Use of Blood Power

Ch 4: Cursed Artifacts 

Ch 5: Use of Compulsions

Ch 6: Involuntary Binding of Elemental Spirits 

Permalink Mark Unread

What is a cursed artifact...?

Permalink Mark Unread

The chapter explains that trap-spells - a variety of set-spell, which is a kind of spell that's laid permanently or semi-permanently on a physical focus - are an accepted use of magic in war or for border defence against hostile regions. A regular trap-spell is basically a detection ward plus a triggered spell that can set a fire, or paralyze a person nearby, et cetera. 

Cursed artifacts are items - they can be sold as magical artifacts for some other purpose, or just functional like a sword or decorative like a tapestry - which also secretly include some sort of trap-spell. Often they're made to purpose for assassinations. Sometimes they can be triggered by a mage from a distance, for example that lovely tapestry on the wall above the baron's mantlepiece could be triggered to explode violently when he's known to be sitting there having his evening nightcap. Or they can be triggered by a nearby action, like someone touching or picking them up. (Weapons triggered like this are legal in war, though there are strict rules about it; the illegal thing is specifically selling or installing such an artifact with deceptive intent, hiding its true nature.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, that makes sense but I kind of want to come back to this at some point to see if it has historical examples but not right now..." Note note. "Compulsions and demons and fraud and being mean to elementals is obvious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I read about demons in a different book about a war, they sound horrible, they just eat everything including all the magic and they're not smart enough to obey orders, even, just magic bindings." Shudder.

Ma'ar looks at the index again, flips through, stares into the distance. "...It's not illegal if you have to do Mindhealing set-commands, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No - though I guess that's probably just because we're too rare for there to be a lot of laws about us. Maybe it would be if there were lots. - also mages have more self-defense options than Mindhealers do that aren't that, if I'd already been a mage at the time I probably wouldn't have needed to that once."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, thoughtfully. "I - think we're probably going to learn lots of kinds of self-defence that don't kill people or hurt them really badly, like the paralysis trap thing, and I guess that'd be better. But - if the alternative was killing someone, it...just seems way better to do a set-command? Or a compulsion. And I can't do set-commands but I could do the same thing, and - and then I'd never have to kill someone because they were trying to kill me, ever ever again..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think one of the important things about set-commands is they're fast? Are compulsions fast?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't say, hmm..." He reads a bit further. 

Although any and all use of compulsions is banned in Tantara, the theory behind compulsion work is taught in schools at the highest levels, since this is necessary to remove compulsions safely and they are often used by criminal mages in bandit groups, and sometimes in wartime in other kingdoms. 

"- So they're going to teach us about it at least. Eventually. But if random bandits can do it then it can't be that hard - I bet you could do a simple one like 'stop' fast if you had practice. Except it's still illegal." He makes a face. "- Why don't they use it in the army, you could just make all the enemy soldiers stop fighting instead of killing them!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, if it were very common maybe everybody would wind up standing there including a lot of the people who could unfreeze them, and then they'd die of thirst, especially if the civilian mages who weren't there at the time were scared to come unfreeze them in case the other side had mages doing the same thing at the same time and would stop them too. Since, look, it says they're low power, I can't set-command a whole army but a mage could compel one, or a chunk of one..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar considers it, seriously. "...Okay, that makes sense, it's probably a rules of engagement thing like not torturing prisoners and keeping parleys, that was in the book, that's important or - each side would just do worse and worse things." Shrug. "I don't - I still sort of wish it could be allowed in self-defense? You're allowed to carry a sword and if you kill a bandit with it because you were attacking you, you'd - get questioned by the Guard about it and all but if it really was self-defense you just get let off with a warning. Same if you're a mage and you fireball someone, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess if you compel somebody you - can't just go to the Guard about it because you need a mage to check what the compulsion is, but a regular guard person can see that somebody's been stabbed or fireballed... I'm not sure that's a good enough reason though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I guess it's complicated. If you're making laws for a whole kingdom. I...would ask the teacher about it except she'd probably give a stupid answer again... Maybe if Lionwind does do a guest lecture I could ask how he'd do it, if he were making laws." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good idea! He's really smart and sensible. You could also talk to him even if he doesn't wind up guest lecturing, he has, like, an office." She thinks they would get along!

Permalink Mark Unread

Somehow going to Lionwind's office seems scarier, even if it's just to ask questions, because it's...more the sort of context where he might look at Ma'ar's mind and then decide he's evil? He probably wouldn't, because he seems like a sensible person, but...

Ma'ar tries not to look scared, though, and nods. "I think it'd be good if he said it to the whole class, so they all know his smart and sensible opinions too? But we'll see." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, the teacher has to let him. But I'll ask her next time we have class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." He smiles at her a little. "Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The next time they have class, the teacher carefully sticks to very uncontroversial magic theory, but when Azabel approaches her she does consent to have her Mindhealer teacher in for a guest lecture. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good! She will inform Lionwind straight away.

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case he's pleased to go talk to her teacher and arrange it as his schedule permits! This turns out to be the next week, some of his sessions with patients are flexible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is excited and also scared, but probably it's the stupid kind of scared, so he tries to make it go away. He's gotten a lot better at making the scared go away when it's inconvenient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind is very good at addressing a classroom and holding their attention! Also at blackboard diagrams! He gets up and explains approximately the same things he did to Azabel, though it takes a lot longer because he needs to back up and summarize a lot of Mindhealing context on why, for example, being enslaved by bandits is generally bad for children's wellbeing - in a way that (very unfairly) affects their moral character - completely separately from blood-magic. This is testable, even, since bandits sometimes enslave children who aren't mage-gifted at all, and he's also treated some of those cases and they struggle nearly as much to adjust to not being criminals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar raises his hand and asks about the bit in the book on how it gives mages bad control, and the part about how they can't do Gates but also probably they didn't have teachers and maybe that explains it already? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, give me a moment to think - retraining control wouldn't be my focus, right, these teenagers would have mage-tutors as well, who would also teach them what's legal versus not, I'm not an expert in that either. So take whatever I say with a grain of salt, but...my guess is that blood-magic behaves pretty differently from casting from reserves, especially for kids whose Gift wouldn't be strong enough to touch nodes. There's a lot of it so the easiest thing to do with it is big and sloppy, and you'd build that habit, and not the habit of being precise. ...I reckon it's not that far off from what you see sometimes in youngsters whose Gifts awaken traumatically at full strength, usually you get years of practice before that, but if you're an Adept from the start you've got more power than you know what to do with." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza guesses that if random blood mages wanted to fix that problem they could all share deaths and get a little bit of power from each one apiece but she doesn't think it will help anything to say that. (She does write it down.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind answers a handful of questions from other students, who now seem considerably more willing to talk about blood-magic instead of just looking horrified and upset, and then: "- Yes, you - sorry, what is your name?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kiyamvir Ma'ar," Ma'ar says very politely. "I wanted to ask you a question - it's a bit complicated - the book we read the thing about blood-magic in also had other kinds of illegal magic, and one was compulsions, which are sort of like set-commands except not Mindhealing, and...set-commands aren't illegal, right, even though compulsions are. I figured there're just way fewer Mindhealers, but - what do you think, about whether they're different and should be treated differently by the law?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm. That is a complicated question - let me think it through for a moment... First of all, set-commands are against the rules in all but a few situations - if a patient is emergently a danger to themselves or others, or if the Mindhealer themselves is in imminent danger. It is true that this is prosecuted by the Healers' guild, not the official Kingdom law - that is also true for crimes regular Healers commit with their Gifts, though murdering someone with Healing would fall under both. Anyway, there are a few historical cases of Mindhealers losing the right to see patients, and in one case having their Gift blocked permanently, due to misusing Mindhealing and particularly set-commands." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "So it's illegal to do crimes with it, the same as it's illegal to do crimes with a dagger, right? And if you hurt someone with a dagger because they attacked you, you'll get questioned about it, but not get in trouble if you really were going to die otherwise." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yes, that seems about right, though it's a less formal process than the Guard-house and courts just because there're so few of us. Compulsions are... I suppose not different in principle, but it would be much harder to enforce, since there are so many more mages. And there are fewer licit uses, right. Mages do not use set-commands to treat patients, and they have many other options for self-defense." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. It's nice how it's so much easier to have a reasonable calm conversation with Lionwind because he isn't constantly saying things that are incredibly stupid. He's jealous that Azabel gets such a good teacher. 

"I thought about mages having other options and it's true, but some of them hurt people a lot more, and might kill them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would expect a compulsion to cause significant harm, actually! Not physical harm, but - as a Mindhealer it is a very difficult decision, judging if a patient is about to hurt themselves or you and you need to intervene, because being set-commanded is traumatic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess." Ma'ar thinks he would still prefer it to being stabbed, probably? Since if someone stabs you wrong you might bleed out before a Healer gets there. "- Could a mage use compulsions to, uh, I guess stop someone if they're about to try to kill themselves? I feel like that should work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...suppose so...but I am really not sure when that would come up! And by itself that is not enough reason to have compulsions be allowed for non-criminal intent, I think, since there are so many more ways to abuse them than to use them helpfully." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel writes down that it's possible actually that with a light enough touch compulsions could do some replacement Mindhealing tasks and that would make it less of a problem that there are so few proper Mindhealers but it doesn't seem like it needs getting into in this class right now when she can ask Lionwind in private later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another student raises their hand. "Are they allowed other places? I know some countries are more horrible than Tantara and use blood-magic in war, what about this?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, you know, I do actually have some stories about that! One of my own teachers is a Mindhealer who traveled to many parts of the world, and further south in the Ceej, placing compulsions on someone secretly or against their will is illegal - though poorly enforced, I hear - but it is allowed, and as I understand it not uncommon, for nobility to require their servants to be under compulsions - they call them 'loyalty' compulsions but as I understand it, they are mostly just making them not able to assassinate the people they serve or be agents to other families. Apparently otherwise the other nobles will try to get spies and assassins in. It all sounds rather exhausting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Huh, you can do that? Put someone under a compulsion they agree to, to not murder you, and just - have it stay there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes? I think they do not last forever, but - months, at least, and these nobles would have house mages to check. And I imagine it works better if it is not something the person is fighting very hard - which likely the servants are not, since this practice makes it less likely that they will try to be assassins, if they expect to fail anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's gross," someone mutters. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is looking very thoughtful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is kind of gross and I sort of think it might be sticky? If you stop compelling all your servants one day then you're fine to begin with because nobody tried to be your servant in order to assassinate you but sooner or later you have to hire a new one and that one has probably heard that you're the only person in town who doesn't, and maybe that gets you some perfectly normal gardener who just doesn't want a compulsion on but maybe it gets you an assassin, just because all the other targets are harder to reach, so nobody will be the first to stop and it would be better to find some other way to solve your assassins problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is frowning. It's hard to find the right words for the point he wants to make, and he wouldn't even try with the normal teacher, but Lionwind is smart. 

"I...think it'd be stupid to do in Tantara where mostly there aren't assassins anyway," he says slowly. "And - it seems sort of bad to do to servants serving nobles, because - the nobles already have more power than the servants, right, they get to make the rules, they have other options. But...okay, if it's the city Guard, not in Tantara where they're mostly following the rules but - in Predain the Guard is really corrupt and - and that's sticky, I think, it's - it pays horribly and it's not fun if you're a person who - cares about things being nice and the law being followed, I think, because they're not. And - and the Guards are the ones who have power over everyone else and they use it to hurt people and take their money and - and rape them, because they can get away with it, they're stronger." 

Shrug. "Just, I - think it'd be different if someone made a rule, all right, if you want to be a Guard who's allowed to carry a big sword and arrest people whenever you feel like, and have them be scared of you, the rule is you need to have a compulsion not to rape anyone. Because then that would be the thing that was sticky, and - and I don't know how else to get away from the problem where it's hard to make the Guards not corrupt and horrible because mostly only people like that want to have most of their colleagues be like that..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind's expression is very carefully controlled and everyone else including their regular teacher looks COMPLETELY HORRIFIED. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it might be good to read more history in this kind of class? And try to figure out why it got like that in Predain in the first place and why it isn't in Tantara, in case there's something else you could do instead. - also you'd have to be really careful with the exact kind of compulsion even if it's only on people who are like 'yes go ahead I want this job anyway' - for them, of course, but also if one finds a way around it then there being a compulsion would mean nobody'd believe their victim -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that is a good point, Aza," Lionwind says, looking grateful. "And, yes, I think this type of question is mostly about history, and ethics and some philosophy, rather than anything specific to magic. ...To be honest this is true of Mindhealing as well, many problems that patients can have depend on their life situation in context, which has a great deal to do with the history of the world around him..." 

This is extremely a digression but it's interesting enough to get the room's attention onto something else, and then Lionwind segues into asking whether the book Ma'ar read had other types of illegal magic listed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is feeling very scared right now because it feels like he said something wrong but he isn't sure what. "Uh, demon summoning. And making artifacts that secretly murder people, and enslaving elementals. All of them seem like they should just be illegal, I think? Unless elementals aren't people but I think they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is well outside my expertise now! I think I will prevail on your usual teacher - do you know the answer to his question...?" 

Lionwind keeps almost-but-not-quite glancing at Azabel, like he very badly wants to Mindspeak something to her, but he doesn't through the end of the class. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still and quiet and doesn't talk again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza has uncontroversial opinions about those three illegal kinds of magic. She loiters a bit to let Lionwind say whatever it is, after class.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is somewhat awkward because the teacher is also loitering, apparently angling to talk to Lionwind too, and - she makes an abortive movement as though to go after Ma'ar and tell him to stay behind, but shrugs and does not do this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind sighs very heavily. 

"I apologize," he says to the teacher, "I have another commitment - if you wish to speak to me I do have office hours for that..." 

:Aza, could we talk for a bit: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar would really like to talk to Azabel! However he really would not like to talk to either the teacher or Lionwind! He flees to his room.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, of course:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Let's walk to my office - unfortunately I really do have a session in half a candlemark, this ran longer than I'd expected: He starts walking; he seems more distracted than usual, because he walks too fast for Azabel at first and only catches himself after ten seconds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She catches up when he slows down. :Is everything okay?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That did not exactly go as I expected, and...: Another sigh. :I know exactly what that teacher wanted to ask me and it is very awkward. Is Ma'ar a friend of yours? He kept looking at you specifically: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We practice together a lot and stuff, yeah:

Permalink Mark Unread

Another heavy sigh. :Then this is especially awkward and I should arguably not be having this conversation with you at all, but - that exchange earlier would trigger the usual protocols to have a student speak with a Mindhealer, to...see if they are all right and whether some - very bad thing that others are not aware of happened to them. And, having been there for it myself, I am - actually quite concerned already. However it is not especially appropriate for me to ask you for your impression of whether your friend Ma'ar is...okay. However, that is the matter on my mind: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...well, it would probably be appropriate for me to tell him that you said that? And then he can do whatever he's comfortable with from there?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind considers this for a few moments, then nods. :All right. Sensible plan. Anything else we ought discuss before I head on to the office?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

:He's shy. Is it definitely out of the question for me to be seeing patients by myself yet, if hypothetically he could use it but he's not okay with going to you?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I - hmm - it's not entirely out of the question but I would be much more comfortable if you came to me with summaries afterward to discuss. I think you do still need mentoring even if it does not need to be real-time supervision. Would that work at all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I could hypothetically ask him:

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :Hypothetically, you could: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Should I go talk to him right now or is there more to say first?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think probably there is not more to say that would not already be self-evident to you? ...He is not in trouble, to clarify. Making controversial arguments in class is allowed, or at least it should be and I will argue that firmly to your teacher if she disagrees, my concern is...separate from that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay. Thank you for coming to class, I think it was really good and helped a lot:

Permalink Mark Unread

:You are very welcome! I enjoyed it: He smiles a little. :Even the uncomfortable questions part: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. And breaks off to go to find Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is hiding in his room and does not immediately open the door. :What: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You're not in trouble but Lionwind wanted me to talk to you about some stuff:

Permalink Mark Unread

That kiiiind of sounds to him like he's in trouble, but - well, at least it's better than being in trouble with their regular teacher, he trusts Azabel a lot and she seems to think Lionwind is a reasonable grownup, which...at a glance looks plausible, anyway. 

He lets her in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In she comes. Down she sits.

:Apparently if you bring up certain things in class Lionwind is supposed to have a sit-down with you to figure out if any of the things happened to you but I convinced him that I could just tell you about this policy instead since you're shy: Well, paranoid, but "shy" will do.

Permalink Mark Unread

:- What?: Ma'ar isn't following that at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think he's supposed to ask if you've been raped:

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a very 'are you stupid' look. :...No? I have magic, I'd've had to be - really not careful, for that to happen. I wasn't worried about protecting me, just - all the other people who don't aren't mages, right: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's not a stupid question, your magic had to awaken and you had to learn to use it and a lot of people even if they have Gifts don't manage perfect self defense all the time:

Permalink Mark Unread

....Probably it's a rude thing to say that a lot of people are really really terrible at being careful enough.

:I had Gifts before I left the Plains: he says. :They're - dangerous but not that way. ...I guess unless you have awful parents or relatives but mine were fine: He lifts his eyes to hers. :By the time I got to the city I'd...figured out Thoughtsensing again and I was -: he curls up slightly, :- I was reading everyone's mind all the time, so...I had warning: 

This is Azabel, of course, so he is probably about to get snapped at. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I believe you. But the policy doesn't say 'check unless some facts that make it less likely are unbeknownst to concerned adults true' because that would be stupid:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, now you've checked: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah.

I know some other bad things have happened to you though. And I asked Lionwind if hypothetically I would be ready to see a patient alone if it was you and you weren't comfortable with him and he said I should still be supervised but it could be written-up summaries after the fact - maybe not even with him, sometimes Mindhealers send letters long distances with anonymized cases in them to get advice without spreading somebody's secrets around identifiably:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar hugs his knees to his chest. :You're - still worried that something's wrong with my gears and I'm going to end up turning evil?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:There are reasons besides being worried you're going to turn evil to be at all worried about the state of your gears!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar seems dubious of this! :Like what:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you want to just read an actual Mindhealing book - I can be there to answer questions -:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar takes a deep breath and - makes a deliberate effort to calm down and remind himself that Azabel is his friend and hasn't turned into a different person just because he's in some sort of obscure and confusing trouble about saying things in class.

He considers it for a while. :I - think that seems less efficient than you explaining it, or showing me your notes, it's not like I think you'd lie about it and I could always go look it up in the library later: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay. My notes are mostly at home though and the library's here in the Tower:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. :I - guess we could go to the library. I don't think I really want to right now. Maybe in a bit once I - feel less stressed about class today: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay: Does he want a hug - no, probably still not only no but also don't ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar spends a while fidgeting with the edge of his bedspread. 

:...You can look at my gears if you want: he says, finally. :I - I would want to know, if there's something wrong with me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay. You can tell me to stop any time - say when?:

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't seem like there's anything in particular he needs to do to get ready. :Go ahead: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Attempting to control visible signs of fascination somewhat, she peeks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's eyes are closed. He seems, if anything, calmer than before. 

His gears are - very unusual, but a lot of the unusual parts aren't along dimensions related to trauma. He does have a lot of the patterns she's studied before, the outer 'surfaces' of his mind almost entirely oriented toward threat-detection, strung with the sorts of long gear-shafts that would instantly propagate a reflexive response. It looks...organized, though. Almost as though half of it was deliberately planned and then tidied up on purpose, and the rest just hasn't been gotten to yet. The organized aspect seems newer, somehow, layered and partially rebuilding whatever used to be there, and a lot of the linkages are - not really about triggering a fight-or-flight response, if anything the opposite. Ma'ar's mind contains a lot of patterns aimed at deliberately calming down. 

And that's mostly the edges, anyway. The deeper core of him - almost resembles Azabel's own mind, in a way, with a single central gear linking to nearly everything, though the layout is different in some hard-to-describe way. It's incredibly purposeful. ...One of the easier-to-describe aspects of the difference is that his mind is more layered, the central driving gear deeply buried and protected, visible more in the way it connects and directs everything else than in itself. His mind is also more... 'Tightly constrained' isn't quite the thing, neither is 'bunkered down', his attentional structure is very outward-oriented and not just in the sense of immediate threat-sensing. But it does look like the centre of Ma'ar is - shaped by danger, and by a lack of something, in a way somehow fundamentally different to how Azabel ended up with her organized layout. 

Permalink Mark Unread

: - what do you want me to tell you about what I see?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Umm, whether there's something wrong with me? ...And I guess I'm - curious in general, I know what my head feels like but not how it'd look to you from the outside: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You're really organized in there. I am too but not this way... It looks like you're really oriented toward reacting very fast if anything happens around you, not in a panic way - there's a little of that but it looks kind of like you're re-doing it on purpose so you can be calm instead - that's so cool - it looks like you are very shaped by having been in danger a lot but not in a conventional presentation... and I don't know quite what's not here, I can maybe figure it out...: Lack of what, clockwork mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks pleased. :Oh, good, is that working? I thought it was but I wasn't sure how well: 

It's in general tricky to figure out that kind of context just from the clockwork structure, and Ma'ar's mind in particular seems to in some sense not want to be figured out, but... It's not a lack of safety or security, not quite, though that's close, and definitely part of it... 

Most people's minds, especially young people, have very deep-set structures around interreliance on other people, attachment to loved ones, love and connection - the parts of them that, in times of stress or of striving, reach out for those supports. Ma'ar has very close to literally none of this. 

This is a pattern Azabel recognizes, but most minds she's seen with a similar lack are deeply unstable. His isn't. The central gear and structure are very strongly self-stabilizing. The lack is still costing him something, probably; all of the self-soothing patterns he's effortfully building in to replace the panic reactions need to be anchored just internally. But it works. His mind holds together as a structure and it looks like he ought to be able to exert deliberate control over most of it, if not quite all at this point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You've got almost a - a gyroscope in there -

- most people especially kids kind of grab at people around them, family and stuff, to do things without going too far off course, and people who don't have that are sort of collapsey... and you aren't collapsey but it means you're kind of psychologically trying to balance on one foot, even if you're good at that...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Whoa, you can just see that!: Azabel's Gift is sososos cool actually!!! :I - huh - that makes sense. I...think that's a good way of putting the thing that...confuses me a lot about some people: Moreso back when he made a habit of reading minds all the time, but the confusion hasn't gone away, people are presumably still like that even if he's not reading them and sometimes he can notice the pattern just from their words and actions. :The...grabbing at people. Even when it's - obviously not going to work, because their grownups are bad at plans too: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, grownups can be bad at plans and still know more about what's going on just because they're older - or even if they don't have a good plan a nice grownup can still get different kinds of attention from other people, and reach things off high shelves, and stuff, and people go to them for that and it's close enough as long as nothing really bad happens - this might be one of the reasons bad things happening is so damaging? Because then it much more obviously doesn't work:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar fidgets and spends a long time trying to pick out the right words. 

:I - think it's really bad to believe things that aren't true: he says finally. :And - it's not true, almost ever, that people's grownups could stop really bad things from happening. And they do happen. Less here but still, and - and everyone knows they happen more in Predain, but...: He can't figure out how to explain the next piece. :I don't know, just, it feels maybe related to why most people are crazy about blood-magic. Because it's a really bad thing, and it - only makes sense when it's instead of an even worse thing, but...people have to believe that things that bad couldn't happen to them? Or something? And...I feel like that makes it so people have to not notice problems in other places and then no one fixes them and it's BAD: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:People need to feel safe. Usually - usually never feeling safe makes people worse, not better, at doing most things:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think knowing whether or not it's true that I'm safe makes me better at doing things: Shrug. :I was...worse at doing things at the start, here, because I was used to places that were less safe and so I kept believing wrong things, you were right about that, but then I noticed and changed my mind: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think it's actually working really well! Just, this is extremely weird of you and you shouldn't expect other people to work that way: Gears are so pretty. She has a good angle on the gyroscope thing now and it's so lonely and pretty like one single cloud wafting across an empty sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's really frustrating that other people don't work that way! It - it makes me feel even more like, like I'm the only person who'll actually notice and fix the problems and I have to be strong enough to do it by myself: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Normal people don't just sit around doing nothing all day, you know:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, no, but I feel like a lot of the time they - don't check if the things they're doing are actually solving the problem they want solved? Or they're not even seeing it that way, that solving it is their responsibility instead of it just being - a good person thing, to do things, whether or not they work: Shrug. :I - think Tantara is less like that, or - at least it's mostly fine even with people being like that. Predain really isn't and I'm going to go back and fix it once I'm old enough: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Can you give an example?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Uhhh - so when I was first here, some boys were bullying this girl, they - weren't actually breaking the rules and fighting physically but they were saying mean things and making her cry, and - doing things that were almost but not quite breaking the rules, like tripping her so she fell and pretending it was by accident. And there was a teaching assistant right there and he wanted them to stop it and felt bad - I, um, I was reading people's minds still, this is before I talked to you about not doing that and also I hadn't - realized yet that not everyone had knives all the time and things like that... Anyway he felt bad and it was his job to look after the students and he sort of told them 'that's not nice, stop it' except they were obviously going to keep doing it the second he went away, only he...felt all good about himself anyway for being brave and saying something, but it wasn't even brave because it wasn't dangerous for him to do... I don't know: Shrug. :I understand how the rules work better now and maybe he couldn't've done a smarter thing very easily. But it bothered me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think there was an obvious smarter thing for him to do, just - creative things that might've helped. I think actually it wouldn't be very good if everyone tried creative things that might help whenever they had any kind of problem? Because it'd make absolutely everything harder to predict and make even boring non-creative plans around... and sometimes people's judgment would be bad and they'd make it worse... also people have to be brave to do things that aren't literally dangerous a lot and that's not even a weird one, it's like stage fright:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Huh, really? I don't think I have that, that seems weird. I'm - scared sometimes in a way that's wrong here, because in Predain if you said something that upset people they might decide it was rude enough to hurt you over, or just notice you existed enough to want to hurt you. And sometimes things are scary because - if people decide I'm evil then I'll get kicked out of the school and then it'll be really hard to learn enough things that I can go back and fix Predain. But it doesn't make any sense to be scared if you already know it's definitely not dangerous, or - or only dangerous in a way you're strong enough to handle: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:People's feelings don't always make sense! People with stage fright can't stand - being the center of attention, or they can't bear to look silly, it all blows up to huge proportions in their emotions even if they can tell you 'in fact no one will throw a tomato at me and even if they did that wouldn't be lastingly injurious':

Permalink Mark Unread

:That sounds so frustrating! I would be really annoyed at my feelings if they worked that way and didn't - listen and go away once I noticed why it wasn't helping anything: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can tell! But this is you being weird and not everyone else being stupid:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks thoughtful. :...That makes me less confused. That other people's feelings don't change or go away if they think hard enough about what other feeling would be more helpful to have instead: He frowns. :Do yours, though?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I want them to, but I don't always just want to have a helpful feeling, I want to have feelings that are - mine, and part of them being mine is that I can sort of boss them around, but I don't want to boss them around to be convenient if that'd be - fake?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. I...guess my feelings are mine but that's sort of not the point, obviously they're mine, who else's would they be. I - want my feelings to be - about things in the world that are true, instead of being caused by something I'm wrong about, and I want my feelings to help me get things done that are important, or at least not stop me from that. I - don't think I'm that good yet at just having feelings that make sense, I keep getting so mad in class and I know it doesn't help, I'm going to work on only being as mad as I want to be once I finish with the scared thing: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, like, if my mom died, being sad about it wouldn't make me better at doing things and would probably make me worse at things but I wouldn't want to just not be sad about it:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar pauses, goes quiet and pensive for a while. :...No, actually I think it does make you better at doing things, or - better at knowing true things, at least? Or maybe I don't mean true, not in the sense of...how it's true that the sun will rise tomorrow, but - whether something is bad, whether it'd be better if something changed. People dying is bad, right? I'm - still really sad and angry about my mother dying, I think it's - important, to not just - decide that's an okay way for the world to be just because I couldn't change it. I don't want to break my ability to tell that sometimes the world is a way but it shouldn't be: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can think things shouldn't be without having a lot of feelings about it. Like that the library should be organized differently, or even that guards in Predain should be nicer, I'm not really emotional about that although I could get that way if I thought about it enough:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :I mean, sometimes I decide to only feel a little bit sad about something because it's distracting and the best way to - make things like that not happen again or be different - means I have to not be distracted. I don't go around actually feeling that sad or angry about Predain or about my mother most of the time, just...if something reminds me and I do feel that way and - it's not a huge emergency where someone's going to die if I'm distracted, if that's true I just decide to not have very many feelings - then I guess it can be inconvenient but I don't mind?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That sounds about right:

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :So - you're saying my mind is weird and most people don't work like that, but...is there actually something wrong with me or is it fine the way it is: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think it's fine? Lionwind has a lot more clinical experience but based on what I can see I think you're a weird but stable shape. It looks lonely though:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :I think I - don't really know what people mean by that. I wish more people were - smart and I could know their plans would work and would be - plans that make things better... I'm glad you're like that and I'm glad Lionwind is a sensible grownup, that's nice: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is! I'm really glad he came to class today:

Permalink Mark Unread

Faint smile. :Thank you for checking instead of him - I think he's probably fine like you say but...I know you better: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will have to, like, confirm with him that I'm not doing anything dumb, like I said, but yeah, I can be the one you actually talk to:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm: He's suddenly very tired. :...I guess we should eat lunch, we sort of skipped it, sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's okay. I can just eat a little late. Do you want to come?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, I'll come: He gets up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And at her usual meeting time with Lionwind she reports on her findings about Ma'ar - not a rape victim but has otherwise been through some shit, weird but gyroscopically stable.

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens thoughtfully, and then mostly looks very confused, and curious. "Hmm. Needless to say, that is - not at all how people usually end up with that sort of background. Do you have any sense of where the difference comes from, and - how robust a factor that is?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"He has a big central gear like me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. That is really surprising. And - a how but not a why, if that makes sense?" Shrug. "Maybe that does not actually matter, people vary in all sorts of ways and some of them appear uncorrelated with their childhoods, I am just so curious." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I don't know a lot more than what I told you, I think he might just be like that." Her big central gear has been the same for ages and his likely also has.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. Does he seem particularly distressed either by the experiences he had, or by the way his mind is now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not currently. But they're - motivating."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I - could imagine configurations of that which would concern me, but if your impression is that his overall motivation structure is - stable and robust - then it could be perfectly healthy and just unusual." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it is, but I might want to check in on it sometimes if he'll let me and see how it develops since he's in a different environment, he's changing some stuff and might change more stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Changing things? On purpose?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I do that too. It might be a big central gear person thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How incredibly fascinating." Lionwind sits back. "I think it sounds reasonable for you not to be worried, but to plan check-ins if he is comfortable with it. And - I am proud of you. Most students are not nearly as ready to see patients alone at thirteen." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She smiles up at him. "I guess I have good timing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess so!" He pats her shoulder. "- Oh, hmm, one last thing - which of course you know already - people are generally happier when they have attachments and loved ones, and know how to trust other people? And I expect this would be true of him as well. It is his mind and his life, of course, and up to him how he wants to live it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I think maybe he doesn't like to. We hang out but I don't know if he actually likes me as opposed to... appreciating me? Which is fine as long as I don't expect it on my end but I don't know if he can integrate actually liking people into his thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does he seem to - care about, or prioritize, being happy or doing things he likes? At all?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know if he has... hobbies..." Which now that Lionwind points it out seems bad! He mostly seemed to be hanging out with Skan as exposure therapy, and her for a study-buddy, and... yeah she's got nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "It - could be stable and self-sustaining for him. Some people are like that their whole lives - driven, but not happy. Still, it is...it feels to me that something is lost, especially when it is not clear that this is an intentional and informed choice rather than...failing to realize that personal happiness is one of the things that one can care about. I will leave it up to your judgement whether that is productive to bring up, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it would be but I'll wait for a good time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think that is everything I had to say, then. Any other questions?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's a big central gear look like for you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I have not seen very many minds that looked like yours on the relevant dimension! So I am not sure his would appear the same, to me. For you - I see a long strip of exposed bedrock along your riverbed, a single unbroken piece the whole way down, determining the overall shape." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Cool." Maybe if she tells Ma'ar that he'll want to know if his is the same.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If that is all then I had better go. I will reassure the teacher this has been addressed, and - perhaps try to give her some gentle advice on her teaching style." His lips twitch, slightly, as he glances at her in a 'this is a secret between us' sort of way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind is the best. She hugs him goodbye.

Permalink Mark Unread

At their next lesson with that teacher, she acts as though nothing out of the ordinary happened, though she does stick to some particularly uncontroversial curriculum for the next couple of weeks. 

Ma'ar doesn't particularly acknowledge his most recent interaction with Azabel either, he continues to interact with her exactly the same way he did before, which includes practicing magic together in the afternoons after class, and sometimes flying with Skan or going to the library. 

The next week they have their test with the specially trained Adept who clears them for private tutoring on the use of ley-lines and eventually nodes. They both pass with flying colours (Ma'ar by a greater margin, but he's also concealing a headache afterward). For simplicity they're scheduled with the same tutor, twice a week, in the afternoons after their theory course so they won't be going into it tired. 

Ma'ar is pleased about this! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll be fun! Sharing Lionwind with somebody would be weird but I think a magic tutor will be different."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lionwind does seem like a different sort of teacher - I mean, if you had to tell him about me, then doing that in front of another Mindhealing student would...feel more weird..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that would have been private even if I were sharing my normal lessons."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar smiles slightly. "That - seems good, I guess." 

Their first lesson with the tutor is a couple of days later. He seems very surprised to have students so young, but diligently takes them out to examine some nearby ley-lines very closely and then try 'scooping' a bit of the flowing energies into their own reserves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Scoop! - wow that was too much too fast. What acquires something from its surroundings more, uh, slowly than that. Suppose she is.... a rock being warmed by the sunshine. The sunshine can go as fast as it wants but she will only warm up so quickly.

Permalink Mark Unread

This results in something quite slow but it's much better than the last try. 

"Good!" the tutor says. "...Try holding the link to take it in, and casting a simple spell at the same time using the ley-line energy? A lot of people find it helpful to imagine the power coming in one hand and moving through them and coming out the other hand, but whatever works for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is a darker colored rock and will warm up faster than this. And she'll do the shield. The power will go in through the stem, that only makes sense, what would her hands be doing here?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perfect! At some point you'll want to ramp up the speed more, your Gift will be able to take it when you're fully-grown, but that's very good. - Ma'ar?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar tries. He imagines shaping his magic-not-hands into - hmm - into a siphon, like that one kind of river-snail has, or maybe a leech, something in between those things - and he latches it onto the flowing magic and doesn't even need to suck, really, it's moving fast enough that the greater challenge is slowing it down. 

It burns a bit but this doesn't especially bother him. He pushes the power into a shield, hard, because there's a lot of it; he's drawing it in at a substantially faster rate than Azabel was. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's - do you feel in control of it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." It's fine. It hurts a little but lots of things do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...If you say so. All right, good work, both of you. Back off and take a break, we'll try that again in a couple minutes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza spends the break brainstorming additional metaphors for various possible speeds of absorption.

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't hurt anymore as soon as he stops, which leads Ma'ar to think he was right, it wasn't the kind of hurting that meant actual injury, it was more like the way your muscles hurt when you run very fast for a long time. The kind that makes you stronger. 

They do a few more exercises. Trying to take in as much energy as possible and just hold it. Trying to hold the connection while casting a slightly more complicated kind of shield. 

At the end of it Ma'ar is tired, but it's a pleasant kind of tired, and the tutor has high praise for both of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza has settled on being a plant, after trying being a sponge and also "inhaling" the magic. She is suitably delighted by the praise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their lessons continue. Azabel and Ma'ar continue to be ahead of the curve in their basic-offensive-magic class, and the teaching assistant supervising them continues to let them mostly not spar and instead stand still and practice the relevant spells at shielded targets. The theory class has no more especially controversial incidents, since Ma'ar has decided it's simplest to either let Azabel talk first or just ask her about it after class. (Also the teacher and students both seem more tolerant of certain arguments after Lionwind's guest lecture and presumed private lecture with the teacher.)

Ma'ar and Azabel both graduate 'on time' with their cohort, in both classes, six weeks after joining mid-session. There's a school-wide holiday break for two weeks, after which point they're both entered in the next level of lessons, now covering more complex techniques - not Gates, yet, but permanent room-shielding and various set-spells and simple metallurgy and glasswork done with magic. 

They also have theory classes two days a week. They're now, apparently, senior enough that Urtho himself shows up for the last candlemark of the second weekly class, to observe and occasionally participate in their discussions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza is excited about non-fighting magic! She makes suncatchers and flatware and bowls and puts up shields on her house. And she is happy to talk first in theory discussions, when she has something to say, which is usually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is so delighted to learn proper wards and puts every single kind they learn - and a dozen other kinds he teaches himself out of library books - on his room, to the point that it looks kind of ridiculous to mage-sight when inside it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Several weeks in, at one of their end-of-week sessions with Urtho watching in the back, the topic of mages in the Ceej Empire comes up. Apparently, there, the royal family carries mage-gift in their blood, and the ruler is almost always a mage - in fact, often a younger sibling is chosen as heir if the firstborn turns out not to be mage-gifted. The discussion shifts to the pros and cons of this system. 

Mages understand what can be done with magic better, someone points out, that's useful for a ruler. 

Also it'd be - harder to assassinate a mage, which is good for avoiding succession crises, someone else says. 

Someone else suggests that this is probably related to the whole thing where it's normal to compulsion your servants not to murder you, someone else argues, and there's some debate on whether the Emperor even came up with this practice originally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza thinks that being a mage is not actually a good predictor of being a good monarch, but neither is being born first. Mage-gift unlike being born first does imply that you will spend some time learning magic, which takes a lot of investment to be good enough at it for any of the pro- considerations to come up at all, and probably distracts from statecraft. It might encourage them not to always put sons on the throne, though, if they're putting other criteria first or allowing them as inputs? Though picking firstborns does not consistently have this effect and she doesn't know if picking mages does.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while, Urtho clears his throat. 

"Personally I believe that this practice is very unfortunate," he says, "and I hope it is never adopted in Tantara. Too much power concentrated in a single person is - never good, either for them or for the world around them that they control."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has gotten a lot better at thinking carefully before he says anything in class, but this is startling enough that he raises his hand before he can catch himself. 

"- Wait, why? What's the specific bad thing it does?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

A sigh. "Power is corrupting. And - the drive to seek power is a dangerous sign. In anyone, really, but us mages can cause far more damage by our actions, and so we bear a greater duty to be appropriately careful - to have the humility required not to abuse the power we already have, let alone seek to concentrate even more of it in ourselves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't following that at all! He...takes a deep breath, and nods and tries to look politely thoughtful, and Mindspeaks Azabel. 

:- Did that make sense to you?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. We're already a monarchy. Maybe he also wants us not to be a monarchy?: She raises her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Azabel?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is this special to mages in specific somehow, or do you think this argument extends to decentralizing power by phasing out the monarchy and other stuff like that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho looks pleased. "What a good question! I think that Tantara's leadership does not centralize power nearly as much as the Ceej - this school is not a political institution, it is not the case here that most mages are conscripted to work for the King - but, yes, I think there is a strong case to be made for placing less power in the hands of a single monarch. There are also difficulties in changing the state of affairs that everyone is used to, though, and - well, it is not really my place to try to reform the political leadership of Tantara. That in itself would be - seeking to exert more power and influence over the world than a single person ought." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where does that bottom out? Like, right now you're talking to us about this opinion and if someone is inspired and goes and lobbies the king to add an elected council or something, that's not you doing it but it's an effect you have."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho seems a little nonplussed by this. "...No, I think the role of a teacher, in encouraging young people to think and debate ideas, is entirely different from personally seeking control over a country's future." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Aza, I'm still trying to figure out if - the thing he's trying to say is that wanting to change things in the world is bad? Because that would be really stupid but it sort of sounds like what he's saying!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm getting there! If I don't get that far before the end of class I will show up at his office: "You're an especially powerful mage and you also do this whole Tower thing but do you think the argument applies to people with weaker Gifts?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho frowns. Considers it for a while. "...Less so, perhaps? And - I suppose I can imagine a person who happens to be born with mage-gift, but whose temperament is much better suited to, say, being mayor of a city, and...it seems a little unfortunate if their mage-gift does not see as much use, but it would not be morally wrong of them to instead focus on what they are passionate about, and not all mages are passionate about the study and teaching of magic. Just, I - think that the hunger for power for its own sake is not a healthy human trait, and - mages can be more tempted toward it than most." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't noticed anything that looked like that when I look at people's minds, can you explain more how mages are more tempted?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho seems to consider this a very self-evident question. "Well, we can already do things that most people cannot, right? This by itself gives us a certain authority, especially since magic is so key to most countries' functioning. Those who are not mages will defer to mages on questions of magic, since they are not the experts and we are. In itself this is perfectly fine, of course, and it is not unhealthy in itself for being respected and listened to, to feel good, but - the problem is that can easily make a person used to deference, expecting it in other areas as well, even ones where they are not and should not be the expert authority. Does that make sense?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Healers are also very important, and people listen to them in their domain of expertise," says Aza. "Do you feel this way about Healers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would feel much more this way about Healers if there were countries where it was common for Healers to dominate the political leadership! ...I do think it is less a concern, there, because everyone understands Healing-Gift and healing expertise to be limited to the specific area of curing sick and injured people, and one hears of mage-warlords claiming territories in the north, but not of Healing-warlords." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In countries where neither mage-warlords nor magic-based inheritance law are common, do you think the danger is that we will notice those things exist abroad and think they're good ideas because they favor us, or is it something else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I - think that is a large part of it, but also even here mages tend to be treated as - more special, than those with other Gifts." His lips twitch. "Perhaps with the exception of Mindhealers, who are very special and rare indeed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you think this special treatment tends to go to people's heads, and they start expecting that they'll be good leaders in general without other reason to think so?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, approximately. Not for everyone, of course, but enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How can someone tell if they are one of those people besides whether they think they have good political ideas?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm. I suppose if they feel that becoming very powerful - being the sort of person who commands armies, who can shape the world and lives of those around them whenever they think it is a good idea - sounds very appealing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is not saying anything and also not interrupting Azabel but this is taking a lot of willpower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are people better at those things if they hate them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I mean, probably not if they hate them, but...I think it is a bad sign if a King is too fond of wielding power, enough that it would be tempting to do it on a whim rather than only when necessary. I - suppose that probably it is healthiest for leaders to be neutral on the matter?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What makes a use of power necessary?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. If - it is the only way to prevent crimes or harm. Tantara has a Guard to enforce the laws, and sometimes doing that takes, well, force. We would raise an army if there was a war and we needed to protect our citizens. ...And I suppose leaders have a useful role in coordination, asking for taxes is a use of power but it lets Tantara build new bridges and roads and such that serve everyone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And someone has to decide where the bridges go, right? And someone has to mint coins and someone has to make sure we're getting along with the neighbors and someone has to fund schools if they aren't paying for themselves so people will learn to read, and someone has to coordinate weather magic and someone has to evaluate new ideas and see if they're worth public support and someone has to decide how members of the guard are trained... I think that sounds very different from being a warlord, I don't believe those mint coins at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho chuckles. "Yes, it is certainly very different! The day to day work of running a country is - well, for one, it is done by hundreds of people, the King does not personally decide which schools get how much funding. And it is tedious and mostly made up of meetings and ledgers and committees debating the merits of different paint colours. The world benefits a great deal from people who are passionate about accounting and I am very glad I am not one of them. I - think that taking satisfaction in a job well done, in the endless essential details of holding a country together, is quite different from - enjoying power, per se." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So if a mage thinks being on committees and appointing ministers of education sounds fun that's probably very different from thinking being a warlord sounds fun and the real problem would be if one thought being a king was like being a warlord and tried to become one to make it that way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In - very broad terms, yes. Though I think most who seek power do not call it that to themselves - it sounds like an ugly motive, after all, it sounds much nicer to say you want to - do great things, leave a mark, those sorts of things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar definitely believes that Azabel is making progress here and he's very impressed and should ask her how she's doing it, later, when it won't distract her - but also he wants to SCREAM. 

:Does he not get that the point of trying to make a country better isn't whether it's fun?: he sends, even though probably Azabel's already noticed that on her own. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I might not get to that part today: "People who say that don't always mean politics, is that the only dangerous kind of mark to want to leave?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well, no, though I think it has greater risk of coming to like feeling powerful and renowned, since it involves parades and speeches in front of applauding crowds far more than, say, writing the next great treatise on Mindhealing. Also I am not claiming that wanting to - accomplish something great and important with one's life, is always bad, it can be a noble drive as well. It is just that...when doing large things, it is easier to do harm then good, even by accident, and so humility is very very important." He smiles slightly. "Even if one is only trying to be a great teacher, it is essential not to feel better than one's students." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza giggles politely and sits back down. :I'm going to leave it there for now:

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you think that's best: Ma'ar is still frustrated and also so confused but he's not going to interrupt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A few beats pass in silence and then some other student raises their hand and the discussion moves on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel has done enough monopolization for now and has plenty of notes to go over and comb for loose ends after.

Permalink Mark Unread

After class is dismissed, Ma'ar peels off with her. He's gotten the frustration calmed down at this point. :I still don't get what he actually believes, here? He thinks it's good to...do good things with power you have...but bad to want to be more powerful or try to get that way on purpose so you can do important things?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think he thinks a lot of people who want to do big things want to do bad things, or are bad at telling what things would be good, and the more and bigger things you want to do the bigger the risk of that:

Permalink Mark Unread

:He could've just SAID that!: That fits and even kind of makes sense and he completely was not getting that from Urtho's explanation. :I - do you think he's right? I guess he could be right, just... I still want to fix Predain. No one else is doing it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, I think he's wrong, I just think it's easier to have that kind of conversation when I pretend I'm right about to believe whatever he says as soon as he answers my questions. He has like a little bit of a point where if you just charge in because you want things to be different and aren't careful and ready to learn a lot of stuff you'll probably break stuff?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That does seem right. Things are really really complicated: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, and I think most people who think being a warlord sounds fun are not also appreciative of how complicated things are. Also maybe sometimes people think even sitting on committees and appointing ministers of education sounds fun, and then they try it and it's not but they don't want to go do something else, so they get sloppy and start throwing orders around to make problems go away and stop being annoying?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's - just - none of it is about whether it's fun? It's about fixing things that're bad? And if you're trying a thing and it's not working or it's just making different problems instead then you notice and you stop and figure out why and do something else?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think probably he mostly runs into people who... want to do good things, but can't see themselves doing them forever if they aren't also at least kind of fun? I think I have that a little bit, like, I would dig ditches if for some reason that were REALLY the best way to do things but I would take a lot more convincing than I would if there were reason to believe the best way was reading books or being a queen or something cool like that:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :I think digging ditches would be a bad use of a you and if that were the most important thing you'd be better off - making a lot of money by, I don't know, writing a book or inventing magic or some other thing you're really good at, so you could pay hundreds of people to dig ditches: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, yeah, in real life, sure. It's a little convenient, isn't it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess?: He seems confused by this claim. :I don't know, if for some reason I were the only one in the world who could dig ditches and it was really important, I - wouldn't mind... Honestly it sounds way less stressful and scary than being a King: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I would really like being a queen, not that I have an obvious way to do that without actually attacking people or something. So there's sort of a point there that I should think pretty carefully about whether also believing I'd be good at it is just wishful thinking:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. I...never really thought about whether I'd like being a King, if - if fixing problems wasn't a worry - I did think before that probably being King isn't the best thing to do anyway, for that, Kings have to spend all this time in meetings and parades and giving speeches, it'd be better to be - I don't know, an advisor who has time to read all the treatises in the world on ways of running countries, and think about it a lot and give advice. And I dunno if that'd be fun - I guess it'd be interesting but that's not the point. Why do you think you'd like being Queen?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, if I read all the treatises in the world on ways of running countries and gave advice and then the monarch was like 'actually nah I will do this other thing instead' I would be pretty annoyed. Also I think it would be delightful to go around wearing a crown and stuff but I think that might just be that this is part of how you pretend to be a queen when you're six years old and I did that a lot:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh: Ma'ar seems very baffled by this, and unsure what else to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Anyway I think he's being silly and if there's anything to his advice at all it might just not apply to you:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Maybe. It does seem important, I guess, to - ask yourself if you're motivated to do a thing for real reasons, because it'll work, or - because it seems good to you personally in some other way...: He frowns for a while, thinking hard. :I - suppose being King seems kind of bad because people try to assassinate Kings more than advisors, so maybe I actually just don't want to be a King because it's scarier - but that's also a strategic reason, right, being assassinated - or having to put a lot of energy into preventing it - means you've got less time to think about fixing problems:

Shrug. :I - don't know how I'd even tell if I wanted to be an advisor more because I'd like it more. I haven't done either one, right: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, no, you haven't, but can't you - imagine what it'd be like -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe?: Ma'ar closes his eyes. Tries to picture it, what little he knows - probably he could learn more from reading books about Kings, or treatises written by their advisors, probably that's good to do anyway for actual strategic reasons... Focus. He's a King - he runs meeting with his council of Lords, he gives speeches in front of crowds at big holidays maybe, he signs declarations, he - approves funding schools after someone else did the thinking for it... Imagine being an advisor - he reads lots of books, he...maybe travels around the Kingdom to talk to people and read their minds no just talk to them, and figure out what's making them unhappy...he meets the King, explains ideas to him, tries to be persuasive if the King is doing something he thinks is wrong and stupid... 

:...I guess being a King seems more - constrained: he says finally. :I think I'd feel less - able to have my own thoughts. I guess maybe that means I'd like being an advisor more? But I don't really know and it - still doesn't seem like the point: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, no, it's not the point, but it still - matters? Kings are people and it's better that they like what they're doing than not. You're a person and same deal:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess?: Ma'ar still doesn't look like he really follows. :..I mean, it'd be bad if a King hated their job, but - I think I could decide not to hate almost anything, if it were the most important thing to be doing: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...okay but also it's good to like things and it's sort of concerning that you don't like things:

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a blank look. :I don't not like things? Studying magic is - something I want to do lots of. I guess I'm not sure what you mean by liking things: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What does wanting to do lots of magic-studying feel like?:

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts to answer, then stops and thinks about it longer. :It's interesting and it feels important, and it's satisfying when I get better at things?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you like - flying on Skan, reading about non-magic things like history or whatever, going for walks, having interesting dreams, eating dessert...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't know. I don't think I like going on walks for no reason, sometimes I like other things about it maybe, if we're talking or something. I - guess reading about history feels important and interesting so probably I like it? I...like having enough food to eat but I can't tell if I like dessert more than just food in general: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Most people... like things. I guess things being interesting is sort of close:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. Ma'ar still seems puzzled by the entire thread of conversation. 

:- Oh. Is this a Mindhealer thing about - thinking someone's gears should be a certain way, and liking things is part of that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...it's not about thinking your gears should be a certain way exactly. Like, sometimes gears don't work right, they jam or something, because somebody has a tic or a phobia or a stutter or an obsession or whatever, and not liking stuff isn't like that. It's just that liking things makes people happy and it's better if people are happy or what's even the point of all your important stuff, right, and you're a person:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. I guess: Ma'ar seems to have genuinely not thought about it from that angle before. :I'm - not unhappy, I don't think? And a lot of people are and they're starving or - being raped by guards because they can't protect themselves - and I...I don't know, just, it feels more important to fix that than whether I'm having a great time in life: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:But if you don't even know what would make you happy you won't notice if it's cheap and easy sometimes, will you?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And it's probably better to figure out now when you have lots of spare time than when you are my royal advisor in twenty years:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar blinks, seems surprised, then smiles. :Sure, I guess that's true: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm being silly, I don't have any plans for being a Queen, I think usually you have to marry someone to get that way if you aren't already a princess and I probably don't want to do that:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, we've got lots of time to come up with a plan that isn't silly. ...Uh, how do I - tell, if something makes me happy? What's it like for you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...something can be important, right, because it does something big to help people. And things being fun is - the thing helping me, when I didn't start with a problem:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks very puzzled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's hard to explain!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. ...Can you tell when someone else is having fun or is happy?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, they smile, or laugh, or make more jokes, or they comment on how fun it is, or they keep wanting to do the same thing again other times:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Can you remember any times where it seemed like I was happy or having fun? Then maybe I can try to remember what that felt like:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It seemed like you liked my joke about being my royal advisor? I wouldn't be so convinced you don't like things if you were frequently giggling about stuff...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hmm: It's surprisingly hard to remember what he was feeling, even though it was just moments ago, mostly he only bothers to remember his thoughts. :I - think I was appreciating how even though it was a joke, you - joke about that thing because you really are the - sort of person who wants to do big important things with your life?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess that's, you know, something:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Can you think of other times? I still don't know what the emotion is that I'm supposed to notice: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sorry, I haven't been specifically trying to catch every time you look momentarily amused... I can start:

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right. ...I think maybe I'm happy when I do difficult magic for the first time and it works? Or - when we passed the test to study ley-lines, I felt very good about that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't remember but that sounds plausible:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I guess trying to learn difficult magic or pass tests to go into higher-level classes is something I want to do more of? But - not really because of how I feel, just because it's - important for my goals, and it sounds like you think that's different: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. I think that's also good but not the same thing:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :I think I'll be really happy if I fix all the problems in Predain: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You wouldn't just find more problems somewhere and grimly get cracking on those?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I mean, I'd do that too, but I'd be really happy for a bit first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Something to look forward to:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm: He looks up at her. :...It still bothers me that Urtho is - probably wrong, about this really important thing. Are you going to keep trying to talk to him about it next class?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It depends if it comes up, maybe the topic will be something different:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Does it not bother you that he's wrong? And - that he doesn't even know you think he's wrong because you were talking like you basically agreed?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'd rather he was right but I don't feel really hung up on it? I have most of the conversation we had written down and if he storms up to me in five years being all 'Azabel, how could you possibly run for mayor, we discussed this' I will be able to pull it out and explain to him that I have addressed all his points and am running for mayor very humbly: Also, like, that's not very plausible in the first place, she's kind of not sure Urtho would notice if she ran for mayor.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It just seems pretty bad if he's the most famous mage-teacher in the whole world and runs the most important school in Tantara, and also he thinks mages shouldn't try to do important things with their lives! Because probably a lot of the students will just believe him!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you want me to... orchestrate an anonymous poll of the class:

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you think you could get people to do that, I'd be pretty interested to know what they say!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

So the next time there is a class there is a neatly block printed slip of paper on each chair somewhat before anyone else arrives, unobtrusive, reading "Opinion Poll: to your way of thinking, should mages be wary of seeking political office? Should others frown on this behavior? Please place in collection box when completed" and little checkboxes for yes and no, and she puts a box on the teacher's desk behind the filing tray where the teacher will not immediately notice it. Azabel arrives very slightly late.

Permalink Mark Unread

The students are very confused and curious about this! A handful of them are glancing at Azabel, thoughtfully, but they're discreet and the teacher, who's also regularly late for this class, doesn't seem to have noticed anything. The students who come in later than the teacher make no comment about the bits of paper, though there are some Mindspeech-looks exchanged between the Mindspeakers present. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, who's usually early, keeps his eyes straight ahead and doesn't smile at Azabel even though he wants to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel checks boxes, looks around as though curious, puts the paper in the box.

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher gets started with class; he's not a morning person and usually comes in still bleary-eyed and nursing his tea. Today isn't one of the sessions with Urtho and they're just talking about distributions of defensive wards - a limited resource in Tantara since it takes a skillful mage to do them - across various high-priority locations, and whether this could be done better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar raises his hand a few times to make innocuous points. He's gotten much better at predicting what will or will not be controversial. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Defensive wards can be anchored on artifacts, right? Would it be valuable to have them mostly done that way so they can be moved around and any given place might be defended or not until someone checks, to make it often not worth the effort, or are they too easy to steal?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's an interesting question! They often are done with artifacts, or at least built on a crystal focus, but moving them around on a randomized schedule hasn't been a practice in the past - it could be a clever thought! Though they'd probably take some tweaking, to be moved between buildings, and also it's trivially obvious to anyone with a sniff of mage-gift whether a building is warded or not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is 'more warded' versus 'less warded' obvious? If it's not they could lightly ward lots of places and move around the heavy duty artifacts.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's definitely noticeable but it would take more training, so it might be less obvious to the likely criminal types? Azabel definitely has good ideas sometimes! 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's always nice to have that acknowledged. Are people filling out their polls?

Permalink Mark Unread

People seem unsure if this is a secret from the teacher and so are doing it very sneakily and holding onto the folded papers until the teacher takes a bathroom break, but they are doing it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good.

At the end of class Aza - does not collect the box! No one does.

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher has also totally failed to notice it at all. He's very absentminded; a lot of Urtho's mage-staff who do mainly theoretical research are that way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar follows her out of the classroom without a glance back. :...Did you get the hertasi to do that for you?: Azabel is, after all, the one who originally informed him about their helpfulness. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yep! They'll fess up if anyone asks them but I will have been seen in the library so it'd have to occur to someone first and I don't even know if anybody'll care. They're going to bring it to the library in a few minutes:

Permalink Mark Unread

A hertasi arrives several minutes after she and Ma'ar head to the library, with the box. "Miss Azabel?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Over here!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Since this is apparently a SECRET project (well, except from all the other hertasi, who are gossiping about this delightedly in private, but they're very good at keeping secrets from the non-hertasi in the Tower), the hertasi glances around to make sure no one else is watching before conveying the box to Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" Aza pulls out all the papers and hands the box back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once tallied up, it looks like they have seventeen answers (the total class size is twenty-one). Eleven of seventeen answered yes to 'should mages be wary of seeking political office?' Only eight thought that other people also ought to frown on this behavior. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh," Ma'ar says, thoughtful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what you wanted to know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Sort of? I think running for political office is - only sort of related to the thing I was worried about Urtho making people not do, but that is what we were talking about in class." Shrug. "And whether someone said yes or no doesn't say that much how they think about it. But...I guess it seems less bad, if less than half of people are going to judge other people who've got ambitions." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I don't think we need to worry about this very much." She copies all the results, less their own answers, into her notebook, then discards the papers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for doing that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome." And the hertasi thought it was fun, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their classes continue. The next classroom session with Urtho does drift back to a much less controversial topic, that of how much mage-work ought to be allocated by funding from the Crown for projects versus by independent merchants and landholders paying for mage-services in their local spheres. Urtho seems more warmly inclined toward Azabel than before, or at least he calls on her a couple of times to ask her opinion on something, and smiles at her when she answers. Nobody mentions the poll. 

In their mage-practice lessons and tutoring, they keep learning more varieties of set-spells and permanent spells build on focus-stones - how to shield rooms against other Gifts, Farsight and Mindspeech in particular, how to make a renewable mage-barrier anchored on a focus that can be triggered by a non-mage. In their private tutoring they get more comfortable with ley-lines, and by the end of the three-month session they can both use even the most powerful of them, at least for short periods, and know how to set up a passive link to weaker ley-lines, to absorb energy even while they're not actively focusing on it. 

Ma'ar finds books in the library on all sorts of additional kinds of shields and wards, and plays with them on his own as well as with Azabel. Practicing magic is most of what he does in his spare time, which he has more of because he's not also a Mindhealing student. By the time their final exams for the practical class roll around, they're both well ahead of the others. The teaching assistant says they can pick up to two mage-courses to take for the next session after their break, since they can clearly handle it. 

Ma'ar opts for one on crafting more advanced artifacts - still not that complex, they're less than a year into their training, but ones that can do things like light up or produce heat in the absence of a mage there to maintain the spell. He also wants to take a course that's technically for older students, but which the teacher thinks he can handle, on more advanced combat magic, trap-spells and force-nets and such. He's not sure if Azabel would prefer to do something else, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel would not prefer to take advanced combat magic! She likes the artifacts course, and would be up for weather magic or illusions for the second choice.

Permalink Mark Unread

The illusions course is pretty advanced for someone who's been in training less than six months, but she has very good control and it doesn't require a lot of power, and the teacher thinks she can handle it. Weather-magic is less complicated in some ways but also takes more power - weather, after all, happens at a large scale - and he thinks she might enjoy it more once she's strong enough to handle nodes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like good advice to her! She will take the illusions class and learn to make pretty things and ask the teacher why all the illusions she's ever heard of are only visual, can't you do other senses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is kind of excited that they're going to be taking different classes, actually. He thinks he's had enough practice now to hold his own and not say anything stupid - and if he isn't sure he can always Mindspeak her, they've both got the range for that - and then afterward they can tell each other about it! Azabel doesn't need to take the fighting class but maybe there'll be a really good trick that doesn't hurt people and still works even if you can't run or do footwork, and then he could teach her she'd have a way to defend herself even if she were being attacked by more people than she could set-command. Ma'ar thinks he's probably terrible at illusions, Azabel's always had better fine control, but she could still show him what she figures out and he could help her test ideas. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it'll be lots of fun! I'm going to need to find out who else is in the class and ask them to take notes for me the first class or two if I'm late, though, sometimes the roads between here and my dad's house are bad and it takes longer than expected." Presumably a roster is available and she has some idea who in this class has ever taken a note.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can easily get a roster, at least of everyone signed up so far, sometimes people don't pick their classes until the veeery last day of break. She doesn't know who most of the people are, since they're now several cohorts ahead of the one they started with, but this handful of names are familiar and this girl was a teaching assistant back in their very first class with Snowstar and seems like the type who might ever have taken a note. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope you don't get bothered by bandits," Ma'ar says earnestly. "I guess if you do you can set-command them, but then you'd have to fix it on your own or go a really long way to get Lionwind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm pretty sure I can do it by myself now if I have to. Also I can shield and I don't go alone and it's Tantara, not Predain. Anyway, I'll see you next term!"

And she gets in her coach and rolls away when the last classes are wrapped up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is a little nervous about starting his first week of classes alone without Azabel there - especially the combat magic class, nearly everyone else is fifteen or older and they're huge, Ma'ar has grown a bit after a few months of regular meals but he's still very small for his age. And most of them know each other already, he's the odd one out, and he can't even read their minds so he has warning if they're planning to bully him... Though he's gotten a lot better at reading people's faces, probably he'll notice. 

He's gotten a lot better at not being scared on purpose, though, and he arrives at the first lesson one minute early and looks around but not in a scared way, makes eye contact with the other students. There's a girl in the class who's older than him but still small for her age, standing by herself in the Work Room waiting for the teacher, and he joins her. 

The teacher arrives, and Ma'ar knows the answers to all eight of the questions they ask in the introduction, though he only raises his hand for some of them, when no one else is. He gets a smile for it, both from the teacher and from the girl he's standing near. 

Maybe this is just going to be fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza makes it to her dad's house without incident and he's taken the week off work to watch her do magic and talk about books they have both read and try to convince her to come fishing (she does, but only to see if magic makes fishing interesting; it turns out that it can but at the cost of scaring away all the fish and making him raise an eyebrow at her). She is cooed over by various people who have been vaguely aware of her since she was a baby and they don't write to her but they are permitted to assess her increased height and impressive Gifts. She picks up a Mindhealing patient, a neighbor with postpartum depression who Aza can meaningfully improve in the time available and who can probably make do with occasional check-ins whenever she's back in town for another visit; she writes up the notes on what she did and gives them to the patient in case she needs to see a different Mindhealer at some point, such as if Aza's struck by lightning or something.

She gets on the coach going the other way, and is a tiny bit late for next term. She'll need to get notes from her classmate on the first class of illusions, and from Ma'ar on artifacts, but she'll catch up.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she gets home, her mother has a note from the Healers' building. Apparently Ma'ar is there and there's some sort of problem and he put her down as his contact person but then she wasn't home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...well, shit. This note is old enough that she doesn't think she ought to call Skan and have him bus her over there pronto but she does quickly change out of her dusty travel clothes and walk to Healers' still munching her welcome-home snack.

Permalink Mark Unread

Conveniently the Healer on duty in front recognizes her, since she's been over with Lionwind before to see patients who were also Mindhealing patients. "Aza! You're here for Ma'ar? I think he'll be very relieved to see you, poor thing, he's got no one here with him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah - what happened to him please?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you hadn't heard? He, er - he can probably tell you more than me, but what I heard is he picked a fight with some older students in his class, for some reason I cannot fathom at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I see. Where is he please? Will he be okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This way." The Healer starts walking. "He should make a full recovery but he'll be here another few days - oh, and it'd help if you can convince him to sleep, I think he just - refused to, for some reason, stayed awake all night." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...she can't really hurry but she can take slightly longer steps.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is curled up in a cot looking very small, with one arm splinted and in a sling and the other bandaged, and he looks exhausted and also so, so relieved to see her. "Aza," he says hoarsely, starting to sit up and then making a pained noise and changing his mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no oh no! "Ma'ar what happened? And why haven't you been sleeping?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Talking is hard and his head also hurts but Mindspeech is tolerable. :I was scared - I don't like sleeping in strange places if I can't put up wards... I'll try to explain but it's - complicated...: 

He hasn't cried at all up until this point and now he really really wants to, for some reason, even though that doesn't make sense at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you want me to ward your bed and let you nap and come back later:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes- no - don't want you to go again...: He tries to take a deep breath to calm down, and winces about it. :Should tell you what happened, no one believed me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay, tell me. While I put up wards: She starts on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He curls up more. :It was in the class on combat magic. Uh, the optional afternoon practice session, I guess, but everyone went. Over lunch we'd been supposed to go over our notes and write up a sheet to take in the Work Room with us, to cast a force-net, and - there was this shy nice girl in the class, bit older than us, and also some older boys. And they were - messing with her, and changed her notes to something wrong - um, I didn't know that at the time and I swear I didn't read their minds, I - sort of half guessed and then how they acted confirmed it: He takes a shuddering breath. :The change they made would've made it explode, hurt her badly or - killed her - but I saw her casting it, looking all wrong, and I shielded her, and then -:

He trails off, his breath catching. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- did they know it'd explode or just think it wouldn't work -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't know. I - started trying to ask, but that's when things got, uh. More messy. But they'd've had to be stupid not to notice, it was obvious just from looking at the shape of it, that's - I wasn't even looking on purpose and I still knew to shield her before it actually exploded:  

Permalink Mark Unread

She shudders. :I assume they did not then thank you for preventing them from being murderers:

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes his eyes shut. :I - no - the teaching assistant wasn't nearby, he'd gone to watch other students or something, I asked if they'd changed it - I might've yelled a little bit, I was mad - and they...got all threatening... Said I was lying and no one would believe me - but they said it in a really guilty shifty way - and, and that I'd better not make them have to teach me a lesson, or something, I don't remember exact words...: He's kind of shaking now. :Her notes got singed a bit so you couldn't see what it'd said, they said everyone would think Illa just made a mistake, but I knew it wasn't, Illa is smart and wouldn't make a dumb mistake copying the assignment: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is that how the teaching assistant saw it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...No, but -: He tenses even more, then grunts in pain again and tries to un-tense. :They were being threatening and - one of them raised his hand, he was moving fast and did the sort of crackly-mage-energy-fingers thing right before someone throws a levinbolt - he told the teaching assistant after he was just kidding around and wouldn't have, but I - panicked kind of a lot - and I...might've thrown one at him first and then. There was a big fight. Which I technically started, even Illa saw that part. ...And she couldn't - didn't want to, I think, a bit - believe anyone would've messed with her that way, so after when the teaching assistant broke it up, she - said she'd probably made a mistake...:

He makes a very minimal shrugging motion. :I think she - doesn't believe in herself much. But I know it wasn't a mistake and I know the boys got threatening because they were scared and I, just - I shouldn't've panicked or started a fight, I should've just gotten the teaching assistant, he might've believed me then...: 

At this point he involuntarily starts crying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Even if theirs were more of a hugging relationship Aza doesn't know how to go about it while he's badly injured. She nods sympathetically instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sorry: He sniffles. :I - decided I'd better not keep arguing, and just wait until you got back and maybe you'd know what to do without making everyone even more mad: Another half-shrug. :I think I'm already kicked out of that class, though: He's not as visibly upset about that part, but mostly he just has no space left for other emotions and he's so tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Who were the boys?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't remember all their names - there were three of them in on it, I think one of them was called Conn. I...can think their faces at you if you want to check if you know them?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. There can't be all that many awful boys in the Tower.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar holds their faces up in his surface thoughts as clearly as he can. 

One of the boys, a tall redhead, is unfamiliar to Azabel, but 'Conn' she recognizes as one of the hanger's-on who Skan pinned in the earlier incident, and the third one is the boy who lost his temper at her and tried to attack with magic after she set-commanded his friend. 

:He's the one who - attacked me hardest: Ma'ar clarifies. :Conn is the one who was trying to scare me first but after I started fighting, I mean: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Number three's the one who tried to set me on fire months ago! Conn was with him, didn't do anything just ran off, I don't know the redhead. Who's your teacher, was anyone else involving themselves in the situation -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:The teaching assistant who broke up the fight is Journeyman Levitt. Our teacher for the whole class is Adept Liora but she wasn't there for the practice session. Some of the other students for the class were sort of - gawking in the background, but no one else talked or did anything: He shudders. :I think I scared Illa a lot: He feels terrible about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know if I can get you back into the class but they shouldn't just get away with dangerous sabotage and I think them having a track record'll help - is there anything else I should know? Do you know which of them actually changed her notes?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I...don't know for sure but I think it was probably Conn, I saw him go by her desk for no reason when she was in the bathroom - I wasn't really paying attention...: He'd been working on his own preparation. Stupidly - well, except, why should he have been expecting it? Students don't normally go around sabotaging each other's work. And it's not like they'd dared do it to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay - anything else?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Dunno: He's miserable and in pain and scared, but he doesn't plead for her not to leave, that would be stupid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm going to finish up these wards so you can sleep and go talk to people, okay?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay: 

It feels like he's way too scared to possibly be sleepy, but Ma'ar closes his eyes anyway and tries to get comfortable, which isn't trivial when neither of his arms are that usable. 

The wards he can sense vaguely with mage-sight are soothing. By the time Azabel finishes, he is in fact fast asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She figures he can Mindspeak her from here if he needs anything else.

She goes and looks for Illa. Hertasi if no one else will know where to find her.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the hertasi can help! Illa sleeps in a girls' dorm room on the other end of the floor from where Ma'ar once shared a room with some not-very-welcoming roommates, and the hertasi can take her over there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Aza will go bother her. Knock knock, Illa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa is a slim dark-haired girl, about fifteen but small for her age. She's sitting by herself on her bed, with a book that she isn't reading; she answers the door and then looks confused and a bit worried. "Uh, hello?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, Illa. I'm Azabel. How are you doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Fine?" Illa says uncertainly, staring shyly at the floor. "Do you, uh, want to sit down or something...?" She gestures vaguely at her desk, which has a chair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza sits. "So the problem with your spell, how bad was it? Did the shield save your life or just your eyebrows?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa flinches, then takes a deep breath. "...I don't know, I wasn't - I guess it looked wrong and I was - being an idiot and should've noticed it wasn't right, but I wasn't done, I'd only put half the power in and then Ma'ar - surprised me, and I triggered it early. It...made a loud scary noise, it singed my notes and they were behind us, but I - I had my eyes closed and it was Ma'ar's shield not mine, I dunno how much force he caught with it." Shrug. "He said it would've killed me, if I'd tried to finish it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you visit him in the hospital?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrinks into herself a bit, looking very sheepish. "Nnno. Is - he all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No."

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa turns red and stares at her lap, shamefaced. "I'm - sorry... He was really scary. I'm grateful he rescued me, I thought about - sending flowers or something, but I don't know why he picked a fight with them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He thinks they sabotaged your work."

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa looks like she's trying very very hard not to cry. "But - that'd be so horrible, why would someone..." She hugs herself. "And why couldn't he have just told the teacher." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't there, I don't know if there would have been time for that before the explosion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I mean after, we were both fine but then he started yelling at them and then threw a levinbolt for no reason!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, no, yeah, he definitely should have gotten the teacher after. It wasn't no reason, but he still should have gotten the teacher."

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa nods and shivers. "I'm sorry he got hurt helping me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A couple of those boys have track records. Months ago one of them whose name I don't know attacked me in the courtyard while Conn was watching from the shrubbery. I'd have lost my eyebrows, or worse, if I hadn't woken up my mage-gift right then and managed to do shields as my first accidental magic. I'm not sure if Ma'ar's been kicked out of the class and don't have a very strong opinion on it, but I think those boys definitely should be out of it. Will you come with me to talk to your teacher? Since Ma'ar can't right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa flinches a bit again, then takes another deep breath and lifts her chin, fixing her eyes somewhere around Azabel's left nostril. "...Okay." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know where their office is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Adept Liora? Yeah I can show you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you wanna stick to the story that you just made the mistake all by yourself?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa's hands twist together. "I...don't know... I was being really careful, I thought, but - I'm not that smart or good at things, Ma'ar said I was but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he was lying to make you feel better, it wouldn't really be in character."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you say so." Illa seems even more fidgety and embarrassed about this claim. "I just - isn't it more likely I was being stupid than that - people would be that mean for - no reason..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some people are stupid and mean. Those people in particular, even."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. But - why?" Illa seems genuinely baffled and disconcerted about this claim. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno. Maybe somebody should ask them." Poor Illa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa nods. She picks herself up off the bed, tugs her uniform into place, squares her shoulders. "Let's go talk to Adept Liora, then, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Follow follow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa takes her up a floor and down a hall, stops in front of a door, and - freezes, blinking and turning red again. Apparently having the gall to knock on a teacher's office door is not coming easily to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza can knock for her. Knock knock!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm, coming." There are footsteps and then a robed woman with iron-grey hair in a bun answers. "Illa?" she says. "And - I'm sorry, I don't think I remember you - what is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not in your class, but Ma'ar's in the hospital and can't speak for himself. It's about the incident the other day - I believe you weren't present, but your TA was, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Adept Liora's expression tightens. "Yes. Ma'ar isn't the only one in the hospital over that little incident, you know. There's a reason fighting with magic is against the rules." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's the one who had me listed as his emergency contact, and I don't feel like it would help anything for me to visit the other boys, since two of them participated in attacking me several months ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher blinks. "Oh. Goodness. Well, you two had better come in and have a seat and tell me what this is about, all right?" She ushers them in and uses magic to pull out some chairs in front of her desk, which she resumes her seat at. 

Illa sits and twists her hands together in her lap and stares at the floor some more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have a particular opinion on whether you should reinstate Ma'ar in your class," she says. "If you decide that being that flinchy and aggressive when spooked is a dealbreaker, then that would be entirely reasonable of you. I do think you should know all the details, including the other boys' track record, what they did to Illa, and maybe reconsider how the practice sessions are supervised. What Ma'ar told me is that he noticed Illa's spell was going to go dangerously wrong due to her notes having been sabotaged - he suspects Conn of pulling off the actual alteration to her paper but isn't sure - and he shielded her, and then confronted the other boys, who denied it and became threatening. Conn looked like he was about to throw a levinbolt, you know, like this," she does the sparky fingers thing, hand pointed safely away - "and Ma'ar struck first, which does leave it open to interpretation whether Conn would've actually instigated an all-out brawl, but."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - see. I had gotten the part about the spell going wrong and the shield, which is - good on Ma'ar, I suppose, whatever else happened. Journeyman Levitt said that Illa thought it'd been an accident, though. Illa?" 

     Fidget fidget fidget. "I - thought I was being careful and doing it right, but I'm not that good." 

"- I disagree, actually." Adept Liora's voice softens. "I've seen your grades, girl. You're not sloppy." 

     Illa turns even redder. "Oh." 

"I know it can be hard to believe that people will cause trouble on purpose, when you and I wouldn't dream of it, but - it's unfortunate, sometimes others don't see things our way." 

     "...Oh." 

Adept Liora turns back to Azabel. "So we don't have a conclusive witness for the, er, sabotage, and it sounds like the boys are denying it. I'll go question them myself, of course, but - I'm not really sure where to go if it's just Ma'ar's word against theirs plus another teacher's personal impression that Illa is a careful student." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And their track record. Not all of which may have made it to the school authorities, and even if it has you apparently didn't hear about their disciplinary run-in over me before your class started, so that might be worth looking into." And maybe there's a way to just straight up detect lies with Mindhealing-Sight? She'll ask Lionwind.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. It may well be in their student files, I teach too many classes to make a habit of reading those all the way through before a new session, but for this of course I'd better go look it up." Sigh. "Thank you for bringing this to my attention. Do - you happen to know why Ma'ar is flinchy like that? Obviously it's very rude to - be threatening that way, but it's not against the rules - boys will be boys, we couldn't possibly enforce no goofing off like that - and everyone present including Illa and Ma'ar himself agreed he was the first to throw magic around. But he's a good student, I don't want him kicked out of my class - if there are somehow extenuating circumstances..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a very personal question and I don't know what he'd want me to say. You could ask him though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Adept Liora nods. "Noted. Illa - listen, I'm very sorry this happened, I know it was frightening, and - it wasn't your fault? Even if it does somehow turn out to be just a mistake, that isn't your fault either. I'm proud to have you in my class."

     ...Illa does not know like she has any idea how to respond to this and just turns somehow even brighter red and bobs her head. 

Adept Liora rubs her hands together, briskly, and stands up. "Well, let's get going on sorting this mess out, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to go ask my Mindhealing teacher if there's a way to detect lies, if that would be useful?" says Aza, rising from her chair.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodness, you're a Mindhealer too? I'd appreciate that - I never heard about that being possible, but it's not like I know much about Mindhealing, there aren't many of you."

Adept Liora nods to her and sweeps them all out of her office, locking the door behind her before forging off down the hall at a fast walk. 

Illa hovers, looking uncertain. "...I guess I just - go back to my room... Um, thank you. For - doing that." She bites her lip. "Ma'ar's going to - get better from his injuries, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

Illa nods, chews her lip some more, and then turns and marches off back toward her room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza goes to Lionwind's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's on his lunch break; as usual he's taking it in his office, eating while he finishes patient notes. "Aza! Welcome back- Something's wrong. What is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ma'ar got in trouble in one of his classes for fighting. He did throw magic first but first he may've saved somebody's life because the other end of the fight sabotaged her notes. Can Mindhealers detect lies?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind holds up a hand. "- I am sorry, that was - quite a lot of things. One moment... I have very many questions, but - yes to the last thing, there is a trick to doing it without invading privacy any more than that, and - we do not advertise this since there are not nearly enough of us to advise the Guard and the courts on criminal investigations let alone adjudicate schoolyard brawls, but I know it. What happened?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was two of the same boys who got in trouble over the thing that happened when my mage-gift awakened, and another one," she says, and she recites the whole story.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no. ...Poor boy. Ma'ar, I mean. I think it is very likely it was sabotage, though - probably it was not intended to be harmful to her, just embarrassing. I imagine most mage-students cannot tell just by looking what alteration will have which effect, and Ma'ar - has more reason than most to have acquired that skill." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. And then the teacher wanted to know why he was so twitchy and I said that was a personal question and I didn't know what Ma'ar'd want me to say and he could ask himself... I don't know if he'll bother."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. “What an unfortunate situation. I will offer my lie detection services since this is important to you, while making it clear I am not generally available for all student disciplinary disputes, and... Should we talk more about Ma’ar? This - seems unfair to him, but also that level of flinchiness is actually a safety issue in a class of that level.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did tell the teacher I wouldn't make a fuss if he were kicked out for being flinchy, that would make sense. He hasn't wanted me to do anything about it, at least so far."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's kind of dumb that he can get in trouble for fighting but can't get rewarded for saving her life."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree. I - am not sure what sort of reward could be offered, though, aside from presumably this girl's gratitude, and - the teacher will not forget it, I am sure, it showed courage and fast reflexes and those are both important for higher-level magic research."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "I think I don't have any other stuff I should be doing about this for right now. I'll go see how Ma'ar's doing, I guess. I wanna learn the lie detecting thing later though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. It is an unusual application of Mindhealing and takes some time to get the knack, but once you have it it is not complicated. You know, it is actually something I learned of from the Haighlei Empire, my very well-traveled teacher visited their southernmost city once. They ban all Mind-Gifts except for this application, and given the number of 'Truthsayers' they have available, she suspects they have found a way to train people with any mind-Gift including Thoughtsensing or Empathy to do this. I have no idea how, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, that's cool! I mean, also kind of tragic, but cool."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Lionwind looks with a sigh at his now-cold lunch. "...Anyway I had better finish up these notes and go offer my lie detection services to the school before my next patient shows up. I hope Ma'ar makes a speedy recovery."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

And she hikes back to Healers' to check in on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The same Healer as before greets her. "He's asleep again right now, but - he'd probably like you there, if you aren't too busy. D'you know if he normally has bad nightmares?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know he sometimes does, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Never ideal to get mage-patients who do, but we stuck him in the shielded room for that reason and so far he hasn't set anything on fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe when he wakes up she'll ask if he wants some help with that.

She sits by his bed, goes over her notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Ma’ar wakes up a candlemark later, he does so very suddenly, going from fast asleep to eyes open and scanning the room as he checks the wards in under a second. He doesn’t seem incredibly distressed, at least. 

“Aza?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm here."

Permalink Mark Unread

He inches his way into a sitting position, slowly and carefully. "- Did you go talk to the teacher? What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I talked to Illa first, and brought her with me, I think that helped. The teacher agrees she's not sloppy and he didn't know some of the boys had disciplinary records but he's going to look at their student files. Also Lionwind knows how to detect lies."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. Looks like he maybe wants to ask a question, but doesn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Healer said you were having nightmares."

Permalink Mark Unread

Another minimal-movement shrug. “Sometimes that happens.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You... know Mindhealing can help with that, right? I don't like to be pushy and you never ask but."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Can Mindhealing fix it? It - said maybe, when I read the library book about it, but...usually I assume 'maybe' means no. How would it work, if - I wanted you to fix it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"With Mindhealing maybe doesn't mean no, it means sometimes, it depends. I think yours would probably be pretty easy because they're probably to do with things that happened to you, so I can find where the memories live and muck up the gearshaft between that and your dreams, but we don't have a way to fix kids' nightmares that are just about monsters chasing them that happen for no reason, say."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I don't mind having nightmares that much? It's - inconvenient when it bothers other people too, like when I'm stuck here, but..." He trails off.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You... don't mind?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's fine, I just go back to sleep after if I wake up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Isn't it unpleasant?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar still seems confused about why this would be relevant. "I - guess it's not fun? And it's annoying if it means I get less sleep. But I'm good at going back to sleep fast. ...If I had this many nightmares all the time it'd be annoying, I guess. I think it'll go back to usual once I'm back in my own room and...it's been longer since the fight..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is okay to put effort into avoiding things if they are both unpleasant and unhelpful!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know that! I - guess it also depends on whether I expect your idea to work and how well. If you think it'd work because I have nightmares about things that happened to me, well," another shrug, "a lot of things happened to me. Seems hard to block all of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I won't know for sure without trying but I'd have a better guess if I looked."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a slow breath. "I guess you can look."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods; she looks for nightmare-looking gearshafts.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has quite a lot of them! It does look like something recent, probably the stress and fear from the fight and being hospitalized, have put a sort of shear pressure on the overall shape of his mind, bringing the various gears that represent nightmare-worthy memories closer to the area where dreams happen. They don't look like they'd be that far away at the best of times, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I can make this a little better pretty easily because it's worse than usual right now and probably won't bounce back immediately if I just give it a push to normal," she reports, "and it'd be more elaborate to make it a lot better than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "Would it - do other things too? If you give it a push back to normal?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can check, if you might want me to actually do it." What else is around here that she'd be nudging.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nudging the stress-distorted area related to nightmares would also affect his situational awareness reflexes, but not hugely. More relevantly, it's close to one of the regions that Ma'ar has obviously been trying to restructure on purpose away from fear-reactions, but where the process is only half done. Given the incompleteness, it's not totally clear what nudging at this would do, whether it would undo some of his work or the opposite or some third thing, but it seems very likely to affect it somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might propagate to all your tinkering with your reflexes. I don't know if it'd help you or undo your progress or do something weird at a glance but I might be able to puzzle it out if I stared at you long enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Ma''ar frowns. "I - don't really like the idea of a weird thing happening to my head. I don't mind if you look more, though."

He's very tired. He closes his eyes again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can look while he dozes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's mind is complex and intricate to begin with, and made even more complicated by both the patterns of fear-reflexes imprinted on it by his past experiences, and the systematic nudges he's been making all on his own. If she stares long enough, though, she can find a spot to poke that looks like it ought to soothe the uptick in nightmares without affecting too much else.

Ma'ar drowses for a while, squirming to get comfortable, and eventually falls into a deeper sleep. He's so tired.

Permalink Mark Unread

She writes herself directions to the correct spot and leaves him a note saying to Mindtouch her if he needs anything and goes to say hi properly to her mother, and to Skan, and then have dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar spends the rest of that day alternately sleeping, yelling himself awake from nightmares, slipping in and out of a half-doze, semiconsciously checking Azabel's wards, and being prodded by the Healing staff when they want him to drink water or take painkillers. He doesn't manage to drag himself to full alertness and actually notice and read Azabel's note until after sundown.

:..Azabel?:

Permalink Mark Unread

She's going over the notes from the class sessions she missed. :Yes?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Um, if you figured out how to do the nightmare block thing I...wouldn't mind if you did that:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I did but it should wait till tomorrow, I've had a very long day and need to go to bed:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay. Um, sleep well. Thank you for doing the wards:

And Ma'ar will do his best to sleep too. His best is not that good.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's there first thing in the morning and hopes he did not have TOO many horrible nightmares last night.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healers don't complain out loud about it, at least, and neither does Ma'ar. He looks a bit less bleary today. One of the Healers is just finishing up changing the bandages on his arm.

:Morning: he sends to Azabel, tight with suppressed pain.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Morning. Uh, I can do the thing while you're distracted as long as I'm not distracted, do you want me to now?:

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not complaining but last night was fairly miserable. :Yes:

Permalink Mark Unread

She consults her notes, finds the spot again, checks it from all angles. Clockwork is regular and mechanical and predictable but a) it's metaphorical clockwork b) it's metaphorical n-dimensional clockwork, so it takes a lot of checking.

"I'm going ahead," she murmurs, and she pushes till it clacks into place and all the teeth are locked where they can roll just right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar makes a face. "...That felt weird."

Permalink Mark Unread

"People say things look strange a bit? And that, yeah, it feels weird. But it's hard to describe in advance. I hope it helps."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll make sure to notice and tell you, if it does." Ma'ar's hand on his burned and bandaged arm is working better today, enough that he can rub his eyes. "- I didn't ask properly before. What happened, when you went to talk to the teacher, did they believe you...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was going to go look into their disciplinary records, and also Lionwind's going to volunteer to do lie detection. And teach me how."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you can do that with Mindhealing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently it's tricky but he knows the trick!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neat." He squirms in the bed, trying to find a more comfortable position. "I'm still going to be kicked out of the class, though. They - have a point. That it's not safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The teacher did say he wouldn't like to but if he decides to he has a pretty good reason, yeah. Maybe there's time for you to switch into illusions with me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. That makes sense for now, I guess. Just - I do want to take that class someday, and - I don't know how to. Make it so I won't fight if I think someone's attacking me. ...Honestly I think it'd be really stupid to - turn that off? I would've died in Predain if I were any less careful, and - I want to go back, right..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Doing shields very fast and reflexively wouldn't be dangerous."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. I...guess so. I'd need to get so fast, though. I do shields all the time but - not enough that I'd feel okay just...letting someone levinbolt me. And doing a better shield takes longer than a second and attacking takes less than that. Maybe if I practiced a lot..." He looks thoughtful. "I wonder if there's a class in really advanced shields. I could try to get into that instead of the fighting class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't remember seeing one for our level but maybe there's one more advanced than that you could plead special exceptionality for, since it'd help you take the combat course safely?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I can ask. Or I could just practice it on my own, I think the kinds of shield we know are good enough and just too slow, but maybe I could figure out how to change it to be faster."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or more efficient so you can leave it up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. For that I think I might need a different kind of shield, that's designed for that..." He trails off. "Oh! I just remembered, there was a book I read that talked about important generals in the army in war wearing magical artifacts to shield them, so they'd be protected even if they weren't mages. I dunno if I could wear that and have the shields on all the time, it'd need to be re-powered too often, but if the spell were mostly a set-spell on a focus, then it'd be way faster to put the shield up all the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're taking the artifacts class with me."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, looking hopeful. "So maybe by next session I'll have figured out something better, and then I can turn my being-attacked reflex into a different reflex."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles tiredly at her. "Thanks for the good advice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar yawns. "You should probably go to class or something, right. I think I need to sleep more anyway." And hopefully this time with fewer nightmares.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does have class soonish. Off she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The illusion class is pretty good - her classmate has notes for her, and the rest of the class is more than half girls and pretty welcoming even though she mostly doesn't know them.

That afternoon she's scheduled to buddy with Lionwind and see a couple of patients. Usually she gets there half a candlemark early so they can discuss who they're seeing, but this time Lionwind doesn't immediately open his notes.

"So I spoke to the school and I lie-detected for them to question the, er, culprits," he says quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, as soon as it was obvious the adults knew the deal and were taking it seriously, they confessed. Conn did sabotage Illa's work. He didn't mean to hurt her, but that was mostly him being an unforgivable level of idiot about it, he - seems to have not considered that a random modification to a spell might make it explode instead of just not working? Anyway, they're all suspended for the rest of the session and they'll have to do more remedial ethics counseling to be let back into classes. Adept Liora also gave them a whole tirade about it not being safe to feint as though you're going to attack someone, in an advanced class, even if it's not technically against the rules." His lips twitch. "That woman's got a wicked tongue, I like her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good - I'm glad they didn't drag it out and make you waste a lot of time. Did Adept Liora say anything about Ma'ar?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She asked how he was doing, and I think plans to go visit him in the hospital and have a talk about - what he would need to do, to safely participate in her class next session."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We thought maybe he should have a shield-talisman so he can react safely if he's startled without just being wide open all the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, excellent, that is a good idea. It - does not seem to me that it would be good for him, at this point, to pressure him not to defend himself, but if he feels secure enough in his shields he will probably be less twitchy about firing off offensive magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It would help if people did not actually attack him! But that's not something he can just decide, like 'today my plan is that nobody will attack me'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Exactly. And - he is not wrong that he could be attacked even on school grounds. You were that one time, after all. In this instance the boy in question claimed he was not planning to actually strike, and it was not a lie, but - well, things were happening very fast and people are known to have trouble recalling their true thoughts and motives if there is an incentive to remember a particular story of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. And it's maybe guessable that Ma'ar's provokable, anyway... though probably he got more than he bargained for if he were thinking along those lines at all." She sighs. "I did a little nudge to help Ma'ar with nightmares, he was having more than usual. I think everything went fine but thought I should say just on general principle."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you for the head's up. It seems very unsurprising his nightmares would be worse than usual, I cannot imagine that he likes sleeping in a strange place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I put wards around his bed for him, I think he wasn't sleeping hardly at all before that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I am very glad he has you as a friend."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sure needs one! She doesn't say that, she asks about the forthcoming patient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind lets her steer the conversation back to their actual work, and they have a reasonably productive afternoon with their patients.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she's all done with her classes for the day she does some of her homework with Skan - she thinks he might be amused by illusion targets even if they flicker and sometimes vanish before he swats them - and then goes and visit Ma'ar again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sitting up in bed, looking a lot more alert and healthy than before. The bandages are off his arm now, showing the pink flaky skin of a mostly-Healed burn, though the other arm is still bound and in a sling. He's picking at some food off a tray and reading a magic textbook.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think you'll make it to classes tomorrow?" she wonders.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so! The Healer said they'd probably let me go in the morning, I'll still need my arm splinted for another day but I can come back to have it checked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good. Lionwind says -" and she relays about the fate of the bullies.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar rolls and unrolls the edge of the bedcover, looking down.

Permalink Mark Unread

...isn't that good news? She waits to see if he'll say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Finally he looks up at her. "I don't want them to not be allowed to learn magic. I just wish... I wish they hadn't been stupid. If Conn were smart he'd have known the spell would explode and he wouldn't've done it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, yes, it would be better if they hadn't been stupid, but since they were, that's some reason to think they might keep being stupid."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know." Shrug. "I wish I thought them getting lectured would fix it but I think it's probably harder than that to fix people being careless about magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you think would fix it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- If they knew they'd die if they messed up? I - think that's why I know to be careful." He shakes his head. "But I can't just - do that to everyone. And you're careful even though you haven't almost died a lot. What made you be careful?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that's a good question. I like getting things right? And - winning, even if it's sometimes at contests I make up that nobody else is really trying to play."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a feeling those boys like winning too, but to them 'winning' means getting away with being mean to people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, then they lost."

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a little bit of a smile from him. "Guess so. Anyway, I think I'll take the illusion class with you this session. Could I borrow your notes to catch up on the first week?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course!" She has them with her. She attempts to play a little joke where they look blank when she hands them over but it's VERY hard and does not work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does notice the attempt and it gets a chuckle from him and a broader smile, before he starts reading through the notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has some academic homework which would not have interested Skan in the slightest left to do and she picks that up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her notes are, as usual, very clear and helpful. Ma'ar asks a few questions and tries out the illusion challenge they got as homework, trying to make his hand appear a different color. He finds it very hard, but he's persistent.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she's done with her assigned reading she looks up to see if she can take her notes back yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! Ma'ar has finished copying them into a spare notebook that the Healer must have given him, since his school things are mostly back in his room which is very thoroughly warded against intruders. His handwriting is messier than usual since he's writing with the wrong hand, but it's legible.

He thanks her politely and yawns again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have a good nap!"

The next day she keeps an eye out for him in class.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's there! It's the artifact class, which inconveniently he also missed the first day of, since it was first thing in the morning on the day Azabel got back from her trip and he was in the hospital. They can get notes off a classmate, though, and the teacher is content to accept both of their reasons for absence and will let them submit the first class's homework next week instead.

Ma'ar continues to write notes more messily than usual, since his broken arm is still bound up and he's writing with his non-dominant hand, but when they're handed out blank quartz crystals for a practice exercises, it doesn't seem to affect his casting at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's because waving your arms at stuff to do magic to it is kind of silly. (It's good for dramatic effect and for keeping some parts of spells you are first learning located outside your mind while it's still hard to juggle, like notetaking with the position of your arm, but otherwise it's silly.) What will they be doing with this quartz today?

Permalink Mark Unread

They are supposed to make them glow! Specifically they're supposed to cast the basic semi-permanent mage-light spell, which was covered in the first class - Ma'ar and Azabel can get an explanation from the teacher and some help from their seat-neighbor. Today's additional exercise is to practice altering just the part of the spell that does the color, without redoing the rest.

Permalink Mark Unread

She would like hers to be..... gold.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very fiddly to change juuuuust that piece without destabilizing the rest of the set-spell structure, unless you're very very good the semi-permanent one is brittle, but after a few failed attempts she can make her light change from white to gold without going out!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't as good at fiddly and delicate magic, and is still patiently attempting it when the class ends. To be fair only two people other than Azabel were able to get it, and both of them are older with more months of total schooling behind them and were there at the first class.

The teacher tells the rest not to be discouraged, they can keep working on it as homework and they won't be behind as long as they can demonstrate it successfully at the beginning of next class.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will continue to try to change it to different colors (green! blue! purple! silver!) to make sure she has it really down, in her downtime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar works very hard on it, asks to practice specially with her, and gets the hang of it by the next day. It turns out that putting spells into artifacts is harder than it looks, but he's so so determined to get good at it.

They attend the second day of illusions class together. Azabel is apparently a natural at it and gets considerable praise from the teacher. Ma'ar is very much not natively talented in this area but, again, he works extremely hard, and is pretty sure he can get caught up with the rest of the class by the next week if he practices a lot in his free time.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can try to help, if he wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar would appreciate her help! They're both very busy now, with other classes in addition to the magic ones, but time to practice can be squeezed in. 

He tells her that he did have fewer nightmares last night and he's grateful.

He gets the splint off his arm two days later and is pronounced fully recovered by the Healers, though it still takes another couple of days before he moves with as much energy as before.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza applies herself to all her lessons with fervor.

Permalink Mark Unread

And life goes on.

Illa shows up to thank Ma'ar in person for saving her life, blushing very red and stammering, and she gives him some nice flowers. Ma'ar is confused about the right social response, here, and settles for 'you're welcome'. It's not like he's going to see much of her, at this point, she's not in either of the other classes.

Both of them get caught up in their magic lessons. Azabel continues to be significantly ahead with illusions, but by putting in a truly absurd quantity of practice, Ma'ar is somewhat better than her at the artifact work by mid-session.

They don't have a discussion class this session, but Urtho drops in every so often to watch bits of their practical classes. He smiles at Azabel in particular, and makes no comment to Ma'ar about the fight incident. Adept Liora does seek him out mid session, again, to ask if he's made progress on his plan to be less jumpy. Ma'ar has to confess that he isn't there yet, artifacts are really hard, but he thinks he can join by the next session. Adept Liora encourages him to register anyway and then talk to her the week before, he can always defer at that point if they don't think he's ready.

He finds books in the library on shielding set-spells, and tries to design his own that does exactly what he wants.

They both pass their end-of-session tests with flying colors. Ma'ar has a prototype of his shield-artifact and is very pleased with himself on both counts.

"- I think maybe I feel happy right now?" he says to Azabel. "I can't tell for sure if it's that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not an Empath. We could find one but we might have to hurry in case it doesn't last!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I don't care that much if it's exactly the feeling you were talking about. It's a nice feeling. And if I work a lot on my shield-artifact over break I can probably have it done for when I'm meeting with Adept Liora about taking the class again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's great!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I've got space for a second one but haven't decided which yet. I'm - thinking about taking the seminar class about magic and ethics? Apparently they have interesting discussions and it might be more okay to say slightly controversial things. But it'd be less scary if you wanted to take it too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to do weather magic but I can fit both."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to take weather magic at some point but I think next session, it'd be really tiring to have it and the combat magic class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that makes sense. Do you want me to wait on weather magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't mind if we take that one at a different times." He smiles. "You can tell me about it and then I'll have an easier time when I do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure thing. And if you learn anything I can use in combat magic you should tell me about that, I bet it's not all how to kill people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll definitely show you anything good I learn," he agrees.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then when it's time to register for their next batch of classes that's just what they will do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is pleased to report back after his first combat class that the teaching assistant was very attentive to student discipline and it seems like he gets along with everyone in the class this time. "How was weather magic?" he asks her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was exhaaaaausting," she says. "You have to move around so much stuff to see ANYTHING happen to the actual weather, did you know clouds are enormous, they're ENORMOUS."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar almost giggles. "Oh, really, they look so small and fluffy from here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're high up! So you need a lot of range and you need to do a lot of stuff. The teacher says it gets easier though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense, there are probably tricks to doing it efficiently. I wonder what the seminar will be like?" Unlike their previous classes, it's only once a week, but double the usual length, four candlemarks long.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't know! I hope it's not all lecture, that would be a long time to just listen to a lecture."

Permalink Mark Unread

When they sit down in the class together, the next day just after lunch, it's immediately apparent that it's not going to be four candlemarks of lecture.

There are only nine students, a wide range of ages from fourteen to nineteen; unlike their previous classes, this one seems to mix up students from different age cohorts into the same block. The main instructor is a grey-hair, shriveled-looking old man who introduces himself as Adept Egark.

"Ideally," he says to the class, "I am not going to be talking very much at all! I will explain each class's topic and then, hopefully, I will not need to open my mouth again. Here are the rules of debating civilly..." He lists them. They're fairly common sense: no name-calling each other, arguments of the nature 'but that's just wrong' or 'but that's gross' will not be taken very seriously, etc etc.

Today's topic is explained: mage-gift and gender dynamics! Specifically, currently Tantaran law allows a wartime draft. Of men. Not women. Mage-gift, however, appears equally in men and women, and unlike with, say, upper body strength, men don't tend to be more powerful mages. There's been talk in the past of making a separate draft law for mages, but it was politically unpopular and never passed. Anyway. What does the class think of this? Is it unfair that mages will be drafted for war only if they happen to be men? Or would it be unfair to change the law to be different for mages and non-mages? Discuss!

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems very complicated and also like the sort of thing where people have strong feelings and get upset. Ma'ar doesn't immediately raise his hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What was the original justification for the law being this way? Is it just that when you're drafting people to swing swords you do want upper body strength and that was most of what they had in mind at the time, or was it something else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Generally lawmakers aren't considerate enough to write down all their reasoning," the teacher confesses. "I think - yes, that, but broader culture too. It's common for people to see women as the fairer sex, right, not intended for violence, in need of protection. ...Not to mention women tend to be the primary caregivers of children, and young people up for the draft are often the age to have young children at home, that may have been a practical consideration. I am not sure. I believe the main reason that changing the law was politically unpopular is that many people think sending women to war is somehow worse than sending men."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza scans the gender balance of the class (and incidentally tries to see if anyone else wants to talk; she has a tendency to hog the floor).

Permalink Mark Unread

The class is a very even split, five girls and four boys. Another student tentatively raises their hand and asks if it's true that women are more squeamish than men and don't like hurting anyone, on average of course, because that might make them worse or at least much unhappier mage-soldiers. There is some argument about this; it's pointed out that plenty of men also are squeamish about blood and don't want to hurt people, and this is very subjective, you can't exactly draft based on 'how much do you not want to kill anyone.'

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still quiet, thinking.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How often is the draft needed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, not often! It hasn't come up in seventy years an that was a short border war, less than a year long. I feel if anything that makes it a better discussion topic, to be honest."

Permalink Mark Unread

Based on Ma'ar's expression, he is maybe starting to gestate a point but isn't sure of it yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure we should have a draft at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not for mages, or not for anyone? Nearly all countries have it. I am not sure if it's feasible to raise enough volunteers to field an army in war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some people volunteer, right? What gets them to do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, I do not have a definite answer there! What do you all think?" He addresses the class.

Some possible answers are volunteered. For glory? For money? Because everyone will think you're a coward if you don't. Because it's the right thing to do. Because your friends are doing it. Because girls will think it's cool. Because your parents expect it of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if it's money or glory maybe they could arrange to distribute more of those? Higher salaries, more, uh, parades?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think funding a war is hard already, right?" Ma'ar points out. "The King would have to raise taxes even more. But - it does seem like you should pay people a lot of money if you want them to risk getting killed. And I would sort of expect that people who signed up on purpose would be more motivated about it than if they got drafted against their will?" He's not sure. It seems complicated. A lot of things do, lately.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's some more discussion between other students of what might make volunteering to fight in a war feel more glorious. More special medals and awards for bravery? Getting a letter of thanks from the King?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fighting for a country that doesn't practice slavery?" she mutters, not very quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets her some sideways looks, but no one seems to quite know how to respond.

Permalink Mark Unread

When that line of debate fades out, Ma'ar tentatively raises his hand. "Would - women get treated all right?" he asks. "I think it doesn't matter if it's a draft or volunteer, probably it'd still mostly be men, since - that's what everyone expects. And...in Predain if you were one of the only women in the army, it'd be - not great." He is not going to say out loud that someone would probably try to rape them. "I know mages can defend themselves but it could still be really miserable. Probably Tantara isn't as bad that way, just..." Shrug.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If everything otherwise pointed in favor you could have separate units."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's some more back and forth over whether this would be weird, or bad for the army's morale as a single body, or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually Ma'ar dares to raise his hand. "This is - not really about the draft again," he says tentatively, "but mage-gift runs in the blood, right? So it's bad if a lot of mages die in a war when they're young and haven't had children, but - it could be even worse if men and woman die. Since, uh," he's just realized this is the sort of thing that people probably make faces about, "since a man can get a lot of women with child if he's, um. Trying."

Permalink Mark Unread

This sure does get some faces made! The teacher seems to think it's an interesting point, though, in an academic sense at least, and smiles encouragingly at Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

"In practice is that very likely to actually happen, though? I think if a huge fraction of the population around me had just died, and I couldn't actually find anyone I wanted to marry, I probably wouldn't want to have any kids right then regardless - is that me being weird, would a lot of women rather go ahead even then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

There is disagreement on this point! A couple of girls in the class seem to be very much looking forward to having babies, and express that they'd be upset if they couldn't get married until they were thirty and maybe they'd move into a house together and be pretend-married to have their babies instead, at which point they might as well find some mage father to, well, do the deed. A different girl is firmly on Azabel's side. The boys mostly seem nonplussed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Coparenting with another girl does seem better than nothing if she were baby-crazy, and she might get that way in a couple years. If she had a close enough friend by then. Anyway, if some girls would do it that might be enough for it to be an important policy consideration.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some other boy in the class, NOT Ma'ar, brings up the point that if a lot of mages die, having more mages is pretty important to Tantara and maybe after the war the Crown would want to pay women with mage-gift who wanted to raise babies with each other. This gets a lot of slightly uncomfortable laughter and an amused look from the teacher.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They could pay us anyway, when we're not also spending on a war," Aza points out.

Permalink Mark Unread

This mostly gets titters from the boys and thoughtful looks exchanged between the girls.

"You know, that's a good point," one of the girls who expressed wanting to coparent babies with her friend says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Back on the topic though I wonder if drafted soldiers have a high rate of desertion? I'd expect them to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably depends on working conditions?"

     "And whether all your friends would JUDGE you about it."

"- I dunno, I'd rather have someone judge me than die."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if anyone's ever kept figures on how many soldiers desert," Ma'ar suggests, but this thread is not taken up by anyone else. Oh well. Maybe he can see if the library has any books on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There're non-combat positions in the military, logistics and Gates and stuff, which is less awful to force people into maybe, but if you didn't put the draftees in combat that might actually get you fewer volunteers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, what an interesting point!" the teacher acknowledges, smiling at her. "Hard to know without trying it both ways, I figure, but - what do people think about it?"

This topic, and some further digressions from it, occupy most of the rest of the class.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a really interesting class! She almost runs out of notebook.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is smiling as they walk out. "I think I like this class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too! And nobody in it seems like a huge idiot so that's good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know! It's so much less frustrating than the other class before. I like the teacher too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He didn't say much, but I guess he did warn us he wasn't going to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought he did a good job. He - I don't know, he smiled at people at the right times? I think he made people feel more like they could say interesting things and not get weird looks about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't really paying attention to that very much, but good for him!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Anyway I'd better go practice more for combat class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have fun! Maybe!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll see!" Smiling a bit to himself, he peels off back to his room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza doubles back and asks the teacher if there's a list of topics so she could maybe do some reading in advance and have better prepared remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Yes, of course. I prefer not to-  run it on a fixed schedule, I look to see what sort of mood the class is in, but I can give you the usual list."

The usual list includes:

- What the laws and enforcement should be on un-Gifted people faking mage-gift, or on weaker mages passing themselves off as much stronger than they are.

- Relatedly, whether Tantara ought to use more credential systems for mages. Or fewer. Apparently this is controversial.

- The ethics of creating species. Hertasi and gryphons as examples.

- Whether and how young untrained mages ought to be punished for accidental use of magic causing harm or death

- Whether there are ever any ethical uses of Final Strike

- Whether there are ever any ethical uses of various magics classified as "dark" and illegal in Tantara, like demon summoning

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you recommend any books about these in particular?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. There's a whole legal section in the library, if you want to know what the laws are for those topics, but to be honest they are quite dry. I could recommend you these books on the history of hertasi and their creation - there are not any on gryphons, Urtho's notes on that are unpublished." He gives her some titles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Maybe I should go ask him about them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could do that! He is very proud and fond of them. I think he feels a little like he is the father of their whole species. He would probably not share the technical details of it, he is secretive about it, but he might well share other things."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and thanks the teacher again and wanders in the direction of Urtho's office till she expects a hertasi will know whether he's very busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a hertasi! "Miss Azabel! Are you looking for Master Urtho?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but it's not urgent at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. He's in his Work Room right now - do you want me to tell you when I expect him to be less busy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait here, Miss Azabel!" The hertasi bustles off, and comes back a few minutes later to tell her that Master Urtho has a committee meeting this afternoon but he should be in his office and not especially busy tomorrow morning.

(Unfortunately Azabel has weather-magic class scheduled for the morning tomorrow.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could I maybe have lunch with him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He doesn't have anything on his calendar for that, but - is there anything I could note down about why you want to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're going to talk about making species in class, and he hasn't published his notes about gryphons!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you want to ask him yourself! How proactive! And I think he will find it quite flattering, so I can mark that in on his calendar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! What time will he take lunch tomorrow?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi gives her a time. It'll fit in around her classes fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then the next day, tired and hungry after weather magic, she goes up to Urtho's.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is in the process of being nudged over by a polite but insistent hertasi from his desk to the conference room next door, where lunch appears to be laid out for both of them. He looks absentmindedly confused about this, but his expression clears when he sees her, and he smiles. "Azabel! You asked to eat with me today, I heard, how delightful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! I want to ask you about making gryphons." Also she wants to eat her entire lunch in five seconds flat. She should start bringing snacks to class. Omnomnom.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Worked hard this morning, did you." Urtho seems amused about this. He eats his own food and waits for her mouth not to be full. "So. What sort of questions about gryphons did you have? It's rather a broad topic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How'd you decide to make them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, no one had ever made an intelligent race of flying beings before, and I suppose I wanted to see if it was possible. Also they are very beautiful, are they not?" He sounds so proud.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are, they're really cool! Was making them both intelligent and flying a special technical challenge for some reason?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, intelligent creatures have large brains, right? Which are heavy. Gryphons would actually be much too heavy to fly without magic; they are based on eagles and also several different species of great cats, but I worked in substantial natural magic as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're really strong! My gryphon friend can carry me, even."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, are you friends with one of my gryphons?” Urtho chuckles and looks even more pleased. “What is their name? I make a habit of meeting all the new ones.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skandranon. The hertasi introduced us when we were little."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Awwww, how sweet. He is certainly very talented! I make sure to go watch the aerial competitions every so often and I think I recall he is a rising star, there.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, he's one of the best! How many gryphons are there, I know it's a lot but many of them are away from the Tower a lot..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Hmm, let me think. Two hundred and...something...adults. More children than that but -" he looks a little embarrassed, "but I am still perfecting their species and the children sometimes have fatal medical problems. I am hoping to eventually have enough of them for a healthy breeding population."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh dear. Are all the adults first-generation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Approximately yes, if you count Skandranon's generation as not yet being adults, which I think is right - gryphons will physically mature faster, like their source species, but mentally they are more similar to humans on that, and the oldest generation born to gryphon parents instead of, well, in my laboratory, is not yet twenty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why did you make two hundred of them before you had them all right for sure?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, the two hundred adults are all quite healthy and well - it is just that in the early stages of species-creation their traits will not always breed true, and there is not really a way to test it except for having them breed and - well, saving the healthy children and not the others."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So even knowing how the children sometimes turn out you couldn't make a new laboratory gryphon which didn't have babies that turned out that way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. At least, no one has yet discovered a theory that would let us get it perfect and verify this without waiting to see." His eyes twinkle. "You seem quite interested in the topic. Perhaps you will be the one to discover this!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'm ready to have two hundred children."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho chuckles. "Of course not just yet! When you are older, I mean, you have plenty of time. I was eighty before I even attempted to create a species. ...Anyway, I have been doing all of the talking here. Did you have particular questions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you raise them yourself or did you have help? What do most of them do all day, I know Skan's parents are busy a lot but I don't know what they do. How much did you decide about how they are and how much just happened? Did you make any species before gryphons, ones that weren't people or that didn't work at all?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I certainly did not raise them myself! The hertasi did most of that, they are very good. In terms of work, right now, the gryphons do aerial scouting for the Crown - it helps replace Farsight checks - and some of them are mages, I cannot recall which breeding pair are Skandranon's parents so I am not sure what they do in particular. I - decided some things? I wanted them to be graceful in the air, and have good distance vision, and be strong. ...I did run some experiments before the gryphons, with smaller animals, it is recommended to try on that first for mages engaged in species creation. None were very successful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why did you go ahead with a people species if your not-people species weren't very successful? And I meant did you decide things about like their personalities..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Well, I did get to the point that my non-sentient species were healthy and survived, they were just not very interesting and were not magical. And, no, not so much. Personality is especially hard to engineer deliberately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like whoever made the hertasi probably did some of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Hmm. Yes, it does seem so. They were the work of another mage, a little before my time. Adept Narath. I...think that he discarded many attempts before he had them the way that he wanted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- discarded many attempts? - if this is all in the books I can read it, that just sounds... bad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He started with lizards as a base, so the earliest attempts would not have been people. I am not sure whether that is in his books on it. But...yes. Personally I think that trying so many times just to get a species with the exact personality one hopes for is - not especially kind to the discards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's probably really hard on the gryphons when their babies don't turn out okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho nods solemnly. "Right now I select only the most well-adjusted and mature of them to bear young, for that reason, and they generally have litters of two or three so at least one is generally viable. But...yes. It is not easy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...you select them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yes? How else would I do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They could... decide on their own?" Is he matchmaking them or just screening couples, how does she ask that -

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would not do! Some youngsters would inevitably decide to have a baby together and then they would be bad parents!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess since they grow up physically really fast you could have an age limit but you made two hundred of them and didn't mostly raise them, how do you tell whether they'll be good parents or not? Who screened you before you made two hundred of them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho seems quite nonplussed by the question. "The hertasi worked to raise them and I consult them about who is ready to be a parent. And, well, I was eighty before I even began on this work!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"But nobody had to say you were allowed, did they? What if you die, can the hertasi do whatever lets them have babies without you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho blinks a few times, as though he needs to actually stop and think about that. "...Well, I have some decades left in me. By the time I am in my dotage, they ought be completed as a species and then I will, I suppose, let them do as they wish." He sounds a bit reluctant about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not everybody dies of being a hundred. Do you at least have it written down?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, and my hertasi know where. I am not that disorganized." He's giving her a piercing look.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good. Nobody makes sure humans would be good parents before they have babies! Especially not any one single person! I guess maybe it would make sense to offer parenting classes or something but I don't even know that Skan's parents are especially good, they're gone all the time and have never wanted to meet me even though we've been friends for a really long time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Really?" Urtho doesn't seem sure how to respond to this.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe they're great when they're home and just work a lot! But - I should ask the gryphons how they feel about this, have you asked them how they feel about this -" Scribble scribble, on her to-do page instead of the one she's using to note the conversation as it goes by.

Permalink Mark Unread

Judging by Urtho's expression, he kind of wants to object to this but isn't sure how.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you not even asked them? They don't say, when they're asking if they can have babies?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...No, they have not brought it up that I recall."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, somebody should ask them." She finishes her to-do entry and flips back to her conversation notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have any other questions?" Urtho maybe sounds very slightly annoyed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I also wanted to know if you have a guess how long they'll be able to live."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The average gryphon lifespan, you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had aimed for about the same length as a human lifespan, but - well, it has not yet been long enough to see for sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could aim that? Why didn't you aim for more than that? Hertasi live longer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hertasi are smaller than humans and have slower metabolisms, it would have been much easier - if not the default - to give them long lives. I needed to work quite hard to attempt to give gryphons a comparable lifespan, they are larger and both of their source species have shorter lifespans and higher metabolisms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that's interesting." Write write. "That's all my prepared questions." So if he wants rid of her after she had the impertinence to wonder why he had TWO HUNDRED CHILDREN and then got precious about which of them were good enough to reproduce he can dismiss her now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is quiet for a few beats, sipping from his water glass, but he doesn't seem angry. Curious, mostly.

"Azabel, you seem to have - some opinions on this subject. And, well, not the predictable ones. I find myself wondering both what truly brought you here, today, and - what you are thinking now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I got the list of topics we'll be covering in ethics class and one of them was about creating species and then I heard that you hadn't published your notes, so I came to ask so I'd know more specifics for when we have that topic in class. - oh, and I also want to know how you made them, did you make, like, eggs, or did they have surrogate parents who were animals, or did they just appear as babies somehow -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They had surrogate parents! Lions, in this case, I decided that gryphons ought give birth to live young. And, no, I have not published my notes, since the working is not yet complete."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why'd you decide they should do live young instead of eggs?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is much easier to give enough gestational time for the brain to develop toward what a sentient species requires, if there is a womb. Eggs are possible - hertasi lay eggs - but it is much harder."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like maybe a very defective baby would just not hatch if there were eggs and that would be less sad for their parents."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm. I suppose that could be a consideration - clever girl!" Urtho smiles at her. "Not what I did with the gryphons, but - in general that could be a good point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course that would only have been a consideration if you knew it was going to happen that way, I don't know if it's usual with new species."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- What, for the first generation of babies to often not turn out right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Did your other species come out that way too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes, but - this is a known phenomenon with all creation of new species, I believe it happened even moreso with the hertasi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Poor hertasi..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho seems unsure how to respond to that as well. He ends up just nodding solemnly.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a knock on the door. "Master Urtho?" a piping hertasi voice calls out. "You have a lesson in five minutes, are you coming...?"
 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes, of course!" Urtho pushes back his chair. "Thank you for joining me, Azabel - it was an excellent discussion, I apologize that I must rush out like this..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have a good lesson, thank you for seeing me!" She gathers up her notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are welcome, though really I am the one who ought thank you," Urtho answers, absentmindedly, following the hertasi out.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Aza looks around for another one. There are always a bunch around this part of the tower, Urtho needs a lot of hertasing. "Excuse me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, miss?" This particular hertasi is maybe new or something, and doesn't recognize her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It just occurred to me that I've never seen a baby hertasi! Is that for a specific reason or can I?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! The little ones are not ready to, well, to serve all of you with grace and cleverness, yet. But if you like babies in general then it is not against the rules to come visit our nursery. If you wanted to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not specifically very interested in babies most of the time but I would like to see the nursery. How do they learn how to do their jobs, do you have your own school?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi considers this for a moment. "Well, all right, follow me. I suppose you could say we have a school of sorts - mostly the little ones do not need formal teaching, they are eager enough to ask us about our work..."

The hertasi ushers her down the hall, and then stops at what looks like a random section of stone wall, and then - unlocks and opens a door, somehow perfectly camouflaged with the wall. "This way!"

Permalink Mark Unread

What a very hidden door, does it show up to mage-sight -

Permalink Mark Unread

It does not! It's just a very very skillfully made stone door. If she knew exactly where to look and peered in close she would be able to see the crack around it, but even the handle is cleverly designed to be basically invisible until poked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool.

Little hertasi where aaaare you?

Permalink Mark Unread

The big hertasi takes her down a spiralling stone staircase, also very well-made; the steps are shallower than usual, hertasi have shorter legs than humans, but this incidentally makes it easier for Azabel too, and there's a railing.

And then they're in a surprisingly spacious stone room, though it seems to be designed on purpose to feel more like a cave, all curving organic-feeling contours.

There are little hertasi! A few litters of them, apparently. There's a sort of nest of blanket-bits on top of a mattress in one corner, with a little safety railing around it, and the babiest baby hertasi are flomping around in it. They're SO small and seem to be mostly head and eyes, their bodies still scrawny and uncoordinated and their scales almost colourless.

"Those ones hatched last week," the hertasi guiding her explains. "They do not talk yet but they are very sweet. The older ones are this way."

There's a play area. It has a toy kitchen in it and a toy - classroom? - and various other toy versions of places to be found in the real tower. A cluster of hertasi about half the size of the adults appear to be having a doll tea party.

Permalink Mark Unread

- awwww, something about hertasi makes so much more sense now that she has the mental image of them growing up and moving on to ambulatory dolls. "Can I hold a baby one or is it like human babies where their heads flop if you don't do it right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can hold one! You do need to hold up their heads, and they can be wriggly, but it is not too hard, I will show you."

Shortly later Azabel has a newly-hatched baby hertasi trying to crawl up her chest and eat her hair.

The older children have announced that two of their dolls are in LOVE and getting MARRIED and there is eager discussion of doll wedding planning.

Permalink Mark Unread

The baby hertasi has a soft-scaly texture, and she pets her, and tries to keep her hair out of the way. She supervises the wedding planning for a bit till the baby gets a big mouthful of hair and she has to go disentangle her back into the nest.

Permalink Mark Unread

The baby makes upset chirping noises about this.

"Oh, she's hungry," coos the adult hertasi. "Aaaren't you, sweetie...? Here, I've got her, let's get you something better to eat than hair."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do the babies eat?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All sorts of things! The same food us adults eat, it just needs to be soft. They love fruit especially."

The hertasi fills a bowl with applesauce and the baby immediately attempts to shove her entire face into it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Adorable.

She hangs out with them for a bit longer and then goes looking for Skan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is, as usual, flying the obstacle course. He spots her and swoops down.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi Skan! I had lunch with Urtho today and we talked about how he made gryphons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh!" Skan bounces. "Did you learn anything cool?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently he doesn't let gryphons have babies unless he thinks they'd be good parents?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Weird! How can he even stop them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know and I was wondering if you knew!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't! You can't do that with humanss, right? Make them not have babiess unlesss they're good parentss?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can't! Are your parents good parents? I've never met them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they're fine parentss? I don't know what ssortss of thingss parentss are meant to be good at."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They have to be good at listening to your problems and giving you advice, and getting you stuff if you need stuff but maybe since you live here hertasi do that for you, and if you have a problem with another grownup they're supposed to talk to the grownup for you if the grownup won't listen to you, and make sure you eat vegetables - I guess you don't eat vegetables - and go to the healer if you're sick and stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Skan considers this very seriously. "- I think they are good parentss then. The Healer comess to uss, ussually, and the trondi'irn to groom uss, but my parentss give me advice on flying and come to all my competitionss and ask about ssschool and they tell me what to do if the insstructor is being unfair."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know any gryphons who wanted to have babies and wasn't allowed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think sso? ...Oh, maybe. My parentss talked about their friendss once wanting a baby but not being 'ready'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What else did you hear about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "I don't remember, I wassn't really lisstening."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could I meet your parents or are they away?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're here. Why'd you want to meet them? They're not that interessting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In case they know more about it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. I can assk them about having you over tonight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could wait near here while I go fly over and assk?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That works for me!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan flies off. He's only gone for about ten minutes. "They ssaid yess! They are excited to meet my friend, they ssaid I sshould have invited you ssooner. I never thought of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've met my mother!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You never ssuggested coming over before! I thought you weren't interessted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'll come over tonight after dinner."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssounds good." And Skan will get back to his obstacle course-ing.

Permalink Mark Unread

After dinner Aza finds him again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan will fly her over to where his parents live! The gryphon eyrie is a big stone-walled section at one end of the Tower, with a cloth-canopy roof that can be folded aside during the day when it's nice out, to let the gryphons fly in and out. They seem to approximately all live intermingled inside it, with nests but not really separate rooms.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's not a lot of privacy in here," she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It iss not like gryphons can be naked," Skan points out. "I think we care lesss than humanss." He hunts around for his parents, spots them, calls out to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two adult gryphons head their way. Neither of them is black like Skan, interestingly; they're both the much more common patterned dark brown.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! I'm Aza."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan's parents introduce themselves in return; his mother is Helath, his father is Kythtar. They express their pleasure to meet Skan's best friend who they've heard so much about. Skan says she's brilliantly clever!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! I actually thought of coming here because of a school thing. We're going to be talking about magically made species in class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, really! Sso you wanted to assk uss what it iss like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! In general but I'm specifically curious about how it works that you have to get permission to have babies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, Urtho wantss to manage our population, right, ssince we are new," Kythtar explains. They glance at each other fondly and then Helath jumps in with: "We are very lucky. Skan has two younger ssiblings."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did you get lucky?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She is being modesst," Kythtar says, swiping lightly at her with the edge of his wing. "She got very good gradess and I did well in flying. Urtho likes to pair coupless where one is clever and one is athletic, to get both in the children."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So that was - arranged, or did he just approve of you having kids because you'd already paired that way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We liked each other already. I asssume the hertassi knew thiss and told Urtho we were well ssuited as parentss."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then what happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There iss a sspell that makess the ladiess fertile. Urtho cast it. And then congratulated uss greatly when our firsst litter was born and Skan was sso healthy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he have to cast another spell to undo it, or did it wear off on its own?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it lasstss only a day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan said you had some friends who weren't ready?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They share a glance again. "- Oh, yess, he musst have been thinking of Raeshan and Lytha. Hopefully ssoon. I think Urtho is happier to allow more children now that the Healerss know how to treat mosst of their childhood ailmentss."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know what made them less ready?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not sure. They - grew up more sslowly, I think."

Helath clacks her beak disapprovingly. "They were sstill pulling recklesss sstunts lassst year!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Reckless stunts like what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They thought it would be funny to ssteal the market-tent and fly off with it!"

"Well, it wass funny," Kythtar points out, rustling his wings.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did they ask if they could have a baby, and get told no?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess, I think sso. But yearss ago, they may have changed their mindss once they ssaw how much work ourss were!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's the process for asking?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Kythtar glances over at Helath, who answers. "You go talk to Urtho, I guesss. Although ssometimes he ssuggestss it first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Has everyone he's suggested it to gone ahead with it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Another look is exchanged.

"I think Kalys didn't?" Helath offers uncertainly. "She was not interessted, she preferred to keep flying in the racess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What'd he say about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Nothing? Not everyone wantss to have children, he would not force her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I just found out today that gryphons need permission at all, I just want to make sure I know how it works. Do you think it's a good idea?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The parents glance at one another; they seem very uncertain what to think of the question.

"I think sso?" Helath offers finally. "We're not finisshed as a speciess. There might be more ssick babiess if Urtho did not choose parents carefully."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it'ss fair," Skan huffs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do - good grades and not stealing tents have to do with sick babies?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, I ssuppose that part is more about being ressponsible enough to parent little oness. But pairing different bloodlines makess the babiess healthier, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Different bloodlines? Are some of you in the first generation related somehow?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssome much more clossely than otherss, yess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...how though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If they had the ssame ssource sstock?" Helath clucks with her beak again in irritation; that was an unfair number of S's in a row for a gryphon. "Or the ssame litter at leassst. I am not ssure how making uss wass done exactly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I guess there would've been litters, yeah... you didn't learn about how you were made in school?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little. Mosst of it is ssecret." Helath seems totally unbothered by this.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh-huh. What do you think about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at her partner again. Kythtar shrugs with his wing. "It sseems like Urtho'ss decision."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can I talk to -" note consultation "Raeshan and Lytha?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mosst likely! Kyth, have you sseen them today...?"

"Not ssince this morning, I think they went out flying. You could come back tomorrow?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I might do that, thank you. Are any of the hertasi who raised your cohort around?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there, Helath? That wass sso long ago now..."

Helath shuffles her wings. "Remember Kebrin? I think he is sstill around - he is ssort of retired but hertasi are not very good at retirement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't keep in touch like parents would?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssome did for a while, but I ssuppose mosst of uss were not good at keeping in touch back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wing-shrug. "Once we were grown up, we were mostly interested in flying and exploring, not visiting them, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think that's because they're not gryphons or that it'll be the same with your kids?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Another glance back and forth. "We are not ssure! Gryphons do seem to be - less closse to their family than humanss?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'll sstay in touch," Skan says adamantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting! Do you think you'd have any advice for somebody who was going to create a new species? - I'm not going to, I just think it would be interesting if you had hypothetical advice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. That iss a tricky quesstion! I need a moment to think."

Helath seconds this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza waits patiently.

Permalink Mark Unread

It continues to be a very tricky question! They rustle their wings and give each other sidelong glances.

"- It would mean a lot to the parentss, to raisse our children even when they are misborn and won't live long," Helath admits finally. "Urtho did ssometimess but not alwayss."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- and the rest of the time what does he do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He ssaid it was more merciful to let them - go painlesssly - I think that is ssometimess true, just..." Wing-shrug. "I sssuppose for the first generation, there were not gryphon parentss to be ssad about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Are you telling me he murders them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think not murderss? But - he hass the Healers treat only pain, not life-threatening problemss, and will not feed them if they can't eat the ussual way." She leans her head on Kythtar's shoulder. "They did let uss be there."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Which Healers are specialized in treating you guys?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! They have a whole department at the hosspital, around the back. Healerss and also the trondi'irn who help groom uss and ssuch thingss."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you make a speciess," Skan declares, "you sshould give them proper handss."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hands are very useful! You guys have wings, though, which is cool."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'ss true." Skan preens and looks very smug about his possession of wings. "Are you going to talk to the Healerss too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to read their policy handbook."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am ssure they would let you if you assk!" Kythtar says cheerfully. "You sshow such interesst!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like to know things." And she's pretty sure it is ILLEGAL for Urtho to be making baby gryphons' medical decisions overruling their actual parents. "How old are you guys?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm twenty-sseven," Kythtar offers. "Helath is twenty-five."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a bit more parting chatter and then Skan can fly her home. It's dark and too late to go see the Healers tonight, but they can fit it in around her classes tomorrow and Skan's happy to pick her up and fly her over for that as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will put it in her to-do list! And the next morning she sees Ma'ar in class as normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at her. :What were you off doing yesterday afternoon? I was at the library a lot and I didn't see you:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I went to the gryphon eyrie to talk to them about being gryphons. We're going to talk about created species later in ethics, I got a list:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh! That's a good idea, getting a list. Was it interesting?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. It was very interesting:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. I'd like to hear more about it later:

The teacher is arriving and there isn't any more time for conversation unless Azabel feels like multitasking.

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to concentrate on the math, but afterwards she can follow up. "Girl gryphons are infertile by default and Urtho has a spell to let them have babies, and he doesn't do it whenever they want, and for some reason he's making medical decisions for their babies instead of them which I THINK is illegal so I'm going to Healer's today when I have a bit to check."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That - oh. That's...a lot of things. - What sort of medical decisions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A lot of them are born so they won't live very long and he's telling the Healers to give them painkillers and otherwise just let them die, which, like, should be allowed but he's not their parents? Their parents are right there and he got to pick them and at least sometimes they'd rather take care of the baby for as long as they can, I asked."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks dubious. "I - don't get why the parents would want to do that. If the babies're going to die anyway, it seems like a waste?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wouldn't do it if I had a baby that was going to die for some reason but if Ranara showed up and the Healers all listened to her instead of even ASKING me I would be REALLY MAD."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. I guess that'd make sense to be mad about. Is it illegal? I...sort of would've thought the gryphons were just Urtho's to work on how he likes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, owning humans is illegal, and if he owns the gryphons he should probably be obliged to say that in public so everybody knows that he is a people-owning asshole, instead of nobody thinking about it very much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I wasn't sure how much owning people being illegal is - a real law, here? I think it might supposedly be illegal in Predain too but everyone ignores that." Shrug. "Although I guess at the Tower people don't seem to go around having slaves, so...it'd still be Urtho doing something different."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. If the Healers tell me they let him do that because he owns all the gryphons I will ask him to confirm this. In front of the whole class. And then I will bother him about how much it would cost me to buy them all and set them free. Also I think I might hide in the eyrie and watch him cast the spell so I can learn it and it's not just him. - he does have it written down but still."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow." Ma'ar looks somewhere between impressed and worried. "Are you not, uh. Scared of getting in trouble with Urtho."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...what's he going to do about me asking him awkward questions and hiding in the eyrie, expel me? I'm a prodigy. Also a Mindhealer. With a perfectly clean disciplinary record. I'd need to find at least three things that disruptive to do before he'd consider it. And if he does I'd probably be able to get Lionwind to quit in protest."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar still seems confused. He nods, slowly. "I - wish I was as good as you. At not being scared. I'll - help, if I can, just..." He hugs himself a bit. "I am scared of getting in trouble. And I don't have anyone who'd resign in protest about it either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you don't have a spotless record. If I think of anything particularly safe that I could use help on I can tell you though."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Good luck."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

She visits Healers' when she has time between classes.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's pretty easy to locate the gryphon section; it's the one that has a withdrawable canvas roof so it can be accessed from the air, and a very wide door at ground level that can accommodate adult gryphons comfortably. It's also entirely open space inside, rather than divided into rooms or curtained cubicles.

A couple of adolescent gryphons are there, being examined and groomed. One of the Healers waves to Azabel.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! I'm doing extra reading apropos of my ethics class, can I read your policy handbook?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healer blinks and looks nonplussed about this request. "Ask Neapa, I think? She's the head Healer on duty today - she's over there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza goes and repeats the request verbatim to Neapa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Neapa blinks. "I - don't see why not. Let me go dig you up a copy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" chirps Aza.

When she has her copy she finds somewhere out of the way to curl up with it and skim till she finds something about who makes medical decisions for babies, generally speaking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the policy handbook seems to be about how often gryphons should get various kinds of preventative care and check-ups, and when the junior Healers and un-Gifted staff should refer them on to a senior Healer for investigation. Gryphons apparently get a lot of weird digestive issues; they're obligate carnivores, as were both of the source species, but apparently combining raptors and great cats still leads to some weirdness there. They also have a lot of issues with feathers and skin oil.

There's an entire section on gryphon births and care of new gryphon chicks in the first week. Gryphon births aren't as fraught as human ones on the mothers end, not being bipedal means that their hips are set up differently and leave more space for babies to come out, but they tend to have twins or triplets a lot, and it's still very common at this stage for the newborns to have health problems. Most of these are treatable, or resolve on their own with supportive care, and just mean that it's standard to keep the chicks at Healers for a week so they can be monitored. There's a long list of health conditions that are considered curable, and then another list of rarer more serious conditions that aren't, and protocols for catching and diagnosing conditions appropriately. A subcategory of the non-curable congenital problems are listed under a "supportive care only" protocol.

The manual...doesn't actually make it all that clear whose call this is, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

She copies bits and then goes and looks for the equivalent manual in the human patients' section.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has to talk to a different senior Healer to get access to that manual, and they're again confused about the request, but they grant it. 

Human babies have a lower rate of fatal-in-early-childhood congenital defects, and most of them are recognizable enough to see when the child is still in the womb, at which point the policy says it's up to parents whether they still want to carry the pregnancy to term. There is an official policy, at least here, against trying to provide curative or even life-prolonging treatments for babies with unavoidably fatal birth defects, or in cases where the child's life could be prolonged but they would be unavoidably in pain, but it's up to the parents whether they want to stay with the baby at the hospital while the Healers provide pain relief for the child, or whether they want to give birth at home. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmmmmmmm. So maybe it's just that the gryphons have good reasons to always give birth at Healers'.

She goes looking for Skan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is not too hard to find! He flies down and lands beside her. "Did you go talk to the Healerss?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It turns out the policy isn't actually very different and it's just gryphons are born there and not at home like human babies sometimes are. And that part makes sense since some of them can be fixed if they get help straight away. I'm still kinda concerned though... Do your parents get paid for their jobs?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think a sstipend, pluss living here is free and food is free. ...I think ssome gryphonss left to live on their own but we're expenssive to feed. We eat a lot of meat. It'ss harder to pay for it on a normal ssalary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that makes sense, but there is a stipend. And you don't need clothes, either, though probably that doesn't tip the balance. Okay. I'm less worried now but it still doesn't really seem fair Urtho is, like, breeding you like horses."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I mean, if he wassn't then I wouldn't even exisst. I like exissting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, yeah, but you could say that about a lot of things! My parents shouldn't have gotten married even though I like existing. And I still exist even though they got divorced and you'd still exist even if you could have kids with whoever whenever you thought it was a good time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan nods hard. "Yess! I think you should tell Urtho that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm hoping he will come to the class session on this. If he doesn't I guess I'll have to go schedule a meeting again."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho isn't at their next seminar class, as it turns out, but they end up covering a different (and less interesting) topic anyway. 

He does appear at the class the week after, sitting in the back of the room as the students arrive, and when everyone's there the teacher introduces the topic as 'ethics around created species' and asks if anyone has any opening remarks on it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza DOES. She DOES have remarks on this.

"I think," she says, "that people should probably not create person-species at all; that if they do so, they should make it not require a research project to determine whether those persons are legally chattel; that presuming they are not, they should not then proceed to breed them like livestock however soft the pressure they place on people whose environments they've controlled since infancy. I think this is a great example of mages accruing, by virtue of being mages, power that magehood does not render them exceptionally suitable for."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is carefully not smiling. This is requiring a lot of carefulness. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." Urtho doesn't seem upset, or angry, just - politely puzzled? "I think I disagree with you on the question of creating species; I believe the world benefits from a greater variety of intelligent living beings to contribute to it. That being said, it is not at all unreasonable to disagree on how this ought to look, since I myself have some disagreements with the creator of the hertasi on his process. Assuming you had decided that it was positive for the world - and for the gryphons themselves - for my gryphons to exist, how do you think you would have gone about it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like having gryphons and hertasi around too. But just because somebody's going to be positive for themselves and the world doesn't mean it's right to create them! Gryphons would still be nice to have around even if many more of their babies were born defective than the already huge fraction that actually are, and even if you could have made them have bigger litters and more surviving babies who'd be positive for themselves and the world by existing if you'd made them in a way that also had more dying malformed ones, you shouldn't have done that. The additional surviving gryphon babies wouldn't be worth killing more of them on purpose. But if I decided I just had to have a new species I'd practice a lot on non-person species and try to solve the birth defect problem till I could get it right on the first try when I made people, and I'd also bet really hard that I was going to be able to make them smart enough to, given the amount of education and parenting I would also be responsible for supplying, figure out whether it was a good time for them to reproduce and with whom, and I would make sure it was very clear to everyone that they owned themselves instead of leaving that kind of unclear. Also I wouldn't make them obligate carnivores because that makes it hard for them to strike off on their own and afford their own food."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. ...So something I thought about, when I was deciding whether or not to embark on this project, was how earlier species felt about the matter, so I spoke to a number of hertasi about it. They were, nearly universally, very adamant that they thought it was good they had been made, that the world would be lacking without them, and that they thought this reasoning ought to generalize and therefore it would be, by their thinking, very good for me to create another new species even if I did not make every decision perfectly along the way. Also, well, the early days of creating a species are more difficult, while the problems are being worked out, but that will end up being only a small fraction of their existence, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad you asked the hertasi about that first. But even if I'm being too conservative about whether people should create species, and even if it's impossible to be perfect at it, that doesn't mean it isn't worth being as meticulous as possible about their design and care and course-correcting if still-fixable errors are pointed out, and making all that meticulousness very obvious to everybody so that no one will be inspired to carelessness if they try it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, certainly, if you believe I am making errors that can still be corrected then I wish to hear about it, I am simply making it clear that I am unconvinced of your first point." He turns to the rest of the class. "And I would like to hear if the other students have anything to add." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Many of Azabel's classmates still seem half-stunned, but eventually some of them start raising their hands and adding in their own points, or asking questions - mostly about why created species have so many birth defects in the first place, is that really inevitable, or are people just used to it being but really it could be avoided with more effort. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar stays quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza writes up a list of his errors that could still be corrected (gryphons should have control of their own matchmaking and reproduction or at most he could impose a population growth cap if they're that hard to feed and an age limit if they're physically mature well before their emotional adulthood; it should be Very Obvious that he doesn't own them if he doesn't and if he does he should Stop; he should publish his process, even with some technical detail redacted, so people who are considering making a species have his example, and his hindsight perspective, to learn from; it should be clearer to the gryphons when he is imposing something on them versus e.g. it being a general Healers' policy that just hits them more frequently than it does humans). She presents it to him neatly numbered and bulleted at the end of class. There is a footnote that she would be delighted to help him with writing up the gryphon process book as a side project if they can come up with a meeting schedule that works around her classes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho asks her opinion on other students' points a few times, but the discussion wanders pretty far afield; someone asks if it's true that gryphons are all very bloodthirsty and if THIS was ethical, and Urtho argues that no of course they're not all bloodthirsty and then there is argument. 

At the end of class, he accepts the paper from her sort of absently and pats her shoulder. "Thank you very much, Azabel, I will definitely get back to you about this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I look forward to it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar asks her at the end of the next day if she's heard anything back from Urtho yet. 

(She has not heard anything back from Urtho yet.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not so far."

Permalink Mark Unread

"D'you think he's mad?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, he took it really well! Though I'm not sure he understood my jab about mages acquiring power..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I wasn't sure if he really didn't get it or was pretending not to because it made him look bad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I can't tell either but he didn't even make a little bit of a face that I could see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He seems like the sort of person who's - so sure he's good and right that he doesn't even notice people pointing out when he isn't?" Shrug. "Maybe that's uncharitable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I offered to help him write the book about gryphons he ought to write so maybe I will be able to figure it out with more exposure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. That sounds like an interesting book to help write, at least, if he does agree to it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll be fun!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I'm glad you don't seem to be in trouble, anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Their ordinary routine continues. Urtho...does not seem to get around to responding to Azabel's note or request. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She asks Skan if any of her suggestions have gotten as far as the actual gryphons yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan thinks. "There...wass an announcement that the gryphonss are obvioussly not Urtho'ss property and can leave if they wissh? Ssome people are talking about moving away, but mostly they were confussed why ssaying this mattered." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that's something. I'll give it another week."

Permalink Mark Unread

If she gives it another week, she will in fact receive a note from Urtho before that deadline, apologizing for being so busy and saying that he's taking her feedback into account and is she available at this time next week to have lunch again and discuss. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes she is! She will be there then. Before that time she reads some extant books on hertasi to get an idea of what the field is like.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are multiple published works about the hertasi! The Adept mage who created them published his notes as a sort of treatise, after the project was done and shortly before he died; the 'sort of' seems appropriate because they're not exactly well organized, or very complete. The exact details of the spells involved seem to have either been redacted or not considered important enough to write down. The notes also don't get into his thought process much, either the decision to make a species at all or the reasoning behind various judgement calls. There are some early design plans, with sketches of several different possible hertasi appearances before he settled on one, and then dated entries describing various stages of the project. It looks like he mostly worked on embryos in unhatched eggs, and transformed the original lizard stock into the final hertasi species over about four generations; only the final one was smart, however, he does note that he 'discarded' multiple attempts and started again from one of the earlier stages. (It doesn't sound like 'discarding' meant killing the adults, though he did have Healers permanently sterilize the reject-hertasi who he didn't want reproducing further.) 

There are also other books by later writers. Including a sort of memoir by one of the first hertasi in the final, approved cohort. He describes being born in the mage's creche, raised by human staff. He recalls, at one point, meeting his 'parents', from the earlier intermediate stage of non-sentient lizards, and how strange it felt, how it always seemed that his real parents were the humans who actually raised him and taught him to talk and read. He describes the awe and wonder of falling in love with a fellow hertasi, and having children together, the very first generation of hertasi with hertasi parents. (It doesn't sound like the mage who created them particular restricted reproduction, though partly this might be because he was very old when he finally managed a version he liked.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all very interesting, especially the hertasi's memoir. It's a pity there's not more on the earlier sapient drafts, she wishes she knew what those were like - though a few non-sapient generations to work out some kinks seems like a good idea to her. She brings all her notes on these books to her appointment with Urtho.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is slightly late for their meeting, and apologetic about it when one of his hertasi shoos him over to his office. "Azabel! I am so sorry, I must have lost track of time. How are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm pretty good! How are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, very busy as always, but not bad. I did some thinking about what you said to me, and, well, made some announcements to my gryphons that I do not think were very surprising to them, but were in fact overdue. And - I think you are right, that there is not a good reason to delay writing up a treatise, aside from it being quite a lot of work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think probably it's also important to be clear to everyone else that you don't own the gryphons. So people don't think this is a good way to get slaves, or people who can't complain to the guard about anything. Also so people don't think you might be the sort of person who'd do that. I was pretty sure that you didn't think you owned them after I asked a lot of questions but it did take a bunch to be clear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not have thought that other people would be confused on this? It is not as though I have ever claimed to own them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't exactly look like you do, but it doesn't look like you don't - like, if you had a human child the usual way, that's fairly common, people know what that's like and when they'll be legally independent from their parents and what your rights over them are in the meanwhile. It wouldn't look like you owned them because it would look like a specific other thing instead. If you make two hundred gryphon children I don't imagine you necessarily automatically own them unless you explicitly set them free, but if I haven't thought about it particularly and then I learn that you're deciding who they can have kids with and when, and hear that you're making medical decisions for those kids - I have since read the Healers' handbooks and no longer especially think you're doing that but when I first heard it sounded that way - and you're providing them all room and board and they'd have a hard time earning enough money to feed themselves on their own because of the diet you gave them... it starts to look kind of concerning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think that will be less true once people are more familiar with gryphons and their full capabilities," Urtho says. "Er, the part about having trouble earning enough to feed themselves. I think in twenty years, once more of them are trained and out in the world, the Crown will be eager to hire them for many purposes. ...Also I think you might underestimate how hard it would have been to make them not carnivores, given the source species, I am not actually sure it could be done at all and it would very likely have given them more health troubles had I attempted it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, yes, I don't know how you'd make an eagle-cat combination omnivorous, but you could have made, uh, parrot-deer or something, I don't know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." 

Urtho is quiet, opens his mouth, closes it again, seems to consider and reject several possible responses. 

"What are all those notes about this time?" he asks eventually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I took notes on the hertasi books for ideas about how to structure a gryphon book. If you want me to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! It will be a long term project, but that only makes it a better idea to get started now. What did you think about the hertasi books?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They left out some things I would have liked to read about - he did a few versions before he got the kind of hertasi we have now and there was barely enough about those I could be sure he didn't outright kill them, let alone find out what he didn't like about them or how they felt about the whole process - but they were pretty usefully structured, and I think gryphons didn't have versions so if we copy the outline we won't be leaving out important gryphon facts. There was also a first generation hertasi memoir, I might do one of those since gryphons have a hard time writing and would want help but probably don't need your help with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you read that!" Urtho lights up. "I spoke to the author of it, you know, twenty years ago or so..." He frowns. "Maybe thirty, it gets so hard to keep track once you are my age. He was delightful. He might even still be alive, you know, hertasi have longer lifespans than humans." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh! Do you know where he might be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, let me think. He'd settled out in Ketaran when I saw him - that's just outside Ka'venusho, cute little town on the river - but it's been a while. I am sure someone among the hertasi here would know if he is still alive, and if so where he lives." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can put this down in her to-dos. She has his name from the book, naturally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho waits for her to finish. "So - where do we want to start on this book project, and how do you want to divide it up? I - confess I will have difficulty freeing up time to work on it aside from the occasional meeting like this, but I can give you a section of my notes to read through and then get your suggestions later?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure! I can work from your notes and talking to gryphons and the hertasi who brought them up, and send you letters with questions occasionally and we can meet whenever it's convenient for you to look over how it's coming along."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course! I really am grateful you are so enthusiastic about this project, Azabel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's an exciting project! I've never published a book before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hardly anyone has at your age! I am sure in time you will write others, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably! How much of a volume of notes are we talking about here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho looks a bit sheepish. "...You know, I am not sure, I never organized them all in one place before. Probably much of it is very repetitive and can be skimmed over, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay... well, are they in chronological order or something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I might be able to ask the hertasi to help organize them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet they would be happy to help," Aza says diplomatically.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They generally are! There are quite lovely that way. Anyway, yes, I think my plan for our next steps would be to ask them to help organize the notes, and send you a section to start with, and then you can write to me, and tell me once you are ready to meet in person again. Anything else we ought talk over first?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have a general idea of how you want the book to be in - tone or length or anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I confess I have not thought about it much. Obviously it will need to be much shorter than the total volume of notes I have produced during the process." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I can summarize. Are we doing a history book or a technical record sort of thing...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...think closer to a history book, is what I had been envisioning? But, as I said, I have not considered this in enough depth to really have a detailed vision for it. Which do you think would be of greatest interest to future students?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good question! I guess it depends if they want to make a new species or not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, very few people embark on such a project, so I imagine most readers would be picking up the book out of general curiosity." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So probably more history but maybe I can have some bits on the technical stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that seems right. We can try to find a level of it that is interesting and not repetitive, and perhaps put somewhat more in the footnotes? ...I do not especially want this to be a detailed instruction manual on how anyone can make a species, to be honest, I think it - goes better, when doing this requires substantial proactiveness from someone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think proactiveness is particularly predictive of - care and ethics?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - hmm. I think it correlates with having put a great deal of thought into a matter, and being highly invested in it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that's true, if you could make a species in a weekend that would probably be worse than needing to stick with it for years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it would be more likely to end up very messy, in any case. As always, I am not sure any of us can predict how our choices will end up affecting world generations from now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza nods. Presumably he doesn't mean in very broad terms like "the world will have gryphons in it".

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that all for now, then? I - think I am probably overdue for my next engagement." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's all for now, thanks!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right! Thank you for bringing this to me!" Urtho pats her shoulder again, with an absently-fond expression, and then rushes out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza makes sure his hertasi know where to send the notes to her and departs as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar Mindspeaks her that evening after his class. :So? Did you talk to Urtho?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yep! I'm going to write up his gryphon notes into a book:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's so neat!: Pause. :...Urtho confuses me. As a person. Do you understand what makes him upset or not about something?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...what things have you seen him really upset about, as opposed to like... kind of irritated for a minute?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I dunno that I have seen him actually upset or mad. I just - keep expecting him to be. I think when I try to predict what he's thinking from what he says: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:There've been a few places where he could've been mad but he didn't actually get mad. He seems pretty mellow honestly. It might be an inattentiveness-supported mellow but still: Also she can profit from his flaws by writing his book for him, thereby causing there to be a book people will want to read that she wrote such that she can build on that basically guaranteed success.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. Is he just...not scared at ALL about people trying to hurt him? So he feels like it's - safe - to be that inattentive to everything?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess? I mean, maybe he would have been more alarmed if I'd decided I needed to organize a gryphon strike and hold loud protests but it turned out he wasn't actually that far out of line:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That's good, I guess. What was less bad than you thought?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:The way the gryphons described it made it sound like he was making medical decisions for baby ones instead of their parents but when I checked the handbook it turned out that they have the same policy about humans, and the only difference is humans aren't always at Healers' in the first place and gryphons are since so many of their babies are going to need some help to start out. Also some of them have in fact flown off to do their own thing already, it could just stand to be clearer to all concerned that this is allowed. I still think he should cut it out with breeding them but they didn't seem super urgent about it, though I'll talk to more of them over the course of the book and find out exactly how hard I want to push on that, if he doesn't back off on his own. Plus I might wind up with his actual notes on the spell since the hertasi are going to be ferrying me gryphon-related materials and then I won't have to hide in the eyrie to be able to alternately source the spell for them:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. That's... I don't know if it should be surprising, but I guess I'd've expected he'd - need more persuading to change his mind on how he's done things for years and years?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think he's mostly a little careless, not, like, philosophically in favor of being mean to gryphons. And it's only a little, he did most things right, the person who made hertasi was less nice:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. How were they less nice?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:They had... drafts. Nonpeople drafts, which was smart, but also people ones, maybe to test for personality. And sterilized them when they weren't how they wanted them and the book doesn't say where they went:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I...guess I'd see why he'd want to do that for getting his project the way he wanted, but it does seem pretty bad to do to people: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. I think he should've hired an Animal Mindspeaker:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Oh, right, that'd be clever. Did Urtho do drafts that weren't people?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think so but maybe I'll be surprised by his notes!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe! Are you going to be allowed to tell me things you learn from them?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He didn't say, but I'm going to... write a book... so it would be weird if I couldn't:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. Well, I'm excited to hear about it then: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You can look in on my book progress whenever you like:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar thanks her and heads off.

It takes either Urtho or his hertasi an entire week to organize his notes, but after that interval, an initial box of notes is delivered to Azabel's house along with a polite note from Urtho saying that these are from his earliest work, ten years' worth, but before he started trying to create people-gryphons in earnest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In her evenings she starts sifting through them and turning them into a usable outline, and between classes she takes up interviewing random gryphons about their early lives.

Permalink Mark Unread

Random gryphons find her questions kind of odd, but agree to answer them!

The cohort of gryphons raised by hertasi in Urtho's creche mostly seem to recall quite happy childhoods. Some are still in touch with their surrogate parents, though on average they do seem to describe less strong attachment than most humans would have to their families, adoptive or not. Some recall being treated for serious medical problems as babies, which was sometimes painful or difficult but doesn't seem to have been too traumatic for most of them. 

Urtho's notes require a lot of sifting. There are some incredibly gorgeous and well-done sketches of gryphon anatomy, and a lot of tables of figures, where it's sometimes very hard to figure out what the figures are records of.

She can find plenty of references to gryphon reproduction, including a detailed diagram of their internal reproductive organs, and eventually with a lot of digging plus asking the hertasi, she can turn up a one-page specification of what's...probably the spell that makes females fertile? 

Notation for complicated magic workings is tricky and not actually standardized all the way, and the instructions do not at all provide enough detail clearly enough that she could figure out how to cast the spell herself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She copies them anyway - maybe with more exposure to Urtho's work it'd be usable, and at least it would clarify a covert espionage visit so she'd only have to do one of it. She can't copy the drawings and marks the ones she wants to include with colorful bookmarks to find them again later for copying into woodcut by a skilled artist once this goes to print. Mystery numbers get different bookmark colors till she finds what they're for and indexes them.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she writes to Urtho with progress updates, she can get clarification on some of the mystery numbers, once his memory is jogged on something specific he seems to know what everything means and where further information could be found. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar regularly asks how it's going. He's so impressed by the drawings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're really good, aren't they? Makes me want to take a drawing class." Personally she is more impressed by her own heroic indexing efforts but she does not need to take a class on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her heroic indexing effort is mostly invisible to Ma'ar, who isn't first seeing the messy un-sorted version. 

Their current session ends before she's finished reviewing everything. Urtho ends up coming to several more of their discussion seminars, and praises both of them for their contributions; Azabel still speaks up more, but Ma'ar is getting a bit braver by the end of the class. 

He learns a clever self-defence spell, a soft force-net that pins someone without any risk of injury, and he thinks it could probably be done as a trap-spell built on a focus, and maybe he and Azabel should figure out how to make that so she can wear it in case she ends up under attack and can't set-command the attacker for whatever reason? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She supposes this is a reasonable side project, though it is not an especially high priority for her since she is not frequently attacked and isn't typically in, like, a boat, where a pirate might attack her and drown if carelessly set-commanded. She will help him out with it especially when she is between batches of notes. And go shopping for nice foci.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is delighted to do most of the work. He thinks that Azabel shares Urtho's inexplicable trait of not thinking very much about all the kinds of possible danger that could happen to her. Also he can try to make it a pretty piece of jewelry too, because why not. 

He decides to take the weather-magic class with the next session; it's been nine months of training and enough food, and he's grown several inches and also has noticeably more magical strength and gets tired less quickly. He thinks he'd like to take a second practical magic class, too; is Azabel particularly interested in doing a class together? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She could go either way, what's on the menu this term?

Permalink Mark Unread

Classes on offer this session for their level include: 

- More advanced illusion work (Ma'ar does not want to do this one).

- Long-distance communication with magic.

- Magical construction techniques.

- A more advanced class on wards for various kinds of detection

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants long-distance communication and also advanced illusions! She will talk to her dad and get better at all the fiddly spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar will happily sign up for the long-distance communication class with her, and maybe take the wards one next session. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, it's nice to have a study buddy. She might take wards next term too if there's nothing better then.

Permalink Mark Unread

The session gets off to an uneventful start. Ma'ar, after his first day of the weatherworking class, commiserates with Azabel about how she really had a point, it's exhausting. Fortunately the dining hall doesn't limit how much food students can eat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The hertasi finish sorting through Urtho's incredibly copious notes, and bring Azabel the final box worth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, the end is in sight! She's very excited about having the outline done and finally being able to do a proper entire draft of her BOOK.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is also very excited! He's been - not incredibly on top of meeting with her in person - but he eagerly schedules lunch with her to discuss the book outline. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can lay it all out for him, and itemize her remaining uncertainties about which of a few possible ways to do it and what to include or omit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is so pleased with how neat and organized she's gotten all of it, and praises her work warmly! He has thoughts on things to include or omit, but they're very indecisive rambly thoughts. 

He doesn't make any comment on her inclusion of the incomplete outline for the gryphon reproduction spell. (Azabel was not, at any point, able to figure out the intricacies of it from further notes.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he wanted to just hand it over he's had lots of chances, now.

She writes down all his opinions and finishes her outline and gets underway on drafting proper. And asks Skan to keep an ear out for moments she might hide in the eyrie, if anyone's likely to be granted the option to have a kid soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan will totally do that! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once she's properly underway on the draft and reading through in more detail, it's - notable that the section on the design of the gryphon reproductive system, which was apparently complicated to figure out given their mixed-origins anatomy, is very detailed and also...does not contain any kind of cross-referencing with the spell described elsewhere for gryphon fertility. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm, that could just be him not being very good at crossreferencing but it could be that they're usually just low fertility not no fertility, or something? Or they might have a heat cycle thing, cats do. Or something seasonal? Or both? How does he reconcile this -

Permalink Mark Unread

It looks like there's something to the low-not-no fertility aspect for males specifically. Their resting body temperature is too high? (It looks like this is less a deliberately planned restriction, and more just because, as flying creatures, they have a higher metabolic rate and run hotter than the lion source stock.) 

The females...have some sort of mechanism for going into heat. It doesn't look like a seasonal or cycling thing, though. She probably needs to read the section on their endocrine system to figure out what would trigger it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she will need to do that ANYWAY, so what does it say.

Permalink Mark Unread

It looks like a strong upswing in reproduction-related hormones is triggered by the female...fasting for a day and then gorging herself on as much meat as she can hold? This would need to be a day or so before an actual mating attempt for the female gryphon to be fully fertile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh.

She isn't going to IMMEDIATELY run and tell all the gryphons because it would be very obvious she did that but presumably Skan will tell her if somebody's about to ask Urtho for the spell and then she will hear about it if he says no.

Permalink Mark Unread

There aren't enough gryphons for gryphon baby requests to come up all that often, but a fortnight later Skan very eagerly goes looking for Azabel, bouncing with excitement. "Urtho'ss doing the sspell! My parentss' friendss, the oness who weren't mature enough lasst time they assked. I guess Urtho changed hiss mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh - I think the spell isn't strictly necessary but it would still be good to know, have you found a good place for me to hide?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess, I looked! ...Iss it not? How, I am confussed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It looks like it's not actually impossible for gryphons to have babies without the spell - which makes sense, if you think about it, he had to use actual animals and none of the animals need magic to have babies, the spell has to do something to the biology involved and I think you could do the something without the spell. But the spell's probably easier. Where should I go and when?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tomorrow night. I can sshow you where now, while no one'ss watching it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's a good plan. And I should show up before he does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess, that would be ssmart. I can fly you there now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Skan." Flying is SOGOOD.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's also kind of necessary, in this case! The eyrie where Urtho does the spell is a different one than the gryphons' usual living area; it's a sort of terrace higher up on the Tower, and while it looks perfectly accessible from inside, the door is locked. 

Skan glances around, then points at a corner, which has some tasteful ivy draping up against the stone. "I think you could hide there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably!" She tucks herself behind ivy experimentally. "Why does he do it here instead of the normal eyrie?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. Lesss crowded?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess. Can you see me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! ...Unlesss you move, then it russtless." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm... I can probably hold still enough, is breathing enough to rustle the ivy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let me watch a bit." Skan watches the ivy very very closely. "...Not enough that he'd notice, I think? Ssince there'ss ssome wind anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could turn myself green but that wouldn't help if it's just moving. And he doesn't see as well as you..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"True. He probably wouldn't be paying closse attention, either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm actually a little worried he'll spot me with mage-sight, he might use that for casting the spell. And I can't be just behind too much stuff to see because I need mage-sight to see the spell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That'ss a good point. Iss there anything elsse here that'ss magical, that you could hide behind or ssomething?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks around.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's shielding on the stone wall, though that's pretty low-magical-leakage, like all of Urtho's work, and doesn't look much like a person's life-energies. The ivy itself gives off ambient life-energy, enough to at least blur a person's mage-aura. ...Also there's a gutter pipe or something, to one end of the enclosure, which has some sort of stronger magical signature, maybe for self-clearing debris that ends up inside it from the roof. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I'm behind the ivy then I'll be indistinct, but I'm not sure I want to count on that... since I'm pretty sure you can get around needing the spell at all I might just not risk it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'ss fair." Skan glances around some more. "You could hide up there?" He gestures at the next flat section of roof above this terrace. "I bet Urtho wouldn't look up. But - I guesss the gryphonss coming here could fly in from above and then they'd ssee you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They might, yeah. I wish he'd do it in the eyrie, I could just hide under you in your nest and be very well covered!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd be more convenient!" Skan agrees. "Oh well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh well. Next time he turns somebody down they can try my idea, maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssure! I will let you know. Should I fly uss back down now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, thank you." On she climbs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan flies her back down to the courtyard. 

"How'ss the book coming, other than that? Any more good picturess to sshow me?" Skan has tried valiantly to read draft chapters for her, but the beautifully-done drawings are by far his favourite part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've seen all the pictures! But I'm making good headway on the writing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How much longer before you finissh it, do you think?" Skan is bouncing a bit. He is SO PROUD of Azabel who is writing a book because she's the SMARTEST. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, months at least, it's a huge thing to have on top of school. And then I don't know anything about the publication process!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'ss very impresssive!" Skan agrees. "I don't know how you do it at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's fun! It's just a lot of stuff, and I want it to be really good so people are like 'wow, the person who wrote that book was fourteen' and not 'yeah it makes sense the person who wrote that book was only fourteen'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Ssure, but I already know it'ss going to be amazing because you're the ssmartesst." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make it amazing! It's just a lot of steps."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guesss part of you being the ssmartesst iss you can take lotss of sstepss! I couldn't do it, I'm not ssmart enough to know what sstepss." Skan wraps a wing affectionately around her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet if you wanted to write a book you could figure it out. I mean, you'd need help to physically write it. But if you were writing a book about something you cared about enough, like - like how to do aerial acrobatics or something, I bet you could figure it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan looks very dubious. "I am not ssure you could teach aerial acrobaticss in a book! ...Maybe if you had a lot of picturess. I wissh it were eassier for gryphonss to draw." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah... can you not move your claws precisely enough at all, or is it just hard to hold pens made for humans?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, no, I can be very precisse if I want! For fighting. I - guesss I haven't tried finding a pen I could usse better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm going to get a big wad of clay, and stick a pen in it, and you can hold the wad of clay and it'll become a good shape and dry that way," she decides.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh!" Bounce bounce bounce. "You think that'd work?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know it wouldn't work and if it doesn't we can see why!" She strides off to find the nearest hertasi to ask if there's clay to be had.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can get her clay! There's a potter's workshop in the Tower (there's at least one of most kinds of workshop there). There are different sorts of clay that are most suitable for different uses, though, what does she want it for? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My gryphon friend can't hold a regular pen so I want to put a pen in some clay and have him hold that so it dries in the shape of his hand."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that - sculpting clay, do you think, or building or caulking clay?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not really sure! Maybe caulking?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'll go ask them, and maybe get samples of a few kinds, is that all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, and spare pens please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course!" The hertasi runs off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And when there are several wads of clay and several pens, Skan can experiment. Aza has paper on her, of course, so he can try different writing positions and see what's comfortable before the clay is committed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is so excited! This is such an amazing idea and he would feel kind of silly for never thinking of it before, except that even Azabel, who is the SMARTEST, didn't think of it until now. 

He finds a clay shape that feels comfortable to grip, with indentations for his claws to rest in so it doesn't slip around. "I'm worried it'll be lesss comfortable when it'ss hardened," he confesses.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe you can put fabric around it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'ss a good idea. I might need your help though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know how to sew a little! You might wind up needing to squish one a little smaller with bigger clawholes if it turns out to pad it too much but we can go through a few versions."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is delighted to work on that! It does end up taking a few tries to get something that works well, and once it exists it's still clear that he needs some practice at drawing before he'll be any good at it, but he's still so so so happy about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe they can take a drawing class together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is so flattered that Azabel wants to do that with him, and yes it would make him very happy. 

There are a couple of drawing classes being run in the Tower, it turns out, only one of which is compatible with Azabel's schedule or in a room that Skan can easily fit into (most of the Tower is gryphon-accessible but the belowground levels are pretty cramped for him; Skan is at this point unusually large and brawny even for a fully adult gryphon.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she can attempt to sign them both up for that one!

Permalink Mark Unread

It's in the evenings at the end of the schoolweek. The teacher is surprised but pleased to have her first ever gryphon student! It's a beginner class and fairly well paced. 

The session continues, uneventfully. Skan's parents' friends successfully get pregnant with their first child and are, apparently, very very happy about it. 

Three weeks later, Skan reports that another gryphon couple asked Urtho about children and were - well, not quite denied, but informed he wanted them to wait a month so he could think about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he say why he wanted to make them wait?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he wass worried they're too clossely related or not a good pair for ssome other reasson, and would have a baby with birth defectss?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...how does waiting help with that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe he wanted to sstudy the quesstion more or get advice from the Healerss? And - it ssounded like he thought they might change their mindss once they thought about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does that seem likely?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "I don't really know them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you introduce me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I can do that! I'll assk my parentss to introduce me to them firsst, I don't actually really know them, I just heard about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan gets back to her later that day. "Their namess are Lythar and Eshata. They can talk to you tonight if you sstill want to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan offers her a flying ride over to the gryphon eyrie again after supper. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lythar and Eshata are expecting her. It's still not that easy to tell gryphons apart when she hasn't interacted with that many adults, but Eshata has a reddish sheen to her fur which is quite recognizable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan introduces them. "And thiss is my friend Azabel!" he says proudly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, it's nice to meet you! I'm trying to talk to lots of gryphons with - a wide variety of experiences, for the book - and Skan mentioned you'd gotten put off when you asked about having kids?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, right, yess." Lythar glances at his wife. "He ssaid our baby might be born very ssick, becausse of - I didn't quite follow, did you, dear?" 

     "Becausse of what liness we come from, he ssaid." 

"Right, that." Wing-shrug. "He ssaid that a year ago he'd have told uss no, but - that thingss are different now." A questioning look at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel thought to bring all the notes she's working from on the original gryphon relatedness situation and looks up their names. "Did he say what was different?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That we are mature enough ass a sspeciess to - make ssome of our own decisionss," Lythar says. 

     "Whether we want to take the rissk," Eshata adds. "It iss not for certain that our baby would be ssick. And - if we were brave enough we could try more than once, I ssuppose." 

Azabel can find their names fairly easily in the records. They're somewhere between first and second cousins - first-generation gryphon relatedness is messy, due to all the crossmatching of the source stock and modifications in-womb - and also they're both identified as probable carriers of a particular gryphonic defect. They had minor birth defects which were fixed easily by the Healers, but now after further decades fo study, it seems likelier the trait that caused those is inherited and that a double dose of it in their child would be fatal in early childhood unless treated - and isn't something the Healers know especially how to treat. It's only speculative that they carry it at all, though, this isn't something the Healers can See closely enough to diagnose directly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he explain what the risk was?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Another glance at each other, this time sheepish. "Yess, but - we did not really follow," Lythar admits. "Neither of uss was ever much good in sschool." 

     "He ssaid to talk to the Healerss," Eshata adds. "That they could explain it better. I - haven't yet been brave enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. You should probably understand it before you go ahead but I bet Healers are better at explaining this kind of thing than me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makess ssense. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't really do anything but you're welcome?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Eshata nuzzles her partner. "You helped me feel brave enough to talk to the Healerss like I sshould." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...oh! Well, I'm glad I could help then. I hope they can explain it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope sso too!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Skan can fly her home again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not that Urtho doesn't necessarily have reasons that make sense behind all his decisions," Aza remarks, "it's that nobody's checking up on him the way he's trying to check up on all of you guys."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who do you think sshould be checking up on him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, me," says Aza. "But I wouldn't have to if there were someone else already doing it, I'm just doing it because nobody responsible was on that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough!" And Skan drops her off at her mother's house. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The session continues. Azabel and Ma'ar's class on long-distance communication is interesting, and definitely more challenging than anything else they've done yet. 

As usual Ma'ar defaults to partnering with Azabel, but he's less picky about it these days, since he gets along fine with all the other students. And there's some competition for this slot, lately. Another boy in the class, Shann, two years older and from a local noble family, is starting to angle toward partnering with Aza almost every class. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay? She doesn't especially care as long as Ma'ar isn't left in the lurch, it's good that he's making more... acquaintances? Probably not friends at this point. She doesn't make a fuss when Shann heads in her direction.

"It's sort of odd that we're practicing long-distance communication with each other. I was expecting to be spending more practice time talking to my dad," she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, is your dad a mage? I think all the ones we've learned so far need both people to be mages." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's not, that's one of the things I wasn't expecting! I can Mindspeak people who aren't mages and I thought it'd be more like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's possible? But it takes a harder spell, I guess like how apparently you need to be a stronger Mindspeaker to talk to people who aren't Gifted at all?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I hope we get to it." She shrugs and consults the notes on the exercise they're supposed to be doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He follows her lead and stays pretty focused the rest of the class, occasionally shooting shy looks her way when she isn't looking (or when he doesn't think she is, anyway). 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't especially notice any interesting qualities of the looks and since they're partnered up it would be weird if he were studiously avoiding her with his eyes. She doesn't comment on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't try to draw attention to it. 

Two classes later, though, he sidles over and manages to arrange to be paired with her again. "I think this exercise is a step on the way to that spell you wanted!" he offers brightly. "For talking to people who aren't Gifted, I mean. Where does your dad live, anyway?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a little town called Wayfork."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - it must be small, I haven't heard of it. How far?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It takes a few days in a wagon - I'm really looking forward to being able to Gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too! Gates are great. And - you're Adept too, right, it won't even be that tiring for you once you're good at it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I should be able to do it off nodes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles brightly at her. "I bet you'll be really good at it. ...Okay, hmm, how do we start on this exercise..." And he returns to mostly focusing on the class material while also looking at her and smiling at her more than most people do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What a smiley person.

Permalink Mark Unread

As the class is wrapping up, he clears his throat. "I, er, Aza... I had a question for you...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He fidgets. Smiles again, shyly, without quite looking straight at her. "I - do you want to, er, do something outside of class at some point? Like, uh, go on a walk in the gardens, or, I don't know, something..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's about to say "sure why not" when she notices that this is, possibly, not just about Shann wanting company while he walks through the gardens. "Um," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shann turns bright red. "It's, uh, no is fine..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not a no, I just wasn't expecting -" Gesture.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I, uh, if you wanted to - think about it, or something, that's fine too..." Shann sort of looks like he wishes he could disappear into the floor right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- yeah I think I will think about it? Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's okay." 

And he flees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that could've gone better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar glances up from where he's packing away his notes. :- Did something weird just happen? You're making a face: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Shann asked me out and I was not expecting it and handled it awkwardly:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh: Pause. :Do you not want to go out with him?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hadn't thought about it! I've never gone on a date. I guess he's nice? I don't know him that well:

Permalink Mark Unread

:What other things would you want to know about him?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's not like a list, it's like - being comfortable with him and stuff? Also I think it might matter if he's cute, which I also hadn't thought about:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense. I - haven't thought about that kind of thing either. I guess maybe you could tell him to ask at the end of the class session, and maybe by then you'll be able to tell?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I told him I needed to think, yeah, though he looked very awkward so maybe among dating-age people 'I'll think about it' is understood to mean 'no':

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar makes a face. :What would you be supposed to say if you actually want to think about it, then? It seems stupid for it to be a secret code!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe if you don't instantly know the answer is yes that means you're below some threshold for how interested you have to be for it to make sense to date? I don't know! I'm going to ask Ranara:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, that's probably a good idea. ...Can you tell me what she says, too, now I'm curious: No one has tried the same thing with him yet, but if they do he's not likely to handle it any more gracefully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can! - unless the advice is different for boys or something:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Why would it be different for boys, that also seems stupid: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Why would it be the same??:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wouldn't everyone be confused if they're not the same?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No? There's not, like, a hundred genders, and most people have parents of both sorts...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess: Every once in a while Ma'ar manages to forget that most people have parents, period. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:So for most people it would work fine if there's something they do and they're dating people who do some other matching thing. But Ranara'll know:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm: 

Ma'ar seems to consider this settled, and peels off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza asks Ranara and the next day tells Shann that she will go on a walk in the gardens with him if he still wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

He blushes. "Um, yes, I - would like that." Smile? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Smile! "When is a good time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How about, uh, tomorrow after classes in the afternoon?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I can do that." She does not have book deadlines.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles again, nervously. "I can meet you at the courtyard by the big entrance?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar catches up with her after classes that day. :So, did you talk to Ranara?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, she said I'm a good age to start thinking about what I like in boys and dating some of them is a good way to find out as long as they're nice and not, like, a lot older than me or otherwise sketchy, and then I had to sit through her entire lecture on sex even though she also did that when I was eight and again when I was eleven and I still have the notes from both times, and then she gave me a script for if I don't really feel like going out with him again after the once, but she said that when her mother did that it turned out not to work well because the way people talked had changed too much since her mother was a girl so I am encouraged to improvise to suit the situation:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Is telling their children about sex something parents normally do?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think so? ...you can't have my notes, I did not write them to be read. But you could ask Ranara if you want, she probably wouldn't mind?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I probably know the important things? My parents never told me, but - we did all sleep in one tent: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I guess that would demystify some stuff!: A lot of things Ranara covered were not just basic mechanics you could pick up from being in the same tent but Aza doesn't SUPER want to go into it. Except what if he's not in fact going to figure the rest out on his own or something even though Aza is pretty sure she could have. :If I were you I might find a grownup to ask about - not even just that but all kinds of stuff, just in case, because it would suck to be time-sensitively confused and not already have that lined up: she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe: Shrug. :I don't think it'd be relevant anytime soon: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you say so:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar seems to notice that she finds the subject awkward, and switches topics to asking her what she thought of some recent class material. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not awkward at all! She has plenty to say about recent class material.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can have a perfectly normal conversation about it! As usual they're both doing pretty well in the class, although they're less far ahead this time, since it's a cohort that includes some older and very talented students. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And after classes the next day, Shann is waiting in the courtyard for her. He's combed his hair and is wearing a nice shirt rather than the school uniform. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza did not consider what she was going to wear at all and is still in her school uniform and now is a little self-conscious about that but she pretends she isn't! "Hi - how are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good! I, uh, just had history class, the one with lots of discussions... How was your day?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was good, I have drawing class this evening so I've been fitting in sketches between classes, I like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow! You're doing a drawing class on top of everything else? That's impressive - uh, not that I'm surprised, of course you're up for that, you're smart..." He's blushing again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'm doing a book on gryphons out of Urtho's notes, and it has really good illustrations and I felt like I wanted to be better at drawing, and also my gryphon friend and I recently figured out how to adapt a pen so he can hold it, and he liked the drawings even more than I did, so we're taking the class together."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're friends with a gryphon? That's so cool! I, uh, find them kind of scary." Sheepish look. "Uh, I'm sorry, he probably hears that a lot..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I met him when I was little - and he was this big," she gestures housecat-sized. "So he doesn't scare me at all but he does have claws and stuff so I get it. I think he likes being intimidating actually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awww! I didn't know they were born that little, they grow up so big. What did he look like?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was fuzzy and super cute!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fuzzy, really! Aww. And he likes drawing?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if he still will when the novelty wears off, but so far yeah!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What else does he, um, do? ...Sorry, I - apparently don't know a lot about gryphons." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's very good at flying, that's his main hobby, he wins contests - they have contests."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! I see them flying around but I guess I didn't know it was, um, organized that way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, not all of it is, sometimes they do just fly around. Skan usually flies me home after school."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whoa! What's that like?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's wonderful, it's exactly as much fun as it looks like."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shann grins. "Your life is really cool, you know. Anyway, how did you even come up with the idea of making a special pen for him..." 

They walk around the garden. Shann keeps up similar chatter, asking her questions and offering cheery but not very contentful responses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza carries on the conversation agreeably but in the end does not especially want to schedule More Of This On A Regular Basis.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shann seems to have a good time, but maybe picks up on Azabel's lack of enthusiasm for More Of This; when he asks if she'd like to do it again next week, he does so tentatively and disclaiming that it's Definitely Fine If She Says No. (And turns red again.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so, but thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - I - um - that's fine, I - had a good time and you're really lovely and..." He bobs his head and sort of smiles while also turning crimson, and then escapes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Poor Shann. She makes a note to self that if she ever wants to ask someone from a class out she'll do it at the end of term so they will not run into each other in class should it fizzle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan, who heard a little bit about it from her before, asks her how it went while they're waiting for the drawing teacher to show up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was fine but I didn't want it to keep happening every week indefinitely so I figured I should probably stop it there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yess, I think it iss ssuppossed to be better than 'fine'? At leasst with gryphonss that is true." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I don't want to settle for fine. Do gryphons date like humans or do you do some other thing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We - have courtsship? At my age it'ss not sserious yet. Girlss preen at me a lot. They want me to invite them to fly together - I think they teach each other aerial movess that are ssuppossed to be attractive?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww, that's cute. "It's not serious at my age yet either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I supposse it'ss ssort of jusst practice for when we're older?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah... I think if there were somebody perfect for me we wouldn't need to have practice but there probably isn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Why do you think that? I'm sstill hoping the perfect lady for me iss out there!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...there aren't that many gryphons, can't you just figure out what would be perfect and check if she is? Anyway I think if someone were perfect that would have to include having complementary ways of figuring things out in the first place so it wouldn't be particularly awkward."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guesss. ...Why wass it awkward, today? I think I don't feel awkward very often, I...don't know for ssure that I get what you mean by it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He like - wanted me to like him and was trying really hard and didn't know how to get me to? And was also at the same time trying to pretend that he didn't care that much, because if he cared too much that could be scary or pathetic depending?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That ssounds kind of him! ....I am sstill not ssure I undersstand why it wass awkward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, it was kind of him, but it was also very - obtrusive? I don't really know how to explain it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan peers intently at her, then eventually shrugs with a wing. "Maybe I will undersstand that when I am your age." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, also, asks her the next time he sees her before class how her walk in the gardens went. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was fine, but just fine," she shrugs. "I tried to be nice about it but I think he's upset, I'll probably be partnering with you for the rest of the class."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, good!" Pause. "...I mean, you don't have to partner with me if you don't want to..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...of course I don't have to, but it'd be weird to partner with Shann now and most of the other pairs are pretty static so if I don't grab you early I might wind up leftover with him, and we're, you know, friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "Right. We're friends. ...See you in class next week, then."

And he heads off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel spends fully five minutes considering whether THAT meant anything but she's still only like 30% confident Ma'ar likes his fellow human beings ever in anything resembling a normal fashion so she eventually decides it did not.

Permalink Mark Unread

And their routine continues. Shann studiously avoids looking at her in class but keeps any other awkward feelings to himself. She can go back to partnering with Ma'ar, who has at some point gotten moderately ahead of her in the curriculum by dint of copious practice on his own - he has more free time to dedicate to this, since he's neither doing Mindhealing training nor currently writing a book. 

They're learning a spell that works to communicate with un-Gifted people! It does require anchoring on a focus, which they're going to learn how to make, so talking to her dad will need to wait on visiting him or maybe sending a package. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she can send him a package! How does the focus work? What do they need to do to make one?

Permalink Mark Unread

The focus isn't that complicated; it's just a set-spell version of the comms spell itself, appropriately stabilized to be laid on a bit of quartz. Blank quartz crystals are handed out for them to practice on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will put the one for her dad on a tasteful necklace.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's pretty!" Ma'ar says when she shows it to him. His own crystal just lives in his pocket. "I - sort of wish I had someone I could send mine to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't - know anybody back in Predain you'd want to talk to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "If I could get it to the clan lands I would, but they don't let visitors in, and...I dunno if anyone I knew from my clan is still alive. It was a really bad drought when I left." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, when you can Gate you could go in directly and look?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true, I could do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that normal, a bad drought wiping out a whole clan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, it wouldn't be just the drought, the other clans tried to steal our cattle all the time too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. And there isn't as much ambient mana there so they can't do weather magic about it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's really arid, there's not a lot of magic. Or mages. I - was the only one in my clan - there might be more in other clans but I don't know how they'd learn weather magic, it's complicated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you going to go start a school?" she wonders. "Later?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I haven't decided for sure what'll make sense to do first. I - I don't just want to help the clans, though, the rest of Predain is bad too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you think the rest of it needs?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't really know, yet. Better enforcement of the laws, I think - maybe different laws in general - more training for mages..." Shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What different laws?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Not sure. I don't know what the law is, really? I just know what I - saw people doing. Maybe they were breaking the law. But - people have slaves, there, I want to change that. And - no one seemed to think they could do anything about the King's Guard - raping people, or stealing from them..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So better - procedures, at least, even if it turns out that was all in fact definitely illegal on paper."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. ...I don't know exactly, I couldn't really read or write yet when I was there, and - it'll probably have changed, right, by the time I'm old enough to go back. So I'll need to spend a while just figuring out what the actual important problems are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, especially since not all of it will be the same as the place you grew up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I did have to travel through a lot of it - I didn't know where I was going at first, so I ended up traveling not very directly. But you're right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When we know how to Gate and you've taken weather magic do you wanna go see if your clan's still there, make sure they have enough rain?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh. Yes, that's a good idea, I'd like to do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could maybe ask a teacher to bring us if any of them have been in the area but if they don't allow visitors probably no one has."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The clans murder any strangers who try to go through their territory. Even people from other clans. So probably not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...they'll recognize you, right? And if they don't we can Gate out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If anyone from my clan is still alive they should recognize me. If they're not, then." Shrug. "I don't think mages would be in that much danger, the only weapons they'd have there are spears and rocks." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we can handle spears and rocks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. Anyway, I'm glad you'll be able to talk to your dad soon. I'm sure he'll be happy about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He will be, I told him in my last letter we'd get to it soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar smiles. "How's the gryphon book draft coming?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really good! I'm a couple weeks out from a finished first draft, I think, and then it'll be a lot of downtime while I wait for Urtho's revisions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice. And then you'll have more free time for a bit to study, I guess. Are you taking the longer break before the next session?"

They're about to be a year into their training, and were mildly encouraged to take a month or two off, or do one of the more self-paced curriculum classes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I'm going to visit my dad again and see if the book counts like a self-study and see if I can perfect the lie detection thing, it's really hard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! That seems really useful to have, the lie detection I mean." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll be handy! I need a lot more practice though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I really wish I could learn how to do it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might be able to? I think the trick is supposed to work for any Mind-Gift and you're a Mindspeaker. D'you want me to ask Lionwind if he'll teach you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!"

Permalink Mark Unread

So she can pass on this question!

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind seems dubious. "I - confess I do not have the first idea how to teach it to someone with a different Mind-Gift. I could write to my old teacher and see if she has any advice?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're a Mindspeaker too, even if you aren't a very strong one? You don't know how to do it that way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! Mindspeech is not at all the same kind of Othersense. I...suppose I could play around with it - that being said, I think whatever was taught among the Haighlei took years to learn with other Mind-Gifts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then how did they learn to get Mindhealers doing it, do they have lots more of us and it's complicated to figure out how to do it with a new Gift?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know very little about this! My guess is that it arose because they ban almost all uses of Mind-Gifts period, and...perhaps do not actually know how to distinguish the different kinds of Gifts at all?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- how could they possibly not know? They start out not very controlled - you'd have one person seeing Mindhealer metaphors and one person accidentally mindreading and one person making everybody around them giggly or sad or something -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think those being obviously distinct depends on our - ontology of what Gifts are? I have read about places that do not distinguish Gifts from each other at all, and call all of it 'magic' and simply think that different people have different strengths at 'magic'." Shrug. "I am really very far from being an expert on this, though, I am just remembering things my teacher said to me decades ago." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. That's so peculiar - I wonder if we're making some kind of mistake like that, only I've never heard of - some thing that only a hedge-wizard can do that an Adept can't which might mean it was a separate Gift with overlap, or anything..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have heard rumours of such things? But nothing easily verified - which might not be surprising, a Gift that is not identified and trained in a standard manner will end up looking much more variable between people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that makes sense. The thing Urtho did to check me for Gifts and potential, does that admit of false diagnosis?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would expect Urtho to be very good at it, but I have heard of Gifts being misdiagnosed that way when the testing was done by a less experienced mage." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Maybe there are - hiding Gifts somewhere - but I don't immediately see how to find out, oh well. Anyway, I'm sure Ma'ar would be glad if you'd figure out how to teach him to lie-detect."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will write to my teacher, then. And see what I can figure out by trying it myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for bringing it to my attention again! I ought really have thought of it myself - it could be revolutionary, if any Thoughtsenser could be taught lie-detection..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it would be really big, and then you'd never have to worry about being bothered about lie-detecting for student disciplinary matters! Once you'd trained a classful, anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would be wonderful!" Lionwind looks thoughtful. "- You know, you have both Gifts as well, and stronger than I. And the mental flexibility of youth. Once you master the trick of doing it with Mindhealing, perhaps you could make some headway imitating it with Thoughtsensing, and beat me to it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good idea. I'll work on it over the break."

Permalink Mark Unread

He pats her on the shoulder. "You are going to visit your father again? Do please write to me if you end up seeing patients there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I probably will, I did last time, and I'll write you like last time. Oh, I could also give you a communication-spell focus! I can do it with non-mages now if they have a focus."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What an excellent idea!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can have this one, I can make another for my dad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes another focus, and she goes on her trip, and catches up with her patients in her dad's town, and checks in with Lionwind about them. She has a nice time hanging out with her dad, comes fishing and scoops fish out of the river with MAGIC and cooks them with him for dinner, and comes back in plenty of time for the start of the next term.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar seems glad to see her again, though as usual he's not very demonstrative about it. "I did a study project on Gates," he tells her. "Not permanent Gates, but there are other variations on it - you can do Gates just from pictures, if you're really really good, or using a direction on a map..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, cool! How good does the picture have to be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really know? I think it'd depend on how good you are at the technique, but I can't do Gates at all yet to test it, so..." Shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we can try it when we can do Gates. I'm excited."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too!" 

They don't have Gates on their curriculum yet, not until the second half of the year, but they've been graduated by the tutor who was working with them on ley-line and node use, to join the students learning to cast various kinds of larger heavy-duty spells that can't be done without nodes. Most of that cohort is at least eighteen. 

Ma'ar wants to take the concert-work class too, but he expects Azabel maybe won't want to? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I kinda don't want to. Maybe you can try teaching me whatever they do on the first day and I can do it with you and see if it's very awful and if it isn't take it later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, if you don't want to do concert projects when you're grown up, maybe it won't matter? I think you only need it for really really big things. I can show you what I learn though, and I'm pretty sure I won't read your mind by accident." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I might want to if it isn't awful! I would just need to know how likely it would be to be awful to make an informed decision."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, I'll let you know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks!"

Now, what classes does she want to take this term...

Permalink Mark Unread

She has a lot of options! There are classes on book-preservation spells and emergency medical spells (to imitate basic field Healing for non-Healers) and jewelry-making with magic and long-distance scrying and a dozen other very specific courses that she's now considered advanced enough to take. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, those are all very specific. To the point where it seems weird to spend a whole term on anything so specific, actually, like, probably she doesn't need ten different book preservation spells? Are those little half-term dealies or something?

Permalink Mark Unread

The classes run for a full three-month term, but the very very specific ones meet once rather than twice a week. The Healing one is a full-sized course; there are a lot of spells to cover; the book-preservation one needs a couple of months work of building up with simpler and then intermediate-complexity preservation spells that don't, for example, allow the necessary handling that books are submitted to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will take the emergency medicine class and the preservation spell class, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Ma'ar takes concert-work and emergency medicine as well as the practice sessions casting from nodes, which is a very heavy course load but he is, at this point, fairly sure he can keep up fine.

The teachers are decent and the students are easier to get along with, maybe by dint of being older. 

Ma'ar finds Azabel after his second concert-work class (the first one was just discussing theory.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! How'd it go?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was fun! - Uh, I don't think you should take it yet, some of the other students were really not that good at shielding once we were doing something weird with it. But I can teach you the basic exercise and if you're good enough at it then no one will be able to read your mind by accident." He makes a face.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad I didn't sign up, then. Was it very awkward, or -" She knows she's unusual but she cannot reasonably be unique in all the world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "It didn't bother me. I think maybe some other people were embarrassed but it's not like people don't know that sometimes other people think about sex or whatever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, yes, but they don't know what specifically the other people think about it or when." It's also not like people don't know that sometimes other people go to the bathroom but mercifully she has never had to explain that this, too, is private, to Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I figured out what kind of shielding I have to practice to make sure I don't pick up things from other people, on top of them not reading me. I'll tell you if that works, and then if I teach you before you take the class then it should be fine? Uh, if you don't mind that other students might read each other's minds by mistake, but not yours." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, they'll do that whether or not I'm there, presumably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Presumably," Ma'ar agrees, cheerfully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And it doesn't especially matter to me if I'm in the room or not at the time. Thanks for checking it out - I mean, I know you wanted to do it anyway, but thanks for finding out what I need to know to do it later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome! How was the preservation spell class?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was fun! We won't get to anything that can do books - and still let you, like read them - till later, so we're starting on spells for stuff like food and walls."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, preserving food sounds like it could be useful though! If you wanted to go on a long trip or something. How well does it work?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not something you'd want to bother with for, like, a household, but if you have a big store of emergency grain it's good for keeping mold or pests out of it. I guess if you were going on a long trip it'd be good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe if we both finish all our other work before the weekend then you can teach me," Ma'ar suggests. "Has Urtho said anything about the book draft yet?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet, I'll pester him about it sometime if he doesn't get back to me but if I'm picking the timing I might as well wait till I'm not especially busy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I hope he didn't forget - I guess probably the hertasi would remind him..." Shrug. "I'm going to go study more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

The session continues. They learn a mage-gift technique for how to stop bleeding in an emergency; it basically uses a very local burst of heat to cauterize open blood vessels, so it needs cleaning up by a real Healer later, but the teacher has some testimonials about how it's Saved Lives. They move on to learning targeted heat-spells when people are in a bad way because of exposure to cold weather. 

Ma'ar thinks he's gotten the hang of how to manage his personal shields so he can neither read anyone else's mind nor have anyone else read his, even though at least some of the students in his concert-work class are definitely not up to speed on this. (He doesn't mind either thing much, so he's tested this by deliberately partnering with the worst students and then not shielding properly.) He can teach Azabel if she wants? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel thinks her emergency medicinal magic class is very cool even if it probably won't come up. "Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Ma'ar can set aside a time that weekend to show her what he's been learning! 

First he offers to demonstrate a few rounds of lowering his low-level shields, the part relevant to allow concert melds of reserves, first while keeping everything else up and then doing it sloppily and then alternating some more. "You can watch me with Mindhealing Sight, if that helps," he adds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, it would, yeah, thank you -" What is his clockwork doing when he does this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really interesting, actually! He - seems to have built in a pathway to a part of his mind that would normally be totally subconscious, something that would happen without his even having to think about it. And there are two versions of that pathway, now - one of them is sort of hasty-looking, thrown into place without much attention to exactly where it landed, and another is very very carefully placed to only turn this gear, right here, while touching nothing else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooooh - show me again both ways?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is content to repeat it as many times as she finds useful! He's still at the point where further practice is valuable for him as well, and with the more-precise method in particular he's concentrating very hard to get it to work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She practices along with him, finding corresponding gears in her head and concentrating mightily to make just the one selected gear engage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar thinks that she's very quick at this kind of thing! He waits, gives her a chance to practice, and after a few minutes asks her if she's feeling ready to practice a reserves-meld with him. 

"I promise if you're not shielding right then I'll stop right away and not read your mind at all," he adds. "I can do that - I tested it, with, uh, the students who are bad at this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I think I can try it like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, and lowers his inner-level shields as obviously as he can, without moving anything else. He - offers out a sort of metaphorical handshake to her, or no, not quite handshake - it's not the same thing Mindspeech links do at all, maybe more like - bumping hips while dancing, or something...

Permalink Mark Unread

- bump. Hello, Ma'ar's magic, this is Aza's magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a few awkward nudges and near-misses and almost but not quite falling into rapport, and then - there - their minds are still fully separate behind individual shields but their reserves are somehow a single pool, blended, still and quiet and almost thrumming with readiness for whatever they want to do next. 

And, on an entirely distinct level from that merging, Ma'ar reaches out with formal Mindspeech. :You can try some magic, if you want - you should be as strong as both of us together: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh. What would benefit from this that she knows how to do... well, there's weather magic but the classes always cleared large practice workings ahead of time to make sure they wouldn't make a mess...

...she hasn't worked on flying in a while. She wraps herself in a sling of force and wafts up, up, up, not too far to catch herself safely if she should make a mistake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar watches her, keeping his reserves fully open to share with her and also visibly SO DELIGHTED. 

Permalink Mark Unread

WHEEEEEE but not too whee because she should practice slow and low before she tries to go whooshing through the sky like a bird. "Do you want a turn? I think I can pick you up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She scoops him too and whooshes him about gently.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a bit scary but also exhilarating!

Ma'ar manages to keep his low-level shields open to her in the right position the whole time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can get in a fair amount of swooping before they're tired!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar thinks this is AWESOME. 

He's also very, very tired by the end, despite not having done any magic himself, since he was lending his reserves as well. 

"You did great," he encourages her. "We're going to learn concert-Sight next, in the class - once I figure the shields out for that I can teach you as well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh! You could look at your clockwork!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be so helpful!" Ma'ar agrees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's really useful! Also pretty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Prettier than mage-sight?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmmm... pretty like calligraphy instead of like flowers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh." Ma'ar is especially curious to see it, now, but it can wait until he's mastered the relevant technique and can show her. 

The session continues. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Another week later Urtho finally writes back to Azabel about the book draft - or rather, sends the full draft back with his commentary scrawled in the margins. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has plenty of practice reading his handwriting by now and can get underway on her revisions. Compared to organizing the whole thing in the first place it's a piece of cake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho sends a brief note thanking her for the revisions once she sends the new draft back to him, and then is silent again for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar complains that getting the shield-alterations right for concert-Sight without accidental mindreading is way harder than just sharing reserves - the shields are at a more similar 'level', just for different mental faculties, but even he is getting more of an earful, well, Thoughtsensing-ful impression of his classmates' heads than he would really prefer. He thinks he'll have it down in a few more weeks though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You used to go around reading people's minds all the time, didn't you? I'm surprised it particularly bothers you to get glimpses."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I used to skim surface thoughts a lot? That's fine. I'm just really bored of people having the same feelings all the time that this is embarrassing or too hard or they feel awkward. You don't really get emotions as a Thoughtsenser unless you're in a meld, I think, but - they get repetitive." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds more like Empathy than Thoughtsensing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of the books I read in the library thought that maybe they're not as distinct as everyone says?" Ma'ar says, thoughtful. "Mindspeakers get overtones, and good Empaths can get images and bits of memories, which is content not just emotions. They're just - focused differently? Specialized differently?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lionwind and I were talking about that the other day, about how it could be hard to tell apart some Gifts... it's probably not the case that they're actually the same Gift but I do wonder what else there is to know about how they all relate to each other."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. That's interesting. Why were you talking about that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, the Haighlei apparently don't let anyone use Mind-Gifts for anything except truth checking, and have a way to do it with any Mind-Gift, and me and Lionwind are having a race to see who cracks doing it with Thoughtsensing first. But anyway that means they don't really know over there how many Gifts there are or which ones are the same versus different."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. That...seems like a waste of Gifts, really, but I guess it does mean they're not going around mindreading." Ma'ar has spent long enough around Azabel, at this point, to at least slightly feel like this is, perhaps, arguably, an advantage more generally and not just something that would appease her. "Oh, did you figure out how to do lie-detection with just Mindhealing yet?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can sometimes do it but I don't think I have it completely down yet, in practice people get past me if they tell me things that are kind of arguable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! I guess the thing you're measuring is - intent, or something? Whether they're meaning to lie? And if they're only sort of meaning to then it's ambiguous?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. But I think I can get more precise about it. Do you want to practice? Just tell me stuff and some of it can be true and some of it can be false."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right! ...Um, what sorts of things, I guess it has to be things you don't already know about me -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I can try on things I do know but it makes it harder to be sure why I know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. I - can talk about things from Predain before I came here, then." 

And Ma'ar starts attempting this. He thinks he was thirteen winters old when he left the Plains. (True.) The roads in Predain are red. (False.) The first town he passed was called Three Mills (arguable, it depends how you define 'town' and whether the settlements he passed before that were closer to villages...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza finds practicing this really fun. She notes her hit rate on a little graph.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is glad that it's useful! He can keep going for a while until he's out of ideas for true or false or arguable things to say. 

It's a fun game for him, too, and he's more relaxed after a while and also running low on content. 

"- And the chief of my tribe killed my baby sister before she was a person because there was a drought and too many cows'd died that summer," he adds. 

(This is true. Ma'ar says it very matter-of-factly, like it's exactly the same level of salient as 'I met a person at an inn once who had red hair.') 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

They have probably been friends long enough that their relationship could withstand one erroneous hug, and if it is a non-erroneous hug it should happen. Aza hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is so startled! He goes rigid for a moment, holds himself perfectly still, then very deliberately relaxes. 

:What?: he asks - in Mindspeech, both because his face is currently sort of smushed against her which will muffle talking, and because it means her answer, if she follows his lead, will have Mindspeech overtones that might help him figure out WHY she picked this exact moment to do this unexpected thing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I can stop if you want?: Inconveniently for Ma'ar her Mindspeech is very low on overtones in general.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has to think for a moment about whether he wants her to stop. 

:No, it's fine, it's - nice - I'm just confused...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You just told me about your baby sister!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I've told you about lots of things? I - it's sad, but - so are a whole bunch of things...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, that one was hugging-sad:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is still confused but he's not complaining. He will let himself be hugged. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually she lets him go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel's reaction to all of that was disconcerting, even if he wasn't originally upset about it, and Ma'ar doesn't really feel like continuing the practice. He feels very off-balance. 

"Is someone's sister being dead - normally the sort of thing you'd hug people about?" he says uncertainly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I mean, not if she died of old age twenty years ago but yours was a baby who got murdered relatively recently!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think it's less sad because she was a tiny baby and not a person yet? And that's - sort of the point, right, if they'd waited until she had a name then my mother would've been attached and way more sad about it, and they already knew the clan couldn't feed another person..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess if you're not sad about it that's fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm...not not sad about it?" Now Ma'ar is feeling like there's something important here that he's failing to convey and he has no idea what it is. "Just, it's - I'm not more sad about her than I am about - all the women in the capital who'd had the King's guards do bad things to them, or - farmers whose children starved or died of the flux...or all the other things wrong in Predain..."

Shrug. "And - she didn't suffer much, right, not for long - he didn't just - leave her out to die of the cold, he clubbed her in the head until she wasn't alive anymore, and - and no one was lying about what they were doing, or - or pretending it was actually good and righteous..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza shifts a little uncomfortably. "I mean, objectively, yeah, lots of things are equally bad, but usually people specifically care about their families."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems less good than - being able to do math and care about all of the people equally?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine, I retract my hug." You could do math and also at the same time like specific people enough to have ever hugged a friend you've had for like a year before and mourn your murdered baby sister! These things are not in tension actually!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is now feeling even more off-balance and like he miscommunicated something even worse somehow. 

"No, I - didn't mind - I liked that you hugged me," he manages. "I...just don't get why you hugged me about that and not, I dunno, about the time the caravan guards I was with tried to rape me in the middle of the night and I had to run away and I probably killed one of them with magic–"

He cuts off. "...I guess I didn't. Tell you about that properly - felt like it'd come up but maybe it was just in hypotheticals..." Now he feels SO AWKWARD, which is a very unfamiliar feeling and he has no idea what to do with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You had not told me about that and I would ALSO have hugged you about that except now I am not clear on how to hug you about specific things and not about all of the misery in the universe without it being weird!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Why can't you hug me about all the misery in the universe? That - seems like the most hug worthy thing, really?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it's always happening all the time and if you aren't partial to misery in the universe that happens to you then it seems weird to be partial about whether it happens to have come up in conversation so I would have to carry you around at all times and that would not work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I don't have feelings about it all the time? That'd be - really counterproductive, then I wouldn't be able to focus on studying and getting stronger so I can actually fix it? ...Do you have feelings about it all the time, that sounds awful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I do not have feelings about it all the time, but also I'm partial about it! Regardless of my ability to do math!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Sorry? I didn't - I don't mean..." Ma'ar has no idea what thing he doesn't mean; he feels like Azabel somehow took his words and turned them into something completely different and now he's just confused and dizzy with it and it feels like all the words are quicksand. "Sorry. I - think you're good and I don't think you're bad and - I am going to go back to my room now -"

And he runs away before whatever incredibly stupid and pointless emotion he's having now has a chance to become any more inconvenient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that could probably have gone worse somehow.

She goes home and practices magic instead of lie-detection all evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next day when she sees him in class, Ma'ar is calm and smiles at her as though nothing unusual happened the night before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, she can work with that. ...not without some disquiet but she's not going to try to hash that out in class.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Ma'ar is also still kind of disconcerted by the whole thing, but he's not sure how to bring it up usefully at all, at least not until he understands a lot more things about other people which - are going to be hard to learn without mindreading, honestly. He wonders if he should try harder to make friends with some students other than Azabel so he can ask them without poking her on whatever made her upset earlier... Anyway this is not on-topic for class and he sets it aside and focuses on the practice exercise.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does magic as competently as ever and proceeds to her Mindhealing lesson.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind is, as always, very perceptive. They're seeing a patient together first and he doesn't say anything during that session, and addresses Azabel in Mindspeech exactly as usual, but afterward, once he's caught up on the bare-minimum for his notes but before they discuss it fully, he peers at her. 

"Is everything all right? You seem a little preoccupied." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm a little preoccupied, yeah, I had a - weird conversation with Ma'ar yesterday? It wasn't really in a Mindhealing capacity - I mean, I was practicing lie-detecting on him at first but it wasn't about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Hmm. If it is still troubling you now, I am guessing this may be because it is - at least related to things that also came up in a more strictly Mindhealing capacity. Is that right, or is it something else?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not unrelated, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind nods. "Well, I will leave it up to your judgement whether it is related enough to be worth us discussing now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, he told me about how his baby sister got murdered when she was born because his clan couldn't feed another person, and I hugged him, and he was like, why did you hug me about that when I am equally sad about bad things happening to people I have never met, and I said most people are partial and he said it was better to be able to do math about it, and then asked why that and not the time caravan guards tried to rape him, which I guess he didn't see fit to bring up when I specifically asked about it because he was successful at self-defense and therefore it's irrelevant?? And then we got onto - whether either of us have feelings about all the misery in the world all the time, which we don't, and I said something defensive about being able to do math, and he, uh, apologized and ran away."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind nods, thoughtfully. "It sounds as though there are several layers to unpack there! ...I would ask you if he seems to still be upset about it, but given - everything I know about him - I doubt you would be able to tell, so. Did you get a sense of how much he was bothered by - being touched in itself, separate from how you prioritized what to hug him about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was startled but he said it was fine and that he liked it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm. Do you have a guess about why he brought up the caravan guards this time, when he did not do so before even when much more directly asked about it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't. I guess he sounded like he didn't totally remember that he hadn't already told me till he did tell me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. My guess is that he trusts you more, or feels more that you are a friend, now than he did then? ...Also it sounds a little to me as though it were some sort of - conversational counterattack, where he felt defensive and was perhaps on some level bringing it up because he thought it would be upsetting? I am not sure, though, that is very speculative and probably not the most important aspect of this anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he did it to upset me? But he might have done it to, I don't know, try to make me seem inconsistent..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that would fit." Sigh. "I am sorry - this all sounds rather unfortunate and stressful for you, and you were just trying to be friendly and help. ...You know, though, his thinking here does not surprise me, given the other things you have said to me about him. If you consider it now, does it make sense why he would have his emotions set up this way?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kind of? It's not surprising in retrospect."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds to me as though he did not intend to cause you to feel defensive, and was surprised and sorry about this part - which fits, too, modeling the emotions of others is a skill that many people your age have not yet acquired. And - I imagine for him it is protective, deciding not to be more devastated by the loss of family than by other more distant wrongs in the world. Since he has no family left, right, at least in his mind he has no one and is on his own." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I can see why he'd want to be set up that way, just..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It bothers you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really feel like I have a right to be bothered about it? But it's strange and makes him harder to figure out and it makes it harder for him to figure other people out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I can understand that. Are you - wanting to do something about it? Have another conversation with him, explain your impression -?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe? I don't know that I actually have a good explanation for him and he was acting totally normal in class today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem likely that he will be - more able to achieve the goals he cares about in the world, if he can understand other people better? But it also does not seem urgent, and he may well figure it out on his own in time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also he was the one to leave yesterday so maybe he just wants to think about it on his own for a bit and then he'll bring it up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I guess I'll leave it alone for now but if he still hasn't brought it up in a week or starts acting weird or something I will rethink this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds to me like a sensible plan." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod nod. "Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He pats her shoulder. "I would not worry about it too much. Ma'ar is someone who can look out for himself and his own feelings, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, indeed, isn't noticeably weird or uncomfortable with her at all during the ensuing week. He doesn't offer himself as a test subject for lie detection again, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's okay. She'll crack it without his help. She goes to Lionwind the following week and announces she has the Mindhealing-style lie detection and is going to start working on the Thoughtsensing one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent work! I have made some progress there, I think, but I will not be at all surprised if you crack it before I do, you are such a diligent student." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I might! The trouble is I'm not sure who to practice on. When I was trying it the Mindhealing way the worst case was I'd accidentally see their gears, which isn't very invasive, but with Thoughtsensing it's worse... will the truth checking thing work with their shields up? I'd think probably not except there are different kinds of shields for all the gifts, and people sometimes wind up with Thoughtsensing shields even if they don't have any Gifts of their own, and in Haighlei that would look like... I guess it might just look like some people being better at questioning uncooperative subjects."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. You know, if my teacher's theory behind this is correct then it ought to work, and might even be helpful for learning. Her idea was that Gift-channels are - somewhat specialized, but not necessarily as rigidly as people tend to think? And that, for example, a Thoughtsenser can learn to 'unfocus' their senses - in a way that is actually much less useful for reading the content of thoughts, just as a poorly ground telescope lens is no good for looking at stars, but that also picks up on broader patterns of the mind? In which case learning to 'unfocus' Thoughtsensing in this way, to also cover what Mindhealing Sight generally does, would mean looking around the usual Thoughtsensing-specific shields? ...I am not sure, though, this is all very speculative." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Well, I still have to find people who don't mind if I accidentally read their minds to practice till I can unfocus enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not mind if you practice on me, but unfortunately I am also very busy. Do you have other ideas for people to ask?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranara would probably say yes but I don't actually know if she's comfortable with it as opposed to just thinking it would only be responsible to agree."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Yes, I agree. What about your friend Skan?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He'd probably actually be fine with it, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then it sounds like we have a plan - you can talk to him. And if it turns out he is uncomfortable with it then we could discuss ways to bring it up with your mother that would involve less implicit pressure?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good luck, then!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She brings it up with Skan that afternoon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bounce bounce bounce. "That would be sssoo cool if you could learn to do it! Of courssse you can practisse on me!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. "Thanks! Make sure you aren't thinking about anything too sensitive and say when?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Okay, when!" 

Skan is very determinedly thinking about RACING MOVES. The one where you need to make a really steep turn and you sort of scrunch one wing and tuck the other one under you and it feels like you're about to flip over but you DON'T and instead you're suddenly going the other way. The one where you need to dodge a brick wall at the LAST SECOND and the best way to do it is to very very suddenly bank upward and your belly almost touches the bricks but it doesn't quite... Skan's visual-spatial imagination is incredibly detailed and this is filling nearly all of his attention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, blurry. How does she unfocus the sense, make this all blur into just "flying" and then "nothing in particular" - "Say things? Things that could be true or lies."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow it's really hard to think of lies on the spot! "I, ummm, I - like the colour red." (True.) "My father is better at flying than me." (So, so false.) "My teacher iss nice." (Duuuubious, his teacher is nice to Skan but Skan, having had Azabel as a friend from babyhood, is very aware of bullying in general and his teacher isn't horrible to the less popular students but 'nice' would be a stretch...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Blur blur blur, till all she gets is the faintest sense of whether he's all lined up or not in there -

Permalink Mark Unread

Even with her level of trained control, it's hard! It's really really hard! 

- but she gets a flicker of it, just for a fraction of a second, she couldn't say anything specific about Skan's thoughts except that he's definitely lying about liking the gargoyles above the rose-garden entrance. And then it's gone and she's lost it, but it happened!

Permalink Mark Unread

"EEEE I had it for a sec - I'll try again, keep going, you can repeat stuff till I'm closer to having it down, it won't make a difference till then -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Eeeeee!!! That’sss sssso exsssiting!” Skan’s gryphon accent gets much more marked lately when he’s excited.

He racks his memory and tries to repeat things from before until Azabel tells him it matters again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She lets him know, when she's got the hang of the blur to the point where she can pay somewhat more attention to what he's in fact saying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no now he has to come up with more ideas for truths and lies and in-betweens, this game gets hard after a while! 

"- I read a book about a bridge that collapssed because the inventor wass drunk when he dessigned it." (Not quite true, the bridge collapsed and the engineer had been negligent but probably not drunk.) "My friend Latiksha likess the colour blue." (True.) "My father was sscared of the dark when he was little..." (False; it's his mother who was.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She marks her observations down and confirms them with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's catching nearly all of his lies! It's not as accurate as when she does it with Mindhealing yet, especially on the ambiguous cases; Skan discovers he can slip things through by thinking mostly about the part that is true and not the false aspects. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she needs more practice! (She has shorthand for various flavors of ambiguity and is working on having the same finesse with those in this mode as she does with Mindhealing-Sight.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She can make a little more progress in the next candlemark of practicing, and then Skan begs off, promising that he'll spend some time thinking of LOTS AND LOTS of truths and lies for the next time she wants to practice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, all right, go have fun. Thanks for helping."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome!" Bounce bounce. "Obvioussly you figured it out, you're the sssmartesst!" He's so proud of his friend. "Want me to fly you home?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can do that! 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is very smug the next day; having gotten it down enough to avoid accidental mindreading even if she doesn't have her discernment perfect she spent all evening practicing on Ranara and thinks she has it perfect in both modes now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar notices this the next day when they're in class together. He arrives late, but can still reach out to her in Mindspeech. 

:- You seem really happy about something?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I finagled Thoughtsensing-based lie detection! It went really fast probably because I knew the results I was looking for from the Mindhealing kind. I'll write a treatise on it as long as the book's on Urtho's desk for the time being:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wow! That's so impressive - good work!: 

There is, perhaps, the very faintest hint of distance or discomfort or something in that neighbourhood, in Ma'ar's mindvoice, but mostly his praise is very sincere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I beat Lionwind to it!: she says after a pause in which she decides not to pursue the discomfort.

Permalink Mark Unread

:- You must've worked so hard: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I practiced with Skan till he was sick of it and then Ranara once I had it down enough that I wouldn't read her thoughts accidentally:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, good: Ma'ar says this sort of noncommittally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...she is going to focus on class now and maybe try to grab him after.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is also going to focus on class. 

He doesn't try to evade pursuit afterward; in fact, he sort of half-glances back at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Hey."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes - maybe - I'm not sure..." He trails off, avoiding her eyes, and switches to Mindspeech. :I - wanted to say sorry. About snapping at you the other day. It was rude of me: Ma'ar isn't at all sure this is the right thing to say but he's had days to think about it and hasn't come up with anything better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's okay. I was really defensive and stuff:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. Well, I - was defensive too, I guess, and I shouldn't've gotten upset, it just made it worse: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I wound up talking to Lionwind about it, I hope that's okay:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Uh, that's fine, I - am curious what you said though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can flip back to her notes on the conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar listens to her recounting of the conversation notes. He seems calm and thoughtful about it, with no current sign of defensiveness. 

"I didn't expect it to make you defensive," he admits. "So - I wasn't understanding you right and making good predictions. Which is bad and I - think I could do things better if I understood other people more. What do you think?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you're right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you - help explain what I was missing?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can try? It's complicated and I don't know exactly which parts you're missing and how but I can try - do you have questions for me to start with -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar frowns for a while. 

"- I guess now that I think about it, I'm not actually confused that - most people are partial that way?" he says finally. "But it seemed like it was more - offputting to you, than I'd've predicted?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was sort of - uh - I don't actually know if you actually implied this let alone whether you meant to but I experienced an implication that being emotionally partial would make me worse at large-scale decisionmaking?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. I - get that, I think. Sorry." Ma'ar shakes his head. "I don't think it'd make you worse at it, really. But...i think that's because you're self-aware about it? And careful, and - if you were Queen you wouldn't put, I don't know, your mother first ahead of your kingdom, right? But - I think a lot of people would, or wouldn't even know if they were doing that..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you actually observed monarchs doing this or are you guessing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I don't personally know any monarchs, but - I think I've seen people do that in general. I...feel like Urtho was doing something partial to do with the gryphons - not exactly the same sort of thing but it feels related." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How's it feel related?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think he felt like the gryphons were his, or like he was the parent of all of them, or something? And he - wasn't asking himself if he was actually making the right choices for them, just - doing what felt right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That wasn't about feeling partial to the gryphons, I think? It seemed more like he was trying to see them as a species instead of as a few hundred people."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Maybe I'm wrong to compare it, I don't know. I - think it would make me worse at making decisions if I had more - partial feelings about things. But I might just be weird." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How would it make you worse at it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'd be - sad and distracted and it'd be harder to think about priorities? And it'd be - tempting to want the world to be a certain way, instead of trying to understand how it actually is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...do you not want the world a certain way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I mean, I do, I want lots of things to be different." Ma'ar frowns, rubs his eyes. "I - feel like I don't know how to explain the thing I mean. Maybe it doesn't actually make sense." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That happens to me sometimes too, when I write out something and then the dependencies are all screwy and it falls apart."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't tried writing it all out before. Maybe I should." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like it but most people don't so I assume most people don't find it works that well for them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it helps me think through things, but I don't do it very often for feelings I'm having." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Do you want me to try to bounce you my Mindhealing-Sight of you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, all right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno how much it'll actually help shed light here but you're very distinctive..." She focuses into the particular view of his gyroscopic system. Tries to pass it to him across Mindspeech.

Permalink Mark Unread

The gyroscope-like part hasn't changed much, since she last looked, though the outer surfaces of his mind have, the fight-or-flight triggers almost entirely overwritten and reorganized into the main structure. 

"- I guess it's more - self-contained, than most people probably are?" he ventures. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's self-stabilizing. You don't - have somebody you habitually go to about your feelings - so you arranged not to need one, and self-correct instead. But it means you're not getting regular close contact with how other people are and vice-versa."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "Do you think I'd - make better decisions, if I were talking to people more about that sort of thing?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't specifically know you to currently be making any particularly poor decisions? I think you'd have a better model of the world - not necessarily in structure but in, uh, texture."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "I'll think about it. I - don't know if I know how to do that thing differently, but...it seems maybe important. So thank you for talking to me about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods to her, smiles a little, and heads off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And their lives fall back into the usual routine of classes and discussion seminars and magic practice. Ma'ar, if he in fact thinks about what Azabel said to him, doesn't bring it up with her again. He's maybe just a little bit warmer in his manner toward her, but it's hard to judge for sure. 

They both pass their exams, and move on to the course on Gates; Ma'ar is also taking a more advanced artifact-work class, and a combat magic one. The Gate curriculum is six months long, meeting twice per week plus extra practice and optional tutoring sections.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho continues to be very slow and not the most communicative on the matter of the book, but eventually, a couple of months into the Gate classes, he signs off on the final draft, having added a few sections of his own. 

Actually publishing it is a matter of months more; another editor will review the manuscript for minor spelling or grammatical issues, and then Urtho's hertasi will start the long process of actually having it printed and bound. Still, he thinks it's going to be out for public consumption within another six to nine months. He invites Azabel for lunch and praises her warmly on all her work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar also picks that session to have another impressive growth spurt. He's almost sixteen, and finally looks around his actual age instead of a few years younger than that.

They both get the basic Gate technique down by two months into the session, but neither of them are at their full strength yet, magically speaking, and it takes substantial efficiency improvements and tweaking to get to the point that either of them could Gate to five hundred miles away. When Ma'ar asks, though, the teacher thinks they'll probably get there by the final exams. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm excited. We could start planning in advance - we'll want to pack and should decide what, and should make sure we have planned check-in times by comm spell so people will worry if they don't hear from us and we can get bailed out, and we should have an itinerary..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can get us a map from the library, I think. Probably we want to arrive near the village that's closest to the Plains, rather than right in the middle - we might still get harassed by bandits but at least we won't risk landing on top of some other clan... We should maybe pack a tent, with wards on it, I think it's more than a day's walk to get to Kiyam clan lands. And protective shields, and a comms artifact just in case we need to contact someone and we're both too tired to cast it directly over that distance..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good plan. I wanna invent a universal energy storage artifact - I'm not sure I can get it so you can tap it like a node but I think it ought to be possible to get it so you can recharge other artifacts with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow! That would be really neat and useful - huh, I'm sort of surprised I haven't heard about or read about it already existing, you'd've thought someone else would've had the idea..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I guess it's possible they did and it just doesn't work but it seems like it should work so I'm going to try as my artifact class project."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I can't think why it wouldn't work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to run it by the teacher next time we have artificing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

And what does the teacher think of it?

Permalink Mark Unread

The teacher is a bit surprised, and then says she can't see why it'd be impossible; all artifacts store power, when you think about it, usually just enough to power the set-spell for a few days but still. It might be very hard to do a general-purpose one; set-spells tend to be 'brittle', with limited flexibility, so it might be a lot easier to design a backup power reservoir for one specific artifact than to solve the general problem. But it sounds like an excellent idea for Azabel's class project!

Permalink Mark Unread

She will try the general version and narrow her focus to a specific swappable power source if it doesn't look like she'll perfect the generic in time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The generic one turns out to be incredibly hard, perhaps intractably so to stabilize a focus for more power than, say, what a shield-talisman needs to recharge. Doing less general versions is more feasible, though, and she can even reuse a lot of the design.

Permalink Mark Unread

She pokes at it till she thinks she's working on the most ambitious thing she can in fact finish by the end of the term.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, for his part, planned out an artifact to replace having a tent entirely; it'll need repowering every day, but that should be feasible even from reserves, and it'll be much less weight to carry around and won't tear or wear out or get dusty. He thinks he can get it to both project a physical shield-barrier and an illusion to make their presence almost unnoticeable, and also to retain heat. He's making solid progress on it. 

He finds maps of Predain to look at. Wow, in hindsight he made a really long journey to, eventually, reach Urtho's Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, lemme see your specs, I can make a powerer for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!" Ma'ar is very impressed with how Azabel's project turned out, even if the general-purpose version wasn't as feasible as they'd hoped. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she comes up with a tidy little tentspell-battery.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll still need to recharge that, but less often and it'll give them wiggle room if they have a particularly tiring or eventful day. 

Both of them receive excellent grades on their projects, and do very well on their final exam in the Gate course; the teacher is confident they could both easily manage a Gate five hundred miles, if they know the destination reasonably well. And now they have the next two weeks conveniently off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza sets about packing. "Do you want it to be just the two of us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Who else would want to come?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was thinking of asking Skan but I know you're not friends really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He could be pretty helpful to have around! And it'd be safer if he could fly us in - although maybe he can't carry both of us... My clan would be terrified of him, if they're still around, but I guess he could hang back for that. Do you think he'd want to come, if you asked him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet he'd be into it but I don't know if he has a scheduling conflict."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you might as well ask him!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hey Skan, do you want to come on the Predain trip?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- What? Yes, I'd love to - is Ma'ar okay with it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I asked him first. He might recommend you hang back at some points lest you scare people though:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course, that makes sense - they might not even have heard of gryphons over there! ...When would we be leaving? What do I need to pack?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:First thing tomorrow and I packed, uh, clothes and notebooks and magic items and food, which you probably do not need to bring - I guess you could bring food if you want to carry some emergency jerky but meat's difficult enough that it might make more sense for you to hunt rabbits there:

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is vibrating gently at the prospect of getting to HUNT for his own FOOD for real. :I can do that. How long a trip? I need to tell my parents: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We're planning on about a week, maybe longer, but one of us can Gate you back early if it turns out to be hard to find food for you. Just bring enough that even if there's no game to be had you're okay for the time it takes us to recover from Gating, so we can time it:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can do that!: 

And the next morning Skan is ready bright and early, with his parents' permission to be gone up to a week, wearing a harness and pack with enough jerky to minimally feed a gryphon for two days, albeit very tediously. He's hoping the Plains have lots of those big fat jackrabbits, and maybe even wild - not deer, they're forest animals not plains animals, but something big and fun to chase. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Ma'ar has food and clothes and his artifacts and his map. 

"Ready?" he says to Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her backpack is full of notebooks and a spare outfit and a blanket and a water bottle and camping dishes and various artifacts and some sandwiches to eat for the first day and nuts and raisins and rice and lentils and fudge to eat later and, also, several paper packets of spice blends, a lemon, and a bulb of garlic her mother insisted on to give the rice and lentils more variety. It's heavy. Probably she can convince Skan to carry it if she gets too tired. "Ready!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar fixes his eyes on the archway he picked for the threshold on this end - a big stone decorative one in the courtyard, plenty of space for Skan - and stares at it. 

"Is your mother worried about you going so far away?" he asks Azabel, absently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I told her I'd be able to Gate back if anything got to be too much for me and promised I'd do it if it did." She did also make Aza endure the sex talk again even though Aza told her like seven times that she is not in fact going to sleep with Ma'ar who, might she remind any nosy maternal influences who might be about, has a physical contact history with her limited to "one hug leading to a weird fight".

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." 

Ma'ar is distracted now, building the threshold of his Gate. The big archway starts to glow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan oohs and aaahs appropriately. He's seen Gates before, of course, he does live in Urtho's Tower; his family even went on a trip once through one of the big permanent termini; but he's never seen one of his FRIENDS cast an actual Gate that he was going to go through in order to join them on an ADVENTURE. 

Ma'ar, he thinks, isn't as cool as Azabel, who is the SMARTEST, but he's pretty cool. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then it's up! The other end is built on the big doorway of an outlying barn behind one of the farms he remembers passing; hopefully they won't startle anyone coming through, and if they do at least he knows the local language and can reassure them. 

Ma'ar hefts his pack and steps through into...very tall grass, it looks like it hasn't been cut in months or maybe years. Huh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel swishes across as quick as she dares so he won't need to hold the gate long. "Wow. The cows are not doing their jobs," she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - think maybe the farm has a problem." He's glancing around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah... at least the barn is still standing, but it doesn't look like anybody's using the land."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder what happened?" Ma'ar peers around a bit. "- Can't feel anyone nearby. Huh. I...guess the land here is pretty marginal for farming, soil's too rocky. So maybe they got driven out by bandits and no one's bothered reclaiming the fields yet." Shrug. "It's only been two years! I - don't like it. But I guess it's not our problem right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Which way do you want to go?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should head to the road. It's that way." He gestures. "And then just a mile or so to the Plains proper." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and tromps through the swishy grass.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan follows, clumsily. Gryphons aren't especially built for tromping, and after a bit he gives up and takes off, flying around and getting a view of the river and road. 

- then, suddenly, he dives, vanishing past some trees. There's a squawk-grunt from some startled animal, and a gryphon shriek of triumph. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations! What'd you get?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A feral pig, I think? Or maybe it wass their pig and esscaped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, I hope it was feral."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oh. I ssupposse it might have belonged to ssomeone. Oops. It - was insstinct, chassing it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If anyone is like 'oh no where's my pig' we can pay them for it I guess... I didn't bring that much but we could go get it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't ssee any people on thiss side of the river." Skan is looking with some frustration at the pig corpse. "...I guesss now I have to eat it all or elsse carry it with uss?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, we can cook some to eat ourselves but objectively not very much compared to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I won't eat it now, I'm not hungry enough to finissh it and if I sstart it'll be all bloody. - Can you help me get it tied to my pack? I can carry the weight, it'ss not a big pig, but my clawss will get tired if I jusst hold it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, sure." She lifts it up with magic and attaches it to Skan.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they resume their trek. Skan isn't noticeably slowed down by the additional forty pounds of dead pig, and flies circles around them as they reach the road and turn left, following it along the river. Past the apparently-abandoned farm is some uncleared land, short scrubby trees that gradually trail off into brush. The river is running low in its banks and the foliage looks half-parched. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't say much as he walks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fires must be terrifying around here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wasn't this dry ten years ago," Ma'ar says, distantly. 

They do pass an area where the other side of the river looks recently-burned. The road has already turned into a narrow windy path, and eventually peters out to nothing.

And then Ma'ar stops, looks around. 

"- I think we peel off away from the river now. That way." 

He points. There isn't much to see, just mostly-flat grasslands, occasionally a hint of low rolling hills, as far as the eye can see. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I could make it rain," she mentions, after more quiet walking. She's got her hand on Skan's shoulder for balance and to recover from missed footing and hasn't fallen down yet but it's been close.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does look like the area could use it." Ma'ar sighs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ideally I'd do it after you've recovered from your Gate, though, I'd like to always have one of us in condition for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't seem that urgent. It's been a drought here for a long time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, and starts walking, his eyes distant. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza hums to pass the time. She was expecting this to be more action-packed or at least more scenic but she is not going to complain.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's certainly not very scenic. The plains go on and on, dusty dun-coloured grass, occasional muddy patches that might once have been proper waterholes. 

Ma'ar stops at one, peers around. "...I'm not sure I remember all the landmarks. This - looks different from when I passed, but maybe it's just dried up." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know how to scry yet. We could take Skan's stuff and he could fly up and have a look? Or do you think he'd be scary even from a ways off?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can ssee fine from VERY high up!" Skan proclaims, proudly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"....I think that'd - probably be fine, then? And safer than us just wandering around here." Ma'ar glances at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She divests Skan of his possessions.

Permalink Mark Unread

He moves to take off, then pauses. "Ssorry, what am I actually looking for?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Herds of cattle, I guess. Or tents, or people. All the clans are nomadic, there won't be buildings." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right." And Skan takes off, wheeling around a bit in sheer enjoyment-of-flying before focusing on gaining altitude. In two minutes he's barely a speck in the sky. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar paces, tense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there anything in particular you're worried about, here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. I guess the worst case scenario is that my people are all dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." Or that all the clans are? She does not point out that preferring his is partial of him.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Ma'ar is mostly thinking that the other clans will try to murder them on sight, which makes it significantly harder to talk to them.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

And, eventually, Skan flies back and lands. 

"- I ssaw ssome cows and ssome tents," he says proudly. "Nearby, and another group further." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that's promising! Which way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan gestures with a wing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"A different clan was closest," Ma'ar says. "Is there a way we can walk that'd go around the nearer ones?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess! They weren't in a sstraight line or anything - if we walk thiss way, we can avoid coming too closse. I think it's more than one day'ss walk to the further one, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, distantly. "That'd be right. If they're my people. It took me days to reach the road." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you spot a good campsite between here and there, Skan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There'ss a watering hole that we could camp near, but it might be more likely one of the clanss would want to stop there? There's - not much elsse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we should pass by it, fill up on water, and then find an anonymous spot not too close to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The tent has an illusion on it," Ma'ar adds. "- Uh, I don't think you'll fit, Skan. Maybe we can do a separate one on you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssure!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

They keep walking. 

The land does not get any less monotonous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza's humming eventually graduates to actual singing when her boredom exceeds her self-consciousness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan, personally, thinks this is a significant improvement! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't appear to notice much one way or another. He doesn't seem troubled by the boredom, either; he walks, occasionally pauses and glances at his surroundings and then slightly adjusts course.

Eventually the sun is low in the sky and they reach the watering-hole Skan picked out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza drinks the last of her water and fills up her bottle and does the water-sanitizing spell to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar does the same, and then leads the way a bit further, out of sight of it, and gets out the tent-artifact. He's fairly quiet the whole time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd like to cook some of the pig in case Skan can't finish it but I don't see anywhere we could get firewood, just a lot of tinder-y plants. What'd people do in your clan for fire, Ma'ar?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dung. From the cattle. We don't have any." Shrug. "I can do a heat-spell." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hot enough to cook with? Okay."

She does not exactly know how to carve up a pig but she can hack at a bit of it till what she has looks approximately like raw pork of the kind she'd get at the butcher's and get it sizzling in her camp pot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has gotten pretty good at targeted heat spells and can do one that cooks the pork-chop efficiently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gryphons, it turns out, are messy eaters! Skan hasn't eaten in front of Azabel before. 

He makes short order of the remaining pig carcass, though; it was just a little pig, a juvenile or maybe just very underfed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pork for dinner! It's pretty good. This part is more what she expected, hanging out with her friends in the middle of nowhere camping out. She takes her shoes off and rubs the soles of her feet, which ache.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan chatters for a while about various random things and eventually runs out of chatter and switches to practicing pouncing at imaginary prey.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being back on the Plains seems to have put Ma'ar into a pensive mood. He stares at the horizon, absently picking dust out from under his nails. 

"I'm sorry this part is so boring," he says finally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not like you made it boring. I have been trying to invent word games or something we can play while we walk but I don't have anything good yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could play a math puzzle game. There was this one I read in a book where the letters in the alphabet are numbered and you take turns saying a number and then the other person sees how many words they can think of where the letters add up to that number..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds annoying do without being able to write."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the point is that it's trickier to do it in your head? We could think of something less tricky though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was thinking along the lines of you pick a topic like fruit or something and have to come up with examples starting with the last letter of the last example but I'm not sure that's a good game by itself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, we could try it for a while and see if it's too easy, and then add more constraints..." He yawns. "Maybe tomorrow, I'm tired." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too, that was a long walk."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar gets up and starts setting up the tent artifact for them. "Skan, will you be comfortable just out here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess, I have featherss to keep warm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yawn. "Good, I'll just do an illusion on you then." 

Ma'ar does this and then sits on top of the canvas sheet he brought to go under the tent-barrier, between them and the grass, and unrolls his blanket. He waits for Azabel to come in as well before raising the barrier. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In she goes. She sets up her bedding insofar as she has any and pillows her head on her arm.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they go to sleep. 

...Ma'ar has nightmares much less frequently, nowadays, but still sometimes, and it turns out that sleeping out in the open, exposed, in a place he's not used to and in a context that has all the associations of never-being-safe of his childhood, is not great for this. He doesn't actually wake up screaming, but he does toss and turn and whimper a lot, and occasionally startles awake and needs to spend a while calming down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza sleeps pretty soundly. When he wakes up he can calm down to the sound of her murmuring things like "Oats. Rainbow. Vinegar. Ball. Parade."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar wakes up not totally rested, but he can manage. He sits up, yawning, and makes part of the tent-barrier transparent on the inside so he can watch the rest of the sunrise. 

"- Did you know you talk in your sleep?" he says to Azabel once she's awake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- no, I didn't! What did I say?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar can quote her the snippets he remembers while he packs up his things and eats some dried fruit and nuts that he packed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"None of that has anything to do with any dreams I remember at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! That's interesting." Ma'ar would ask her what she dreamed about but then she might ask him and he doesn't really want to talk about it. 

Once they've breakfasted and packed, they can head out again. It's cloudy today, and colder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Be easier to make it rain with all this. Maybe tonight before we fall asleep so we don't have to walk in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense." Ma'ar shades his eyes, peers at the horizon. "- Skan, figure you could fly out and scout again? I think we should be most of the way to Kiyam clan lands, but - even if they're still around they might've moved, people are nomadic here anyway, right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ssure, I could do that!" Can he hand his pack off to them again? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is happy to take it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Zooooooooooom up up up into the sky! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad we brought him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, smiling. "So am I." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is back about half a candlemark later. "I ssaw people! About ten miless away, that way. They weren't paying attention to me sso I flew a bit lower to get a look - is there a way to tell which clan it was, if I describe them...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you think it really loudly in your surface thoughts, I can read it from you without getting anything else?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wing-shrug. "I don't mind that much if you do get ssomething elsse too." And Skan holds the mental image of the clustered tents and guarded cattle-herd as clearly as he can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately all the different clans wear approximately the same style of clothing and have similar-looking tents, and cows look mostly the same as each other from a distance. Skan wasn't close enough or at a good angle to quite make out faces. 

"- Maybe?" he allows. "Seems worth getting close enough to check. I'm not too tired, I can Gate us out if it's a different clan and they attack us. Azabel, does that seem all right to you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yup!"

Permalink Mark Unread

They keep walking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan, full of energy, bounces around ahead and behind them, or flies circling low over their heads. 

At one point he shrieks and dives, and manages to catch himself some sort of small squirrel-like rodent, which Ma'ar identifies as a prairie dog. He eats it approximately whole and is SO pleased with himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are all the wild animals within easy distance of the Tower too picked over or something?" she giggles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ussually yess! You have to go to a sspecial resserve for it. I never went without my parentss before, thiss iss much more an adventure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad you're having fun. Are prairie dogs tasty?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It didn't tasste bad but it wass pretty sscrawny," Skan admits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe there'll be more of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope sso!" 

And they trudge onward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar tries to come up with variations on the word-game to pass the time for Azabel, but seems very preoccupied. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What'cha thinking about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- What? Oh." He rubs his eyes. "Wondering if my people will even recognize me, I guess. Or - be happy that I came back. Or if they'll think I'm not one of them anymore." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You haven't been gone that long."

Permalink Mark Unread

"More than two years. That's - a long time, out here. And I look different." He's grown, no longer scrawny and undernourished. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true but like, if you introduce yourself you don't look like a whole different person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true. It'll probably be all right, and - even if not it's still worth having come." 

The second part in particular seems reassuring to him. He keeps walking, and is more attentive to the game. 

And eventually they get close enough to see a smudge of something on the horizon. A little ways further it resolves into the humped-peaked shapes of tents. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are the tents marked or anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, but they'll see us and come out to see what we want soon." 

In fact, very soon after, distant figures detach from the tent cluster and start heading their way, kicking up dust. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Sshould I hide now? Or fly away?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar glances at Azabel. "Maybe I can just cover you with an illusion, and then see if we can explain to them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's make him look like a donkey instead of like nothing, feels weird to make him look like nothing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that's easier too." Ma'ar does this, and then stands very still and waits, anxiously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The figures approach. In front are two boys of maybe eight or ten, wielding sharpened sticks. They're flanking a woman, whose white hair and wrinkled, weathered skin makes her look very old and frail; despite that, she moves briskly enough. 

She stops ten yards away, shades her eyes and glares at them and snaps a phrase in the the Predain tongue. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar opens his mouth, but seems to be having trouble actually getting as far as speaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ma'ar you have to talk to her or translate we can't just stare at her - if I have to Mindspeak her she might freak out if Gifts are rare here:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know:

He takes a deep breath, and answers her in the same language. "It's me. Ma'ar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman goes very still for a long moment. 

- and then she crosses the yards between them, and whacks him with the stick she's been using to walk. "Kiyamvir Ma'ar, you, I cannot believe..." This trails off into a lot of foreign swearwords. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's all right: Ma'ar tries to reassure Azabel, weakly. :She's not - really mad...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza flinches really hard when she strikes him but manages not to do anything rash.

Permalink Mark Unread

She runs out of steam after a minute or so, and backs off; she doesn't move to hug him, and isn't really smiling, but she doesn't in fact seem angry anymore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, holding himself stiffly, says something else in his native tongue, ending in Azabel's name, then turns back to her. "Aza, this is my - grandmother, I guess, also the... I'm not sure exactly how to translate it. The elder woman of the clan, I guess. Her name is Ta'ana." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, Ta'ana, it's nice to meet you," says Aza, hoping she sounds polite enough that it'll come across. Grandmother he guesses, what does that mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman jerks her chin impatiently at Ma'ar and barks something else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's inviting us to come to the camp and sit down," Ma'ar translates. Approximately. In fact what she said was significantly less polite than that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel nods, since that will be understandable, and follows her into the camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

The old woman leads them to a very smoky dung campfire. There aren't any chairs; the other inhabitants of the camp, all women or children under ten, are squatting around it. 

The woman smiles toothlessly at Aza and offers her a wooden cup full of some pungent-smelling, slightly lumpy off-white liquid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ma'ar what is that:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Uh, fermented milk. It's a big honour that she's offering it to you, it means she's acknowledging you as an adult. I was never allowed to have it when I was here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is it alcoholic?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, I assume so? I don't know how alcoholic. You should at least taste a little, if you refuse it she'll be offended, but you can pretend you're drinking it and maybe sneakily pour some out if it's awful?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:People should not attempt to insist that other people they have never met before drink mind-altering substances:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't disagree, but my people are what they are. ...I guess you can refuse, maybe she'll decide you're spunky instead of just rude: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No thank you," Azabel says, holding her hand flat with the palm toward the substance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana looks very nonplussed for a moment, and then breaks into laughter. She offers it to Ma'ar instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has one small sip, has to try VERY HARD not to make a face, and hands it back to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana seems content to drink it herself, and pass it back and forth with the other women. They chatter with each other and ignore Ma'ar and Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:So how do you mean you guess she's your grandmother. Is she or isn't she?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Oh, I just mean that I never called her that, but then I realized that Tantaran doesn't have a word for the thing I did call her. She's my grandmother by blood - my mother's mother - but the clan only has words for the father's lineage, not the mother's: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- huh! Well. I'm glad she's okay. Even if she hit you with a stick:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, that barely counts as hitting me, she'd do it a lot harder if she were really mad: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I were you I'd have had a shield up:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, I had my basic shield up. Didn't seem worth shielding more, she wasn't actually trying to attack me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you say so:

Permalink Mark Unread

The old woman barks something at another woman across from her, who twitches a bit and then nods and starts ladling out stew from a pot for them. 

The next few minutes pass in mostly-quite-tedious silence, as food is handed out and the women and children eat while shooting frequent, vaguely worried glances at the horizon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Stew she'll take without complaining. :Do you know what they're looking for?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:The men must be out on a raid. ...I guess we could tell them about Skan, offer to have him fly and scout for them to check if they're okay?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is still hanging back, looking like a donkey, which is HUMILIATING but he is being such a good friend and not saying ANYTHING about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Skan, can we volunteer you as a scout for 'em?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't mind!: He effortfully suppresses bouncing. :Ummm, you'll - have to tell them I'm not a donkey, though. I'm not going to be a scout on the ground, that'd be awful: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That would be the idea. Ma'ar, can you explain? Or at least ask if I can Mindspeak them:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll explain:

And Ma'ar does his best to do that, in the Predain tongue. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The old woman looks very dubious and doesn't seem to believe him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :Skan, I'm taking off the illusion now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gryphon! 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are STARTLED SHRIEKS. Not from Ta'ana, who just raises her eyebrows, but from several of the other women and children. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is holding so carefully still and feels kind of hurt that this apparently didn't help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza will go pet his feathers in case that helps.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww. Skan sort of leans his head against her. Very carefully, since his head is bigger across than her torso. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shhh, he's our friend!" Ma'ar is trying to reassure the women. "He won't hurt you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Also he's very soft. Look how pettable and friendly.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can purr too! 

Permalink Mark Unread

This does not convince any of the others to relax, but eventually Ta'ana scowls, rolls her eyes, gets up, and marches across to Skan. 

"You better behave yourself here," she barks at him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Since Skan doesn't speak the language, Ma'ar helpfully translates this in Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

These people are not terribly polite.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is now realizing that he maybe should have warned Azabel of this fact. It didn't seem notable to him before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually it seems that Skan has received approval from on high to go scout and look for the men, and Ta'ana is even smiling a little bit about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is so excited but he doesn't vibrate even a tiny bit. He bows courteously to her and then takes off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This part gets oohs and aahs from the children, though the women still look scared. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza sits back down now that she no longer has a Skan to scritch.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are offered a second helping of stew. (The stew is mostly unflavoured and not that good compared to the food at Urtho's Tower.) 

"You have interesting friends," Ta'ana says eventually, in the Predain tongue but addressing Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shrugs and translates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," says Azabel. She doesn't complain about the stew. Or even stir a spice packet into it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did you meet it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Him," Ma'ar corrects, grimacing at her, before translating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were introduced years ago when he was a baby, so big," she says, gesturing the lap-size Skan was when they met.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a smile and chuckle. "Are there more of him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hundreds! A mage called Urtho invented them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urtho," Ta'ana repeats, once Ma'ar translates for her. "He must be very powerful." To Ma'ar: "Did you convince a mage like that to teach you? You. I cannot believe it!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not him personally, but his school." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana seems pretty dubious of this but doesn't argue with his claim. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Why is she so surprised?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know. I - guess she doesn't have that high an opinion of me? Or - thinks it's not the sort of thing that - people like us, could do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- she knows you're a mage, right? - are there any other Gifted kids around who might want to go. Or while I'm thinking of it anybody who needs Mindhealing as long as I'm here:

Permalink Mark Unread

:There are probably a lot of people who'd need Mindhealing by, uh, your standards. But I doubt they'll trust you to do it to them. None of the kids here are Gifted, but all the boys over ten will be on the raid - we can ask when they get back: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Okay. - do you think they'll let them go get training, if there is anyone -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, if they're mages then who's going to be able to stop them? ...They might not want to go. It's scary, right, leaving everyone you've ever known in your life?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think you took a perhaps unnecessarily scary route - I mean maybe it was necessary for you but they can just Gate back with us and visit their families on weekends, if they want:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think most people aren't as adventurous as us. But I guess we could be pretty convincing about how the Tower is nice and - oh, I should tell them there's always enough food to eat there, that'd be tempting: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Aza gets out her nuts and raisins and passes them around.

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets her delighted smiles of gratitude from everyone, including Ta'ana! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good.

Permalink Mark Unread

And shortly later Skan is back! This time he lands well away from the camp and approaches slowly, in the ungainly waddling way that gryphons have of walking; by the time he's within range to talk to them, the children are giggling about this and seem entirely at ease, though the younger women are still tense and trying to tuck their children protectively behind them. 

"I ssaw them!" Skan calls out. "Everyone is fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Oh, good. Ma'ar relaxes a little, and translates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana claps her hands delightedly. "What a useful creature!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Skan's a good friend, yeah." She'll just pretend that's what she meant.

Permalink Mark Unread

They go on sitting around the very smoky fire, with Ta'ana occasionally making very-rude-by-Tantaran-standards small talk with Azabel, and Skan keeping a courteous distance from the camp. 

Eventually some of the children shyly ask Azabel if they can go pet her gryphon friend too? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can ask him! Hey Skan, can the kids pet you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yess! Of coursse!" 

This is very exciting but Skan will hold so so so so still in order to avoid scaring them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pet? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Purrrrrrrrr. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww! Happy giggles. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza can demonstrate how to nicely pet a gryphon. She is not a professional gryphon-groomer but she has been friends with Skan for years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is very happy. This is much less awkward! 

Permalink Mark Unread

And about a candlemark later, the men and older boys - where 'older' includes ages eleven and up - trudge back to the camp. Emptyhanded; apparently the raid was unsuccessful; but at least none of them seem to be injured more than scratches and bruises. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana marches out to meet them before they have a chance to panic about Skan, and explains. There's a lot of suspicious shouting at each other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar rolls his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Why are they yelling so much?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Oh, this isn't even 'much' yelling for them, trust me. This is just how people talk here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Why??? It's so unpleasant!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It really is! I don't remember finding it as bad when I was little, I guess you grow up used to it. ...Being hit with a stick was worse when I couldn't shield, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I bet!!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Ta'ana seems to have the men and boys convinced that Skan is, one, real and not a demon trying to trick them, two, a person, and three, friendly. 

They join Azabel and Ma'ar at the campfire. The adult men greet Ma'ar stiffly and ignore Azabel completely; the teenage and preteen boys also do, but sneak a lot of curious glances at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm really sorry they're being so rude! They, uh, we don't have any customs for how to interact with women from other clans, let alone from off the Plains: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ignoring is pretty tame especially since I can't directly talk to them anyway. At least nobody's hitting me with sticks. There's never peaceful times when you can like, visit other clans?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think maybe there was once? I suppose you could ask Ta'ana, I think I remember it was her telling the story. Fifty years ago, when - when there wasn't a drought, when no one's babies were starving...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:There's been a drought for fifty years?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not continuously? And maybe it wasn't drought the whole time, maybe at the start it was some other problem. Things were good when I was born, in terms of rain I mean - gods, I think that's probably why I'm - smart, and stuff, I had enough food when I was really small. But...it takes longer than that for people to really feel safe enough to change how they do things, right? And - then it got bad again: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You need weather mages out here. Like, more often. I can do it some? - how big is this part of the Plains:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- A few hundred miles across? Uh, I mean all the clan lands, not just Kiyam. I - don't think there are any weather mages focused on here? The King of Predain must have some but - it's not like they'd care about nomadic cowherders: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know how much of that I can cover myself but I can make a dent... if you're doing it too that'd be better. Or - would they not stop attacking each other and stealing stuff from each other if the weather were better and there weren't a drought, are they stuck like this now?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't know. Probably it'd help? After a while, at least. Maybe I should go try to find some mages who live nearby and teach them proper weather magic, so we don't have to keep Gating out here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. Wonder if you can Gate a tent door that isn't where you last saw it...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't know. I guess maybe we should test it before we leave, while it's short-range: Ma'ar makes a face. :Although then we'll have to do even more weather-magic to compensate for it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sometimes Gating causes storms instead...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That's true. Not normally what you want - and dry lightning would be really bad, here - but a rainstorm would be convenient: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:So we'd only maybe have more weather to do:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess it might not even be that bad. Our Gate here didn't seem to mess things up too much and that was a lot further. - I wonder if the more efficient kind we had to learn, to be able to do it this far at all, is less bad for weather?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ooh, maybe. We should get permission from the weather rota to do experiments with it:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's a good idea!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sun is getting low in the sky, now. The children are playing some sort of game with each other, that involves throwing pebbles and trying to whack them in midair with sticks. Occasionally Ta'ana yells at them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's smile fades. His expression turns serious, then eventually sort of sad. 

:I - thought it would feel like coming home: he says eventually. :It doesn't. Maybe it was just stupid of me, to think it would: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's been a while since you were here and it's not clear how much you can explain to them about what you've been up to and have them understand:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know that they ever understood before, either: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Understood what?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Why I wanted to leave and learn magic - why I didn't think living on the Plains forever was good enough...: It feels like he should know how to explain and yet he doesn't at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do... they like it here?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know. Probably they haven't really thought about it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's... boring. And rude, though I guess they could fix that if they wanted to popularly enough:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, rudeness is contextual, right - there're parts of the world where, I don't know, where it's rude to eat with your left hand, or whatnot. I don't think anyone thinks their own people's customs are rude: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think hitting people with sticks is not as much a matter of convention as eating with your left hand:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Why not?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, in the one case, if somebody's expectations are mismatched, they are hit with a stick, and in the other case, they have to look at or perhaps pointedly not look at somebody eating with their left hand:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. Ma'ar still isn't sure that he follows her point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't pursue it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sun eventually starts to set; just before it does, another young woman with two preteen girls gets back as well, leading a herd of a dozen thin, dusty and unhappy-looking cows, which are penned in with a rope strung between stakes. 

Ta'ana gets up and, in the same gruff manner as ever, asks Azabel and Ma'ar if they need space in a tent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We brought our own." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana raises her eyebrows, then gives Azabel a knowing look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...All right, whatever, he is not going to bother trying to explain to his grandmother / clan elder that he's not sleeping with Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza rolls her eyes but just a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar gets out the tent artifact and Azabel's power-reservoir artifact for it, and makes it opaque immediately so he won't have to keep dealing with the feeling that his entire once-clan is staring at him. They probably aren't even. He's just gotten used to not feeling so exposed all the time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza makes sure Skan's comfy outside and warns him that he should not eat their cows and goes to bed in the tentifact.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is kind of offended that she thought he might! He is very hungry, that was not enough prairie dog and he didn't spot anything bigger all day and didn't feel like chasing down the tiny field gophers or whatever they were that he saw around. However, unlike THESE PEOPLE, he knows how to be POLITE. 

He ruffles his feathers a bit and then tucks his head under his wing and curls up and goes to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sleeps uneasily, again, and this time does yelp loudly enough in the middle of the night to wake Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"AAAH what is it! oh you're having a nightmare."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Hnggwha...? Oh. Sorry." Wow this is so embarrassing. "M'fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we do this again we should bring TWO tent artifacts." She flops back down and rolls over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sighs and rolls over as well and, eventually, is able to go back to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is not still annoyed about it in the morning. She feels weird about taking food from this hungry tribe who are trying to manage with twelve cows between them and cooks some of her rice and lentils.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana makes no comment about this, except to shoo some of the children Azabel's way when they come bothering her for food. 

A girl of about eight asks, very politely, if Azabel has any more of those dried fruit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She isn't all out yet! The girl can have a handful of raisins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana is directing the adult women and teen girls to pack up the tents, while the men start herding the cows out in the direction of the watering-hole. (They generally try to camp at least a mile away, since it would be a very obvious target for a raid.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're moving to a different spot today," Ma'ar says. "We could go off if we wanted and then try to Gate to one of the tents later... Uh, we should probably help Skan find something to hunt, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is SO HUNGRY but wasn't sure if saying something would be rude. He already had a fly around so he could drink from the gross muddy watering-hole - gryphons drink a lot of water, too, and it's especially annoying to carry the weight while flying. He didn't see anything other than a couple of the prairie dog things and it didn't feel worth chasing them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if there's going to be anything. Maybe you should break into your packed food today, Skan, and if nothing turns up by bedtime we Gate you home and see if that makes it rain and if it doesn't we do it ourselves before we go to sleep."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fine he will break into his jerky, even though it's not the same at all and he's kind of sulky about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, we knew this might happen but it's unfortunate. Nothing was drinking from the water hole?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. It'ss barely a watering-hole. Mosstly a mud hole." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ew. Hopefully the rain'll help. Ma'ar can you tell them we can do rain?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told Ta'ana yesterday. I don't think she believed me." He rolls his eyes. "Apparently my clan doesn't believe anything unless they saw it with their own eyes. I forgot they were like this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...why would you lie to them about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't ask me!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I guess we can show them. Did you find out if anybody's Gifted, yesterday, I forgot to ask."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sorry, I forgot to say! I asked around, no one said they'd noticed, but I don't know how to test for Gifts properly. ...Oh, one of the girls who was herding the cattle might have Mindspeech. I'm not sure though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can tell if there are active Gifts with Mindhealing-Sight. Though you could also try Mindspeaking her and see if it's as hard as doing it with a non-Mindspeaker, probably?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, good idea, I'll try that." Sigh. "I really wish we could go ask the other clans too, if they've got Gifted kids. Without them just trying to murder us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose there's a way to approach them without. Like, can clans - warn each other of fire, or combine into one if they're both hit really hard by something and have gotten very small, or..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- You know, I'm not sure. It'd make a lot of sense if there were. Maybe we could ask Ta'ana?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you can, at any rate."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets up and goes to ask her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She seems to find the question confusing and irritating, and shakes her head at him, but answers tersely, and then says a few more things in response to repeated prodding. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar comes back over. 

"There's - an old tradition," he says slowly. "If you approach another camp and slaughter a cow in front of them and say you're offering a feast and tonight all men are brothers. ...Apparently my father came from another clan, from one of those nights. He never said." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. It... doesn't really look like there are cows to spare."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I could Gate to a town and buy one? Or, I mean, I don't actually have enough money, but - maybe I could do mage-work for some townspeople and barter it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know that we need it as urgently as that."

Permalink Mark Unread

They're my people, he's about to say, I want to help. But...it's not like they're more deserving of help than the entire rest of Predain. Or even necessarily that they need it more. They seem to be managing, mostly; glancing around at the people present, it seems like only a handful of the young children and one of the adult men have died since he left. 

He shrugs and stares at the horizon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, if you have something in mind to say to them..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have to think about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder how much Predain is... a... country? Like, do people show up and track down clans and collect taxes. If you went to somebody and were like 'they stole my cow' would they... care. For that matter if you went 'hey some foreign soldiers have been seen in our area' would they listen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think - some? But it'd depend where. I guess you could argue the Plains aren't really part of the country Predain, even though they're in the middle; I don't think anyone ever tried to collect taxes from us, let alone enforce the law." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So it's kind of like a country with a hole in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. And then it's not like the rest is that much more cohesive. I remember when I was travelling and, uh, reading people's minds a lot so I wouldn't get caught by surprise by anything. The common folk were scared to go to the Guard for anything, because - maybe they'd help but maybe they'd just laugh and demand bribes." Or rape you, but he doesn't say that out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They like, thought of going to the Guard, sounds like? And had an idea of what would happen if they did. So that's still basically a country just not a good one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's right. And - hmm, I should maybe ask Ta'ana if they used to send tax collectors here. I think it's not just the Plains that got hit by the last few decades being bad. Maybe the King used to have the resources to send armed escorts with the tax collectors - it's not like you need much to hold off a clan, we - they - barely have weapons, and the King has trained mages..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds worth asking."

Permalink Mark Unread

He will go ask! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana seems increasingly irritated by all his questions, and this time whacks at him with her stick - not very hard, though - and barks something that's probably rude after she answers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She said a taxman would come when she was a young woman. And also she said can I please go away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do they not want us to visit? We could go home tomorrow after making it rain."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they - don't really know what to do with having us here? And - I haven't checked or anything, but - I think they're kind of scared of us. Especially Skan, but you and me too. And then Ta'ana seems to deal with that by being rude." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we can make it rain and then go in the morning and come back another time, maybe, if we're not doing them any good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's probably what makes sense to do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm trying to think if there's a way that gets Skan home to reliable food tonight but still lets us do the Gate-weather interaction check and put in some rain if it doesn't work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I guess we could just do two Gates? If you do one and I do one then neither of us will have to do two in a row?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah but weather-magic is intense too, I don't think we should plan on doing two Gates and any amount of weather magic in the same evening. So we'd stay another night, which we can do. Maybe we can't improve on that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, sorry, I was assuming we'd stay another night if the first Gate doesn't work to cause a storm. We don't need to camp with my clan, if it's too awkward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even if the Gate does get a storm we won't be able to tell in time to go through."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, but I mean we could do the first Gate in the afternoon and then if it starts raining the other one of us could Gate us home later tonight if we'd rather not camp." Shrug. "It's probably fine to just camp another night, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, we're not about to run out of food. I'll probably leave them whatever I still have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd be very generous of you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I packed for a week. And they're hungry." Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She runs the plan by Skan.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds reasonable. Skan is sad that their adventure is going to be so short, but he wasn't expecting Ma'ar's people to be so RUDE and it's more grating than he would have predicted even if he had. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At dinner Aza shares out her FUDGE.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kids cannot BELIEVE it!!! They are SO delighted!!! Is this literally magic??? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it's not magic, my mother made it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana doesn't take any fudge for herself, nudging it toward the children instead, but she make eye contact with Azabel and awards her with a faintly approving nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel does not especially care if Ma'ar's mean grandma approves of her but it's fine, she guesses.

After dinner they can put a Gate on a tent-flap and send Skan across so he can get dinner. She picks a door with a nice view of the Tower in case anyone wants to gawk through it while it's up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly the clan is too skittish about the Gate to go near it, but a handful of the youngest children, as well as the girl who Ma'ar thought might be a Mindspeaker, go close enough to peek. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Be careful!" Skan tells Azabel, adamantly. "Come back ssoon, all right? I am worried about you sstaying here for long..." If he's not there to protect her, but maybe that's awkward to say or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tomorrow morning," she agrees. "I'll check in with you first thing. Go on now!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh right, Gates are tiring. Skan bobs his head apologetically and goes on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The effects of the Gate are definitely noticeable on the local magic patterns, and the weather seems to notice as well - the wind picks up, some distant clouds roll closer, there's a faraway rumble of thunder - but no rain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do some weather magic?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I think the Gate didn't do any harm here but it's not cutting it by itself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "- I'll be in trance for a while, then - can you keep an eye out...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar goes quiet, concentrating on the weather-magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The clanspeople mostly talk amongst themselves, occasionally glancing a bit awkwardly over at Azabel and Ma'ar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She keeps an eye out. If anybody comes at Ma'ar with a stick she will be ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana does not seem to think that Ma'ar sitting quietly by himself is annoying, and doesn't go at him with the stick. She doesn't seem very interested in what he's doing either. 

...

Eventually, within about a candlemark, clouds start to roll in. The clanspeople look up curiously but then go back to what they were doing before. 

Ta'ana seems a little more impressed once the drizzle starts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually he uncurls himself and stands up, stretching and shaking out his arms. He looks very tired. 

"Rain," he says, with quiet pride. "- Did you ever have a chance to look at Aala - uh, sorry, the one we thought might have Mindspeech. I tried Mindspeaking her, earlier, it - might've been easier than usual? And she wasn't as freaked out by it as you'd expect for someone who'd never been Mindspoken to and wasn't Gifted. It was hard to tell though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't looked at her because you haven't conveyed to me her interest in being looked at!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sorry. I tried to ask her but I don't think she really got the question? She - uh, she's being sort of like my grandmother is about everything, she doesn't really believe things unless she can see and touch and throw them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I suppose I will not be able to secure her consent. I suppose you could - demo Mindspeech by having her hold up fingers and tell me how many while I'm turned away, if that would help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, that's a good idea. She might still - not update, I think people here...learn not to be curious or expect to understand the world, or something... But it's worth trying. And probably the littles will think it's a fun game to watch." 

He goes off to recruit the children for this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Aza will hold up various numbers of fingers while not looking at anybody. She wonders if Ma'ar's gloss on this is the most charitable - like, the clanspeople could be being reasonable if, say, charlatan scammers came by claiming wondrous powers on a routine basis? And also they don't think highly of Ma'ar personally and wouldn't think him beyond reproach. Or maybe they're... choosing skepticism as a low-energy option, because if they were more curious, more lively, they'd be burning calories they don't have? She doesn't know how many calories being curious burns. Hitting people with sticks seems like a waste of calories they don't have though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The children giggle and stomp their feet and seem very amused, if not precisely curious. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ta'ana watches from a distance, her expression - world-weary, and distantly worried, and very faintly impressed.

Permalink Mark Unread

And afterward Ma'ar goes over to Aala and talks to her again, in a low voice, and then takes her hand and and leads her over to Azabel. 

:She's - more convinced: he sends. :She says you can look: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Aza will put down her hand and look.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a little ambiguous, but - probably that's an early, half-awakened Gift? Clearly not trained, yet, or even much under conscious control - the gear-linkages to the rest of her mind still have that haphazard half-random look - but there's something there.

Permalink Mark Unread

:So?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, she's got Mindspeech awakening. It'll probably get the rest of the way there if we talk to her a little? - and maybe we should stay back a bit in the morning and give her the basics of how to shield so if she reads everyone's minds all the time it is a conscious defense against stick-based abuse and not an accidental atrocity:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure:

A long pause. 

:I - could ask her if she wants to come back to the Tower with us? Even if just for a few months, and we could drop her back here - they've got lessons for Mindspeakers too, not just mages: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, if you think she'd go for it, and she'd be less impaired than most people by not speaking the language since she'll be able to Mindspeak after not long:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I think it'd be really good for the clan to - have someone who's...: and he hesitates for a long time trying to find the right word, :who's - normal - have them go go to the Tower for just a little while and then come back knowing more things but...still one of them...:

Yet again Ma'ar feels like he has none of the right words to convey what he means. 

:I'll go talk to her: 

And he goes off and does this.

Permalink Mark Unread

...will she still be one of them after several months in a no-hitting-people-with-sticks zone. (Aza considers if she is dwelling too much on the sticks thing. It was only Ma'ar's grandmother in particular who she saw do it, and she knows they kind of base their whole economy around stealing cows from their neighbors, which is also bad, except it's a form of bad they're driven to by being starving, whereas the stick thing seems totally unnecessary. It's metonymy for all the unnecessary badness, she decides, of which sticks are merely the most obvious.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And a few minutes later, Ma'ar walks back over to her. Still holding Aala's hand. 

"She's willing to come back with us," he says in Tantaran. "On the condition that she can sleep in my room and that I'll Gate her home again if she asks." 

His expression is more sad and tired than pleased. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, okay... do you wanna do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Do I want to do what? I, uh, it's not about me, right - I can try to ask her what she wants to do but it's the same thing as before, I dunno if she'll understand the distinction..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...do you want to let her sleep in your room as opposed to telling her that she can get one in the girls' section like a normal person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd prefer that to her not getting proper training at all? And - I think the alternative is her not getting training at all - she's scared, right, she doesn't know anyone but me and she barely remembers me..." Shrug. "I think once we're actually at the Tower and it's been a bit, she'll be less scared, and then if I don't like it I can persuade her to get a proper room the normal way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, I guess." Seems weird but she didn't actually have a conversation with Aala about it and only has this secondhand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala is clinging onto Ma'ar's hand and avoiding Aza's eyes, and does not look like she wants to have a conversation with Aza about this at ALL. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Also it's now starting to rain on them in earnest. 

Ma'ar sighs. "I guess we should go to bed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No argument here." She ducks into the tent thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wind picks up during the night and makes creaky howly noises against the canvas tents, but Aza and Ma'ar are cozy in their tentifact, and Ma'ar sleeps much better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning the cows look very wet and bedraggled and resentful of the change in their fortunes; they, of course, aren't aware that this will mean more grass to eat and less stagnant water in the watering-hole. The clanspeople are smiling and cheerful, shaking out their wet tents. 

Azabel and Ma'ar get a sendoff from Ta'ana. She playfully waves her stick in Ma'ar's direction but doesn't actually whack him; she's smiling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What a hilarious joke! She'll just about die laughing! Aza unpacks all her remaining food and hands it to one of the friendlier midsize children who is willing to approach her. "Can you make sure Aala's ready so she doesn't hold us up dithering about going through the Gate, Ma'ar? And do you want to do it or should I?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do the Gate. I'll go talk to Aala." 

He does this. Some of the younger children are crowding around Aala, apparently upset about her departure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There isn't that much Mindspeech-based curriculum, she'll be back soon, but Aza can't exactly tell them so.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few minutes later Ma'ar rejoins her, holding Aala's hand. "Let's go." 

He raises the Gate. The clanspeople are a bit more curious, this time; a couple of the men approach close enough to peer through at the Tower courtyard. 

They cross and Ma'ar takes it down. "Here we are," he says to Aala, gently. And to Azabel in Tantaran: "Maybe you can help her practice the language, like you did with me? And she doesn't know how to read or write either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." :Aala?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala can't seem to figure out how to answer in proper Mindspeech, but she is easier to Mindspeak to than an un-Gifted person. She blinks a few times, and then turns to look at Azabel, her face lighting up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Welcome to the tower! Ma'ar says you might want help with the language and reading?:

Permalink Mark Unread

She bobs her head and then looks shyly down at the ground. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should - tell the hertasi she's here, I guess? And get her actually set up as a student?"

Ma'ar is still kind of hazy on how his enrollment as a student...worked...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want to do that part or shall I? You also speak the language and know how to read." She echoes translations to Aala.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Ma'ar feels vaguely like this is the sort of social interaction that has SUBTEXT, and he puzzles at it for a moment and then switches to Mindspeech. :Uh, do you have a preference? ...I mean, if you'd prefer I just do both things, that's fine, she's my relative not yours: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- no, I'm happy to help, I just am more used to hertasi than you and I was pointing out that doesn't have to delay her getting started on stuff. You can show her to your room, since you're sharing, and I'll meet you there?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't actually sure that he's less confused but he'll go along with it. :Sure. Thank you: 

He turns to Aala and says a flurry of words in the Predain tongue and then takes her hand again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza looks for registrar-hertasi.

Permalink Mark Unread

There aren't any conveniently ambient hertasi who are clearly assigned to this role, but one of the gardeners would be happy to direct her to the right office! 

Permalink Mark Unread

And once she is in the office: "Hello! I went on a trip to Predain with a friend and one of his relatives turns out to be awakening as a Mindspeaker. What do I need to do to get her properly enrolled? She wants to share her relative's room at least to start."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Name and age?" the hertasi at the desk asks, still mostly looking at the book she was reading. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aala and I'm not sure, one sec -" :Aala, how old are you? - also is your first name Kiyamvir like Ma'ar or is it different for whatever reason? Just think back at me, kind of push what you want to say toward me:

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala, in the middle of walking down a different hallway with Ma'ar, jumps a little and then steadies herself. She hesitates for a moment and then crudely pushes the thoughts back at Azabel. :Twelve winters. My clan and father name are Kiyamtat: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thanks!: "Kiyamtat Aala," she clarifies. "And she's twelve. - that's in winters so it's possible she's thirteen, if it's important to be very precise I can ask what season she was born in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, that is perfect." The hertasi's pen scratches. "Sharing a room with - who is her relative?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kiyamvir Ma'ar. I know it's irregular to have boys and girls together, that and he has a single, but she was pretty scared to come..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Well, what is his relation to her? A different name so one assumes not a sibling - a cousin...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure exactly, I can ask that too if it's important?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, knowing that she is a close relative is plenty - one moment, let me look him up..." A filing cabinet is riffled through. "Yes, I see, single room - do they want a bunk bed brought in -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet they do although they haven't specifically mentioned it to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can send someone over tonight ask them, then... Prior education?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...basically nothing. She doesn't speak Tantaran either but she's a Mindspeaker, or, well, awakening as one, so I figured she'd get by."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. She ought be in remedial classes for reading and writing, then, also?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, though me and Ma'ar are planning to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, very good." Some more notes are taken down. "Any other special requests to convey?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there a scholarship that will cover her?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, she will not need to pay for classes, or for room and board - it sounds like her parents are not in a position to afford that, yes? There is a fund for all students in such a position." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just making sure since we collected her pretty spontaneously. Is that all you need to know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so! For now, at least - we'll send someone by with her schedule, and to get her fitted for school uniforms, we can cover anything else then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great, thanks!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The next morning, Ma'ar Mindspeaks her and confirms that Aala has a class schedule for when the session starts next week, and he's taking her to get fitted for uniforms tomorrow, and she seems to have already started making friends with another girl her age they ran into at the dining hall, who also speaks the Predain language? Ma'ar is pretty impressed, honestly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm glad she's settling in well! When would be a good time for me to drop by and help teach her to read?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Want to come by tonight? I'm taking her on a walk around the Tower grounds this afternoon so she knows how to find things, but we'll be back before dinner: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure!: And she comes by after dinner that evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala is wearing one of Ma'ar's old school uniforms that he's outgrown, since she doesn't have her own yet; it's still much too big for her, she's just as small and scrawny for her age as Ma'ar was. There's a bunk bed in their room now and she seems to have proudly claimed the top of it; she waves to Aza, happily, and greets her in hesitant and strongly accented Tantaran. "Hello, how are you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm fine, how are you?" She translates over Mindspeech.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, I am - please?" Aala shakes her head, not that word. "Am...well." She looks very satisfied with herself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, curled up on the lower bunk with a textbook, looks very satisfied with her as well!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great! Want to learn to write some of those words? I don't know how to read the Predain language unfortunately, just Tantaran; you'll have to apply to Ma'ar or maybe your new friend about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've taught her the basic alphabet," Ma'ar explains. "She might not know all of the letters by heart yet, but she's got a good memory." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Want to!" Aala agrees, bobbing her head and smiling at Aza. She gestures at the bunk bed ladder. "I down? Or you up?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You down, I'd fall."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala scrambles down, not clumsy at all, and squats on the floor by the window (ignoring the perfectly serviceable chair at the second desk that's been brought in as well.) She looks expectantly at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza takes the chair, and goes over the alphabet with her, and the numerals, and starts spelling some of the words Aala's already learned for her. If Aala will not sit at the desk this will involve rather more picking up and displaying her notebook than she'd imagined but it's not a big deal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar eventually gets up and explains to Aala what chairs are for. She has not, previously, encountered the concept; Ma'ar had at least seen plenty of furniture in use by the time he reached the Tower, but Aala had a much shorter and easier - and correspondingly less educational - journey. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala seems dubious, and squirms around in the chair a lot, but can be coaxed to write on the desk. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is easier on Aza's workflow! She writes things and sounds them out and introduces punctuation once Aala has enough words to make sentences with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aala is very attentive and a quick study, and doesn't yell at all. 

(Ma'ar has explained to her that yelling is considered rude here and she is being SO careful about it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza does not actually explicitly notice the lack but if she did she'd appreciate it! She'll stay a couple hours before begging off to go home and go to bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar keeps her updated over the remaining days before the session starts, and invites her over once more to show Aala more reading and writing. Aala has uniforms now! She seems to be having a much easier transition to life at the Tower than Ma'ar did; she's nervous and shy, and practically glued to him every time they leave their room for the first several days, but she's nowhere near as jumpy as Ma'ar used to be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she had a less harrowing journey and is also less inherently weird as a person. Aza's glad she's settling in.

Permalink Mark Unread

And, it feels like very soon after, the next session is starting! Ma'ar and Azabel are embarking on their third year at the Tower, now; they have more advanced classes, on more durable long-lasting set-spells for warding and shielding, and on scrying, and on the theory behind permanent Gates. Ma'ar is also doing advanced combat magic. 

Aala is in the basic Mindspeech curriculum and also has her class on reading and writing and figuring, and she seems very content.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza signs up for scrying and permanent Gates and decides in a fit of enthusiasm to also sign up for another artificing class in the hopes that she'll be able to refine her battery idea; after all, the book is no longer eating much of her time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The session gets off to a good start! The scrying teacher in particular is very good. Ma'ar still spends most of his time practicing magic, but sets aside some of it to help Aala with things, and to walk her around the Tower. Aala gets along very well with the hertasi and makes more friends as she learns more Tantaran. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Azabel still has her patient sessions with Lionwind, two afternoons a week. 

"- I've got an interesting case that needs reassessing tomorrow," he tells her at the end of one of them. "If you're available to come in specially for it, I know you're not normally here that day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, it'll be tight after scrying but it doesn't technically overlap. I suppose I could Gate over, if you need me here punctually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems a little excessive! She is not my first patient of the afternoon so coming over whenever you are ready ought work fine, I think. But in that case I should probably give you the context now, if you have time to stay a little longer?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I have time now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind nods. Settles himself more comfortably in his chair. "So. This is a patient from out of town - Small Springs, a hundred miles east. Her family brought her here in search of a Mindhealer, claiming she had an episode of madness. She is convinced that it was not madness at all, and rather that - oh, for background, she is a worshipper of Vkandis. She states that He possessed her to perform a miracle." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh-huh. And her family didn't see the miracle or weren't impressed or it didn't happen?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Her parents worship a different god - the Twain, They are popular south of here. She converted. I...get the feeling her parents disapprove." He shakes his head. "If I had seen her immediately I might have been able to tell from her mind alone, but possession by a god is also disruptive, not entirely unlike organic-caused madness, and a week had passed already by the time I saw her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- oh, what does it look like when it happens for real, if you get a look straight off?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very odd! I have only seen it once - it is not exactly a common occurrence, for people to be possessed fully by their gods. And it was a Kaled'a'in shaman, so he was more prepared for it. It is hard to explain... His mind looked - flattened, and widened, as though a great flood had passed through it, and the banks of his river were now much larger than they needed to be, to contain only him. At the time he was very dazed, he was lucid but found it hard to focus on a conversation. It was normal again within a fortnight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I wonder what that'd look like in clockwork. Okay, so she converted, she thinks she got a miracle and her parents think she had a psychotic break - what was the supposed miracle?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Healing her best friend, who was giving birth to her first child and the birth was apparently going badly. The trouble is that it is only the two of them who were present - the friend's husband had been sent out to urgently find a Healer, and by the time he succeeded at this and returned, the babe was born and the girl's bleeding had stopped. The patient does not remember any of this, though - which would be expected for a god-possession in a non-shaman, but is unhelpful. The friend supposedly claimed that it seemed miraculous, but - well, sometimes a woman's labour is stalled and then it resolves itself when the baby turns around, or something, and a woman who was in the throes of childbirth at the time also cannot be expected to remember it with perfect clarity."

He shakes his head. "- And then everyone agrees that the patient seemed very mad afterward - she did not know where she was and at moments seemed unsure who she was - but that, too, is not incompatible with a true possession." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- well, do the two cases indicate particularly different treatment from us? If they look so similar?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it was ordinary madness then it is much more likely to recur the next time she is under extreme stress, or has stayed up all night, as she did this time with her friend. In very clear-cut cases I would want to place some preventative measures, but those would be unnecessarily invasive if it were unlikely to ever happen again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, that makes sense. And I suppose she might not take advice to get regular sleep and keep her stress down particularly well if she thinks it was for sure a miracle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. And it is - well, it is a very fraught topic in either case, right, madness is - a humiliating thing to have happen to oneself, especially in a small rural town. And disagreements over religion can become very contentious. Everyone has strong feelings about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess! Being possessed and going mad both sound bad to me but I guess the one has nice side effects sometimes and is less likely to recur."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind shakes his head, lips twitching. "It would certainly be a great honour to be possessed by the Goddess, but I do have to say, it is an honour I am content to let other people have who are not me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do gods possess people who don't want to be possessed? That's not an honor at all, that's just as bad as - sticking a set-command on somebody and making them forget about it, pretty much, isn't it? Plus all the psychosis-like side effects."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You would have to ask a shaman or priest for exactly how it works, I am not sure. I - do think that a god needs some sort of connection to a person, in order to possess them? But, for example, in sufficiently dire circumstances it would be enough that I am of the Kaled'a'in people, who are Hers. And possessions do not always take place at convenient moments for the possessee." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How'd She get all the Kaled'a'in to be Hers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind blinks at her, as though he's not sure whether he's parsing the question right. "She - looks out for us, and loves us?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...so she can possess you if she feels like it? Are you allowed to convert or is this solely by ethnicity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - mean - if I wanted to convert and worship, oh, Vkandis or the Twain or the Ever Burning Flame instead, I am sure She would respect that? I am not sure why I would want to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you convert to not being anybody's?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind seems so nonplussed by that question!

"I...do see why not? But - I am not sure why anyone would - choose to leave the protection of any of the gods–" 

He stops himself. Lifts a hand, takes a breath, and then shakes himself a little. 

"I am sorry. I know this is - a personal topic - I generally avoid bringing up the subject of the gods with either my patients or my students, for that reason." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we don't have to talk about it if you don't want, we can't really tell whether the patient was possessed or not anyway so we have to do things that would make sense either way."

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink. "Oh, no, it does not bother me to talk about it, if you are interested - I just do not want to pressure you into it..."

He shakes his head. "I do not even have any idea what god you or your family worships - because of that same policy that I keep, I suppose." A self-deprecating chuckle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, Ranara shops around like she's picking out a bouquet of flowers and I... don't. My dad occasionally swears by Vkandis when he's startled but doesn't do... anything... about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." Lionwind nods, as though this slots exactly into some existing template that he's already familiar with. "- Are you still curious about the subject? It is a very fascinating one, albeit something of a tangent from our actual lesson material." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm still curious!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Anyway. I think if I wanted to - declare in some way that I did not want to be Hers - then She would accept that. But...why would I do that...? It is a precious thing, to be of a people that belongs to one of Them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, hmm. I really ought know better to assume you want all the same things I do! But - for me - I suppose I have a deep desire to...be a part of some plan, that is larger than me, larger than I could ever be as a mere mortal... Does that make sense?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...only if it's a good plan. Does She have a plan? What's Her plan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...How would I be able to comprehend Her plan? I am merely human. That is the entire point - that She is something far greater than us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay but so are volcanoes and I don't want to help one explode."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I suppose that is where faith comes in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's never especially made sense to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

An apologetic head-shake. "It is hard - perhaps impossible - to explain. This is why I do not generally bring it up, and - well, I ought assure you that whatever you say now, I will certainly not hold it against you as my student. But - hmm. Since it is relevant in this patient case... What about faith in the gods does not make sense to you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, apparently you have no particular reason to expect that She is not a volcano. Metaphorically. But even if She issued an annual statement about how She is still not a volcano this year or something it's pretty obvious none of the gods are actually doing a good job at... any... thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind gives her a very blank confused look. "...Er, why not? It is not obvious to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I suppose they could be doing incredible heroics in the background all the time against threats we can't see and it just so happens that the best miracle I've heard of is a dubiously legitimate healing about as good as what a normal Healer can do and which caused a lot of side effects for a bystander. But that's not very impressive."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind seems to shake himself again, and then sits back.

"...Sorry. I.... Just. I - do believe in my Goddess. And that Her priorities are - worthwhile, and that as one of Her people, I ought respect and serve Her. Also - she is not your Goddess and She has no claim on you, and I respect that. I am not sure what else to say..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why do you believe that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, why do I believe which part?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That her priorities are worthwhile? When you don't know what they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind looks seriously into her eyes. "I believe it because - hmm - because I believe that She could only have chosen my people at all, as Her servants, if - if She shared our priorities, as a people. And so, well, I might sometimes disagree - not that any disagreements have in fact come up in practice - but, I would have less information than the sum of my people together, right? And thus also less than Her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...what stops gods from keeping people like... farm animals or like slaves or like pets without caring about their stuff at all?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Do not most farm owners care about their animals? Or pet owners about their pets? ...I suppose I have no personal example to bring up for slaves, but - it would seem unsurprising if most slave owners did not care about their slaves in a similar way..." 

Lionwind shakes his head. "And, given the realities of the universe - I do not see why our gods ought consider us mortals any different from - pets, or farm animals, or - ants - we are so small and unintelligent compared to Them -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think farm owners routinely kill their animals and pet owners drown their kittens," she says. "And I'm especially confused how you can think well of her priorities if that's how you expect her to think of people though I guess it would explain why they don't seem to be good at anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink blink blink. 

"I - am sorry, I am still not sure that I understand your question." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...why do you think Her plans are good plans as opposed to bad plans that are equally hard to understand."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because she is my people's Goddess?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But why does that fact cause you to believe the other thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The other thi– that Her plans are good plans...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Why is the fact that she - has your people as Hers, mean that her plans are good for you and stuff you want and care about and would want to participate in if you understood it, when it doesn't mean that for kittens or turkeys."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am not sure I can productively answer that question. It...comes back to the matter of not being able to explain faith in words." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is very frustrating but she can't exactly argue it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "It's okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind shifts his weight, somewhat awkwardly. "Any other questions about the patient?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so."

Permalink Mark Unread

A stiff nod. "I will see you tomorrow afternoon, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you then." And off she goes about her business.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar Mindtouches her that evening. 

:Want to come practice reading with Aala tonight or tomorrow night? ...Also how was your day?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, I can do that. - mostly fine but had kind of a weird conversation with Lionwind:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Oh? Uh, I mean, you don't have to tell me, but - now I'm curious...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can't discuss what prompted it but we got to talking about religion? I'm not religious and he is:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....Oh. Huh. I'm - not sure I've ever properly talked to someone who was really religious?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:They're around, apparently!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh: 

 

:...Did you have a fight about it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It wasn't a fight, it was just a really unsatisfying conversation:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. - Does he actually know things about the gods and what they - do? I...just realized I'd never really thought about that. They don't seem to - have obvious goals that people know about, but that doesn't mean They don't do things...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's sort of what the conversation was about, I wanted to know why he expected the Star-Eyed to have a good plan that he'd approve of if he understood it when he in fact doesn't understand it, and he said because She's his people's goddess, and I said people are not always acting in the best interests of their farm animals, and he said oh yeah humans might as well just be animals to gods who are so big and see so much and I said okay but what about my actual question and he said it came down to faith and couldn't explain any farther than that:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wow! That sounds so frustrating!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It was so frustrating! Aaagh!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Also, it just - gah! It seems really important to understand! If the gods are so big and powerful and They - invest in a particular group of people and do things for them - then shouldn't that be, I don't know, politically relevant? Why doesn't anyone talk about that! ...All right, I didn't even think of it until now and I feel stupid, but. Still: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Even if the ONLY thing gods can do is possess people and perform minor magical feats that normal Gifted people can also perform they could, like, do logistics or something, yeah:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I wonder if Predain has gods looking out for some people - if not I wonder if I could convince a god to...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess I could ask Lionwind how the Kaled'a'in got the setup if you think it's worth it but it doesn't obviously look it? Kaled'a'in aren't all that influential as a group the way an unusually successful nation or whatever normally would be:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's true. Which - hmm, kind of makes it feel like their Goddess is being stupid? Surely if She were - strategic about it, they could be more successful?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think there's an obvious reason to think the gods care about anything we care about at all! Lionwind admitted he didn't expect he'd be able to understand whatever she was getting at and had no idea what it was:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Right. I guess that's not actually surprising. Just - I don't know, maybe we could trade with Them for things They care about, in exchange for actually helpful help? ...Can people talk to gods on purpose, I don't actually know: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, obviously you can talk to them but whether they are paying attention I couldn't tell you and they typically do not respond:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess. Maybe I'll go see if there are any books in the library about it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Lemme know if you find anything good!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will!: And he drops the Mindspeech link and heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza shows up (walking, not Gating, and so a few minutes late) to the patient appointment the next day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their patient is a very young woman - older than Aza, of course, but maybe seventeen or eighteen. She seems anxious and fidgety, and like she has a hard time focusing on the conversation with them.

Her mind, when Lionwind gets her permission for Aza and him both to look, definitely looks like something happened to it; a wide section of gears appears shoved out of alignment, and like it's only gradually shifting its way back to normal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh! Aza can bounce this to Lionwind. She doesn't actually see any large objects in here that could have done that on their own, though mind-clockwork does not consistently obey the laws of cause and effect in the way that physical clockwork would, so that isn't a guarantee that Vkandis did it, but she tentatively indicates to Lionwind that she leans toward the hypothesis based on her admittedly limited experience looking at ordinary psychosis.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really very useful having Aza's Sight to compare against his! Lionwind bounces back his impression of a river, which also looks as though some force carved one bank out to the side, adding a curve where there oughtn't be one. 

:I am inclined to agree with you: he sends to her. :It is not conclusive at all, but - well, it is a good prognosis even if this was ordinary psychosis, her mind is not too disorganized and it looks as though it should return to normal in time:

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, yes, that is sure a fucked-with river. :Yeah - I think I could nudge some of this maybe more easily than you can?: Lionwind's metaphor is very cool but it's more holistic and hers is more... ... ...gears-level.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, that would be good - though I had better approach the matter of asking her delicately, she is - rather defensive about it, since she does not believe there is anything wrong with her: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We can tell her we suspect it was a real miracle and Vkandis just didn't clean up after himself:

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind's face stays perfectly professional, but his mindvoice is amused. :I like that idea for a framing of it! ...As long as she does not take offence at us making her god sound like, oh, a teenage boy who cannot be bothered to clean his room: 

And he turns to the young woman and, very kindly and respectfully, describes what they're noticing, and admits that, as a Mindhealer, he isn't a priest or shaman and cannot diagnose 'miracles' as a sure thing, but he leans toward that. And in any case, she seems to be getting better, which is very good, and is what Vkandis would want for her if this was in fact his miracle. And they can help her get all the way better sooner, if she's willing to let Azabel nudge her mind back toward its mundane ordinary-life shape? 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Sure, Azabel can do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza recites her typical spiel about how she will go slow, it may look like the room is going blurry or melty and she can close her eyes if that bothers her, Aza can stop any time if she's uncomfortable, etcetera, and then she cleans up after the god who cannot be bothered to clean his stolen brain.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their patient nods along to her explanation and seems pretty unbothered by the actual Mindhealing process. She confesses that she felt way weirder than this last week. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not surprised," Aza remarks neutrally.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Lionwind reassures her a bit more and gives her some advice for how to defuse the tension with her family; which god she worships is none of their business, he assures her, but it is something that brings up a lot of feelings. He says that he knows they love her deeply and this is part of why they're being so obnoxious about it, because they're scared for her wellbeing. He suggests she be very obviously well at them, and boring and neutral on the topic of gods until they've calmed down about it. 

The patient listens through this, paying better attention now that her gears are less out of whack, and then thanks both of them and leaves. 

Lionwind shuts the door behind her. "Good work," he says to Azabel. "What did you think?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza is not sure why anyone cares much which incomprehensible dubiously-competent brainthief somebody likes to have their supplicatory chats with but she doesn't say that. "You'd talked to her parents, right - I wouldn't have been particularly promissory about their motives since some people's parents have bad motives but you met them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did talk to them. I think they are average parents - they may not always love her effectively, or know how to put her first when their own feelings come into it, but they do care about her, and I think my advice to her will work well with them. If I had not met them, I would have caveated everything I suggested to her much more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder why she decided to convert. She couldn't reasonably have anticipated that her friend would need a miracle and that she'd get one."

Permalink Mark Unread

A chuckle. "No, certainly not! I did talk to her about it during our first session, and got her permission to discuss things she said there with my student, if you are curious to try to understand better?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I'm curious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Hmm. How much do you feel you understand the human drive toward religion and worship more broadly? People vary on how much they seek this, and - I would guess you are on the lower end, given that you are not religious."

He shakes his head. "Which makes me suspect I did a bad job of explaining my own feelings on the matter to you, the other day. I am sorry - I suppose I am less practiced when it comes to talking about myself in this context, since that is usually off topic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was a very unsatisfying conversation," she admits.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Lionwind doesn't seem to feel embarrassed or self-conscious about this, just a bit apologetic. "Well, for many people I think it is - not entirely dissimilar to the drive to know one's family history and feel a part of that, or even to feel patriotism for one's country. There is a human desire to feel a part of something bigger than oneself - something that has more meaning, a greater story, than just one's mundane day-to-day life. Does that make sense to you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, maybe, if you stipulate it's a good country or whatever, but you specifically don't have that information."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I think many people who are patriotic do not have much way of knowing how their country's governance compares to others? It is - not really about that, I think, it is about it being theirs." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have to know if your country is unusually good to tell if it's any good... I guess comparison could help you know what things countries normally have in-scope."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, we have some information on the gods. Shamans get advice from Their avatars, or helpful Foresight visions; occasionally there are miracles..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some people just have Foresight, or Healing, or good advice, and aren't weird about it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind starts to answer, grimaces, takes a breath, lets it out. "...Well, and then I suppose some of us are weird, from your perspective. Anyway, do you want to hear what our patient said about it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...sure." He keeps pausing and acting kind of strange about it.

She's allowed to look at his gears. She looks.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's definitely kind of defensive and frustrated, and - maybe a little offended, moreso than he is almost ever in their one-on-one conversations; he's doing a lot of motions with his gears to try to defuse that and approach the conversation calmly and helpfully. She's seen him do that before with patients who were poking sore points for him, sometimes, but never just with her. 

"Well, I think part of it is the usual teenage desire to - find oneself a place in the world, to establish independence from one's parents. And I think that she feels a great deal of - need-for-meaning, something in that sphere, and the temple to Vkandis that she joined has many more ceremonial trappings of religion. Festivals, special dawn prayers, candles and incense, songs - all things that she gets a feeling of belonging and meaning from, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Meaning... what? Things that are meaningful have to mean stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lionwind frowns again, looks thoughtful. "I suppose part of what it cashes out to is - solidarity with the others in the temple order, and feeling that, because she is one of them, a greater Power loves and cares about her and her life. But - hmm. I think that it is within the normal range of how human minds and emotions work, to not need 'meaning' to mean something concrete and measurable? Clearly you are not set up like this - I imagine your friend Ma'ar is not either - but many people are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah me and Ma'ar talked about this actually - I didn't mention the patient - and he's like me about it pretty much. He was wondering if it would be useful to get a god to look after the clans in the Plains in Predain but it's not actually clear that it would be useful. Is it like... you could say some nonsense syllables not to mean anything in particular, and then keep saying those same ones, and it's not that they ever start meaning anything but you can still be saying the same ones or different ones and all these people have decided to say the same ones and being in the Same Nonsense Club - I don't know how to not be rude about this -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- No, no, I do appreciate your curiosity! It goes along with the rest of you, that you will be curious about even those areas where people do not have clear explanations in words to offer you. ...Honestly I think that many, many cultural and ethnic traditions are not entirely dissimilar from one group of people choosing some nonsense syllables to chant together, and different people choosing different ones, and - both getting a sense of shared heritage and togetherness from it. I...do think it is an important thing to understand, that for many people this would feel real and meaningful and emotionally important to them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, sure, and some people like getting up at five in the morning to go fishing, just because I don't like something doesn't mean people can't like it and find it a big deal if they're obstructed in doing it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yes, good, that is part of what I am trying to convey - that even if a person's emotional needs are not ones you resonate with, it is still their mind and up to them what to do with it. ...But, anyway, I do think that worshipping the gods is less, hmm - epiphenomenal, than choosing one set of nonsense words over another. For myself, I - suppose that on an emotional level it is more than half just about my feeling of belonging with my people, but if you were to talk to a shaman, I think they would have more to say about what the Goddess does for our people. I cannot say I have ever sat down to interrogate them in detail about such things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I could try talking to one of those but probably they would not tolerate this line of questioning as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually, I suspect they are much more used to difficult questions on this topic than I am! It is their job to answer all the questions from young people who have strong opinions, and also from anybody who is considering converting, or deconverting. Whereas...I will confess I am unused to this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Well, is there one around?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, certainly! Perhaps I will send you over to Summerhawk first. She has decided to train as an apprentice to the shaman, and is probably less busy than him - and also I know her well and she is open-minded." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good. I might bring Ma'ar if he wants to come."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like a reasonable plan. I can give you directions to the temple where she usually is, and tell her to expect you at some point...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That works, thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any other questions for me right now? About the patient, or matters of religion more generally...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she can head off back to her usual business! 

Permalink Mark Unread

She tells Ma'ar that someone called Summerhawk will be up for answering questions at thus and such a temple.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Neat! Did you get to talk to Lionwind more too?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, it was less frustrating this time, we were talking less about specific gods and their mystery projects and more about what people get out of religion like, emotionally, if they are not you or me:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess that'd be important for you to understand as a Mindhealer. And...maybe just in general, it seems like religion might be relevant for politics even if the gods themselves aren't really. - Want to come over at some point? I found some books in the library and did research about what the gods have supposedly done: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, be right there:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is there waiting for her in his room. Aala is at her desk, legs swinging, practicing penmanship, and he has six or seven library books spread out across his bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza plops down next to him. Mindspeaks, to avoid disturbing Aala at work. :Whaddaya got?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:A lot of histories written by priests or religious groups. Which I don't incredibly trust, is the inconvenient part, they've - clearly got an agenda. But - here, this one is on the Twain, it mentions some historical miracles they recorded:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Anything good?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:There are some really famous miraculous healings - some of them are actually pretty well documented, too, Healers who weren't even worshippers of the same god confirmed it. Lots of cases of praying about the weather and claims that it helped, probably some of those were real but it's harder to tell... Supposedly Vkandis set a battlefield on fire once to help His people's side win a battle, which...honestly seems pretty horrible: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, mages fight with fire too, it's very horrible, there were reasons I didn't take combat magic:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know if any human mages could set an entire battlefield on fire! Though I guess maybe they teamwork it: Shrug. :What else... The Twain are claimed to have sent an earthquake once to express displeasure at two different temple sects dedicated to Them having this stupid religious war over it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Did... that settle the religious war?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It sounds like it! Also two different priests on both sides got visions. I - suppose that's sort of a helpful intervention, although the earthquake part seems like overkill: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Assuming they listen to their visions yeah. What was the religious war about?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't even really know! It's so confusing to read about. I think partly just arguing over who the rightful high priest was, and then some doctrine differences but they seem so dumb to have a whole war over, so...I don't know, maybe it wasn't even really about that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What were they doctrine differences?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Here, you read about it: He flips the book open to the relevant page and hands it to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And what does it say?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a disagreement on whether the Twain are two sets of twin god-goddess pairs or a single pair where the god and goddess have different facets of Themselves. There's also a dispute over whether the true inheritance of the priesthood is the one passed down generationally since the main order was founded, or whether the 'divine revelation' that led to a young priestess starting the breakaway sect is what truly reflected the will of the Twain.

...It doesn't seem like these disagreements were actually settled in the aftermath of the war, the earthquake, or the visions; the two sects just agreed to stop fighting and coexist (mostly) peacefully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...so they both still exist now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems so!

Permalink Mark Unread

:Weird: she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Isn't it weird? It...sort of makes it seem like They don't actually care about the doctrine at all? And, just, maybe the war was inconvenient for Them for some other reason?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess it could cost them some followers but I'm not clear what they want them for, they don't give them marching orders:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe the shaman would know why They care about having followers? I mean, it does seem like They must, or why would They bother doing miracles for people who pray about it...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, they must want them for something or I don't see why we'd know gods existed at all as opposed to sometimes unexplained magic happening. If that:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right, exactly. I don't know how much more we can guess from these books, it doesn't feel like they're trying to answer that question - this one is about the Star-Eyed, if you want to have a look, I didn't get to it yet: He passes it to Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will read the book on the Star-Eyed.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Star-Eyed seems less into earthquakes and setting things on fire. She has spirit avatars that can travel around in the spirit world, and human priests and shamans can project their minds there and talk to them for advice, and sometimes convey messages or requests. The avatars apparently tend to be cryptic. There are claims of getting warning about natural disasters and such before they happened, but of course, human long-range Foresight can do this too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's less destructive and spends more - surface area on trying to talk, though I'm not sure how to cash that out in terms of effort or anything since she seems pretty bad at talking clearly," Aza reports.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I wonder if they'd let us talk to the spirit guardian things or if you need to be a shaman."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, good question. Do you know how the spirit world works?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, none of these books were that helpful, but I think I found the right references to look up in the library next time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds interesting, I wonder if there's stuff there besides god-avatars. Not that those aren't potentially interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem interesting! And...maybe we could learn to go there, even if the avatars won't talk to us?" Shrug. "I'll look in the library and we can ask the shaman when we have a chance to go see them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like a plan." She writes this down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar catches her up a bit more on the contents of various books he's skimmed, and then excuses himself to help Aala with her homework before it's time for her to go to bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And the next day they can go see Summerhawk!

Permalink Mark Unread

The Kaled'a'in temple to the Star-Eyed Goddess isn't much to look at on the outside; a simple, low stone building, with a garden out front. 

A youngster meets them and, when told they're here to see Summerhawk, ushers them in. 

Summerhawk is waiting in a simple stone room, its furnishings very basic; a rug, which she's kneeling on, and a low wooden table, which has a book on it. 

"Hello?" she says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, I'm Aza, Lionwind's Mindhealing student, and this is my friend Ma'ar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes! Welcome. Lionwind told me that you two would be coming by - you have questions about our Goddess?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm curious about gods in general, but Her as a special case, sure. I guess Her in particular because She's got a people who are Hers and most of them don't do that so much..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also I cannot help so much with your questions about other gods, though I could direct you to Their temples if you wished. What did you want to know about Her?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why does she want to have you guys?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. That is quite an interesting question - and I must first caveat that I do not know Her mind and so cannot say for sure. But - my understanding, here, is that She - and all of the gods - have only a limited presence in the material plane, unless They have mortals to work through. And They are very, very big; we are as ants compared to them, or even lesser; and, while this means They can see and fight threats to the safety of the world that we cannot, just as an ant could not see a tidal wave coming, it also means that many important things happen at a scale too small for Their senses. And so there is a collaboration; we can help Her, by using our prayers and requests to tell Her what is needed on our tiny local scale, and She can use us as a window into this plane." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can She do things on the tiny local scale particularly usefully if She's metaphorically so huge?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes! She can do healings, or - answers prayers to bring rain, say, when Her senses on the greater scale show Her that they will have particularly needed effects." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there something that makes her better at that than a weather-mage or a Healer?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, She is not limited on power as a human would be, right? We have cases in our histories of miraculous healings when there were many human Healers there and there was nothing more they could do. And other cases of very critical moments where a Gifted Healer was not available. And for weather magic in particular, She has the advantage of seeing the bigger patterns, right? And so we can be sure that She is aware of whether She is taking away someone else's badly needed rain, and that if so She has weighed it up and judged it worthwhile."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How does She decide what's worthwhile?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure of what weighs on Her mind. But - She cares about the stability of the world and its ecosystems, and She has duties to those specific peoples who She accepts as Her own." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What duties?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Protection. That our prayers will always be heard by Her, even if She cannot respond." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are Kaled'a'in particularly well-protected? Do you live longer or something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Well, She does not protect us from the vagaries of old age. But - as a people, as a culture, we have been around for a long time. And that is at least in part thanks to Her. Our histories tell of how She warned us to leave our first homeland in the south, because drought and war were coming. And She directed us here, decades before Urtho's Tower was built - but She saw it coming, and that it would strengthen and benefit our people in our future..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, so she's after - continuity of the Kaled'a'in culture as opposed to its assimilation or destruction?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Well, to the extent that 'our culture' is the kind of concept that She can reason in - my teaching has been that She sees the world from a very different angle from us, and therefore I should not assume any of our words for things can directly translate. But, yes, that is part of what it means to be Her people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay.

Why do you care about that? I mean, obviously being destroyed is bad but lots of people assimilate and don't continue to identify especially with their ethnic groups, what's wrong with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk seems just as baffled by this line of questioning as Lionwind was, but she's nonetheless patient and calm about it. "I - because they are my people? I - like belonging to a people, having a long tradition that stands behind me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. But why does She like it? And why does it seem especially good for it to go on? I am from no ethnic background in particular and I'm fine and if your grandkids were three-quarters miscellaneous they would also be fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." And Summerhawk gives this a long moment of careful, thoughtful consideration. 

"I - suppose that it makes our future more predictable, and the same for Her." She tilts her head a little to one side. "Sometimes youngsters born to the Kaled'a'in people choose to leave the faith. If they value their freedom, as individuals, more than that safe future. It is, of course, their prerogative. But - for myself, I like the security of knowing that I have a people and a Goddess to fall back on." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How come She wants the things she wants?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk blinks.

"I - think that part of it is inherent in the kinds of thing that a god can see and care about in general, and then some are specific to Her. I am afraid that neither is the sort of question that I, personally, can answer for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was talking to Lionwind about how it might be that a god could keep a people and even work fairly hard on keeping them safe without, like, respecting their interests and being ultimately friendly to them, the way people are with farm animals."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am not sure what the question is that you are asking here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Ma'ar is feeling very tense but doesn't want to be discouraging to Azabel and so he tries to hold himself perfectly still.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm wondering if there's a way to tell if that's going on or if you're guessing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told you already that there were many cases where I would be guessing. I do not know Her mind, nor whether mortals could even comprehend it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So... you don't know that she has your best interests at heart at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know what She agreed to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a specific agreement? What is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it is of course not a signed contract as humans do it, that is not how the gods work! But our histories speak of the first shaman to speak with Her - what is really the beginning of the Kaled'a'in as a people - and, it is as I said before. She will give our prayers priority, and protect our people against threats we could not see coming, and warn our shamans of danger, and in other ways promote our wellbeing. And in exchange, we will serve Her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What kinds of service does She want?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"For those of our people drawn to the calling of a priest, to become shamans to Her - not that we exactly need conscript people, there are always enough youngsters interested, and -" a crooked smile, "- and some of us older folk as well. To pray to Her first and foremost. To listen to Her advice and consult Her avatars before our people make major decisions such as moving a clan to new lands. And - apart from that, She will ask for what She requires of us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What kinds of things has she asked for before?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You must keep in mind that I know only of the most famous and well-remembered historical cases, but - hmm. For us to move at particular times, to particular places - occasionally, for certain decisions to be made rather than others, in politics or war, or for certain policies..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you give me examples of decision and policy demands she's made?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk looks momentarily embarrassed. "I - will need to go consult the written histories, I think. I do not want to tell you wrongly!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, I'm not in a hurry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me to go look it up now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you could!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course! Just - here, have a seat, I will be back in a few minutes..." She gestures vaguely at the rug and then rises and heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shifts a bit closer to Aza. 

:What do you think so far?: he asks her, in private Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't... like it? I mean, I don't have to, She's theirs not mine, but there's something creepy about it honestly. Maybe if she comes back with a list of very smart policy decisions I will relax a bit but as it stands it does look worryingly like they're pets:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Makes me wonder a little if pets have conversations like this with each other. Or farm animals. And if some of them - like it - and others don't...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, you could ask an Animal Mindspeaker:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's a good idea! Do you know any?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not personally but they exist! All kinds of Gifted people show up at the Tower, there must be some around:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll ask the Healers if they know any or know who I should ask:

A pause. 

:I...sort of get it, maybe? Why...someone might want to belong to a god, even if it meant they were like a pet. If you were scared, and - there was a way you thought you could be safe...: 

An uncomfortable shrug. :I'm - not sure it makes less sense to me than - how people trust their parents to look after them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess it's sort of like that, but - kids grow up and good parents let the relationship change:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I guess that does make it different, that - in the usual order of things, children grow up into - the same sort of thing as their parents. And farm animals and humans who worship gods...don't grow up to be like those...: Shrug. :I don't know. For all we know maybe the gods would be delighted if humans grew up and could work with them as allies instead of little ones: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I notice that I will be surprised if Sunhawk comes back with a list of policies the Star-Eyed pushed of which number seven is something aimed at turning humans into gods:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Me too, I think: 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Summerhawk is back, carrying an armful of books. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, that's a bunch - Ma'ar checked the Tower library and it was sparser on this topic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, would you two like to borrow some of these? You are so curious!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe! What's in them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our histories as a people! I am afraid that for the most part they are very dry and repetitive, but - all the questions that you were asking, the most true answers known by mortals are to be found here." 

And she sets the books down on the low table and starts riffling through them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza comes around and peers over her shoulder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk seems to know the texts well and is mostly flipping through too fast for her to catch anything. 

"...Ah, here we are - you wanted political advice or policy decisions, right? This is one historical case - a shaman of our people received a vision from Her, of - various cryptic but clearly bad events happening in conjunction with a particular candidate for the clan leadership. The clan chose a different candidate and the next decades went well instead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What were the cryptic bad events?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did say 'cryptic', but - hmm, let me look..." She stares at the book, flips to the next page. "A vision of women held hostage at swordpoint and - forced to do humiliating acts by an enemy - a different vision of dead babies -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. What did the guy she expected to get babies killed think of all this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The book does not really say." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like that would really suck, having everybody associate you with visions like that just because you wouldn't have made a good leader! Would people not take her seriously if she used... words? She has avatars in the spirit world, right, even if she can't just send a letter."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She has Foresight that sees further than humans can, right? Perhaps She saw that merely a warning in words from an avatar would not suffice to avert the bad events." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why wouldn't it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- How would I know? I am not a goddess who can see the whole world, and this happened two centuries ago, I know nothing of the particulars. Perhaps the shaman would have been prejudiced and ignored the advice?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...why would somebody be a shaman and ignore clearly worded advice from his goddess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, would not! I hope, at least!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm. Well, what's next -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk ducks her head and goes back to flipping through the books. 

There are a few more historical cases of Goddess-granted advice that fit Azabel's question. Once an avatar of the Goddess told the shaman that they ought to plant beans instead of barley, and then later a blight ruined all the barley crops. Once the Goddess sent a vision of floods and so they were forewarned to evacuate the women and children and put up flood-blocks. Another time there was a long argument over whether to break off a new clan or not, and the Goddess's avatar gave advice that they ought to, and then they did and this went well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I think I want to know a lot more about Foresight," remarks Aza.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The human Gift, or the kind that the gods have? I am sure there are many books in Urtho's library on the Gift of Foresight - I am not sure anyone knows much about what the gods have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, how much is it known to be different? A lot of other things they do seem a lot like mortal Gifts writ large."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I think that the library has books on Foresight, if you are curious about that in particular." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I am. What things do gods do that don't seem like mortal gifts at all, is there anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. Having spirit avatars, maybe? Some of them are human spirits, former shamans who chose to serve Her even in death, and She gave them a part of Her essence. Others are - less humanlike, our lore says that they are pure shards of Her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you talk to them whenever you want or do you have to wait for them to find you? What's the spirit world like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We cannot speak with the avatars arbitrarily; we can call to them, and see if they answer. We can go to the spirit world anytime, though it is somewhat tiring. It is very beautiful!" 

She spends a bit describing it. It's dark and sort of starry-looking, except for sparkly mist that lore says consists of dead spirits, though humans don't know how to speak to them directly. There are also - more dangerous entities, there, which can harm a mind projected to the space. Because of this, the Goddess created the Moonpaths for their people; these are roads made of light, and mortal shamans are safe as long as they keep to those. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you show us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Hmm. I think I will have to ask the senior shaman if he thinks that is a good idea. I am not sure we have ever done something like that before. Or whether I am trained enough to safely guide you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. I'd really like to see it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think this will need some discussion, but - come back tomorrow and we will see?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you still want to borrow some of our books? You must make sure to take good care of them, but - you seem like a diligent student, I expect you can do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, thank you. I know some book preservation magic, do you want me to do that - I trip sometimes, I might drop them -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, do you? We have a mage in every few years to do that, but it's been a bit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also I can carry them," Ma'ar offers. "I don't trip as much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do it anyway, though." She magics the books.

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk thanks her warmly for it, gives them a bag to carry the books in, and ushers them out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You didn't talk much," Aza remarks to Ma'ar as they leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances back, lowers his voice. "I think I'm - more scared of saying the wrong thing and getting in trouble. Than you are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Summerhawk can't give us detention."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But she could - tell Lionwind I'm bad and dangerous, or something. Detention isn't the only kind of trouble to be in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...what would Lionwind do to you, you don't take classes with him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's a grownup and he's respected, and - if he told other grownups not to trust me, probably they'd listen to him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you want grownups to trust you for if you don't even want to say anything to them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar stops where he is on the path, gives her a frustrated look. "- Just because you grew up in a world where grownups can't - decide to hurt you or make your life worse just because they don't like you, doesn't mean that's the world everyone lives in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- they don't have to trust you to not hate you enough to hurt you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar grimaces. "I, just - I feel like there's a real thing here and I just don't know the right words to explain it to you."   

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. Let me know if you figure it out, I guess. Do you think Summerhawk's going to hurt me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Probably not? She didn't seem offended. But - I think you know how to - come across like a curious clever student, and not - scare people with it? ...And maybe it helps that you're a girl, I think it takes more for grownups to find girls creepy or wrong-seeming." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't feel like I'm usually doing something very specific besides actually being a curious clever student. I sort of was that time with Urtho, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar keeps walking, absently kicking at a pebble on the path. 

"I think you're doing something specific, even if it's not on purpose? Because, I don't know, you - grew up learning a certain way to be, that works well here. And I...didn't...and I don't think I can just 'be a clever curious student' like you, and I'm bad at pretending and - don't really understand what I'd have to pretend anyway, just, I think there's something..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not pretending anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't say you were." Ma'ar still feels like he's completely failing to convey something important and he has no idea how to fix the problem. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- and you really are a curious clever student."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Am I?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you aren't you sure fooled me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." Ma'ar falls silent, keeps walking. 

He looks faintly pleased, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's OBVIOUS, isn't it, he wants to know things and he's as quick as her in class and he is literally enrolled in school. He's weird but not on any of those axes. What does he think he is, an indifferent idiot of a capybara?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'm - more risk averse than you are?" Ma'ar says finally. "I don't think what you're doing is wrong, for you, just - I have less to work with, right. I don't have parents, and I don't have a really rare Gift like Mindhealing where one of my teachers is going to care especially hard what happens to me. And...it's not like I'm worried about getting kicked out of the school, at this point. But - if I want to be able to fix Predain someday, starting from this, then - I need to do better than 'not getting kicked out of school'." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...are people in Predain going to write to the Tower for letters of reference, or..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Predain doesn't have nearly enough mages. Definitely not enough trained mages, who could be teachers - I can't teach literally everyone myself. So I've been thinking that I need to be on good enough terms with people here that I could talk them into moving, or at least coming over to visit and teach for a bit." Shrug. "And - there's probably all sorts of things like that which I haven't even thought of, but where it'd matter whether people like me here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, so you need to be able to recruit...

...and your plan is to do this cold without taking any social risks at all ever, I see, brilliant."

Okay that was mean but seriously.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar thinks that he takes all sorts of social risks, actually, even if they don't seem like that to her. And possibly drawing negative attention from literal gods wasn't something he felt like risking - coming along at all was nervewracking enough. 

(He feels maybe a little bad now that if the shaman does go tell a spirit avatar about this and the Goddess is mad, it'll be mostly with Azabel...) 

He does not bother to answer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"You should practice," she says, after a minute's attention to what would adequately compensate for being mean. "You should... come with me next time I visit my dad and meet a bunch of people who are not important to your plans and who you'll never see again, and - try stuff, expand your comfort zone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- That's a good idea. I would appreciate that a lot. You're - sure you wouldn't mind...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He only has one spare room so we'll have to figure that out - I don't think he'd like it if you were in with me - but assuming you're okay with sleeping by the hearth or something sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or I could just bring the tentifact and sleep in the backyard, if you have one?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He has a garden, and I think there's space for the tentifact, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good." Ma'ar smiles faintly at her. "I know I need to get better at people things. It's just - it's confusing, and it's scary - maybe more than it should be, I think the grownups here are...less dangerous... But still." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can introduce you to all the people in the town where I was born and you can test hypotheses. Do you have hypotheses?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A bit? Some of it's - hard to test or even have guesses about, like whether someone being a  certain amount of friendly means they'll say yes if I ask for help later. I - usually have hypotheses when I'm thinking about whether to say something, though, of how people will react." He makes a face. "It'd be so much easier to tell how they were reacting if I read their minds too, but I know I shouldn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. But you can tell me what they're saying and I can give you a second opinion?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I can do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope it helps."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So do I." 

They've reached the Tower now. "Er, want me to give you the books? Or come back to my room and we can look at them a bit?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's go look at them a bit."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can head up to his room. 

Aala isn't there, and has left a note on Ma'ar's bed saying that she's going out to do things with her friends tonight and won't be back until late. 

Ma'ar reads the note out loud to Azabel, and smiles. "Look at her! She's popular. I'm so proud of her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's doing really well!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She is!" 

Ma'ar sits down on his bed, feet tucked under him, and unpacks the books from the bookbag, spreading them out across his bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza grabs one pretty much at random and sets to.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a book describing all the various rites and rituals for seasonal festivals, marriages, births, deaths, coming-of-age ceremonies, etc etc, as well as for other rarer and higher-stakes occasions. For most of the ordinary day-to-day ones, invoking the Goddess's presence or blessing or whatnot is purely a formality; for some rites, though, like the ones associated with trials for serious crimes - for which the punishment, if convicted, would be formal  banishment from the Kaled'a'in people - the shaman is required to actually summon and speak with a spirit avatar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What do the spirit avatars say about potential banishments?

Permalink Mark Unread

They...give advice, it sounds like? Well, sometimes; in many cases they'll just say that the Goddess trusts Her people to carry out Her will. And when they do give advice it's often cryptic, but it's always taken very seriously. There are a couple of historical cases given. For example, once a man was pardoned after raping his wife's sister while very drunk (he claimed afterward that they looked very alike and he was confused), partly on the spirit avatar saying that 'the fruits of forgiveness will feed our grandchildren'; a couple of years later, the pardoned man was the only able-bodied man in his village not taken ill by a plague, and his work with their livestock and crops was the only thing that saved the rest of the people from starvation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza presumes that if she turns the page it won't explain why the goddess didn't just not have there be a plague but hope springs eternal.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does not! At least not for this particular case study. 

The book does have a few footnotes with advice for shamans in training, though, and this includes some mentions of the Goddess's limitations as understood by their people's lore. She is very powerful, obviously, compared to any human, even a Gifted human - but not infinitely so, She still has limited resources. It may sometimes feel inexplicable and dispiriting, the author of the book writes, for a young shaman faced with the Goddess's failure to help in some situation that seems very important. But they need to trust that She is the one who sees the world world at a glance, and that She is allocating her strength as well as She possibly can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they have any reason to believe that though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The book does not seem to answer the question of whether they have any reason to believe it. It's taken for granted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anything useful?" Ma'ar asks her eventually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Star-Eyed is basically their eccentric neighbor who helps them out sometimes. She says things that don't make much sense that they read into with an admittedly decent track record - I'm not sure exactly how you get that result, it probably isn't 'speaking a human language like a normal person' but if She were just being bad at speaking a human language like a normal person I bet they'd misunderstand her more... those incidents might not make it into the book. Though I didn't notice obvious gaps in the jurisprudence timeline so maybe She has a way of making herself understood anyway. - could be Foresight, I guess, you could try Foresight on - combinations of sounds? Or meanings, if they're usually Mindspeaking, it hasn't specified yet. And see which combinations of sounds or meanings get the right decisions made, which would let you skip past accidentally claiming the sky was plaid but you'd stop looking for rephrases around when you had something cryptic and sufficiently relevant that people derived what you wanted them to."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods along; he giggles slightly at 'claiming the sky was plaid'.

"I think we need to learn more about Foresight, but that does sound like - about the right level of weird and alien, or something? For how different you'd expect a god to be from people."

He glances down at his own book. "This one is about the Kaled'a'in history as a people. I - skipped through a lot of it, it's kind of repetitive, it's mostly genealogies of when various clans split off or when groups of them moved to a new part of the world. The footnotes are interesting, though. Since they talk about the Goddess sending visions to shamans, or having a spirit avatar give them advice. It's also pretty cryptic but I think if I'd been them I could've guessed if it were a yes or a no, for a given move? And it generally hasn't turned out badly for them. Although I don't know if that's really Her work, or - if it could've been better in some other version where they just made their own decisions about it..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. And - I think she's more talkative than most gods? I'm not religious but Ranara tries on religions occasionally and I think the Star-Eyed is the one with the most spirit-avatar-type behavior. If this is as talkative as they get it's hard to - negotiate, if all you can do is follow the advice or not follow it and following it works out fine..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really makes it feel like she doesn't actually want to have a back and forth conversation? Then again, I guess we don't know how hard they tried, it - doesn't seem like they think that's a reasonable thing to ask for here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if my guess about how She talks is right that would make it really hard! Foresight can tell you to say cryptic things and not to say the sky is plaid but I don't see how it would help you understand at all. From that perspective it's sort of impressive she's aware people prefer having enough to eat and not being plague-ridden."

Permalink Mark Unread

Grimace. "That makes it sound like it'd be so frustrating to - be a god who did care and want to help people, but you wouldn't even be able to figure out what they needed, you don't speak the same– not even language, it'd be all different concepts too... Not that we can exactly tell if She does want to help, or not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I mean, most of the things She does seem like they could be helpful, She isn't - acting randomly with respect to helpfulness - but it makes it really tricky to figure out if She's like, doing it because She likes and respects and appreciates people, or if it's incidental to something, or if they're farm animals to Her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think Lionwind or Summerhawk are - actually curious, which of those it is? It...sort of doesn't seem like it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly the way Lionwind was talking about it was at times SO weird I made use of my standing permission to look at his gears. - I didn't see anything very out of the ordinary though, I guess it's just how he thinks about it. I think maybe they don't care? Which would be one thing if they were going - okay, there's all kinds of reasons the Star-Eyed could be doing us favors, but they're still favors, it'll tend to go well if we take them, we may as well do that like we may as well put out rain barrels even though the rain is not certified benevolent. But it seems different if they're having all these feelings about her as a person - if she's even a person, which I'm getting less confident of! - based on those favors while having no particular reason to think the regard is mutual."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you figure Lionwind actually does have a lot of feelings about it? I couldn't tell whether or not the shaman actually did, in a feelings about another person way -  I guess maybe you only become a shaman if you have some feeling about it though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They aren't very - active obtrusive feelings but I think they are feelings."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm."

 

 

After a long pause. "People's feelings are really confusing sometimes. Is it confusing for you too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"These ones seem - dumb but not weird? Like, it seems to me like they're treating the Star-Eyed as would be appropriate for... one's weird great grandmother who never really learned the language you grew up speaking but knows a bunch of stuff and shows you when you manage to make it clear what you're asking for and smiles at you when you go by and who is also, uh, the mayor. It's not weird to have that set of feelings available as a thing your mind can do. It's just weird to -

- people can assume certain things about each other because we're all sort of similar, right? I can tell species apart by the gears but even gryphons and hertasi aren't that far off from us. And hertasi specifically don't have a thing most people do where they're more comfortable with familiar kinds-of-people, like their own species or ethnicity or language group or nationality. Humans usually do have that, and it's not a particularly admirable character trait but it makes sense because the more someone is like you in the broad strokes the more you know about the space they'll be drawing their motives and context and norms from. And now that I put these facts next to each other I'm surprised both that hertasi aren't more religious and that humans are not racist against gods, who have absolutely no credibility about drawing their motives and context and norms from a sane place!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Huh. - Sorry, now I'm just distracted wondering about hertasi religion. Would we know if they were very religious - I feel like they don't tell us anything about their personal lives. Although maybe all their religion-energy just goes to being helpful, they do so much stuff, I don't know when they'd have free time to worship gods." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I went to meet baby hertasi once! I did not see any evidence of religion around but they might have their evidence of religion somewhere else or use fewer props than human temples."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Baby hertasi! What were they like?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sooooo small." She gestures. "One tried to eat my hair."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Human babies do that too, I think. Or, well, mostly they seem to like grabbing it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have had a human baby pull my hair but not eat it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. ...Anyway, I wonder if people - kind of want to have something powerful to have their 'weird but friendly great-grandmother' feelings at? Because it's reassuring, or something, to feel like you've got someone like that...?" Shrug. "I dunno, just, in Predain when I was still reading people's minds a lot, it - seemed like lots of people had some beliefs that were - about feeling reassured, more than about being true..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"About gods or about something else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"About lots of things? It's hard to tell sometimes what feelings about if you don't have context. Sometimes about gods, but - I mean, I never saw any sign the gods were actually doing helpful things, there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I think the Star-Eyed might be on the high end of helpfulness."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like it! But I guess we also know the most about Her. Maybe we should try going to other temples too." He takes a deep breath. "...It's kind of scary. Feels like - priests are people who have a powerful ally I don't understand, and - so it makes it hard to figure out what's safe, because even if I can tell what they think of things I say, I can't tell what the god would think." Shrug. "Maybe it's fine because we're ants or farm animals to Them and they don't actually care what I think, but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't see why they would but I don't have enough of a model of what they care about to be sure, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But you're not nervous about asking questions?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...no, not especially. They don't routinely smite people. And Lionwind sent me to Summerhawk because she's used to questions, and I don't think that can reasonably just be a Kaled'a'in thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that's fair." He takes another deep breath. "I'll figure out a different temple to go to and make a list of questions that I can ask this time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me along or should we split them up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess it'd be more efficient to split them up? Also it'd mean we don't need to coordinate who's doing the asking. I might want you to be in Mindspeech range the first time I go alone, in case I - get stuck and scared - but my range is pretty far at this point so that should be fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, tell me when so I'm not busy then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will! And I guess our plan is to go back tomorrow or some other time soon to see the shaman and ask if we can go to the spirit world with her?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yup! Does tomorrow right before dinner work for you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks for a moment. "Sure, should work fine. I'll try to read through the rest of the books before then and take notes, so we can give them back at the same time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good plan. We can divvy those up if you want or you can read them all, I'm okay either way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm - we've got these three we haven't looked at yet, I can give you one if you want?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." She picks one.

Permalink Mark Unread

This one appears to be a guide for shamans who need to collaborate with priests from other temples who worship different gods! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, how do they do that and why?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it seems like in some situations (historical cases given: a plague, a severe multi-year drought across an entire region, a barley-blight that hit crops heavily across many towns), the Star-Eyed can't intervene to help just with Her own resources, and the advice given by the avatars to the shamans is to seek alliance with other faiths. Or, sometimes, the priests of other temples are the ones to reach out to theirs. 

In terms of the how: there are a lot of suggestions given by the book's author for scripts to use, though they seem to be somewhat culturally-specific and the books is three hundred years old and by an author who lived well south of Tantara's borders, before the time when most of the Kaled'a'in tribes chose to move to Tantara.

The advice given for when to consult a spirit avatar is maybe more generalizable. The priests of other temples might be venal and want to extract political concessions from the Kaled'a'in people before they agree to pray to their god as well! If that happens you should talk to a spirit avatar about it! And here is a long list of additional scenarios that could happen and where the Goddess is willing and in fact would want to directly provide input through Her intermediaries! 

Permalink Mark Unread

How did they get a list of situations in which to call oh her? Did she supply it or did they guess and check?

Permalink Mark Unread

The book does not make this totally clear! 

It mostly sounds like the shamans would talk to spirit avatars for advice in a lot of situations, including less-dire ones where the Goddess either didn't think it was worth personally intervening at all, or did but could fix it Herself with a miracle or two. The list here is curated from past times when neither of these was enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza reads the whole book and takes plenty of notes organized so she won't mind showing Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar Mindtouches her around lunchtime the next day; he’s done reading both of the books he took and has notes, maybe they can plan to quickly exchange and catch up on those before they visit the shaman?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good to her!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar meets her at the appointed time, and hands her a sheaf of notes. 

"The two I had were about the history of religious disputes between different factions of the Kaled'a'in people over their history, and about the spirit world. Yours?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stuff on collaborating between different churches." Note trade!

Permalink Mark Unread

Going by Ma'ar's notes, the Kaled'a'in have had fewer and less stupid internal disputes over their history than the war mentioned with the two factions worshipping the Twain; their doctrine seems to be broader, more allowing of variations in local worship, and the spirit avatars usually resolve succession disagreements. The disputes that managed to happen anyway were mostly between rather than within clans, sometimes over territory and only incidentally religious in nature; once a family feud managed to last for an entire generation before the shamans got fed up with it enough to get spirit avatar advice on it. On a couple of occasions, people have impersonated shamans and faked advice from the spirit avatars, and only been found out after months or years of this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I wonder how people first got the idea of worshiping gods," Aza remarks, as she pages through. "If you didn't already have them, wouldn't they seem weird? Especially since they can barely talk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know! That is pretty weird." 

Ma'ar's notes about the spirit world are less useful, apparently the book was very vague. There are legends about various dangerous monsters there; it's hard to tell, Ma'ar adds in the margin, whether they're anything more than just legendary. There is a lot of advice which is hard to interpret in the absence of ever having been there.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe there are lots that don't try to talk," she speculates, "so nobody knows about them, and we only see the tip of the iceberg."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Interesting thought." He glances up from reading her notes. "You ready to go in now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone ushers them into the temple, again, and to Summerhawk's little office. 

She does not seem as pleased to see them this time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar had been going to ask questions but now he's back to being kind of scared. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...hi, how are you? If this is a bad time we can come by some other day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, the time is fine." She stands up. "I spoke to the senior shaman and he spoke to one of Her avatars, and - they did not think it appropriate for us to invite you to the Moonpaths, when you are neither Kaled'a'in nor Her worshippers at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I'm sorry to hear that." She starts unpacking the books they're returning.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shaman thanks her and goes to put them away. "Did you have any other questions while you are here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is - something bothering you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No? I am not displeased by your questions or anything, it was a pleasure to answer them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is VERY DUBIOUS of this claim but says nothing and also doesn't read her mind to check if he's right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You look preoccupied is all, did the avatar say something concerning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not there, I only heard the answer to my question from the senior shaman." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay... uh, today I was wondering how people first came to know about which gods there are and stuff, does Kaled'a'in history go back that far?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think none of the books we have here. Perhaps that history exists somewhere, though, personally I have never been outside of the Tower area." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough, it must have been so long ago. Have you talked to avatars directly before or do they usually relay through the senior shaman?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have been introduced, but I have not spoken to one of Them outside of that, it would be the senior shaman sent for any very important questions." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What were they like when you were introduced?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Very intimidating, honestly! I was so tongue-tied."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did the avatar say anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She called me 'child' and said I had a strong spirit - or something vaguely like that, it was a while ago. And then she said something poetic and mysterious to the senior shaman and afterward he told me they are always like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are avatars, actually, are they just bits of Goddess?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes! But the one I spoke to was a human spirit, once. Sometimes Her servants choose to go on serving Her even after death, and She imbues them with some of Her essence." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...wow! What else is known about what being dead is like -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure how much else is known. If there is more I have not learned it yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would you want to be one, do you think?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure. It - is a very big thing to agree to. And I do not think all shamans are even offered it, when we die." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which ones are?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those who She thinks could handle it, I assume."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...what's there to handle, what's it like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, mostly it is a very long term thing, right? Not merely a lifetime, but indefinitely. And...well, it involves taking on some essence of Her. The avatars were human once; they are - less human, now. Not everybody would wish for that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel like that might depend on what it's comparing to, which... is 'being dead'... What's less human about them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure how to describe it, honestly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that's fair. They all used to be human? She doesn't have any hertasi worshipers or anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! What a good question, I am not actually sure! I think that all the spirit avatars we consult who were mortal once are Kaled'a'in, but perhaps there is another order that worships Her among the hertasi." Summerhawk smiles. "What an interesting thought." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- so you don't know if all her worshipers are human? I have no idea what the religious proclivities of the hertasi are but there are probably more species too..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Somehow I have a hard time picturing gryphons being very religious, but maybe that is just my being small-minded." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar finally dares a question. "Do they have Foresight the way gods to? The spirit avatars, I mean – is that part of what She does to them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, yes, I imagine so. They know the answers to questions, and – well, human long range Foreseers are sometimes cryptic as well, the avatars are just - more so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that part of what makes them seem less human? That they've - got this other sense, and so when they try to talk to you, it's like...I don't know, a human talking to a species that's always blind and doesn't even know what sight is?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Perhaps." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Blind people aren't that weird. I know somebody who was born blind. I guess maybe if she was born blind and didn't speak a language used mostly by people who can see she might be harder to talk to though..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, I think blind humans have to end up learning - a lot of ways to fake things you'd normally do with seeing, and also they can listen to stories where people describe seeing things, and... I don't know, I think the metaphor isn't right, because - human minds are made to have a seeing part, right, Azabel? And blind people still have that, it's just their eyes that don't work. But...humans must not even have the mind-part that gods do, for Foresight..." 

He suddenly looks very curious. "I wonder what a god would look like to Mindhealing-Sight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk seems to consider this a moderately uncomfortable question! "They - are not the kind of entity that can be studied." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She actually uses her seeing part for something totally different, I wrote an article on it. - do you mean gods would not show up to Mindhealing-Sight like animals and rocks and the weather don't, or do you mean something else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe the weather is not a bad comparison. She is - She has a will, in a way the weather does not, of course - but also the weather is...very large, it happens over vast areas, mostly in ways we cannot see or understand. And I think She is like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The weather can be studied, though. Just, not with specifically Mindhealing-Sight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I confess I do not know much about how weather can be studied! But, I think if one tried to study Her in similar ways, one would end up frustrated and learning little." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But is that because of her being a god or because of her... personality, like, I also wouldn't learn much if I tried to study a human who did not want to be studied because for one thing that would be unethical but even if I were unethical they could make it difficult."

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk is blinking at her, like someone who did not quite understand the question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does she not want to be understood better, or is it somehow impossible."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think maybe it is just impossible for humans to understand gods." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it possible for gods to understand humans?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. You know - I suspect no, not entirely? They can - care about us as peoples, and ally with us in a limited way, but - I suspect They are just too different." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't quite figure out why gods want things. Or I suppose you could say I can't quite figure out what gods want, because - it seems pretty likely that a lot of the stuff we see them working towards is instrumental? Like if you work to make money it's not because you want money because it's shiny, it's because you can spend it. I think it's more likely that gods want people-allies to spend them than because humans are cute or whatever, and I have no idea what on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure that anyone knows." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel like if I were going to worship one I'd want a general idea but it sounds like the Star-Eyed's been very helpful and I guess most people don't feel the same way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has not troubled me, no. It is enough to know that She cares and has demonstrated a commitment to my people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza' s point is sort of that they have NO IDEA if she cares but she does not press the issue, just lobs the idea at Ma'ar while nodding.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is also nodding. 

He agrees with Aza on this point and also he is SO STRESSED right now and kind of just wants to escape before anything bad happens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for lending us the books."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was my pleasure. Thank you again for the magic on them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No problem." And having found something to be polite about it is probably now socially acceptable to move to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Summerhawk bids them farewell graciously enough, though she still seems a bit uncomfortable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar walks without saying anything, forcing himself to keep to a pace Azabel can maintain without tripping, until they're a good distance away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That was kind of awkward:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It was! I'm - probably overreacting, I know, but - I'm really nervous that if they told a spirit avatar about us, that means we - got the Goddess's attention, and...maybe bad things, I don't know...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think curious kids should be that concerning to a god - unless you are planning to do something very concerning in five years that she might have seen or something -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think I am! But I have no idea what She would think is concerning!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I guess if you're planning anything very unconventional there's some chance a god is secretly allergic, isn't there:

Permalink Mark Unread

:And if I want to fix Predain without doing anything really horrible, I think it has to be unconventional? If there were a conventional way to do it then someone would've already. ...Maybe, I guess I don't know that for sure: Shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:There might be conventional ways but I don't actually know what they'd be. I think I'd need to know more about how the government is running:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I already need to know that before I plan anything - I'll worry about it once I graduate and can move back there. ...I'm still not sure how much it makes sense to be nervous about the gods now, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I doubt being nervous will help much:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Maybe not. I guess 'nervous' isn't really the thing I mean. It's more - I'm not sure how much it makes sense to be cautious about not upsetting gods, versus not weighing that and just focusing on the things I care about: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I feel like that might reasonably depend on how feasible it is to make progress on that goal? Which it isn't very, because we know so little about what they're upset by:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....Which is really terrifying!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's... potentially terrifying? It might be that they do conventional helpful things because they like being conventionally helpful and there's nothing to worry about at all:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do - you not find it scary just by itself, the idea of having to count on Her goodwill and wanting to be helpful...?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not counting on that, I don't actually need her help with anything! I just don't see a particular reason to expect her to be hostile:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I think for me, I assume that the default is people - or not-people, like gods - being hostile...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That isn't what it looks like in the records of god behavior:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess not: Ma'ar does not appear especially reassured. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, you don't have to trust it but it seems like you might spend a lot of energy on worrying you can't turn into planning?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I think there might be a skill of - worrying about things only in productive ways? And not bothering when it doesn't help with planning? I'm trying to work on that right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That sounds like a good skill:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think so! ...Anyway I guess my plan is still to research other temples we can visit, and then we can divide that up? And - maybe we can research the spirit world on our own, in case we can figure out how to go there without Summerhawk's help?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It might be dangerous, since the Moonpaths needed inventing for safety reasons...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It would probably be dangerous. I'd want to wait and see if any of the other temples also go there and are willing to show us. But if they're not, well, it still seems important to understand? Especially if that's where all the spirits of dead people are, and they...still exist...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...yeah: It seems very hard to calculate the value of taking an unknown risk (unescorted spirit jaunts) in pursuit of an unknown amount of information (regarding dead people in their millions) in order to pursue an unknown feasibility of goal (having them not be dead, somehow) but it's at least worth not dismissing out of hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

:And I read through the whole book Summerhawk lent us, so we know something about what to look out for. I bet there's more in Urtho's library, too, now that I know what keywords to dig around for. We'd want to be smart about it, obviously - take our time preparing, maybe make special protective artifacts for it if we can figure out what we need to be protected against...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I agree, we can split up books we find on this too:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds good: Ma'ar glances over at her. :I'm - glad we can both work on this together: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It would be much harder without someone to bounce ideas off!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

They've reached the main courtyard outside the entrance to the Tower, and Ma'ar stops. "- I'd better go help Aala with her homework. I can go to the library tomorrow. Want to pick a time when we can talk about this again...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I have a bit after lunch?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Tomorrow? I've got combat practice in the afternoon, could you do just before dinner, or maybe after it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"After dinner is also okay, sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see what I can find in the library before then." And Ma'ar nods to her and dashes off into the Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After dinner the next day she goes to the library; if she doesn't spot Ma'ar immediately she'll start skimming the stacks looking for spirit world stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is not immediately apparent. Neither are books about the spirit world; there doesn't seem to be a category for it, so she needs to guess at which related categories to check, and the first book she finds, under 'Theoretical Magic: Extraplanar', is...very theoretical and clearly written by someone who had not, personally, ever visited the spirit world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar shows up shortly later. :Sorry I'm late! Finding anything? I spent candlemarks looking last night but maybe you'll have found something I missed...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nothing good. There's this one but it's very speculative:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Ooh, I should've looked under extraplanar theory, that's smart. Even if it's not useful by itself, maybe we can combine different books to get a picture: 

Ma'ar joins her, slinging down his bookbag and reaching into it. :I found this book in the practical section on extraplanar work. It's mostly about the elemental planes, and summonings, but it has actual instructions on projecting your mind to other planes in general. And on safety. It sounds like the spirit world is actually safer than, say, the elemental plane of Fire, so probably the precautions they suggest would be enough?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...maybe? Let me have a look -: She takes the book and investigates this claim.

Permalink Mark Unread

The book is, as mentioned, mostly about the elemental planes. The Elemental Plane of Fire and the Abyssal Plane both sound incredibly dangerous, though! In fact it's not recommended for anyone to try exploring the Abyssal Plane at all unless they're an Adept with decades of experience projecting their mind to the other planes, and have a guide who's been to the Abyssal Plane before. 

In general, the plane of Earth is safest, followed by Air and then Water. (None of them would support human life if you were to literally transport your body there; their physical laws are believed to be different from in the material plane, and certainly magic behaves differently.) There are instructions given for mind-shielding techniques. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What exactly happens? Fire isn't dangerous to look at or think about, it's dangerous to touch, so if you aren't physically there what goes wrong?

Permalink Mark Unread

The 'fire' in the Elemental Plane of Fire isn't exactly the same thing that ordinary fire is, but in any case that's not the dangerous part in itself. The main risks are, one, the ambient density of magical energy is several hundred times higher there, and a mage projecting there is, by default, opening a channel between that and themselves – if they're not careful, the energy will follow the gradient 'downhill', just like when tapping a node, except intensely enough to seriously damage mage-channels. 

The other risk is the local life. The more intelligent Fire elementals can perceive the mage-energy signature of human visitors, and will tend to go investigate. And, being native to such a magic-dense place, they're absurdly powerful and can accidentally cause serious magical injuries just by trying to communicate. (And sometimes it's worse, and they're hostile...) 

The demons native to the Abyssal Plane are the main danger there. And, unsurprisingly, they're a lot more dangerous in their home environment than when they're summoned to the material plane in construct-bodies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh! Does this book say anything about the spirit world at all?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's mentioned a few times – it's in the list of planes that can be visited by mind-projection, and in the section on existing and historical practices around extraplanar projection, where it's specified that this is a skill priests and shamans of some religions pick up. It's rated as somewhat less dangerous than the Elemental Plane of Water, but more dangerous than Air and Earth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that does seem encouraging but if part of the problem is hostile locals it might not be uniformly safe-as-these-go," she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! I forgot to say - I asked the librarian, and there's a class on extraplanar projection! It's an advanced one but I might be able to get permission to take it next session anyway. If I'm properly trained on the elemental planes then it feels more like I can judge how dangerous the spirit world actually is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, cool! Maybe I'll take it too - depends what it's competing with, I don't feel very urgent about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neither do I, I guess, but I don't have that much on my list of classes I was excited to take next." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wanna learn to summon elementals, even though that adds a language course too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems really useful! You could ask them questions about how things work in the other planes..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! And probably some of them also want to know about us."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Probably! Maybe you can take the summoning class and I'll take the projection class and then we can teach each other? Anyway, this is the most on-topic book I found - there's another one about historical magical accidents that mentions a few mages who got killed doing projection to the Abyssal Plane or the plane of Fire. No one's listed who died going to the spirit world, but it could just be that usually that's done by priests or shamans and they get taught properly - oh, and probably aren't trying to do it for combat, the thing that got these mages killed was deliberately trying to track down hostile natives, in order to try to put bindings on them and use them as weapons." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, rude."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also seems really stupid!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- is it? What goes wrong apart from it being kidnapping?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you run into one that's more powerful than you were expecting, or if the extraplanar beings catch onto what you're doing and start teaming up against you - some are smart enough to do that - then they can get past even very good mage-shields. The book did say that no one's ever died projecting to the plane of Fire if they had proper training for it and weren't looking for trouble on purpose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if anybody's being posthumously accused of looking for trouble when they weren't really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Maybe. The case studies in the book seemed convincing, for all of them it wasn't the first time they'd gone looking to bind powerful extraplanar beings. But there could be others that aren't in the book because they weren't well documented or whatever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's still encouraging."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I'm hoping whoever teaches the class on it will know more about it. Anyway. I think this is probably everything we can find on this for now - did you still want to go try talking to other temples, too? I looked up and there's a few that aren't too far away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, which ones?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar digs out some notes. "There's a temple to Vkandis that's kind of far, but I can go on the day I don't have any classes. And then there's a temple of the Twain which is a lot closer, and a small one for - Bestet the Battle-Goddess? And also the Nameless God of Eternal Flame, but that one's way at the edge of the city." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can get Skan to fly me if it's far to walk but not too far to fly with a passenger."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right! Maybe you can do the Eternal Flame one then, if it's in his flying range - I think it's six or seven miles?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so -" :Hey Skan would it be hard to carry me six or seven miles? - one way, on a round trip?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Um, how long would I have to rest before the return trip?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:At least like half a candlemark, longer if I like pack a lunch and do a picnic, also I can Gate back if you turn out to be very tired after the one leg:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think I can do that, then!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Cool!: "Yeah, he can do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good! Then I can do Vkandis. Maybe you should go to the battle goddess one - there's part of the order that's for women only, they might not let me talk to them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I'll go to the Twain's temple." Ma'ar takes a deep breath. "I'm - going to do it even though it still feels scary, because it's really unlikely to be actually dangerous. But...I hope we're right about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I guess we'll find out. Was there anything else you think we should make sure we're on the same page with, before we go do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are you planning to ask?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How they communicate with the gods, if they do - how often priests get visions from Them, or other communications. How much history they have recorded, whether it goes back far enough to cover how the temple was founded and why people started worshipping that god to begin with. What miracles they have on record. Whether they work with other temples that worship different gods, and how that works. I've got a list that has more but it's back in my room." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She scribbles these down. "Those are all good. What their gods seem to want in general, maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, I think that's on my list too but - just a second, I'll write it down just in case... I don't really expect a helpful answer on that, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even if they make something up it could be interesting to find out what it is they make up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I wanted to try to ask if they know whether gods talk to each other, too - it sounds like sometimes the Kaled'a'in would get instructions from a spirit avatar to go to another temple, which maybe means She was coordinating with that god..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, yeah - and I'm curious where gods are, if they're anywhere, are they in the spirit world or what -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, that's a good question." Ma'ar scribbles it down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also you should ask what the deal is with the Twain being two of them - they might also be a good place to ask if gods actually are male and female or if that's just convenient so we don't call them 'it'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Either two or four, there was a stupid war about it, remember?" Ma'ar writes this down as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whatever number of them, I want to know how much that matters with gods when they're operating as a unit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm. I can ask if they communicate separately, or if they ever - disagree, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if they've always done everything together or if they used to be separate gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, and I also wanted to ask if all the gods are the same age or if some of them are new. And if they ever - die, or stop existing somehow." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That one might be a dangerous question. You could maybe get at it sideways by asking if there were ever more Twain since they're the ones who like to club up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. And asking if they used to be separate could get at the question of whether one of them is newer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods and reads through his list again. "Anything else I should add? I guess if either of us thinks of more we can just Mindspeak each other. I won't have time to actually go for a couple of days." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing else off the top of my head."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Good luck with yours, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Likewise!"

When it is convenient for Skan they can go on their long flight to the temple to the Eternal Flame.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan has rested up for this! He's so excited! In his mind at least, Azabel is a SECRET AGENT on a SPY MISSION to learn about the gods! 

He's pretty focused while he flies, and only does the minimum of midair tricks when he gets bored. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think I can be a secret agent if I'm openly asking questions on my own recognizance!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Awww. A non-secret agent?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:An agent of discovery!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan decides that this is also very exciting, and does a midair flip, and then keeps flying. 

And in less than fifteen minutes, he's circling above the area of the city that she showed him on the map. :Figure it's the one with the copper roof?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Seems promising, temples go in for expensive stuff like that:

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan takes her down. 

The copper-roofed building does prove to be the temple to the Eternal Flame. It has a decorative rock garden out front, and a stone bowl sitting on a pedestal, in which a little fire, cleverly fed with lamp oil through some pipe below, is burning. An acolyte in off-white robes is guarding it, and waves to them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! - what's that for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The acolyte blinks and then looks down shyly. "This is our tribute to the Eternal Flame," he says, stammering a bit. "It's - not the real thing, the real thing - can't be seen or touched..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it on the plane of fire or something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets her a confused blink. "I'm - not sure? I think it isn't anywhere, it's - in everything and all of us all the time..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- everyone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- That's what my teacher said? ...Maybe, but I'm, uh, new and I might be confusing it with something else, er, you should ask someone who's a senior priest." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, who should I go to with questions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Er, what are the sorts of questions you have?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lots of them! I'm doing a research project."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Right. Er, just go in?" he gestures at the bronze doors, "and ask for the senior priest - you can tell them that and that, uh, that Rowan sent you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks!" She goes in.

Permalink Mark Unread

The inside of the temple appears to be all one room; it's spacious and quiet and surprisingly well lit, by discreet windows just below the eaves on all four sides of the building. A couple of chandeliers hang down from the rafters, candles presumably lit at great inconvenience by people on stepladders (unless this temple has access to mages who can do it from a distance.) 

A few people are sitting on a rug to one side of the room; one of them rises. "Hello?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, I hope I'm not interrupting you but Rowan said I should go to the senior priest with my research project questions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A different figure rises, gestures for the other to hang back. "Oh? What sort of research project? - I am the senior priest here today, by the way, my name is Alat." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, Alat! It's not actually for school, I'm just getting kind of carried away learning things about gods. I don't know much about this one, can you give me like an introduction -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, an introduction will not be quick, if you have never heard of the Nameless God before! Please, come have a seat - would you like tea...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes thank you!" Plop.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other robed priest brings them tea. 

Alat sits down on a cushion and gestures for Azabel to do the same. "So. I am still not sure where to start, but - our lore says that the God of the Eternal Flame is among the oldest of the gods. And also among the most forgiving. They welcome everyone, great and small, saints and sinners. To Them, there is no such thing as evil - there are only times when mortal beings, small and limited as we are, cannot perceive the truth, and so instead we squabble pointlessly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The oldest? So the gods aren't all the same age?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose not! According to the lore I was taught, anyway, though our histories do not give numbers for any of it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do new ones start, if they haven't all just been around forever?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Honestly I am not sure that anybody knows! It is not as though any mortal has been able to observe it." A wry chuckle. "I read a theory once that powerful extraplanar beings who are not quite at the level of gods can grow to become gods. And legend says that our Nameless God of the Eternal Flame arose from the chaos of the Void itself, so that it would have a voice. But it is a very old legend, passed down through many generations, and I cannot say if it is literally true or more figurative." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does the Void have to say?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That all living things are precious - each moment of our existence is snatched from the void, something where there could have been nothing. That to be alive, and to have a mind, is to be capable of growth and change - and of finding forgiveness, and redemption. That is the core of our temple's teachings." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Forgiveness and redemption?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes people do bad things, that harm other beings. Sometimes they are...shaped in a way such that they do this over and over and over. But - this does not make them any less the kind of being that the Eternal Flame sees as precious. They are still moments of existence snatched from nothingness, and - because they are living, and changing, there is always a possible path ahead where they stop harming others. And it is worth helping them find that, no matter what evils they have committed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How does the Eternal Flame do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Well, not directly! They are - too distant from the kind of entity that we are. But that is the core of our temple's mission and teachings, and we do our best to carry it out in the world." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do they - help you do it, then, or explain to you how it's what they want?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those are two different questions, I think. The mission was conveyed to our order centuries ago, by a series of visions to our founders." The priest makes a face. "...Unfortunately, gods - are not really a shape that can speak safely with mortals, and repeated visions of that kind tend to drive people mad. So it is a rare thing, nowadays. But! Now that we know our sacred mission, we can mostly direct it ourselves, which we are better placed to do, as mortals among other mortals. And we pray to the Eternal Flame when our temples are in particular need of good luck, for an important venture, and if that venture is according to the will of the Eternal Flame, then good luck is granted." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- mad how? I'm a Mindhealer so I know more than laypeople about kinds of madness."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodness, are you? I probably cannot answer that question to your satisfaction, then, I know very little about any kinds of madness! Perhaps you could read the historical text for yourself and tell us what you think?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you'd let me borrow it I'd really like that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we can arrange it! If you want the original historical records you may need to wait, though, I am not sure we keep copies of the original sources here." Pause. "Anyway, I would still be delighted to answer whichever other questions you have now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What kinds of things do you do in this religion?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our core mission is to see the value in all sentient beings - and even in all nonsentient but still-living beings - and, in particular, to try as hard as we can to provide all such with the support needed to find growth, and forgiveness for the harms caused when they had not yet grown. ...We run free kitchens for the impoverished, because people are better able to grow and improve themselves when they are not starving, and we also run free schools and offer an education to anyone who needs it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's pretty cool. Is the Eternal Flame just particularly altruistic or do they get something else out of this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Hmm. I think that 'altruistic' is an odd framing to apply to gods, here. They are not beings like us, who have separate sorts of motivation for selfish needs and for altruistic endeavours. I...think that what the Eternal Flame wants, insofar as the word 'want' as we conceive of it can even be applied to Them, is - a world vibrant with livings things, taking actions and working together and simply...being alive, with all that entails." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- how was it discovered that gods don't have motivations like that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"-Well, it is what was written by our founders, who received vision from the Eternal Flame directly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The crazy ones? Those founders? "Oh, so there'll be more about it in the books, okay. Does the Eternal Flame want anything else or mostly just that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe that this is Their core mission that They ask of us. Of course, there are secondary necessities, here, such as having a functional temple order, and missionaries to convey word of the Eternal Flame's doctrine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does the Eternal Flame sometimes talk to other gods, too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, you know, I am not entirely sure. I think that probably? It would only make sense, if They are among the oldest and longest-standing of the gods." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And that would be the only way to get any missionary-ing done among gods, probably, if that even makes sense as a concept."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I agree." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does it? Make sense as a concept?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Again, I think this is something that is difficult for any mortal to judge. We do have reason to believe that the gods communicate with one another; one of our ancient texts tells the tale of how the Eternal Flame sought out the Star-Eyed and implored Her to convince Her people to end a conflict. I...am less sure if gods sharing Their values with one another would particularly resemble what we would call missionary work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does the Eternal Flame do many miracles?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not so many very blatant ones; they are more costly, and also - are less a case of us mortals taking on our fully agency as living creatures and saving each other? There are some that we have recorded in our histories, when the bounds of mere good luck would not have sufficed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How can you tell if good luck is just good luck or if it's divine intervention?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, see, the thing about good luck as simple chance is that - one cannot count on it, right? Whereas our temple does count on the favour that the Eternal Flame grants to us, or else on having a specific warning that we ought not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When do you count on it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, I am trying to think of good recent examples. Mostly it is for major endeavours - purchasing land to build a new temple, for example, or starting a new school, or sending a missionary order to a new country. ...Every so often in our history, it is recorded that the priests would start praying for much more minor and routine things, like a good harvest, and once in a while the Eternal Flame will send a vision to remind us that Their power cannot stretch to cover everything, and must be husbanded for when it is most needed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What limits them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some sort of resources, I suppose? Not - food or water or land, not any of the things that limit us in this plane, but - something in some way analogous..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Like magic reserves or not like that either?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe like that! I am no expert on Gifts or mage-craft, but it seems plausible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But we recharge that through water and food - and sleep - or use ley lines or nodes, which get their power from living things - what about gods?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! What a question! Perhaps our ancient texts have something to say about it - myself, I do not think I ever thought to be curious about what gods find equivalent to food or rest." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe they're also getting their power from living things and are basically nodes-that-are-people or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." The priest does not seem to have any idea how to react to this concept. "Perhaps. I do not think it will ever be something that is in our scope, as mortals, to know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When the Eternal Flame reminds you guys of things what does that look like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually it comes in the form of visions. Which are cryptic, but - not actually hard to decipher, given all of the context that we have. Occasionally in our history, the reminder has come in the form of egregious bad luck on a particular venture that the Eternal Flame wished to remind us was unimportant." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you give examples?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The classic example that they give to all apprentices is the time that a priest decided to pray that prices at the market would be high for the herbs the temple was growing that year. I am sure there is at least one other case but I would have to look it up." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will that also be in the books I'm borrowing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes, I expect so!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why would the Eternal Flame punish superfluous prayers instead of just ignoring them, does hearing them at all cost them something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the idea is that, well, the entire point of prayer is to provide Them with information about our needs and circumstances as mortals, which is more difficult and costly for Them to seek out from a god's angle. And so, yes, superfluous prayers would cost Them something, if it forces Them to put resources into judging whether the prayer is in fact worth responding to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How does praying work, anyway, what do you do that makes it so your god can see what you're saying - presumably other gods can't, right, and it has to be distinguished somehow from what you normally think or say if it's bad for there to be superfluous stuff -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right, that is worth some clarification! There are many kinds of ordinary prayer that do not unduly attract Their attention; our worshippers, and even priests, are encouraged to pray to Them for comfort and guidance, though those prayers are rarely answered. If a prayer is very important, there is a special ritual to perform first; that part, I am afraid is a closely kept secret, only taught to our priests after their apprenticeship is over." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense, if it'd lead to people bothering them. But they can hear normal prayers, right, how do they do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure! Perhaps by something a little like human Thoughtsensing, except from a god's perspective." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But how do they tell prayers apart from random thoughts? And do people with shields have to take them down to pray?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Prayers have to be - addressed to Them? And to a clear enough idea of Them, that They can recognize - so perhaps it is more like receiving Mindspeech than like reading someone's thoughts directly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If they need help to see what's going on, and prayers have to be addressed to a clear idea of them, do they know what's happening where they aren't worshipped at all?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think much less so! They do have other senses, including Foresight, but - I think They do see much more blurrily in places where They have no followers. ...The theory is that this is true of all gods, and perhaps part of why They appear to have territories." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Because human missionary work tends to move around geographically?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It depends, really. Some gods have widespread missionaries and pockets of worshippers all over, whereas others are mostly just worshipped in a particular region." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which one is the Eternal Flame?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are worshipped in several countries, but not literally everywhere." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that because you haven't had missions in those countries yet or something else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, yes, in part because of that - but there is a reason why the Eternal Flame did not advise us to start those missions, even though of course They would ideally want all sentient beings in the world to receive our teachings. They are not all-powerful, and especially in territories where one other god in particular has strong influence, there are god-to-god negotiations involved." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So they can't cover the whole world effectively."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not at this point in time, no." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will they get stronger somehow? What are the god negotiations like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am afraid I cannot say, on either count, I am sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do mortals ever participate in god negotiations somehow, like by - asking people who worship other gods to pray, or anything -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! In a way, I suppose, though I would not have thought to call it that. Our priests will sometimes convey messages to priests of other faiths." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Like what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Most commonly, if our priests have received a god-Foresight warning of some natural disaster or other dangerous event. But I am sure there are other cases recorded in the books you plan to borrow.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"How common is getting god-visions of any kind?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Not very common! I have never had one - the priest who trained me had two in his entire life.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do some people get a lot more or are they spread out a lot?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it clusters some? A little by person - we think perhaps some people's minds are natively easier for Them to communicate with - but mostly by, well, how interesting the times are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, who seems to be natively easier?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure we understand what differs between people here! At a guess, some of it might be - curiosity, or openmindedness, something in that direction. ...And, of course, a predisposition toward being calm and unflappable helps, when one is receiving visions that are often very baffling and disturbing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense! Why are the visions baffling and disturbing? It's weird for there to be things gods are so bad at!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Is it weird? It honestly had not occurred to me to think of it as something they are bad at, as opposed to just - a way that they are not human, and not like us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hertasi and gryphons aren't human and I can have a normal conversation with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, they are still very similar beings to us. ...Have you ever spoken to elemental spirits? I am told they are more clearly in-between, alive yet very alien. And gods are far more different from us than that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't yet! I'm going to take the class soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I knew a man once who claimed to have spoken to an Abyssal demon. Not the usual kind, but a very smart one. The sort of entity that is several steps further than us mortals toward being a god. He said it was...uncanny. Recognizing another being's intelligence and purpose, but - with nothing human in it at all, or humanlike at all, far more alien than gryphons are." The priest shakes his head. "When I told my teacher about it, he said that receiving visions from Them was like that, in a way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's a lot of what makes me curious about gods. They clearly are interested in a lot of stuff that has to do with regular people but it can't be for the same reasons so it's not obvious how well any prediction you can make will hold..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose all we have to go on is what the Eternal Flame told our order's founders, and - perhaps, even probably, we did not understand all of it perfectly. Still, I think we understood enough to carry out our mission." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like a good mission for people to be on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so!" He beams at her. "I mean, of course I do, or I would not be making it my life's work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'm starting to run out of questions - can I see the books?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He rises, offers her his hand. "I can show you to our library. Were you still interested in seeing our older records too? Those I will have to requisition." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you wouldn't mind! Should I read them here or can I borrow them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a piercing look. "Do you promise you will take good care of them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course! Also I know book-protecting spells and I can cast those on them for you if you haven't had it done in a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, how generous of you! Yes, we would appreciate it. - I think we will still ask that you read the very old tomes here, we do not have many copies of those, but the others you can certainly take home with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!"

She enchants books and asks when she can come back to have a look at the really old ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could try us at the beginning of next week? Or if you like I can send a note over to the Tower when they arrive, if you give me addressing instructions for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can give him addressing instructions! "Is it okay if I Gate over now I've been here? It's a long flight for my gryphon friend with a passenger but not that long range for a Gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a surprised and impressed look. "You must be a very skilled Adept! And at your age - how impressive!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He carefully packs the books that she just finished casting preservation-spells on into a satchel for her, and holds it out. "You can Gate over if you wish! I confess I have never seen a freestanding Gate cast with my own eyes and I am very curious!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll collect my friend and Gate home and you can watch if you want!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like that very much!"

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes to collect Skan where he's resting outside.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bounce bounce. "Are you done? Did you learn thingss?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm done, I learned things, I'm going to Gate home."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, all right." Skan looks a little disappointed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I mean, you can fly me if you want but I thought you were tired?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He is tired. The trouble is that he's also very competitive. Skan rustles his wings and isn't sure what to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She pets him. "The priest wanted to see a Gate, he hasn't before."

Permalink Mark Unread

Bounce. "Oh, you sshould sshow him!" Skan loves it when Azabel, who is the SMARTEST, has a chance to show off! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, ready to cross it when it's up?" And when Skan's ready to go across and the priest is watching, Aza makes a Gate on the door to the temple.

Permalink Mark Unread

He oohs and aahs and is very suitably impressed! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan crosses with her, still bouncing proudly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they are at her house and she takes it down.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sso! Can you tell me what you learned on your not-ssecret misssion?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!" She flips through her notes and summarizes the contents for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! I think I like thisss god better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, they sound kind of neat."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet the oness that Ma'ar went to go assk about won't be ass cool!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe not, we'll see. I have one more to check but it's not as far."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you going to enchant their bookss for free too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably, it doesn't take very long and it's useful for goodwill."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan bobs up and down. Azabel is VERY useful to know because she's the SMARTEST. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan is adorable. She hugs him. Is there enough time in the day to hit the second temple?

Permalink Mark Unread

It depends how late they're open and have greeters around, but there's still a candlemark to go before sunset, so probably? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm, she'll go the next day, start on her books tonight.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of them is, basically, just a ledger of all the times that the priests prayed to the Eternal Flame (via the special attention-getting method) for good luck, and whether they received any visions, and then the result of the venture. It does look, at a glance, like in the cases where they prayed and didn't receive any warning vision that the prayer couldn't be fulfilled, their ventures went well pretty much every time. Without more context, it's hard to tell how likely this would be just as a result of chance plus organizational competence. 

Another of the books is a record of all the visions received by priests in this region over the last three centuries, and the interpretations, both at the time and in hindsight. The descriptions of visions do sound very cryptic and confusing, and it's noted that the warnings weren't always interpreted right; in one notable case, a priest received a vision that after the fact was probably about floods that spring, but he didn't figure that out until afterward. 

The other two books lent to her are about the temple's actual mission, of helping people (of whatever species) to grow and redeem themselves from past misdeeds. One of them is clearly written for children; the other seems to be a reference book for priests.

Based on several offhand references, it sounds like there are a substantial number of hertasi who participate in the temple's mission and worship the Eternal Flame. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does seem like it'd suit them! She takes notes on the books and the next day finds time to walk to the one with the warrior goddess.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a small, plain wooden building surrounded by a fenced lawn. There are some children outside - all girls, between the ages of about seven and twelve, in exercise attire and practicing some sort of martial art. Currently they're paired off for sparring while an instructor, a grey-haired but still incredibly fit-looking woman, watches. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. She walks up to the door and pulls.

Permalink Mark Unread

The inside of the building is all one room, with a half-loft. The decor is very plain. 

A short-haired woman in boiled-leather armour over a homespun tunic and trews is sitting on a crate, next to an open chest of weapons, polishing one of the practice blades. She lifts her head, nods tersely to Azabel. "Hey." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! I'm doing a research project about various religions, who should I talk to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She glances around at the otherwise-empty room. "Well, me, I suppose, since Agna is teaching lessons." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! So what's the basic doctrinal idea here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The question earns her a gruff smile. "Have a seat." The woman pats another crate next to her. "It's not complicated. Our Goddess wants women to be strong, and self-reliant, and capable of defending ourselves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why does she want that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Because it leads to more of the other things She wants to see in the world, I suppose? She values, hmm, how best to put it - thriving communities of women working together in the fight for justice?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why specifically women?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because She's a Goddess, I reckon?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does that mean? For gods?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Dunno, really." The woman does not seem very curious about the question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't have bodies, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, no." She's started cleaning the sword again, though her eyes are still on Azabel. "She has to use ours, if she's got any need of one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does that happen much?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Enough, I guess? Happened to me once. Twenty years back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow! What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Was taking my little sisters to the market, we were ambushed by some bandits. I'd - worshipped Her before, but casual-like, you know? But I started trying to hold them off and - I prayed, and She took over my body, and..." Her expression is almost blissful for a moment. "And then all of a sudden, they were all unconscious on the ground. Not dead, none of them, which was a real relief taking the matter to the city guard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, I bet! You don't remember the part where she was in control?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do a little, but - it's all like a dream, it felt like I was seeing it from a long way off while - someone very strong held me, and kept me safe..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you remember?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let me think a minute." The woman frowns intently. "Glimpses of my sister's faces. I remember Her moving my body - I felt so strong, when She was working through me." A sigh. "Wish I remembered more of the actual fighting moves. I'd barely had any training, back then. Twenty years and I'm still not as good as I was in that one fight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How old is this religion?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"People worshipping Bestet, or this particular order?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The first one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." The woman waves her hand vaguely. "Thousands of years, probably. They dug up old statues and relics in the south, that look just like Her as she appears in visions now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Has she been interested in the same things the whole time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"More or less, I think? It'd be different in a little nomadic tribe, I figure, what exactly the worship looks like. And there are orders with men who worship Her, out there - She isn't absolutely against that, it just works better for us here to be women only." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How come?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, there's a lot of cultural baggage, right? In terms of how little girls and little boys are expected to be, and what they're expected to want to grow up to be... And we find it's easier for the little girls here to - see themselves as tough and strong and self-sufficient, if they've got more of a break from those sorts of pressures." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know much about the orders where men worship her too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "No, not really." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is Bestet interested in things besides the very specific women fighting for justice thing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I mean, I reckon She wants there to keep being people around? And there are legends of Her taking a side in wars, sometimes, even when it's not much related to which country lets women into its army." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, what does she seem to pick sides based on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Let me think a moment." Another intent frown. "Reckon She doesn't like monarchs who abuse their power. Maybe because it's bad for women, maybe just because it's bad for freedom for anyone? Oh, and once She intervened in a revolution against a corrupt King, that led to the country becoming a democracy, so maybe She likes that idea." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She doesn't send a lot of visions to clarify that kinda thing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not often that I've heard, no. But we don't need to know the big picture, to do Her work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess not. The other gods I've investigated for this have had broader scopes but maybe there are lots of narrower ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Investigated!" The woman chuckles, shaking her head. "You make it sounds like you're a city guard detective on a murder case, or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, I don't mean anything like that, I'm just running around to different churches and taking notes on what their gods are like out of curiosity."

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman shakes her head, slapping her knee. "I didn't say it was any bad thing! Reckon our Goddess would approve, a strong curious young woman like you getting out there and asking your questions." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What would you've done if I was a boy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well, that would hardly make it a bad thing to ask questions, would it - the Goddess doesn't want men to be weaker, that would be silly, She just wants women to have equal chances at strength and power and glory and all those sorts of things. - That being said, I might've felt less personal onus to answer your questions." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Does Bestet interact with other gods much? Some of the others have mentioned coordinating on stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm no expert in the histories, but there is one very famous legend about how the Twain asked our Goddess for aid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, what did they want help with?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So this is just what I heard, but - the story goes that a woman who worshipped the Twain was in dire need. There was a mage-school for women and it had come under attack by dark mages, who had kidnapped everyone but her. And she prayed for help in rescuing or at least avenging her comrades, and the Twain prevailed upon Bestet for aid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What did Bestet do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are a couple of versions of the legends. They say She provided magic for the Twain's worshipper to become a living - well, kind of - magical artifact, with uncanny magical powers, in order to enact her revenge. The stories are a bit unclear on what the artifact was, but in the widest-known legend she became a sword - she had been a mage-swordsmith, who made enchanted blades. And she enacted her revenge and freed most of the fellow women, and then - moved on, to continue rescuing and freeing women everywhere." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...how does a sword move on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think that she needed a valiant woman to wield her?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Turning somebody into a sword is... weird as a method of problem solving."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Things that seem strange to us might be the easiest path, for the gods." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why do you suppose that is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because Their strengths are different from what ours are? Like how they don't have bodies, but do have better Foresight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I confess I'm not sure how that lends itself to sword transformations."

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman waves her hand. "I've never reckoned I had to understand all the details. Then again, I'm not clever, and you clearly are! Who knows, maybe the answers are out there, just waiting to be found." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe! Is there anything else I should know about Bestet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Goodness, that's a broad question. Give a poor old woman a minute to think, would you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

The priestess is quiet for a while. 

"- Hmm, sorry, I'm not really sure what sorts of things you ought to know. There's an old saying that She blesses sailors, I dunno if that's true or if so why She cares about that in particular. ...Also there's an old story that She disagrees with the Star-Eyed Goddess on some things, but there's not much detail that comes with it, could just be something that made good gossip once." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sailors is an odd combination with women as a class. No idea what she and the Star-Eyed differ on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- don't know, but I was never really one for paying attention to old stories, or tracking down old books. I...could think about whether I might know someone who could know it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm curious, yeah!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course you are." The woman chuckles again, and then places her hands on her knees and levers herself up from the crate. "Let me go look in my address-book." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza nods and waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's back a few minutes later. "I have addresses for some of the temple elders! They don't live in town but you could send letters to them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That works for me!" And she copies down all the addresses.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad I could help! Anything else you need? ...If you're interested in our weapons classes, we do run them for older students too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very unstable on my feet, I think it wouldn't be safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. Not all of our strengths lie in the physical, and the Goddess appreciates powerful minds too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do pretty well in school. Thank you for talking to me!" She gets up to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman nods to her and goes back to cleaning the practice sword. 

The lesson outside is just finishing; the little girls are lined up, tired and sweaty, getting feedback from the instructor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza goes back to the Tower, Mindtouches Ma'ar to let him know she's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, good! I'm going back to the Twain's temple after class this afternoon, to talk to someone who wasn't in yesterday - maybe we can meet up after dinner and catch each other up?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, see you then!:

Permalink Mark Unread

And Ma'ar Mindspeaks her again just after suppertime. :Want to meet in my room again? Aala's out: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:On my way!:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's waiting for her there, notes spread out on the bed around him. "Want to hear my summary first?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, what've you got?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I'll start with the temple to Vkandis. They had a lot of miracles on record, and showed me the books on it - uh, a kind of disturbing number of them had to do with setting people on fire - I think people who were 'bad' according to Vkandis and who the priests prayed for help resisting? Though I guess that was really only five times, in their histories."

A pause.

"Anyway. Their written histories on-site didn't go back far enough to cover the temple's founding - I asked for how to get older books but I'm still waiting. I get the impression that Vkandis' order is pretty centralized compared to some of the others, and that He cares about the people worshipping Him being a single political body? ...The priest told me about some visions they think Vkandis sent to priests or political leaders, historically - the stories about them were really confusing but it seems like maybe it helped the temple order make some decisions right? Because they had warning of political turmoil or natural disasters. That's also most of the cases where they talked to other temples who worshipped different gods. I...think usually it was the human priests deciding to do that and asking permission or interpreting some past cryptic vision that they thought counted as permission, I - didn't really get the impression that Vkandis was on top of that part personally." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yikes, the ones I looked into do not have a track record of setting people on fire! The Eternal Flame has 'flame' in their name and still doesn't do that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I don't know for sure that it was really Vkandis doing miracles and not, I don't know, some priest who was a mage, but...it sounded like it was probably Vkandis. - What does the Eternal Flame do?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Eternal Flame actually sounds pretty cool!" She presents her notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, wow! They do seem pretty cool - it almost makes me suspicious, though, it sounds too good to be true..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you want to postulate that gods are all actually indifferent or worse to mortal travails then I suppose it could be choosing this strategy to be appealing to people rather than because it actually endorses it but I'm not sure we have that much reason to so postulate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I don't think I have any particular reason to think they're - specifically indifferent-or-worse?" Ma'ar shrugs. "Maybe I'm just too suspicious." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, its followers might be making things look better for all kinds of reasons, but they aren't proudly announcing their god sets people on fire, which I think gives them a leg up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, They deffinitely sound less dubious than Vkandis! I mean, even if it's Vkandis' followers and not Him who're deciding to be all proud about the setting-on-fire, who He draws as followers still says something... Want me to tell you about the Twain now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar turns and shuffles through the notes splayed out on his bed. 

"...The Twain are confusing. I didn't get a satisfactory answer on whether They used to be separate gods or at least more separate than now - or on what it means that there are two of Them, even. The temple I visited did say there were two, not four, and the priestess said that They represented different aspects of..." a pause while he looks at his papers, "- uh, of something related to masculine and feminine traits, it wasn't very clear. It sounds like They've been worshipped for a long time by various different temple orders, although it was hard to get any specifics on that, or on what They want. ...I asked about Them working with other gods, and apparently there's a legend about Them working with Bestet?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I heard about that from Bestet's end! Apparently she turned some lady into a sword!" She produces notes on that meeting.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Turned her into a sword? Weird! The story I heard was - less specific than that, there was just this poetic ballad about vengeance." He makes a face. "With lots of murder in it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, I wonder why they didn't give you the same details?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno! Did you get just one version or multiple versions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she said there were multiple versions but didn't go into the others."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. The person I talked to said that she thought there were a few versions of the story but this was the only one she knew. I wonder if it really happened that way - the woman being turned into a sword, I mean." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would kind of like to meet a swordperson."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I would too, except I'm not sure about the part where maybe she's just set on getting revenge?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it isn't against me, I'm pretty sure, and I don't think meeting her would make it worse?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess in the song I heard, it - wasn't that clear whether she hated all men or just men who'd done bad things to women - which the ballad said 'most men have' - I don't think I have but it's still kind of nervewracking..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not aware of you having done? I don't know the prevalence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what she'd be defining as 'done bad things' - I've probably been rude to women or inconvenienced them by accident..." Ma'ar shakes his head. "- That's not really the point. I - think I also just feel nervous about the idea of a person becoming a sword because of a god-miracle, and - why the gods bothered, whether They slipped anything else into them in the process." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that's the sort of thing I could ask if I met her."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "It does seem worth trying to. What else would you ask her, if you could meet her?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What it's like to be a sword, I guess? How she feels about that and whether it seems like a good solution to the problems she was having at the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have any ideas for how to go about finding her? The ballad I heard wasn't very helpful for that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no ideas for that at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Anyway - uh, do you have any questions on mine, or do you want to tell me about the battle goddess one now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I have questions mostly because what you've got is so vague." She lays out her Bestet notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting. She sounds more - narrow-minded - no, that's not quite what I mean, but - like She cares about a smaller set of things than the others?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I thought so too! Unfortunately they didn't have much in the way of books and intellectually curious priesthood."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Guess that makes sense, if she's, well, like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. There was a martial arts class going on in the yard when I got there. I declined an invitation to one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think they'd have been less helpful if I were the one who went instead?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I asked what if I'd been a boy and it did sound like she wouldn't have wanted to spend much time talking to one even if they're, like, allowed to also worship Bestet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But there weren't any men with this temple order, right? Are there just separate temples for them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She thinks some other cultures might have men worshipping her but there were not any in the temple, and maybe not in the whole country, I'm not sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." 

He sits back, crossing his arms. "Anyway. Do you - have conclusions from this? I'm sort of not sure where to go next." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not have any very confident conclusions besides that... gods vary..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think it leaves me wanting to avoid getting Vkandis' attention, since apparently He sometimes sets people on fire if He doesn't like them. The other gods seem...less scary than They could've been." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. What did the Vkandis worshippers seem to think of the setting people on fire?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- It felt like they weren't quite - taking it seriously as a real thing that'd happened and hurt a real person? Like it was mostly something out of legends and stories to them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess, yeah. Honestly I wouldn't even like a fictional character who set people on fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like a villain character trait, not a hero one! But I guess they didn't see it that way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And they didn't explain why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they saw it as Vkandis supporting His worshippers by helping them get rid of bad actors?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ugh. Like there's no other way to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right!" Shrug. "I guess there are lots of people who think murder is fine as long as it's bad people dying - or even just if it's a war and you're killing your enemies - and they probably don't care if I agree with them either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Bestet lady had been possessed once and she was very glad none of the guys Bestet helped her beat up died!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. That's - a bit surprising given she's in a temple order that seems to be mostly about fighting? Makes me like her more, though. And it makes Bestet sound less bad than Vkandis, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it would have been upsetting if she'd killed them - or wished she had -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I think it's a pretty - common and normal response? Wanting to kill people who hurt you? I don't feel that way, just, I don't think it makes someone unusually bad as a person. ...But I'm glad she didn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might be that she'd have been fine with it except it would have maybe gotten her in trouble with the law, I'm not sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Hmm? ...Oh, I was just - thinking that it's pretty reasonable for anyone, not to want to get the attention of the law. But then I guess the legal system here in Tantara is - probably less corrupt and horrible. Than it is in Predain." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I mean, I think so, but it would still be awkward to have killed some people while possessed, that's hard to prove."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if the courts even have any way of addressing it, if someone did something illegal but while they were possessed by a god? It can't happen all that often." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They probably don't, it's rare and it's also hard to distinguish from having a psychotic break even if you haul them to a Mindhealer. I suppose Vkandis might favor setting people on fire because it could prevent his followers from being in legal trouble since that's harder for a normal person to do but it's a stretch."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't feel like the sort of thing gods would take into account? - Although I'm not sure why, we don't know much about what They care about and I guess it'd show up in Foresight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It probably would! I wonder... what senses they actually have? Like - Foreseers foresee things but this involves sight. Can gods see. Or, if they can only foresee, does this resolve into images, or... something else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Wow, that's a weird thought. I have no idea!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Somehow I don't think anybody will know if I ask when I return the books!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me neither. It seems like the sort of question that might be hard to answer even if you were trying to study it - I mean, if you tried to ask the gods directly I don't really expect Their answers would be helpful..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Whatever senses they have they are not ones that lend themselves to clear conversation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's very inconvenient of Them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They probably can't help it. They vary so if they could help it one of them probably would."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"...Oh, right - did the woman who got possessed by Bestet remember anything about what it was like?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah -" She points to that spot in her notes. "She seemed to have, uh, fond if vague memories."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar leans in, rereads that spot in her notes. 

"....Honestly, I think being possessed by a god sounds terrifying - I guess I'm glad she's not traumatized about it, though?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I wouldn't like it but, uh, tastes vary."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently!" Ma'ar shrugs again. "I'm thinking a bit about whether it makes sense to, I don't know, try to help the order that worships Bestet open temples in Predain - obviously I'm not making a decision on it now, I'll have much more information later, but...well, it might help with the problem where I think women get mistreated a lot there. Maybe. I don't think I understand it well enough yet to know."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess it probably wouldn't hurt anything. The Eternal Flame sounded cool too but they apparently take marching orders from the god about where to send missionaries so if they aren't a place maybe they aren't supposed to be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe not. Although - I don't know, depending on how things look whenever I'm done studying here, it might seem worth it to pray to Them and...see if there's any information They're missing about why helping in Predain would matter?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe! Or, uh, ask someone who's slightly more comfortable with possession risk to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, if I had to get possessed by a god in order to fix Predain, that'd - probably be worth it? ...But I'd still prefer to avoid it, so if there were someone else I trusted and could ask, that seems better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can bring you with when I return the books if you want to talk to the Eternal Flame's priests yourself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think I would like that."

Ma'ar's voice is level but his body language is very tense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I mean, you could also give me a list of further questions... Or I could bring Aala if you think Predain-specific expertise is called for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe Aala and I can both come, she - looks more harmless than me, that might help. But I want to be there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you say so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anything else we should talk about now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we covered it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods. "When are you planning on returning the books?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"After I've read them, probably end of the week."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, Mindspeak me when you're ready to go and let me know, I guess?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will do!"

She tackles the books in her spare time over the next few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're mostly further guidance and suggestions for priests and ministers in the Eternal Flame's temple order to support their communities. One book consists almost entirely of anonymized case studies of people who 'found redemption and healing' after various kinds of past misdeeds. The priestly responsibilities, as described, actually have some overlap with what Mindhealers do for their patients, though obviously without the aid of the Gift and Sight. 

She also gets a note from the temple, stating that they now have the very old records that she had requested. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What does "redemption and healing" mean in practice, anyway?

When she's done with the borrowed books she collects Ma'ar and Gates back to the temple to return those and look at the old ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

(The books don't exactly give a clear definition of their terms; from the examples, though, they're talking about things like: criminals learning skills to make an honest living; people who hurt others recognizing the harm done and trying their best to repair it; estranged families rebuilding their relationships; and, in general, people forgiving themselves for things in their past that they were ashamed of, while growing enough not to repeat their misdeeds.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar accompanies her there. (Aala doesn't come with him; he asked her and she preferred to spend the day with her friends.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Again, a young greeter (a different apprentice than before) waves to them when they arrive. "Here to talk to someone?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm here to return these books! Also I got a message that some other books I wanted to see have come in?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right! The priest said to expect you, he's inside." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is looking curiously at the flame in the stone bowl. :Is that meant to be symbolic?: he asks Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. Neat. It's a good symbol: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The senior priest from before is sitting inside on the rug again; he rises and waves cheerful to Azabel. "Welcome back! Did you enjoy the books?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did, yeah! Some of the stuff reminded me a little of what Mindhealers do with patients in places."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How fascinating! What about it was similar?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Helping people, like, come to terms with things? And learn more sustainable approaches to relationships and stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles. "That makes sense! Anyway - I see you brought a friend today! Young man, what is your name?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ma'ar. It's, uh, nice to meet you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can he look at the old books with me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course! Would you like to do that now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, have a seat!" He gestured at one of the cushioned rug areas. "If you give me the books you're done with, I can put them back in our library and get you the records we requisitioned." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She hands back the borrowed ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the younger priests offers them tea while they wait. 

The senior priest is back a couple of minutes later, carrying a wooden box. It holds a couple of books, beautifully bound in ancient-looking but carefully preserved leather, wrapped lovingly in velvet. 

"Here you go," he says. "Do be careful with them, please." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you want us to do the book-preservation spells for these too...?" Ma'ar peers at the aged tomes. "It looks like it was done not that long ago, but we could renew it anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, we - well, maybe you should since I Gated -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." Ma'ar waits for a confirmatory nod from the priest and then gets to work on the first book; the second is available for Azabel's perusal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She lifts it out of the box very gently and turns the pages with great care.

Permalink Mark Unread

The text is handwritten, in beautiful skillfully-inked calligraphy, with fancy illuminated capital letters at the start of each section and borders drawn around the pages. It's in Tantaran, but old Tantaran, a number of spellings are different and there are a few entirely unfamiliar words. 

It tells the story of the founders, seven different men and women from all over Tantara and the region south of it, who one summer about six hundred years ago, all received dream-visions of a particular valley, and of meeting the others there. It took almost a year, but eventually all of them followed the visions and made their way there. At which point, since they had clearly been entrusted with a sacred mission to carry out together, they tried to pull together the contents of their various visions and dreams, and they built the first temple to the Eternal Flame in that exact valley, and put together its doctrine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Was the Eternal Flame not worshipped before that? They're supposed to be very old, right -

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounds like they had been worshipped in various forms before, for a long long time? The founders all recognized Them as a god they had heard of, even one worshipped locally by some people. But this was the start of the formal, organized religion of the current temple, and its mission and practices. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. What did they get out of the visions?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the order's current doctrine! ...Though it sounds like there was quite a lot of human interpretation involved; the visions described are things like 'I saw a hanged man wake up, cut himself down from the tree, and get up and walk', or 'I carried a crippled man on my back to the top of a mountain' – not exactly clear instructions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They really are not. More evidence for the "gods can't talk, just tell if something gets the result they want" hypothesis. She says as much to Ma'ar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar glances up from his book, which he started reading after finishing the book-preservation magic on it. :...That makes sense. This one is about the first hundred years of the temple and its leadership - I'm pretty impressed with them, actually, but it doesn't seem as though they got a lot of useful advice from the Eternal Flame: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. Maybe they would if they drifted off-message more? But what they told me is about the same as what appears in this old book:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's impressive too!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. They might find ways besides advice to help, maybe? To prevent drift:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right, that makes sense - probably the Eternal Flame could nudge them to get certain people ending up as priests: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And they were talking before about how they had bad luck when they started doing something silly or trying to get divine help on dumb things:

Permalink Mark Unread

:And they also get good luck for things the Eternal Flame approves of, so with all of that together, it's a lot of different ways for Them to steer even if they can't give instructions: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. It's sort of like setting up a marble run - the marble does what marbles do, and you can set it up in advance and guess because marbles don't do very complicated things, and a god can predict more complicated marbles, I guess?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Oh, that reminds me of how some cattle herding works! If there aren't a lot of you then it's too hard to run around and whack them to get them to go where you want, but you - sort of get good at predicting how the herd of them will move together, if you startle the one in front by throwing a rock ahead of them or something, and then you can get the whole herd going in the right direction with less work. And without talking to them, obviously: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And we're back to the humans as livestock analogy...:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar just nods. Makes a face, then turns back to his book. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza reads on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her book is mostly about the founding itself and the first five years afterward. The initial attempts at recruitment are recounted at length; this includes a few more tidbits about the preexisting worship of the Eternal Flame, since the founding cohort of priests and priestesses pursued those leads first.

It sounds like the past practices were of a similar general tone - prayers to the Eternal Flame were focused on requests for forgiveness, or for luck in moving on from past traumas - but mostly this happened in an informal way, with some families adding in a prayer to the Eternal Flame along with their usual worship. 

(The book, unfortunately, does not give any hints about how those practices originated.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar reads his book intently, pausing often to take notes in some cryptic personal shorthand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza summarizes the book into her own notes, content to be quiet about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Did you want to read this one too?: Ma'ar Mindspeaks to her eventually. :Or should we just catch each other up with our notes afterward: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Second thing is probably more efficient:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds good. I'm nearly done mine: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Me too:

When they've finished the books and the spells thereon the temple can have them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar fidgets. "I - wanted to ask you...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, go on." The priest smiles encouragingly at him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If - I wanted to pass a message to the Eternal Flame about - whether They could support a temple order somewhere else - is that the sort of thing I could ask you or someone here to do -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh - what a good question! Quite possibly. Where are you thinking of?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar fidgets some more. "Predain. Not now, it's not urgent, but - I think the country could really benefit from the work your order does." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The priest nods, seriously. "Well, I cannot say for sure if the Eternal Flame can help, but the question is appreciated, and I would be happy to convey your prayer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really doesn't have to be now! I'm not going to be able to go back until I finish my studies." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, I see. Do feel free to come speak to me again later, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods and smiles at him, a bit tensely, and then glances at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for all your help!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He beams at them, bobbing his head. "You're very welcome! It means a lot, to see children being curious." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll let you know if we come up with more questions. Ma'ar, do you want to do the Gate home, I did the one here -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I can do it." He smiles at the priest again, less nervously this time, and then steps outside and raises a Gate on the temple doorway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The priest watches and claps his hands in glee.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they're back at Urtho's Tower, and Ma'ar takes down his Gate and sags slightly in relief. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, you were so tense..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Was it that obvious?" He scowls at nothing in particular. "I was trying not to show it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's more conspicuous by the absence, the priest probably didn't notice anything. Are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, I'm - fine. I think. It was stressful but I don't think it went badly?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it seemed fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I still have a good impression of the Eternal Flame's temple in particular." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They seem cool. I don't think it would especially benefit anything for either of us to start showing up to services but maybe they can start a Predain mission."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I guess we'll see when we get to that point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you imagine them doing there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's weirdly hard to talk about, still, the concepts only half formed in his mind. Ma'ar frowns, kicks at a pebble. 

"Hmm - in terms of concrete things, it seems like they do a lot of vocational training for convicted criminals, so they can have other ways to earn a living, and I think Predain could use that. And...I don't know, just, in general they seem to - have hope? That the world can be better if we work together to make it that way? And - I think Predain could use that sort of hope." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometime I want to go to -" - what to call it - "settled Predain, see for myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could plan a trip to the capital on our next break. If you wanted." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good to me. Should we bring Skan -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Uh, I think I'm more worried that he would terrify a lot of people in the city, and it'd be harder to hide him. Also I don't know what he'd eat." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, if the weather's better he could maybe hunt more successfully outside city limits but maybe he'd just get a pig that belongs to someone." Sigh. "I guess we can defend ourselves but I'm not sure how to look it, which seems important."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wear fancy mage-artifacts really conspicuously? ....I'm not sure if that would work, though, since people need to know what artifacts look like. We could just carry swords, maybe - I know how to fight with with one, and it doesn't actually matter if you don't, you've got Mindhealing set-commands and the point is just to look scary so you don't have to do anything..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'd look scary even if I had a sword."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Really?"

Ma'ar takes a half-step back. Looks thoughtfully at her.

"Can you imagine I've just threatened to - uh, read your mind - and tell me that you're about to set-command me to NOT DO ANYTHING unless I leave you alone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure, she can pretend he has done this. "Back off or you'll be frozen till sunset."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar holds perfectly still. 

:- Want to see what you look like when you say that?: he says a moment later, in Mindspeech. :I can bounce it to you:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, though I don't know if I'd think myself was scary, I don't think I'm scary in the mirror even if I make faces in it:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, I think you - definitely don't look harmless?: 

And he bounces her the image of herself as seen through his eyes, fierce and glaring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not sure somebody who likes attacking people would detect that I was actually dangerous and not just overconfident? I might be overthinking this though:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, I don't think it'd make us completely safe from attackers, but - I do think that nine out of ten of them are looking for easy targets, and if we're together and armed and you have that expression on your face, I'm pretty sure we don't look like easy targets: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, that makes sense:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar pauses for a moment, looking at her, then glances aside. "....See you in class tomorrow?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you!" And she's off.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they fall back into their usual routine. Ma'ar nods to her as usual at their next class, and glances over when the teacher asks them to partner up, but another student grabs him first (both of them are popular potential partners, nowadays, since they're usually head to head at the top of the class) and he shrugs apologetically at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When Azabel writes to the various contacts provided by the woman at the temple to Bestet, she eventually receives back a trickle of answers, the last of them arriving just before the end of their current session. One of them has stories about a differently-styled order worshipping Bestet, among some different nomadic clanspeople living in the mountain foothills southwest of Tantara's borders; here the men participate alongside the women, though the entire culture is matriarchal. Another letter has a few more stories of possessions; the letter-writer was herself possessed on three separate occasions, twice to fight off attacks while traveling as a mercenary with a merchant caravan in the Ceej, a third time, after she settled down to be a town elder, in order to viciously lecture the town mayor for letting some visiting highborn boys get away with harassing local women. She claims to remember all of them somewhat, but the last the most clearly, since she was still 'partially in control' and felt more 'empowered' by her Goddess than fully pushed aside by Her presence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is all interesting and she passes the letters on to Ma'ar for him to read.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It - does seem like maybe it's good for Her to be around and have followers, in places where there's lots of violence against women? ...Then again, maybe Her having influence makes things be more violent, overall. I dunno. I'd have to think about it a lot more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might be that having lots of her people around has a deterrent effect but I'm not sure how we'd find out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Sigh. "Anyway I think I'd still like to go see the capital, after exams." All their current classes have final exams at the start of the week set aside for them, so they have almost a fortnight off. "You still want to come?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it'll be interesting. And probably involve less hiking."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It should! I can Gate us right to the inn downtown, and we can plan on mostly seeing places there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you got an itinerary?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I don't, uh, know the city that well." He looks embarrassed. "I didn't really go downtown, I'd've stood out too much, I didn't look rich enough to be there and the guard would've kicked me out. And, uh. I didn't know how to read so I have no idea what a lot of the places are. But I've got a few things on a list and we can ask around once we're there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, that works fine. Should I learn more of the language, do you suppose?" She's got a few words from being around Aala.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should probably teach you some basic phrases, but I was thinking we'd mostly stick together and I can translate for you in Mindspeech. Also some people will speak Tantaran, since it's a big city and there's trade." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's about what I was thinking, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a vaguely unhappy look. "I wish I knew more about– oh, I don't know, just how to dress and talk so we blend in. I think it'll probably just be obvious that we're foreigners? And...hopefully that's fine and as long as we're armed-looking foreigners the stupid Guard and all the pickpockets will leave us alone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Guard picks on foreigners?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I remember them doing, anyway, although mostly it was foreigners who didn't look that rich. I guess since they wouldn't be expected to have powerful local friends." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we should be fine even if they have a go at us? I know all the official law, I got a book out of the library on it, so they can't get me by pretending something is illegal. And I'll bring a bit of money for small bribes, just because that's less complicated. And at worst we can Gate out and what are they supposed to do." He smiles crookedly at her. "We're better trained than any of the mages working for the King's Guard, and you can do set-commands." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess, but undoing them takes a long time so if I do one we have to stick around while their friends are pissed off."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess. We're better off sticking to talking our way out unless it's a real emergency. But - honestly, if they're about to rape you or something, I think we shouldn't stick around to undo the set-commands and should just go home." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I could... set command somebody to not rape anybody, specifically, and that wouldn't be awful to leave on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that much more complicated or slower to do than a normal set-command to just stop?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're a blunt instrument. They'd probably wind up with other problems so it would not be ideal to leave it but they'd probably be able to like... eat."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar takes a breath, lets it out. Grits his teeth for a moment. 

"Aza, listen. I - think it'll be fine - the Guards who're bad are just bullies, they like hassling easy targets and we're not. But...look, if you're going to come with me, I really really really don't want you to get hurt because you didn't feel like you could use all the weapons you had to defend yourself and then get out. So - you can test it on me, all right? If it'd make you feel more comfortable doing it in an emergency. If it's a real emergency you won't have a lot of time to think about it so it'd be better if there's no reason to hesitate, right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if that'd accomplish what you have in mind. Everybody's clockwork is different, set-commands might have different side effects even if they're framed the same way."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes another deep breath, still looking evenly at her. "Well, if I tell you that we're in real danger that I can't hold off and you need to set-command and leave someone while I get us out. Are you going to hesitate." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, but I might go back later. With Skan maybe, it doesn't take long enough he'd get hungry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right, we can definitely plan on that. ...Although it might be hard to do without using Thoughtsensing, the Guard probably wouldn't cooperate and tell us where they are."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, they'd have to if they wanted me to fix the person!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - maybe - I don't...." 

And Ma'ar trails off, turning half away from her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...mm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar stares at the floor. "I'm...not sure that you really get it. How much Predain is....gods, how do I even describe it... No one expects cooperation? The default is hostility? I saw so many people get stupidly hurt because they were too - trusting, thought that rules were real and meant something and it wasn't just about who was strong enough to hurt you if they felt like it...?" 

He turns away, again, folding his arms. "Just. I - think Predain really, really isn't like here. And I feel like maybe you don't get that. I don't...think it would work. If you tried to go to the Guard-house and tell them you were here to fix the person you set-commanded. I - don't even know exactly what would go wrong - maybe if you were lucky everyone would figure they'd personally come out best if they went along with it and wouldn't get in trouble - but I wouldn't want to bet on that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Well, then maybe I shouldn't go. We were also going to have you come to my hometown, meet people you were never going to see again, we can do that this break instead."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

"....I guess maybe we should do that instead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "- Let's talk about it after class tomorrow? I....can think about it and - try to put numbers on the actual risk, of going to Predain. I do think it'd be really helpful to go with you! But - maybe we should go after next session. Once we've had more time to think about it."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"And we'll look older."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little bit, sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"After class tomorrow," she agrees, and escapes.

Permalink Mark Unread

That did not go how he was hoping or intending at all

Ma'ar eventually makes his own way back to his room, to another note from Aala who's apparently having a sleepover in her friend's room tonight.

He sits on the bed and stares at nothing in particular, and tries to think. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is sort of hard not to feel like she is being somehow judged for not having constructed herself as a person around being ruthless such that she is willing to cripple a random stranger for life because he hypothetically sets off Ma'ar's danger sense, but Ma'ar probably did not mean that. Maybe she should suggest bringing her dad, who does know what to do with a sword and wouldn't look kind of preposterous carrying one around. Maybe this suggestion should wait till after he and Ma'ar have met though.

She shows up to class as normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar glances over at her. 

:I'm sorry for - saying things to try to scare you: he says in Mindspeech, tentatively. :....Can we talk after class: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, of course:

She lingers afterward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar gestures vaguely in the direction of the courtyard, and starts walking, his expression very preoccupied. 

:...I - think it's really unlikely anything actually-that-bad would happen: he says finally. :If we went to Predain. I tried to sit down and think it through properly. But...just, I guess I'm scared. And when I'm scared I - don't know how to feel less scared except by being as paranoid as I possibly can: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Does being paranoid make you less scared? I don't think it particularly does for me:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, having contingency-plans makes me less scared. And being paranoid is...the mindset that makes me notice where I need to have those plans: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess that makes sense:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is silent for a bit, pacing and chewing his lip. 

:- I think sometimes I've - been tempted to judge people for not being paranoid: he sends, after a long pause. :Because it - felt like they were trying to feel safe by not looking at the world and noticing the danger, rather than by being prepared for it. But...I think maybe there's something wrong with that frame, and it doesn't actually make sense for me to feel that way: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It did feel sort of judgmental! It wouldn't make sense in the environment I grew up in to be paranoid like that and willing to cripple people for spooking me and not even go back for them later. If that means it's not wise for me to go to Predain, I guess it means that, but...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I was thinking about that too. I think that - hmm, so when I was fourteen, practically the only thing I had was being paranoid. I didn't have resources or skills or anything, just - being vigilant all the time and ruthless about doing whatever I had to to survive. And I still almost died a few times: 

Shrug. :But - maybe that means I'm miscalibrated now. Since now it'd be two of us, not one, and we could maybe bring Skan too, and we do have money and resources and a lot of skills, and I can read...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It occurred to me that once you have met my dad we could bring him. He's in the Guard and would not look ridiculous with a sword. If we need someone scary-looking who is not a teenager:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh! That's a really good idea. He'd probably be better at handling talking to the Guard there, too, I - think they'd respect him more because of his job: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean he only speaks Tantaran but if that isn't an obstacle, sure:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think a lot of the King's Guards speak Tantaran too. And - part of it would just be how he looks. It's a really good idea, thank you for thinking of it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You're welcome. You can be introduced when you come to his town with me:

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :All right: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Should I tell him next time I talk to him you're coming?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh right. Probably: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then I will. He has a communication artifact, we talk a few times a week:

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :Thank you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

After their exams it's time to get ready to go. Aza's planning to Gate it, it's a long annoying journey elsewise. She packs clothes and books but not much else since her dad has things.

Permalink Mark Unread

They both do very well on their exams, as per usual. 

Ma'ar checks if Aala wants to come. (She doesn't; she has break plans. She also announces that she wants to ask the hertasi to move out of their shared room and into a dorm with her best friend.) 

He packs fairly lightly as well, more because he doesn't have that many possessions than because Azabel's dad does. By count if not by weight or volume, most of what's in his travel bag is magic artifacts. He also has the booklet of classes available next session at their level, to peruse and pick his choices while they're on the trip. 

He joins Azabel for the Gate, looking a bit nervous but also curious and excited. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she Gates them straight to her father's front doorstep. "Welcome to Riverfork!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar turns and glances curiously around at the neighbourhood. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a small, unremarkable village, with houses and gardens and a tavern and a little Guard office; the house looks out on the forking river in question at a distance of some tens of meters, and there's a bridge over a narrow bit, and more houses over on that side. A boat squeezes under the bridge and stops off at a pier to collect vegetables from somebody who comes out to meet it.

Aza takes the gate down and turns to open the door and is greeted by her father, who hugs her tight.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice. It feels...peaceful. Not dangerous. Ma'ar isn't sure if he trusts this impression, but he is noticing it. 

...It still feels a bit weird and awkward, watching people be physically affectionate with their family members. He stands back, smiling politely, and waits for Azabel to take the lead in introducing him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dad, this is Ma'ar. Ma'ar, this is my dad Charl."

"Good to meet you," says Charl.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's good to meet you too," Ma'ar says, nodding to him and trying not to be visibly tense. "Thank you for hosting me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aza talks about you a fair bit," Charl remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh?" Ma'ar blinks, suddenly wishing he had thought to discuss with Aza what sorts of pleasantries her father would try to engage in so he could practice his responses. "We, uh, do have a lot of classes together." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm-hm. Come on in."

The house is a touch roomier than Ranara's but less decorated. It looks like the last time Aza was here she made a magic freezer for the kitchen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar looks around and tries to spot something to compliment Charl on, other than the fridge which is Aza's work; he's pretty sure that compliments on the host's house are a normal social interaction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The kitchen has been painted a cheerful yellow. He has a knitted throw blanket in several colors flung over the couch in the living room. It's not a very interesting house. Aza tromps through to deposit her belongings in her room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar continues standing and holding his travel-bag, waiting for an indication from Aza of where he should put it; he does have the tentifact packed, along with many other artifacts, but it feels presumptuous to just march out to the backyard and set up.

With his best manners, he praises the wall colour choice. "How long have you lived here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - Ranara did that," Charl says of the wall. "Coming up on twenty years, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, that's a long time! I guess maybe it feels less long to you...." 

:Aza, should I ask him about where to put my tentifact?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll be out in a sec and I can show you the yard: She pops out of her room a moment later. "Ma'ar, back door's this way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Aza!" He follows her out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She shows him a good spot to put his tentifact. The chickens, of whom Charl has several, have picked over the area pretty thoroughly and won't miss it for a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, who has shared an outdoor sleeping-area with chickens more than once before in his life, glances around and then sets out his tentifact and puts his bags inside the barrier. 

:- Should be set for now. I, er, feel like maybe I should've asked for advice before on - how to make a good impression with your dad...?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I'm not actually sure, I've known him my entire life and am his daughter. He's very quiet, you don't actually have to say much and he won't either now that the introductions are out of the way. I guess unless he intends to ask you if we're having sex, which I have told him we're not but it's possible he'd want it corroborated:

Permalink Mark Unread

....That seems like a moderately uncomfortable question, but if Charl does ask then Ma'ar can just give the true answer which is 'no.'

:Do you think I actually need to make a good impression in order for him to agree to come to Predain with us? Or will he say yes just because you're his daughter?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:He'll probably just say yes but I guess it's possible he would think it was a lousy idea if you talk up how terribly dangerous it is or something and refuse to try to get me to skip it:

Permalink Mark Unread

....Ma'ar is thinking that he did at least discuss with Azabel whether she should come, but of course Charl won't automatically have that context. 

:I'll - keep that in mind, thank you: And he follows Azabel back inside. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza's father is trying to make them lunch. She kicks him out of the kitchen and takes over. He accepts this with only a soft huff.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you need help or should I just stay out of the way?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You can stir if hanging around being quiet with my dad is too awkward but you could also go wander around the village for your whole social practice thing and I'll tell you when it's done:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Sure, I can do that. Uh, I'll Mindspeak you if I feel cornered and don't know what to do, but - I'll try to avoid that and manage on my own if it's just awkward or whatever:  

Permalink Mark Unread

:Uh huh! I recognize most people on sight here but don't know all their names, so send an image if you need advice:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right. Thank you: 

And Ma'ar ducks out, and spends a moment just outside the front door, gathering himself, before forging out into the neighbourhood in search of people to introduce himself to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a well, and a girl his or Aza's age getting water from it; there are some kids playing a game with rocks in a grid they've drawn in some dirt; there's some old ladies spinning on a front porch; there's a fellow picking a rock out of his donkey's hoof.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar spends a moment look around, and then decides the least awkward opening here is with the man and his donkey. 

"Hey," he says. "I'm Azabel's friend Ma'ar from her school, I'm visiting. Do you need help?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, if you want to hold her tail so she doesn't flick me in the face," he says (she does) "again, that'd be grand, I should be done with this in a minute."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has some amount of experience with donkeys, from the times he accompanied caravans on the road. He nods, makes eye contact with the donkey and makes a soothing sound, and then gently pins her tail with his hand (and mostly with an invisible net of mage-energies, but he's not trying to show off unduly, here.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, young man. What'd you say your name was? Didn't sound Tantaran."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not. Kiyamvir Ma'ar. I come from Predain." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hunh. Your accent's all right." He gets the rock out of the hoof and lets the donkey's foot down. "You can let her tail go."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar lets go. "Mmm. Thank you, I practiced a lot." He glances around. "Er, how long have you lived here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, all my life. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess most people here have probably lived here their whole lives? Urtho's Tower isn't like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never been there! But yeah, most people here have always lived here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you must've met Azabel when she was, er, born here?" 

Ma'ar has no idea if this is a normal sort of question to ask. He's firmly resisting the temptation to read the local man's mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I probably didn't see her till she was at least a few weeks old, but yes, known her all her life, off and on obviously."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess it would've been more inconvenient for her to visit before she could do Gates." Ma'ar is trying not to fidget. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He tugs the donkey along. "She'd still come every couple of years, though, or Charl'd go to her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar nods. "- Anyway, is there anywhere in town you'd recommend I see, while I'm visiting? Er, she suggested I take a walk and look around while she's busy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My cousin grows roses, that way," he says, pointing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, thank you! I'll, uh, go have a look."

And Ma'ar nods and smiles at the man again, and then extracts himself in what he hopes is a minimally social graceful fashion. He's thinking that probably he should debrief all this with Azabel later and see if she agrees with that assessment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When he gets back to Charl's house Aza's putting the finishing touches on lunch. "Hey!" she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey! I talked to one of your neighbours. ...Umm, I didn't get his name, I introduced myself but he didn't back, he was with a donkey and he looked like -" and Ma'ar gives a brief description. "I...think it went fine? He didn't make faces like he thought I was weird, or anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You probably did fine! If I'm correctly matching description to person I used to play with his daughter sometimes."

"Mm-hm," confirms Charl.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. Er, what's his name, then - and his daughter's name, in case that comes up...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Torx and Milera."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." 

Ma'ar settles in to eat lunch and wait to see if Azabel will come up with a topic of conversation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She asks Charl how his life is going and he answers, terse but warm, about keeping troublemakers away from trading-boats and landgoing traders, about keeping the chickens out of trouble, about patching up his fence and fishing. In exchange she summarizes for him her last term at school, prompting Ma'ar occasionally for his angle on classes and teachers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar's answers are also terse, at first, but he gradually relaxes and starts offering longer asides and even asking Charl a few questions about life in the town. 

:- Did you have a plan for what to do this afternoon?: he asks Azabel privately, as they're wrapping up lunch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, there isn't actually much to do. It's kind of a boring town, that's why Ranara moved away. Often I spend a lot of time hanging out in the same room as Charl while I read a book and he whittles or washes dishes or something and we don't even say anything. Sometimes if I'm up early enough I go fishing with him, it's interesting enough with magic:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Well, I wouldn't mind going fishing with him, getting up early is fine. And I can sit with you two this afternoon and catch up on the books I brought to read, and then I guess maybe go for a walk and talk to more people?: He kind of wants a quiet break first, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure! There's enough people around to probably occupy you the whole time even if you go through them pretty quick, they're just seldom doing stuff - oh, no, actually there's very often dancing, but I can't:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't have any idea how to dance, I never learned it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I really can't help you there! But you could see if anyone would teach you, if you want, it's usually the last hour or so of daylight on the other end of the bridge in good weather:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, that sounds interesting and - like good social practice, probably: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Probably, yeah!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Once lunch is tidied up, Ma'ar retrieves a book from his backyard tentifact setup and joins Charl and Azabel to sit quietly and not talk for the afternoon, until it's time to go look for the dancing; he plans to leave when it looks like there are around two candlemarks of daylight left, to make sure he has time to find the bridge and cross it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The bridge is clearly visible from the same door Aza opened the Gate on. It's painted blue, though it's pretty chipped in places. On the other side there's more village set around a reasonably sized square; dancers have not yet gathered, though some people are hanging out nearby doing laundry in the river.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar crosses the bridge, looking curiously around, and pauses in the square for a moment before wandering over to the people by the river. He waves. "Hey." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hullo," chorus a few of them; others look over their shoulder at him and return to scrubbing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar turns to face the ones who greeted him back. "I'm Azabel's friend Ma'ar from school. She told me there was dancing here in the evening?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, in the square!" one says. "Do you know how to dance?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't! But I was hoping maybe I could learn." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The dances we do are mostly pretty easy to pick up. Mama, can I -"

"You can teach him to dance when you've done your laundry and not before," says the older woman next to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can help you do your laundry, if you want?" Ma'ar offers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh," says the girl, and she gives him an apron to scrub.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar takes the apron and scrubs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When they've finished everything assigned to her and hung it up to dry in the backyard she runs back to the square and teaches him one of the basic line dances.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is very attentive to the lesson and is reasonably quick at picking up physical skills. His dancing posture does have a tendency to keep slipping back into a martial arts fighting stance, but he usually catches himself within a few seconds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Haha, wow, you're supposed to spin me, not deck me," she says, the first time he does this.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry!" He flinches and steps back, startling a bit. "I'll - er, I won't do it again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm-hm, okay, try it again from the three-beat -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Er, right." 

And Ma'ar takes a deep breath, lets it out, deliberately relaxes, and tries to start again at the three-beat while holding, hard, onto the affect/attitude that they are safe and he is not in danger and he is having FUN right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And presently he will know the dance! "There! You're pretty good at this!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really?" Ma'ar, still holding her hands from the dance, takes a quarter-step back. "I - really never felt before like I was good enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, you just started and you aren't forgetting steps or breathing really hard or falling into the river."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Goodness, did someone try to learn this and then fall in the river?"

Ma'ar is still looking into her eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm exaggerating," she laughs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar laughs back, and keeps his grip on her hands, and his smile at her on his face, and he tries to continue following her lead even though he is SO CONFUSED and feels very out of place and - possibly out of context from the entire world she grew up in...

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, you'll do fine at the actual dance with the whole line," she says a minute later, "let's not wear you out for it, 'kay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"....Okay, er, thank you for teaching me." 

Ma'ar steps back, releasing her hands, and waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She twirls back over to her mother to help her carry the rest of the laundry home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar considers offering to help them, but at this point it feels like it might be Drawing Attention to himself, so instead he just smiles and waves, and waits for the rest of the interested-in-dancing locals to show up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They pile in, some twenty-five people, and form lines and start in on the dance he learned, with him on the boys' side opposite his new friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so many people! And they're expecting him to do a complicated thing right! 

...But it's not that complicated, Ma'ar reminds himself, and he just learned all the details, and he just needs to keep reminding himself not to hold himself in a stance appropriate for fighting rather than dancing. 

And he does the right moves along with the other villagers, and occasionally glances over at his friend and smiles. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She smiles back, and twirls around, and skips along to the next person.

They do a different dance next, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is definitely not going to be able to manage this dance without fumbling and inconveniencing his neighbours a lot! He steps back, making apologetic faces at the people on either side of him in the line, and watches closely to see if he can pick up the moves for the new dance fast enough to rejoin. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not complicated - it's not even that different from the last dance, if he watches closely enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good! 

Once he's pretty sure he can manage it without causing any disasters, Ma'ar steps in closer again and makes eye contact with the nearest dancers, watching for an opportunity to rejoin. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can slip right in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can dance!

It's starting to feel like a lot happening at once, and Ma'ar finds himself needing to exert more effort not to keep falling back into a fighting stance and scanning his surroundings for danger, but for the most part he manages to stay relaxed. And it's...actually pretty fun? 

Permalink Mark Unread

No one attempts to murder him during the line dance.

When it gets dark the crowd thins out over the course of one last dance and people head home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar waves to the girl who he befriended and calls out to thank her for teaching him to dance, before heading bridgeward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anytime!" she says, waving back.

The bridge and a little more walking sees him back at Charl's house.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar lets himself in. "- Azabel? I'm back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, how'd it go?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it went well! I had a good time. I think I did all right at dancing. Except that I have to keep remembering not to move like I'm fighting." 

He demonstrates one of the dance steps in the corner of the room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very nice. Do you practice fighting a lot, or get into scrapes in your spare time that I don't notice, that it's your first instinct there -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't gotten into any scrapes since that stupid fight years ago! I don't even spend much time actually sparring, and I guess I don't practice fighting without magic really at all, I just... I think the instincts go back further than that." Shrug. "And I don't have any practice at, hmm, at moving my body just to have fun and look pretty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, there are dances pretty often, if that's something you want to practice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just here, or back at the Tower? ...I guess there are almost certainly dances somewhere around the Tower, it's so big." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wouldn't know, I meant here. There probably are some there too though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think I will go back again, while we're here. Is it every night?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unless it's raining or icy or everybody has the flu, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. - Anyway, did I miss supper?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We ate but yours is still warm." She serves him a plate of fish and squash.

Permalink Mark Unread

He thanks her and sits down to eat it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits with him and eats an apple. "I'm glad you had fun at the dance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! I think I might've even made friends with someone, sort of." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, who?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She said her name was Eliana?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know her that well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, she was pretty friendly to me. She wanted to teach me, but her mother said she had to do her laundry first, so I helped. She teased me a bit about looking like I was going to punch her, and made a joke about how I was doing well because I hadn't fallen in the river while trying to practice - I didn't realize it was a joke, at first, but I don't think she minded..." 

Ma'ar recounts a bit more about their interactions. "- I think she thought I was nice and not weird and scary?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like it, though falling in the river could've been a dig at me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oh. That'd be - sort of rude of her?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would, yeah, though I wasn't there so not that rude."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. It hadn't even occurred to me that it might be a jibe at you. Uh, is that the sort of thing that most people, who...know how people things work...would realize right away?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know, actually. Most people probably aren't thinking as frequently about how many times I've fallen in the river as me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"....Do you know how to swim?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I swim fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, looking a little relieved. "- Anyway, it sounds like maybe she was saying mean things about you," he makes a face, "but not sneaky mean things about me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what it sounds like, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I feel like that's a good sign anyway! If I can show up somewhere and make friends with people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yup! Congratulations!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar eats for a little while in silence, mulling on whether there's anything to be done - well, anything that makes sense for him personally to do - on the problem of fellow villagers possibly making mean implicitly-about-Azabel comments. 

"- Is there anything you think I could've done better?" he asks, eventually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- you know that I'm not actually very sociable myself, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I guess not, but you're - calibrated? On how to be sociable with - people who grew up in the same class as you? And I'm not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess. Well, you didn't make any missteps I can figure out from here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad."

Ma'ar gets up to put away his supper plate, and yawns. "- I guess I should head to bed soon. Goodnight?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar washes his plate, and smiles at Azabel, and then heads out to the backyard to sleep. 

In the morning he politely follows whatever routine is prompted. He's not up that early but he does mention to Charl that he would be interested in joining on a fishing trip at some point during his stay. He's content to read quietly through the afternoon, again, and then go see if dancing is happening tonight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza has patients in town, and sees them on this day; she's not around except for meals. There's dancing again, clouds threatening but not raining.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar attends the dancing again. He tries very hard to dance well, and can manage it a little better after the previous night's practice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eliana congratulates him when he gets through a dance that speeds up past the point when half the townies have dropped out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar has not failed to notice all the people dropping out! He's beaming at her and so so pleased with himself. 

(Half because he managed it without reading anyone's mind to get cues, but of course he doesn't say that.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

When there are fewer than six people left in the dance it's over and they start a new one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar jumps right back into it, only a little out of breath. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The clouds mean there's too little light sooner this time, which might be why they settled on especially exhausting dances. Eliana doesn't go home right away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar doesn't at first even notice that anyone is staying behind, but he's not desperately hungry for supper so he isn't rushing. He glances back before heading for the bridge, and sees Eliana and smiles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're a really good dancer!" she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really? I can't be that good, I've only just started learning." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you're good! You'll get better with more practice though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hopefully! That's usually how practicing works." Ma'ar glances back at the bridge. "- Er, see you tomorrow night?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm-hm!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar smiles and waves at her again, and then heads back across the bridge to Azabel's father's house. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Where they are still eating dinner; Azabel dishes him up some. (It's fish again.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is in a good mood, still, and smiling more than usual for him. "Thank you! How was your evening?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was fine; I can't go into a lot of detail, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, right." 

Ma'ar recounts a couple more anecdotes about his evening with the dancers, but mostly focuses on eating his food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad you can dance, I have no idea how I'd recommend installing yourself in Riverfork social life if you couldn't," she remarks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that the main social thing people do here? ...That must've been annoying for you on your visits." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little, but at least I have a local family. And now I do Mindhealing so there's that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At least that keeps you occupied." Ma'ar is thinking that it doesn't actually matter that much if he integrates into the social life in Riverfork, since he's just visiting and doesn't intend to move here or anything, but he doesn't say this and goes back to finishing his supper. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The next morning Ma'ar can come fishing with Charl - Aza comes too, and scoops dinner out of the water with magic.

Eliana stays after the next dance, too, and asks Ma'ar if he'll walk her home, she heard somebody's dog got loose and might be running around and could be bitey.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, sure, of course." Ma'ar is trying to remember if he ever mentioned to Eliana that he's a mage; maybe she just thinks he can hold off dogs because he's taller and a boy? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eliana shows him the way to her house; she lives on the same side of the bridge as the dancing. "Thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome!" Ma'ar smiles at her. "It was good to see you again. Er, are you fine from here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so! I really appreciate your walking me here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome! See you tomorrow night again?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You bet!" she beams, and she slips into her house.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Ma'ar, still not quite sure what to make of the entire interaction, shrugs and turns to make his way back to Azabel's house. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She and Charl aren't actually in but they come back a few minutes after he does, having been for a walk. "Hi Ma'ar!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey!" Ma'ar smiles at her, but is a bit preoccupied, still trying to puzzle out whether Eliana had some goal other than not getting bitten by a dog. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dance go all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The dance was good." He switches to Mindspeech. :I...do kind of want your advice on a social thing, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll do my best!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:So, Eliana asked me if I could walk home with her because she was scared of a dog, it seemed sort of weird since I don't think I told her I was a mage...: He briefly describes the rest of the interaction. :...Oh, and come to think of it, she sort of hung around after dancing the other night too, but I guess I wasn't paying enough attention. I can't tell if she, I don't know, actually wanted something other than what she said...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:She might figure you're Gifted just because you go to school with me, but maybe she just has a crush on you:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Huh? Why would she have a crush on me? I don't even live here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What does that have to do with anything?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Just, wouldn't it make more sense to pick someone to have a crush on who'll still be around next week?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think people normally pick them:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Really? That sounds so inconvenient!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I... guess? I think it's like any other emotion and for most people most of the time it happens in response to circumstances but not the circumstance of convenience:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. What sort of circumstances usually make crushes happen?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not really sure, it probably varies person to person anyway:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar nods, still looking kind of amused. :How do... Er, how do people usually - tell - if they have a crush?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Um, finding themselves dwelling on the person's virtues and fantasizing about kissing them or whatever, I guess?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....Hmm: He looks thoughtful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hm?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Just thinking: 

Ma'ar glances away, almost self-consciously. Paces back and forth for a few moments. 

:...I don't think I have a crush on her: he admits finally. :I have no idea what her virtues are, I guess other than being friendly and decent at dancing. Uh, is there a thing I'm supposed to - do - if I think someone might have a crush on me and I don't have one on them?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Uh, I wasn't exactly so delighted with the results of the one time I have tried this that I want to recommend it and also I actually went on a date with him first. It's an inherently awkward situation:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar sighs. :...Well, I don't know for sure that she does, anyway. I guess I'll just...keep being friendly, but if she asks me on a date I'll say no: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not one of the things you wanna practice?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar winces slightly. :It - seems deceptive and kind of mean to go on a date with someone I'm pretty sure I don't feel that way about?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, she knows you don't live here and aren't going to be around next week: Aza points out.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I think it's still not a kind of practice I want to do. It - feels like it wouldn't even be practicing the right thing, if I don't like her that way? ...I guess it's hard to tell for sure if I would mind her kissing me, since I have no idea what kissing is like: Ma'ar is looking thoughtfully at Azabel again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, up to you, obviously. I'm just guessing in the first place, it could be you merely present an excuse to get out of doing laundry or something:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm: 

He paces back and forth some more. 

:- Have you ever kissed anyone?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes her head. Is this conversation growing subtext. Please don't do that, conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you think you'd notice if you wanted to? I guess it'd be kind of silly to never kiss someone because you don't know what it's like, but it seems like people must get un-stuck from that somehow: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm good at noticing things about myself:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. That's a pretty useful way to be, I guess: 

Ma'ar paces for a few moments longer, staring into space, and then changes the subject and asks out loud how her evening was. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently she's been doing various useful magic for townsfolk today - shored up the foundations of the bridge, patched a retaining wall.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a much more comfortable topic! Ma'ar asks questions and offers to help with that tomorrow if anything else needs to be done around town. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he can help her with some irrigation tomorrow!

Permalink Mark Unread

He will happily do that! 

...Does anything more awkward come up with Eliana at dancing that evening? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't escalate or anything, just arranges to be near him for much of the dancing and smiles at him a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is still more awkward than it was before, now that he has the 'crush' hypothesis, which Ma'ar feels kind of bad about. He tries to smile back a reasonable but not overly encouraging amount, and does eventually relax enough to just enjoy the dancing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eliana appears to lack an excuse to ask him to walk her home this time but lingers a little hopefully after the dance anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Well, Ma'ar isn't absolutely sure that he doesn't or wouldn't have a crush on her, so maybe he'll linger a bit as well, and - see if he can learn more about her virtues? It feels like a lot of the problem is that he doesn't know her at all. 

He asks her, somewhat haltingly, what life in the village is normally like for her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I have to help with milking the cows and making cheese all day. On top of laundry and mending and sweeping out the house... - do you want some cheese? If you want to walk me home I can give you some cheese."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaah! Decisions on the spot! (Ma'ar tries very hard and manages to keep almost all of the aaaa off his face.) On the one hand that was a very boring answer? On the other hand he's...not not enjoying this interaction, and maybe Azabel has a point that this is worth practicing and also that Eliana's expectations are based on him leaving town in a few days. 

"Sure, I could do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She beams at him and walks with him back to her house, keeping rather close to him as they go. "You can come in," she tells him at the door. "I'll just be a minute getting you a cheese."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, all right." He hovers by the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has several small brothers playing on the floor; they look up at him when he enters. Eliana ducks into a cellar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar hasn't played with little children in a long time and isn't sure what to do, but he smiles at them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

One of them offers him a corncob.

Permalink Mark Unread

....The edible kind of corncob or not? Ma'ar crosses the room and takes it, bobbing his head at the child, and then looks around for cues regarding what he's supposed to do with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The corncob is denuded of food. There is absolutely no sign of what he is expected to do with it.

Eliana comes up from the cellar and presents Ma'ar with a palm-sized cheese round.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Ma'ar glances at it, and then vaguely waves the corncob around while making eye contact with the child, until Eliana is back.) 

"Wow! Thank you." He holds out his hand to take the cheese round, looking intently into her eyes. 

(While trying to imagine kissing her, however "kissing" works, and figure out whether he would like it or at least find it tolerable.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome! It's good on brown bread."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! I'll, er, keep that - in mind...?" Ma'ar slips the round of cheese into his pocket and then stands there, unsure what's expected from here. He keeps his eyes fixed on Eliana's face, though, that seems robustly Expected. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- oh, he gave you his corncob, let me just -" Eliana takes that and picks off a fleck of something from it and returns it to the child who gave it to Ma'ar in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Aaaaah why is she pecking a fleck off, is it because she thinks he contaminated it somehow–) 

Ma'ar cuts off that line of thought, since it seems stupid and unhelpful, and instead just stands there and smiles blandly at a point just past Eliana's shoulder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, thanks for walking me home!" she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome! Thanks for the cheese!"

Ma'ar smiles again, and then takes a step toward the door and turns half away (and resists very hard the temptation to read her mind and see what's even going on there), and instead waits to see if she'll say or do anything...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good night!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight!"

And Ma'ar escapes, with his little wheel of cheese in his pocket, still confused and wishing he could read her mind and get more data, but at least relieved that he's not going to be faced with any more confusion tonight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza's seeing a patient when he gets back but she comes home not too long after.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is sitting at the dining table when she gets in. He's staring vaguely at his little wheel of cheese, resting there between his hands, and looking tired and confused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Cheese?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, er, Eliana gave it to me, apparently she helped make it..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Yeah, her family has the dairy. You look kind of... overwhelmed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Do I? It - seems like a silly thing to get overwhelmed by." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if I'm reading you right."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Ma'ar switches to Mindspeech again. :Eliana was hovering around after dancing, so I thought I'd - talk to her and see if I could learn about her virtues...:

And he briefly recounts the rest of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, it kind of sounds like she's got a crush on you and is not substantially suave about it:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I wouldn't mind, er, practicing having a crush on her! But I was trying to get her to talk about her virtues and - I think I'm just no good at it, I couldn't figure out how to nudge her into talking about interesting things: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:She might just not be very interesting:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....I guess: 

 

 

 

 

After a long pause: 

:I notice your virtues a lot? But, uh, I don't know if I...have a crush on you...or if you just actually have a lot of virtues, in general as a person: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not really sure what to do with that. :Well, I think I'm great and... don't have a crush on myself...:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar also isn't sure what to do with this entire exchange! 

:I, uh, also think you're great, but - I guess that's not the same thing as a crush: 

He sits back, puts away the small cheese in his pocket, and stands up. "I, er, anyway, how was your evening?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Had an appointment. Circuit Mindhealers skip this place these days because I'm by every now and then but it's not really good as being able to have a regular one they see routinely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, that makes sense." 

Ma'ar can't ask questions about Azabel's Mindhealing patients, obviously, but he tries hard for a few minutes to come up with some tactful subject to talk about instead, planning to plead tiredness and flee to the backyard tentifact if he can't succeed at this task. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What kind of cheese is it, did she say? I can't tell for sure without cutting it open."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Uh, cow’s milk and - good on brown bread, I think that’s all she said, I’m not a cheese expert...” Ma’ar draws it out of his pocket and holds it up. “I don’t mind if you cut it open, though, I - don’t really feel like carrying it for the next few days in my pocket...”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, let's have it with dinner." Dinner is fish stew that has apparently been on the fire while she was talking to her patient; she can also get a loaf of bread out.

Permalink Mark Unread

It’s a pretty good dinner! Ma’ar sits back and is mostly quiet, again, while they eat it.

 

For the rest of the trip, he offers to help Azabel with magic for the locals, spends the rest of the time reading the books he brought in companionable silence with her and Charl, and continues to go dancing in the evenings but declines and makes his most polite excuses if Eliana asks for a walk home again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks slightly hurt when he won't come along the following night and doesn't ask again.

Aza asks if he wants to do the Gate home or if she should.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives her dad a last hug. "Ready when you are!"

Permalink Mark Unread

And Ma'ar raises a Gate on the front doorway and transports them back to the courtyard outside the Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives herself a little shake. "Gates feel so peculiar. Well, that was quite a lot of vacation, I feel the need to immediately go do a lot of homework, I don't know about you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, there's a lot to catch up on." 

Ma'ar nods to her and escapes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they need to pick their classes for the next session! They can take intermediate-level weather magic, introducing concert work for very large scale urgent weather needs, or they can select their pick from a range of half a dozen specialized artifact-work classes; at this level, it makes sense to decide if one wants to focus on detection wards versus defensive shields versus communication and surveillance versus building maintenance, etc etc. There are several more combat courses. There's advanced illusion-magic in two versions, one aimed mostly at artistic performances, and one for 'practical purposes', which is widely known to be code for 'combat and/or spying'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza is most tempted by artistic illusions and by the sorts of practical artificing that will, say, purify water.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar signs up for the intermediate weather magic - it seems likely to be especially important in Predain, and he wants to know it well enough to teach it someday - and for both the detection wards and building maintenance courses. The latter is still separate from the 'day to day artifacts' class that Azabel wants to take, so they aren't going to have any classes in common this session. 

Aala has officially gotten everything set up to move to the same regular girls' dorm as her new best friend, or possibly friends plural at this point. 

"I don't know if I should try to keep an eye on her still?" Ma'ar frets to Azabel, when they're comparing their class schedules the day before the new session. "I mean, she seems to be doing really well here, just...she's still a kid..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...she's how much younger than you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Three or four years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's pretty young, yeah, but she seems comfortable operating here and has friends to watch out for her if she needs it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Her friends do seem like they're - good for her, and on her side..." He shakes his head a little. "Apparently she maybe has a boyfriend now. I guess it's not like I'd even know what to tell her, if she asked for advice on that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, she's a little young for a boyfriend! I hope he's nice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so too! And I really hope her friends are giving her good advice about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza nods. "They're about her age so probably not that great but at least oriented to the situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar makes an unhappy face. "I really do feel like I'm - sort of responsible for her? Since she doesn't have parents here. ...I guess probably a lot of people don't tell their parents everything about their lives either."

Sigh. "Anyway, I'll remind her she can always come to me for advice if she needs it," he smiles crookedly, "she still thinks I'm wise or something just because I'm older and got here first. And if she asks something and I don't know what to say, I might need you to rescue me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you know how to get ahold of me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Thank you." 

Ma'ar chats a bit more about their upcoming classes, and then heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza updates Lionwind on her work in Riverfork. Considers also signing up for the intermediate weather class since neither illusions nor artificing are all that high power (or at least not all the time; artificing can be but they spend a lot of time on design). Decides in favor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is pleased to share a class with Azabel! 

He doesn't bring up anything more about Aala's romantic life, at least not in the first few weeks of the new session. He also doesn't revisit their somewhat-awkward conversation during the visit to Riverfork. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan, however, does have some apparently-exciting news for Azabel, on one of the days he flies her home from class. "Guesss what?" Bounce bounce bounce. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, you're excited! What is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a girlfriend!!!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations, what's her name?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elassi." His voice is dreamy. "Sshe fliesss sso well..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww, as well as you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think sso!" It's hard to know how a gryphon can manage a sappy smile, given their beaks, but Skan seems to be handling it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awwww." Scritch scritch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan bounces and vibrates some more, and spends another few minutes expounding on Elassi's virtues. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very cute and Aza's happy to nod along. It's still making her smile occasionally when she shows up to the weather class the next morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

:You look happy: Ma'ar notes, glancing over at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, it's nothing much, Skan has a girlfriend and he's very cute about her:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh wow! Good for him, awww: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Apparently she flies as well as he does:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's saying something! Doesn't he win most of the flying prizes: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's possible he's judging her a little more generously:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm, fair enough I guess:

The teacher arrives, and Ma'ar turns to focus on the class, though he seems faintly preoccupied about something or other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza concentrates REAL hard on the shields for concert work when that comes up, but fortunately Ma'ar taught her to do this awhile back.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not paired off for the class anyway, and when they are, nothing leaks in either direction. 

Afterward Ma'ar nods to her and heads off to the sparring practice club that he's recently joined. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Have fun hitting people!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar rolls his eyes slightly, but doesn't bother reiterating that this is for fighting with magic and usually he trap-spells people. :I'm sure I will!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next couple of weeks, Skan continues to be very excited and eager to tell Azabel about Elassi's many positive qualities, and impressive flying maneuvers she showed off recently, and jokes he made that he thinks/hopes she found clever. Mostly he just seems eager to find any excuse to talk about her as much as possible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At one point Ma'ar updates her that Aala had a date she seemed very pleased with, with her boyfriend, which consisted of walking around the flower gardens together. He thinks this seems like a reasonable date activity for a girl who's not quite thirteen? Probably? 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, that's what I did with the one boy who asked me out that one time:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess it's a popular date activity?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's free, it lets you talk, it's not something most people do all the time such that it isn't special anymore but hardly anyone's going to be averse, it makes sense:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm, that makes sense: 

And they're distracted by the teacher's arrival. 

...

A few days later, Ma'ar is headed to meet with his sparring practice group when - something, he isn't sure what at first - yanks at his attention.

There's...some sort of odd vibration in the ground, and something like a shriek just too high-pitched to be audible...

- a shout for help, nearby - 

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns and breaks into a sprint. 

And searches, instinctively, for the mind of the person he trusts most. 

:Azabel where are you - emergency -: 

He doesn't even know what the emergency is, yet, but he suspects he will in a couple of seconds. And that he won't like it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Lionwind's office, what is it:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar still isn't totally sure, but the hissing not-quite-audible scream is suddenly all too audible. 

:Explosion. Here: He sends a sense of his location, a flash of the nearest statue-landmark he just passed. :- People injured -: he's kind of guessing about that but there are definitely screams of pain, :- I think - steam or something - this is the artificers' building -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Shit. Uh, find me a stable near place to Gate in?:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's just reached the door - and it'll take him an entire minute or two to set up to scry the other side of it and check if it's safe, damn it there isn't time - he reaches out with Thoughtsensing, not quite open enough to read surface thoughts, just enough to sense minds and whether those minds are panicked or injured - 

...Better not to risk opening it before he has a better shield up. He spins on his heels. Fixes his eyes on one of the many pretty decorative archways, festooned with flowering vines, and carefully opens his senses to Azabel without letting any of his other shields slip. :Here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's through seconds later; the gate collapses behind her. She builds shields around herself to match his own. "Any better idea what it is yet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's spent the last fifteen seconds trying to establish a Mindspeech link with someone inside; none of them are Gifted, it seems, and they're all (unsurprisingly) panicking, he's gotten a few snippets but nothing that useful. 

"Some sort of - steam mechanism to power things? Part of it exploded - I'm doing shields so I can open the door, can you try to talk to someone inside, you're more practiced at Mindspeech I think–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm." And she talks to Skan and her parents, none of whom are themselves Mindspeakers - :Hello? What happened in there?:

Permalink Mark Unread

This senior student is so panicked! Five different things are happening at once and they're trying to find the ruptured pipe and the source of that EXTREMELY ALARMING hiss of escaping steam and whether they can prevent the rest from blowing and also there are injured younger students crying out in pain and they can't see because everything is full of scalding steam - 

:Experiment, pipe burst - pressure too high - trying to seal the rest....: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Burst pipe, steam," she summarizes to Ma'ar, "I'm going to open the door to vent it and so the door itself doesn't go flying, stand back." And she tugs on the door with magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a whoosh of escaping steam, puffing out in white clouds, but the built-up pressure isn't that high, since it's been distributed across the whole corridor and room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar reinforces the shield over both of them, just in case, and then casts a little wind-spell to clear out more of the steam. It's still hot enough to sting his face, but not actually burn. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She lights up the place. Light helps in fog, might help here. A path of lights to the outside for the people within to follow, a sense-of-direction in case that doesn't cut it.

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple of people stagger up and move, one of them trying to drag a semiconscious fellow student. 

The senior student is still frozen, staring at the complicated assembly of steel pipes and tanks now faintly visible through wreaths of steam. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the rest is still unstable," Ma'ar hisses. "- Can you focus on getting people out, I'll try to contain it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm." :You need to get out, you can tell us how to keep it under control: she tells the frozen one. The dragged student can be helped along with a little magic tugging to supplement the dragging - is there anybody else -

Permalink Mark Unread

:This weld is under strain: the senior student manages, with a vague gesture at it. :Here too - and - main boiler, fire, need to - put it out - I can't get in there...: 

And he jars himself into motion. The semiconscious student is successfully dragged out. 

There's one more student, unconscious in a heap in the opposite corner of the hall. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza repeats what he said about the problem, bouncing it to Ma'ar, and tries to get a bead on the unconscious one with Othersenses supplementing steam-obscured vision to seize him gently by the ankles and drag him out.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be a LOT easier to deal with this if he could go in and get a closer look, however, Ma'ar isn't stupid. He shifts his angle by the door, uses another wind-spell to blow a bit more steam out of the way, and clamps a force-net around the welded pipe seal. It's not hard to locate, since it's the one with fresh steam hissing and screeching out. Meanwhile he's still trying to hold some hasty shielding over the fleeing students, and the unconscious one as Azabel drags him or her... 

Boiler. Fire. Where is it... He can't see much, it must be buried in the tangle of welded pipes that make up the mechanism. 

If he were better at casting complex spells on the fly, maybe he could use the freezing-refrigeration one, but he can only do that one fast with an artifact, which he doesn't have on him, and even if he did he's not sure how he would adapt it to do this... He could do a clumsy version just on the entire room, maybe, that would only take him a minute or so to cast, but he's not sure he's powerful enough to pull heat out of that much volume...

- however fires need air - 

Making an impermeable-to-air shield is a lot faster, and he doesn't need to know exactly where the air intake is. 

- now that he's force-netted the one weld, a different one is hissing dangerously - 

Ma'ar drops the shielding over the students, since they're all out now. :Azabel can you shield the door now - need to concentrate...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:On it: she says, though she's also trying to summon Healers and see if anybody needs anything she learned in magic-field-medicine class.

Permalink Mark Unread

None of the kids are bleeding to a life-threatening extent, though the one she dragged out is bleeding somewhat from a scalp wound. All of them have scalds and burns of varying seriousness. The unconscious one she dragged out presumably has a head injury, possibly an injured spine as well. He's breathing but not that well. The other semiconscious student has a broken arm; the bone isn't quite poking through the skin but is definitely poking up against it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Careful, focus, careful.... Ma'ar lays a shield over the contours of the bizarre welded-metal setup. Makes it impermeable. Tries to trace, by the feel of resistance-against-his-magic alone, where the boiler is taking in air... 

Permalink Mark Unread

She could set the arm but with Healers near to hand it's better she leave it to them. Head injury shouldn't move but isn't anyway. She focuses on the shield, roots it to a ley-line, watches what Ma'ar is doing to be ready to pick up anything he drops.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's narrowing down the area that he thinks the air-intake is in, paying very very close attention to whether this is resulting in more or less pressure on the several areas of force-net that he's holding over strained welds. 

...the hissing is definitely getting quieter... 

Permalink Mark Unread

The first Healer arrives at a run, very out of breath, before Ma'ar is finished. "What's - going on...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There was an explosion, injured are there." Point.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healer spends a moment glancing around, presumably assessing who's worst-injured, and heads for the unconscious student with the head injury. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza focuses on her shield. Peers at the building for any windows or other weak spots that might want shoring up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Before she finds any, the hiss of steam slows to a whisper, then nothing. 

Ma'ar sags to his knees beside the shielded doorway. "Boiler fire's out. Should - be all right now..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza looks at the senior student. "The fire's out. Is that the only danger in there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He flops back in obvious relief. "Should be..." 

There are half a dozen other Healers on site now; one of them reaches for his shoulder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza takes the shield down. Sits down on the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar, after a few moments, sits back against the doorway and smiles tiredly at her. "Thanks for coming. And helping." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar falls silent, while the Healers and now some arriving mage-teachers bustle around them. 

"....Looks like it's - all under control?" he says eventually, faintly. "We could go somewhere else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sort of expecting... someone... to want a statement? I don't know if that's going to actually happen..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right, I - guess that should happen..." Ma'ar looks incredibly exhausted at the prospect. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can stay behind and state things if you want to skip off."

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances over at her. "I can manage." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Shifts position a little on the ground, scoots to a softer part of the grass. Flops backward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Guards do, eventually, get there, just as the Healers are organizing to transport the injured students back to the Healing house. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar grabs the doorframe to haul himself up, and gives a curt two-sentence summary of how he heard the initial steam explosion and rushed over. Then glances at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I Gated over - I can't run and I was way up in the Tower - and I'm okay at Mindspeaking people who don't have the Gift, so I got the story from one of the people inside, determined it was safe to open the door, did that, dragged out somebody who couldn't move by magic, and then summoned Healers and shielded the door while Ma'ar put out the fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Guard asks Ma'ar a couple more questions, and then asks Azabel a couple of questions, and then nods tersely to both of them. "Good work. You two don't need to stick around longer - I figure you'll want to get some rest." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks." :Skan, you free?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Huh, what? I thought you were doing Mindhealer stuff now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I was but there was a sudden emergency and Ma'ar called me over to help and now I am very tired and have already made my excuses to Lionwind and I want to go flop somewhere that is not this lawn:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wow! I'll be right over! What sort of emergency? Were you a hero? Is it a good story? Can you tell me?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is not an especially good story but maybe it would shape up into one with some work. I think we were helpful:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, I'll come get you - where are you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Here: She shows a picture.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's there a couple of minutes later, swooping down and mildly startling one of the lingering Healers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar waves to him, nods and smiles wearily to Azabel, and trudges off in the direction of his room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aza hauls herself up onto Skan and concentrates on sitting in the right position during the ride.

Permalink Mark Unread

He deposits her back at her house. "Sshould I let you resst before I assk for the sstory?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can come in if you want and I will tell you while I flop in bed." She goes bedward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan squeezes himself in as well - gryphons are big but surprisingly compressible, since a lot of their apparent bulk is feathers. He settles himself in a heap on the floor next to Azabel's bed. "Ssso? You were a hero?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could describe it like that! Somebody was working on something with steam under pressure, I'm not sure what it was or why. It caught fire somewhere it wasn't meant to and exploded, and injured a bunch of people - I don't think it killed anyone outright, though I'm not sure how good the head injury's prognosis is at Healers'. Ma'ar noticed and alerted me, and I got his location by Mindspeech while telling Lionwind Ma'ar needed help and I had to go, and I Gated down to where he was. Ma'ar's not good at Mindspeaking unGifted people and I am so I talked to the people inside about what the problem was and determined it was safe to open the door and let some steam and the people out, and I helped them out, and contacted Healers', and shielded the door against further possible explosions, while Ma'ar patched up the weak spots in the pressurized bits and put out the fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan makes impressed sounds throughout. "Wow! You were ssso brave! Wass it sscary?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not... very? It was stressful, but I was standing well back and only interacting with the situation via magic and I was shielded."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Because you were clever." Because Azabel is the VERY SMARTEST, in fact. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't going to run into a steam-filled room that was slightly on fire, not the least because I can't run!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makess sensse. ...Do you need a ssnuggle? Or ssomething?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you wanna snuggle me that would be nice."

Permalink Mark Unread

Skan can snuggle her! She's his best friend and he's very proud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She dozes off a bit with her hands in his feathers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Staying still to avoid disturbing her is VERY HARD, but Azabel had a stressful day where she was a HERO, so Skan will valiantly stay still for as long as she needs him there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She naps for about an hour. "Oh, I was kind of imagining if I fell asleep you'd let yourself out, sorry..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I can go now? If you want me to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can stay, it just can't have been very interesting." Yawn. "I feel better now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good!" Bounce. "I'm ssso proud of you!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww, thank you. I wonder what they were doing with the steam..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guesss you could go assk, later?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I might, yeah, go swing by Healers' and see if they're okay and ask."

Permalink Mark Unread

He cuddles up against her for a moment longer. "I sshould get back home, but - you're very good and I'm sso proud." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome! You did ssso good." 

And he extracts himself from the room so that he can fly off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She eats something and when she feels less like she just did a ton of magic she heads back toward the Tower to check in at Healers'.

Permalink Mark Unread

A familiar-looking trainee at the front desk waves to her. "Hey, Azabel! Lionwind's gone home for the day I think - are you looking for someone...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Earlier there was an explosion of some kind and I wanted to see how the people who were caught in it were doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Was it you who helped out? - Er, they're all going to live. Two of them will be here for the week, probably, but we think they'll recover fully." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me and my friend, yeah, I'm glad they're all okay. Can I talk to any of them? I want to know what it was that blew up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Right, right. I think the Guards already interviewed the project supervisor, but - he was awake last I was back there, should I check if he's available to talk again now...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't mind, thanks!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shortly later the trainee is back. "Sure, he can talk to you for a few minutes now, just don't stay too long and tire him out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm-hm!" In she goes. "Hi - I, uh, didn't get your name before, I'm Aza..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Uh, hello. I'm Naban." The student has bandages on both arms, and ointment smeared on a minor burn on his cheek, but otherwise looks reasonably well, alert and sitting up in bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope you're feeling okay, or, like, as much as can be under the circumstances... I was wondering what the thing that exploded was?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Right." He looks SO sheepish. "It...well, wasn't really anything, yet, it was a prototype. Proof of concept. We wanted to make it eventually power a mill, the way waterwheels do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! That's kind of cool, you could have mills away from rivers."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles shyly, ducking his head. "We think it could be really valuable. But it's...well, not very safe, apparently." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I hope you can figure out what the problem was and come up with a way it can work out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He's avoiding her eyes and looks embarrassed again. "Er, was that all you wanted to ask about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's basically it. Feel better soon!" And she steps out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healing trainee nods to her. "Hope that was helpful?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep, thank you!" And off she goes to resume her normal activities.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar isn't at their next weather magic class. He doesn't contact her with Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When he's five minutes late she Mindtouches him herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Aza? It's - I'm fine. I just thought it was a bad idea to come to class today: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are you still worn out from yesterday?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not exac– it's just, I had a lot of nightmares so I'm really tired, and I'm jumpy, I didn't want to - accidentally hurt someone in class...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, okay. I'll give you my notes later: And she attends to the lesson.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is there as usual at their next lesson, arriving early, looking a bit stiff and controlled but otherwise normal. He nods to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Feeling better?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, thank you. Er, do you have the notes from last class?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She passes them over.

Permalink Mark Unread

He flips through them for a moment, and then glances at her again, as though about to add something else, but the teacher chooses that moment to arrive. 

Ma'ar continues to look vaguely preoccupied through the opening class lecture. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he's going to need notes for today too he'll have them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Aza: Ma'ar says, halfway through the class, when they're just finishing up a pair-work exercise (in separate pairs) and returning to their desks. :Can we, uh - talk? After class?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course:

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the class passes by uneventfully. 

Ma'ar waits for her afterward, just outside the classroom doors. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She joins him. :What's up?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I, uh...: Ma'ar looks SO tense and nervous. :I - guess I wanted to talk to you about, er. About feelings: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

:About... feelings?:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's glancing around, self-conscious, at the hallway around them. :Can we, er, go somewhere else: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...sure. Your room?: Is this the Revenge Of The Subtext. Is she about to have to figure out how to remind him that she hugged him once and it was a whole thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Uh, sure, that's probably the most convenient: And he walks in that direction, glancing back at Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows at her slow safe pace, blinking at him when he looks at her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar holds his expression level whenever she blinks at him. 

And eventually they make it back to his room and he shuts the door.

:I, er - do you remember when we talked about crushes:

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. It IS Revenge Of The Subtext, ahhhh, she does not know what to do with this.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I, ummm...: A brief pause. :I - think I might have feelings about you -? But, uh, if you definitely don't have feelings about me, then - you should tell me now, all right? And I'll - decide to stop having the feelings, and we won't have to worry about it ever again...?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's a heck of a thing to say. :Um... I think you are making some... assumptions about how my feelings work:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar mostly just looks startled. :...What sort of assumptions?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Um, that they just sort of exist all by themselves instead of having to do with what's going on and what other people - say and do and think and feel:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....I'm suddenly a lot more confused about how - emotions - work, but, uh...: Ma'ar takes a deep breath. :What sort of information do you need upfront from me so you can decide what your emotions are and tell me– uh, I mean, you don't have to tell me, but, you know -: 

Ma'ar trails off, intently avoiding Azabel's eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's not really how - uh - is the information 'I am not categorically a no on that forever' enough or do you need more detail -:

Permalink Mark Unread

A long pause. 

:...That's enough to make it worthwhile to - keep talking about it, er, I mean, if you want to:

Ma'ar tries his best to look into her eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It doesn't, you know, sound fun or anything, but maybe we should do it anyway?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I - wait - what wouldn't be fun? You have feelings about me? ...If it wouldn't be fun then why bother?:

Ma'ar is pretty sure that he's still deeply confused about something in this area but he has no idea what.

Permalink Mark Unread

:- no, having the conversation about it doesn't sound fun:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar is, at this point, even more confused. And slightly gritting his teeth. :Well. I - decided to try to talk to you even though I thought it'd be awkward and not fun and I....: he trails off again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah - sorry, I don't have like - a plan for this conversation and it's uncomfortable and it's making me worse at things:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar glances down, looks sympathetic for a moment. :- I know, I hate not having a plan. Is...there anything I can do to make it less uncomfortable...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll let you know if I think of anything. Um.

I have thought at all about how I seem to be geared, uh, crushwise, and -

- you know how in stories people sometimes, like, pine after people who don't like them back, I don't think I can do that, I think I can so little do that that I also probably can't like people who are only kind of into me or into me for a dumb reason? So like, if you have - only just achieved a relevant developmental stage and in the process noticed that I have eyelashes, or something like that, on top of being generally tolerant of my company, that doesn't really do it for me. The fact that I can't confidently identify you as very much more enthusiastic than 'generally tolerant of my company' is not helping you here and neither is the thing where the one time I hugged you we wound up having a weird stupid fight:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....Hmm: 

(He wants to say that he agrees pining is usually stupid, but it's not clear if this helps his cause at all, so he holds back. Self-control is important, after all, and not less important than honesty.) 

:....I'm - pretty sure that if I do like you that way, it's - not an ambivalent thing? And, er, it's definitely not about your eyelashes. I'm - still just starting to figure out what this whole 'liking' thing even means, and maybe I don't feel that way at all, but - you're the person I trust most in this entire city. And the person I think is the most competent and most virtuous. And - if I died tomorrow - and for some reason before I died I had a chance to lay bets on who would accomplish the most things I cared about over the next century - I'd bet on you: 

Ma'ar falls silent, gaze fixed on the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Those... would be good reasons if you were sure they caused you to like-like me as opposed to just - approve of me, but -

- they don't exactly indicate that you'd be partial. And I think we can be friends even if you aren't partial but I do not think I can date you if you are not partial:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I think I still don't really understand what you mean by 'partial'?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not sure how to explain it in this context:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...If there was a - fire, or something, and a lot of people I could save and you were one of them - I'd probably want to save you first? I, er, I feel like smiling at you more than I feel like smiling at most people? I care a lot about being your ally and keeping your good regard, a lot more than I care with most people - I don't know if that's the thing....:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It would be strongly indicative of the thing in most people but you're very strange and have stuff decoupled that isn't usually decoupled so I'm not actually sure here!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I tried to think about it a lot and - I guess you have good eyelashes too? And, er, good - skin - and things...? If I had to kiss anyone on the Tower grounds I think I'd prefer it be you even if I have no idea what kissing is like? Just - I - that feels like not the real point, it's not about your - fundamental soul - your you - the thing that actually matters here....:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, yes, I'm not specifically angling for eyelash compliments, I just - I guess what I want to know if you feel qualitatively or just quantitatively different about me versus any random person:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Can I think about that for a minute?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:'Course:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar closes his eyes, still sitting upright, and falls silent for thirty seconds. A full minute. A few more seconds... 

:- I'm pretty sure I do? I, uh - don't know if that's a good idea - I can probably try to stop it on purpose if you'd prefer it...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I didn't say that - I mean, if it's inconveniencing you you can, but if you want to date me it's kind of important!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's not inconveniencing me! It, uh - just feels objectively correct? Because you're - really good in a lot of ways? ...I don't know if thinking that is the same thing as wanting to date you, though, I - don't really know what dating is in practice. I don't have a particular urge to invite you on a walk in the flower gardens: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are there things you do feel an urge to do? If you just want to passively admire me that is okay but not exactly what I was expecting...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I want to ask you to help me fix Predain, because you're the most competent person I know? ...Uh, that's probably not the thing, is it. I - want you to be around me and talk to me and want to talk to me and, I don't know, maybe I want - more than that - but the wanting-feeling is being really unhelpful at indicating what it's for: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you want to... hold hands, tell everybody I'm your girlfriend, take me out to dinner and stargazing...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh! I - would you want to go stargazing, I think I would like that a lot? ...I think I might want to hold hands but I haven't, er, done that before. In this context: 

Ma'ar squeezes his eyes shut for a moment, visibly thinking. :It would make me happy, I think? I - guess it's quick to test. If that were all right with you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She holds out her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar hesitates, and then reaches out and rests his hand over his; after a second he weaves his fingers through hers as well. 

"- I like that," he says, out loud, after a moment. He's watching her closely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice. Not zero awkward but a much more expected amount of awkward for one's first handholding. "Well, that's promising, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at her, tentatively. "Do - you like it too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

Smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She could ask if - no, if she has to ask every single time she considers touching him this will not work at all. Perhaps the Weird Hug Argument was a fluke or he's outgrown it or something. She scoots nearer and leans her head on his shoulder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar holds very still for a moment, and then his breath sighs out, and he reaches across his lap with his other hand to replace the first hand and its accompanying arm, which he slips - very slowly and tentatively and waiting to see if she'll object - around her shoulders. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, they are not having a weird fight at all. Instead they are having a snuggle. It's nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is nice! Ma'ar is content just to appreciate the niceness of snuggling for a minute or two. 

"So, uh, what...now...?" he says uncertainly after a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that's a good question. You sounded excited about stargazing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'd like doing that a lot." He squeezes her shoulders slightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tonight works for me. If it's clear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. We can do tonight." Ma'ar pauses, like he has something else to say but isn't sure enough of himself to say it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits, not sure enough of herself to press.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a long hesitation: "Is - there something in particular that you want? Here? From me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...like right now or if we are a thing long term?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I meant more right now, or in the next few days? But in general too, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really know what I like in - relationships, yet. People... kiss, and go on dates, and plan stuff around each other, but I don't have all the detail from first principles. I think in good relationships people form really good models of each other so they can do stuff for each other without all the friction of asking which I guess I might be feeling the lack of right now but probably it can't be rushed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be really neat. If I had that good a model of you. I...don't know if I can do that, but hopefully I can learn." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how it's normally done or I would suggest things!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're at least good at understanding people, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I actually have a particular talent at that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're a Mindhealer!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but I see clockwork, it's a lot of work to figure out what it all means! And I don't use it in random social situations!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, that makes sense." Sigh. "It would be nice if understanding people was easier!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want me to look at your gears in random social situations I can. If I remember, which I won't usually because I'm not in the habit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." He looks thoughtful. "I'd - like if you did, I think, if it'd help. I want you to understand me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay." Snuggle. Peek.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's VERY happy. This is obvious even though Azabel isn't an Empath and isn't using Thoughtsensing, just from the surface alignment of his gears. He's intently focused on her, and plausibly anxious, though this comes across differently in his mind than in most people's. 

His self-stabilizing metaphorical gyroscope is - being pulled off balance? It seems to be related to how he's trying to pay close attention to her - maybe to the snuggling specifically - and, unlike most people, his mind isn't especially set up to do this, at least not in a way that's reassuring and steadying rather than stressful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- huh - look at this -" She tries to bounce the impression back to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"....Huh. I don't know how to interpret that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, you're getting kind of destabilized? I'm not sure what to make of it..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I do feel like I...don't really know what I'm doing, here? Maybe it's just that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe it'll go away by itself with time. Is 'try to relax' completely unhelpful advice here...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I can try? It sounds...nice, to be relaxed - with you at least." 

Ma'ar leans into her, resting his head against hers, and closes his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"People find deep breaths help, and sometimes tensing up specific muscles and then releasing them so they aren't hiding totally unobserved tension."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Ma'ar tries this. 

He does end up noticeably more physically relaxed, and it helps with the surface signs of nervousness and hypervigilance in his gears. It...seems to mostly do the opposite of help with the gyroscope-pulled-off-balance, but he's not visibly distressed about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, now you're pillowier but your gyroscope is still tilty... is there something very weird or, uh, at odds with your self concept, about this situation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm." Ma'ar falls silent, mulling it over for a minute. "I guess that - being partial to people - isn't something I'd usually encourage myself to feel, even if I do feel it sometimes anyway. So that's odd for me." A shiver. "...Feels sort of dangerous, too. And like it might be unfair to you. I think probably that feeling isn't calibrated, though. Urtho's Tower is really safe, and it seems like you like it when I'm partial to you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How would it be unfair to me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I'm not sure why I keep feeling that way! I guess maybe because it - feels like asking for something from you? If I want you to feel a certain way, and - maybe I'll want other things from you, which might be inconvenient, and if you didn't want that it'd be unfair?" Ma'ar shakes his head. "I don't know, it sounds dumb when I say it out loud."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"It... doesn't sound that dumb as a default for strangers but kind of weird for friends and definitely weird for if we're going to date. Um, it's my job to tell you if I don't want - things -" there is one very obvious thing but she's not going to say it "if you should happen to want them first, so presuming partial doesn't mean entitled I don't see how it would be a very big deal if you did want them..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I don't think I would be entitled? If I am you should tell me and I'll stop." 

Ma'ar's shoulders have tensed up a bit again. He rolls his neck from side to side, lets out his breath, and snuggles against her again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggles are nice. "Would you relax better if we festooned your room with even more wards? I'm sure there's room somewhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let me think." Another long pause. "I...don't think that would help? I do feel kind of scared, but I think not about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pet pet. "What about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know! I'm trying to figure it out..." He makes a wry face. "Sorry I'm inconveniently scared about things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pat pat. "Should I guess?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...All right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if my guesses will be any good but they might at least be usably wrong. Are you scared that... we'll try this and then break up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, hmm. That's...close, but not exactly it? I think I'd be all right if we broke up. But I'm - scared of messing it up somehow and hurting you. And I'm scared that–" He stops, swallows, seems to be having a hard time with words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits. And pets him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually he gives up and switches to Mindspeech. :I'm - scared of - something bad happening to you. I...damn it, I know it's stupid, me caring about you that doesn't make that more likely, but...it feels like...: He shivers, curls up more tightly against her shoulder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Have bad things specifically happened to people you cared about more than other people in your experience?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean, I know it's not - causally my fault - and it's biased, right, I'm more likely to - see the bad things, if it's someone I know, I'm not stupid, just...: Shudder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:But it's happened a lot:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Feels like it has, anyway. My parents - both died the same year - they were the only two deaths that year, well, of adults...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm sorry. Wish I could decide to have reasonable feelings instead: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's usually a thing you do, even. Any idea why this is different?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe I'm just less used to it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess that could be it:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's scary that you're so good and - there's only one of you in the whole entire world: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- awwwww, he gets a squeeze for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. For the moment, Ma'ar doesn't seem to have anything else to say. 

If she peeks again, his gyroscope is still a bit off-centre, but less so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gyroscope is going back to normal, a bit," she reports, when it does occur to her a minute later.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Squeeze. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if it wobbles out of place a lot and I'm just not looking when it does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably sometimes, but I think not that often? It - felt different from how I usually feel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not more scared, I used to be more scared than that all the time, but - more confused?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess being confused is destabilizing in a way being scared isn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Being scared isn't destabilizing at all? Or, I mean, maybe it is for other people, but...for me it just feels like it simplifies everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't feel simplifying to me a bit!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I probably have a lot more reflexes than you for what to do when I'm scared." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I can see how that would help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's - less effort in a way, right, to do things on reflex. Instead of having to think, and have it be confusing sometimes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Whereas I don't have a lot of - endorsed processes for how to behave under circumstances that so seldom come up for me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He leans against her in silence for a moment, then looks up, curious. "What sorts of things do you have reflexes for, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, that's a good question. I have... mental habits I reach for if people interrupt me, because I don't like that but don't want to be super prickly about it. I have scripts for with patients when I'm not sure what to say that usually last me until I prompt something that gives me a better idea. I have reflexes not to waste time - Ranara can let entire days escape, if she gets distracted and I don't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that's smart. The last thing, I mean, although, er, all of them are pretty sensible. I think I've got some of that too, but - I guess most of my reflexes are still built around expecting I'll be in danger a lot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whereas I am very seldom in danger but every day I wake up and find I have a day that needs stuff to do in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I - really hope my life ends up more like that. And less like the other thing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm kind of surprised it's taking you so long to - adapt. You had some incidents here but, like, I have too, and surely the frequency is down?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel like I've mostly adapted all right? But - it doesn't make the old reflexes go away, it just means I get new ones as well. And...I think maybe it takes longer to get. For things that aren't emergencies." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I'm not sure why that would be. I guess maybe stress can make you learn certain things faster but I've never watched somebody's clockwork ticking away while they were in a fight or anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds inconvenient to try to do that! It'd be interesting research though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe if I'm ever, uh, injured and hiding out somewhere while there's a fight in the street, I will take the opportunity to investigate, but I certainly hope it doesn't come up."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I hope so too!” Shiver.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pet pet. "It's nice to know that you haven't just been tolerant of my company all this time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You thought I - didn't really like your company?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I knew you liked me more than anyone else," she clarifies, "but I didn't know that was - much at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Well, I've enjoyed your company about as much as I do now for - a long time, it's hard to remember exactly. Years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww, good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You grew on me over time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma’ar giggles a little. “It’s a thing that happens in stories, right, a boy liking a girl but she doesn’t like him so much at first? Aala says so anyway.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess, but I don't think this is what they're talking about exactly!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because I'm too weird for the usual thing?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the story thing is, like, you make a bad first impression and I'm not interested in even being your friend for a while but then you rescue me from a bear and I fall in love with you, or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess. And that story does sound...I don't know, more simplified than reality." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Plus it requires a convenient attacking bear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we had a conveniently attacking steam boiler explosion? But it made me notice feelings I had already, rather than changing your feelings, it sounds like." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is about the steam boiler explosion? You didn't even need rescuing from it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"But we saved other people's lives. Right? You saved people's lives, when I asked for your help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course I did."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar turns. Looks into her eyes. "I'd have to be really stupid to need rescuing, being a mage and all, but - other people aren't as lucky. So...it matters more to me, right. That you'll help when strangers need it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it speaks well to my moral fiber and all but it's not conventionally the sort of thing that gets boys' attention."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is, uh, moral fibre not what most boys are looking for?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not as far as I know!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really seems like the most important part to me!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good, it's nice to be liked for the right reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, I guess it's that plus your being - smart and good at a lot of things? I wouldn't like you nearly as much if you were brave and had moral fibre but weren't as competent. ....Uh, sorry if that's offensive." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I were brave and incompetent it sounds like I'd make a mess of things!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds right, and that'd be way less impressive." Squeeze. "But you are competent, and brave too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have excellent taste."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awww." Snuggle. Ma'ar lifts a hand and starts to pet her hair, then stops. "- Uh, is that all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- what, petting my hair? Yes, you can pet my hair. - do you want me to ask like that whenever I think of anything -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uhh, it seems kind of high friction to ask every time, and I was fine - er, happy - about all the things you did before? I just...don't trust my own guesses about it as much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I, uh, I feel like I don't understand people who aren't me that well? But I might just be overthinking it because I'm nervous." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds probably normal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He leans on her shoulder, seeming a little more relaxed. 

A while later: "Er, I do have some studying I meant to do this afternoon. You're, uh, welcome to stay if you want though, we could study together before we go look at the stars." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good to me." She unsnuggles and goes for her bookbag.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can spend the remaining time until supper studying together. Ma'ar is mostly quiet, reading through his notes and occasionally practicing bits and pieces of spells with his eyes closed, but he sits close to Azabel and occasionally pets her hair or leans briefly against her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice! Once she has an idea of what frequency of affectionate gesture doesn't overly distract him she picks it up too.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is nice, and Ma'ar makes a point of smiling at Azabel to make sure he's conveying that he's pleased about it. 

"- Want to go eat at the dining hall?" he asks eventually. "And maybe we can go stargazing after that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm-hm!" They could hold hands on the way there.

Permalink Mark Unread

On the object level Ma'ar is pleased about this, and squeezes her hand back. He's also pretty sure it has...some sort...of social significance, and is slightly tempted to read the minds of the students they pass in the hall to figure out what they are. Only very slightly tempted, though. It's hardly life-or-death. He pays attention to their expressions and body language instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People do notice; they don't look surprised, if they seem interested at all, but there's one or two looks of smugness or amusement.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Smugness? What's up with that

Maybe Azabel has any idea what's going on with that. As they reach the dining hall and line up to get plates of food, Ma'ar relates his observations to her in Mindspeech. :....Er, what do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe they were expecting us to get together and are congratulating themselves for guessing?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. Why would they have been expecting that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Because we're a boy and a girl - of the same species, even - and have been friends for years:

Permalink Mark Unread

:....That - doesn't seem like a very strong reason to me? Aren't lots of girls and boys friends?: Ma'ar finishes loading up his plate and waits for Azabel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are they? I think it's usually girls being friends with girls and boys being friends with boys but I haven't like written down everybody I know and figured out what counts as being friends and checked:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I don't think I've paid much attention to who was friends period. Maybe I should have: A pause. :Do - we count as having been friends, before this I mean? I thought you...weren't sure if I even liked talking to you...?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think we were friends just based on how much we hung out even if I was under certain misapprehensions:

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Misapprehensions?: Ma'ar gives her a slightly alarmed look. :I...didn't mean to lie to you...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:The misapprehension that you did not like me all that much!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I didn't mean to give you a mistaken, er, implicit false impression based on my actions!: Ma'ar grimaces. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's not like you said you didn't like me, you just didn't display it like most people do:

Permalink Mark Unread

Ma'ar hesitates for a long moment, pausing where he is in the middle of the aisle between dining-hall tables. 

:- Do you think I should, uh, try to - learn how to display my intentions the way most people do? It's...on my list but low priority, right now, I - thought it'd be less relevant strategically than other things: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is there anybody else who may have important misapprehensions?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe? I'm not sure? You're...probably the person I've spent the most time talking to, aside from Aala, and I don't think she'd have misapprehensions...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do you like her or just think she's okay kinda?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Huh, I - hadn't really been thinking of that as the important part? She's smart and learns fast and she's good with people – I want her on my side: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes it sound like you're thinking of - hiring her, rather than deciding if you want to be her friend:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are people not friends with other people they work with on a project?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sort of incidentally? I think I'd say 'friendly acquaintances' by default - if that, people can often work together without even actually being friendly:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. I guess that's maybe another way I'm weird? It's always seemed like the most important sort of relationship, to me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's... important and it's a relationship but I'm not sure it's important qua relationship, if that makes sense:

Permalink Mark Unread

He frowns, intently. :It's...starting to make sense, a bit. I guess I do want - more than just that, with you. Even if a lot of why I want to be your friend is that you're great and I want you as an ally: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Alliances can be really impersonal, yeah. So impersonal that you can describe things that are not people as having alliances, like countries:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Hmm. I guess that's true. I hadn't thought of it from that angle before: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess my model has the weakness that sometimes one also hears countries described as friends but I think that's mostly just a figure of speech: